< 


>Xv 


> : J- 


., c^* 


Ice 
< • C'C «, 

- s. - 


-. s <ciSCL<< 


CCl, 


- , ■ . : ~-- 


<~- ^ * XL * 


< ; r 'J- 


c 


< C ^ ^^^ L •vr- *T« *'<* 


>'V|fe 


rr ":< s 


cc^;. 


— =7 4SC^ 


Uid <: 


sccocCA- f«r 


iR^aascr^ <"*>■ 


>L<rtf£L<*&3& 


<?mj* 


^c <S- 


-r -c <. "- 

<c? ■ < ' ■■ 

<t . <r -ere < < 


■^ ^jC'-.^P' 


«L^_ A -^^- ^Lr- .^r-- /-r"* 


«iL^- <' S5 


CC C 


rr- « 


r^c<< 


? C ICC: 


&*:«: .'/^r* cd.c 


4L. 


<c <<, S 


V<< C<4.< 


- ..iis^*^ 


<OC 


cc<s 


C- C ^<'<? 


<1 mG&C<* 

<t ■ ■ • ■ - r 
^£U- « C 

' V"'-' "'' v c< v 


OCC< 


^4S^^^ 


S±* : -<- 


C C CCJC Op 


,cm®--«S *4S& : -<*£* 


c-.v <<*■ ^^ 


cccccc 


- . r CO C O 


< c <£.>o 


( ^r:'^"' <: ^ 


^r o£ CfCC 


^"-r-COK. 


: c 


«^^afiE: <5' f 


-4gr c< 


*-^3^c<S*C 


CO 


?<c <%■ 


gl^aSQf.jfi^ 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


LINNEAN SOCIETY 


OF 


NEW SOUTH WALES. 


VOL. II. 


[With Eleven Plates.] 


SYDNEY 


ZFIRIIETTIEID «Sc PT7BLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY 

I 

}3y Foster and Fairfax, 13 Bridge ^Street, 

AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 


1878. 


CONTENTS OF VOL. II. 

PART I. 


Page 


Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 1 

Description of a new Murex, collected at Port Darwin by Mr. W. 

Bednall. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 6 

The Mammals of the Chevert Expedition, part 1. By E. P. Ramsay, 

F.L.S., &c 7 

Description of two species of Mus, and a new genus of Pteropine Bat 

from Duke of York Island. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. ... 15 
Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 20 

Description of three new species of Shells from Australia and New 

Guinea. By John Brazier, CM. Z.S., &c. 25 

On a new species of Platycercus from the interior of New South Wales. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c 27 

Description of a new species of Pelodryas from New Ireland. By 

E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c 28 

Note on a species of Echidna from Port Moresby. By E. P. Ramsay, 

F.L.S., &c 31 

The Ophidians of the Chevert Expedition. By William Macleay, 

F.L.S 33 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. ... ' 41 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 46 

Description of a new species of Gerygone. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., 

&c. 53 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 55 

The Lizards of the Chevert Expedition. By William Macleay, F. L. S. 60 
N ote on Monacanthus Cheverti. By William Macleay, F.L.S. ... 69 
Remarks on Poephila Goiddiae and mirablis. By E. P. Ramsay, 

F.L.S., &c 70 

On a new species of Acanthophis from North Australia. By E. P. 

Ramsay, F.L.S., &c 72 


27764 


iv. CONTENTS. 

Page 
Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 74 

On some Australian species of Trochocochlea. By the Rev. J. E. 

Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., &c. 89 

The Lizards of the Chevert Expedition. 2nd part. By William 

Macleay, F.L.S 97 

Description of new species of Birds from New Britain, New Ireland, 

Duke of York Island, and South-East New Guinea. By E. P. 

Ramsay, F.L.S., &c 104 

On the Nests and Eggs of some Australian Birds. By E. P. Ramsay, 

F.L.S., &c 107 

Note on Brachy soma triste. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &e 113 

On Bruchigavia longirostris, a new species of Cull from King George's 

Sound. By George Masters 113 

The Araneides of the Chevert Expedition. Part 2. By H. H. B. 

Bradley, Esq 115 

Description of two new species of Helix from New Guinea and the 

Louisiade Islands. By John Brazier, CM. Z.S., &c 120 


PART II. 

Page 
On a new species of Neazra. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison -Woods, 

F.G.S., &c 123 

On a variety of Trigonia Lamarckii. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- 

Woods, F.G.S., &c 125 

On a Tertiary Formation at New Guinea. By the Rev. J. E. 

Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., &c 125 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 12S 

The Batrachians of the Chevert Expedition. By William Macleay, 

F.L.S. .. ... ... ... ... ••• ••• ••• ••■ loo 

Notes on some Birds from Savage Island, Tutuela, &c. By E. P. 

Ramsay, F.L.S., &c, Curator Australian Museum 139 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 143 


CONTENTS. V. 

Page 
The Echini of Australia. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, 

F.G.S., &c 145 

Tabular List of the Birds of Australia, &c. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., 

&c, Curator Australian Museum ... ... ... ... ... 177 

On some new Carabidce from Port Darwin. By William Macleay, 

F.L.S 213 


PART III. 

Notes on a Collection of Snakes from Port Darwin. By William 

Macleay, F.L.S 219 

Description of a species of Edoliosoma from New Ireland. By 

E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c 222 

Description of a new species of Pachycephala from the Gulf of 

Carpentaria. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c M ... 224 

Australian Fishes, new or little known. By Count F. de Castelnau 225 
Description of a new species of Iantlwmas from the Duke of York 

Islands. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c • 248 

On some Australian Shells, described by Dr. A. Gould. By the 

Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c 250 

On some new Marine Shells. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, 

F.G.S., &c 262 

On some Tertiary Fossils from New Guinea. By the Rev. J. E. 

Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c. 267 

Notes on a Collection of Birds from Port Darwin. By George 

Masters, Cur. MacL. Mus 269 

The Flora of Tropical Queensland. By F. M. Bailey, Corr. Member 

of the Society 276 

Descriptions of three species of Birds from the New Hebrides. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c 286 


PART IV. 

Descriptions of three new species of Helix from South Australia. 

By Professor Ralph Tate, University of Adelaide 290 

On the Extratropkal Corals of Australia. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison - 

Woods, F.G.S., &c. Plates, 4, 5, 6 ... 292 


VI. CONTENTS. 

Page 

On the Echini of Australia. Supplementary Paper ... 342 

The Fishes of Port Darwin. By William Macleay, F.L.S. Plates 

7, 8, 9, 10 344 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. By John 

Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c 368 

Notes and Remarks on Mollusca recently found in Port Jackson and 

New Caledonia. By John Brazier, CM. Z.S., &o 369 

Descriptions of a new species of Rhipidura, from Torres Straits ? and 
of a new species of Eopsaltria, from Rockingham Bay District, 
with remarks on some rare Queensland Birds. By E. P. Ramsay, 
F.L.S., &c 371 

Note on a specimen of Arses telescopthalmus, from Cape York ? 
Arses Kaupii (Gould) ; and the Young of Cracticus Quoyi. Less., 
&c. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 374 

Note on the Australian Cassowary, G. Australis (Wall), &c. Plate 

11. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 376 

Annual Address. By the President 379 


=3Q] 


THE PROCEEDINGS 

OF THE 

LINNEAN SOCIETY 

OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 

MONDAY, JAN. 29th, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, M.A., President, in the Chair. 

The following papers were read — 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition, by 
John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Cor. Mem. Roy. Soc. Tas. 

Family TURRITELLID^E. 

1. — TURRITELLA CINGULIFERA. 

Turritella cingulifera, Sowerby, Tank. Cat. App., p. 14. 
„ ,, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 11, sp. 64. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 6 fathoms ; York Island, 
Torres Straits, 11 fathoms ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 20, 30 
fathoms, white sand bottom. 

Family VERMETIDiE. 

2. — SlPHONIUM SP. ? 

Hab. Dungeness Island, Torres Straits. One specimen found 
on the reefs at low water. It resembles in form Siplionium 
carinatum, Quoy. 

3. — Vermetus sp. ? 

Hab. Dungeness Island, Torres Straits. One specimen found 
on the reefs at low water, on blocks of coral. The interior is of 
a light violet colour, the outside all eroded. 


•4 


2 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

4. — Vermetus SP. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Two bad specimens 
found on the reefs, under coral. 

5. — Vermetus sp. ? 
Hab. Sue Island, Torres Straits. Found on the outer edge of 
the reefs at low water, in the breakers. 

6. — Vermetus sp. ? 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Dead specimen, 7 inches 
long, found at 11 fathoms, sandy mud bottom. 

7. — Vermetus sp. ? 
Hab. Mud Bay, Cape York, North Australia. Portion of a 
dead and worn tube found at 4 fathoms. 

8. — Vermetus sp. ? 
Hab. Katow, New Guinea. An imperfect tube, 9 lines long, 
found at 6 fathoms. 

9. — Bivonia sp. ? 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Two specimens found 
on the reefs under stones. 

10. — Cladopoda sp. ? 
Hab. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 13 fathoms. One 
specimen, very much broken, adhering to the upper valve of 
Peden Strangei. 

11. — Cladopoda sp. ? 
Hab. Warrior Reef, West side, near New Guinea, 8 fathoms, 
mud bottom, adhering to a stone. One specimen found. 

12. — Cladopoda sp. ? 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sand bottom. 
Two dead and imperfect specimens were found. 

13. — Tangadus Australis. 
Siliquaria australis, Quoy. 

Hab. Warrior Reef, West side, near New Guinea, 8 fathoms, 
sandy mud bottom, Sue Island, Torres Straits, 11 fathoms, 
bottom of coral and sand. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 6 

14. — Tenagodus SP. ? 

Hab. Between Home Island and Cape Grenville, North-East 
Australia, 20 fathoms, bottom of sand, broken shells, and sponge. 
Specimen dead and worn, having the apex broken, 9 inches long, 
somewhat allied to Tenogada anguina, Linn. 

15. — SlLIQUARUS SCALARIFORMrS. 

Siliquarus scalar if ormis, Morch, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1860 
p. 406. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 20 fathoms, 
bottom of sand, broken shells, and sponge. One fine specimen 
found. 

16. — SlLTQUARUS SP. ? 

Hab. Warrior Reef, west side, near new Guinea, 8 fathoms, 
mud bottom. Half of a specimen, with the aperture and apex 
broken off. 

Family ONUSTID^J. 

17. — Onustus exutus. 

Phorus exutus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1842, p. 162. 
„ „ „ Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 7. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, white sandy 
mud. 

18. — Onustus sp. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 20 fathoms. A small 
dead and worn specimen, diam. 2 lines, alt. 1 line. 

19. Xenophora solarioides. 

Phorus Solarioides, Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 3, sp. 8. 

Hab. Palm Island, North-East Australia, 10 fathoms, hard 
mud bottom, brought up on the tangles attached to the bottom 
of the dredge bag ; Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 20 
fathoms, bottom of sand, stones, broken shells, and sponge ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sand and sandy 
mud bottom brought up in the dredge and on the tangles. 


4 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The shells which become agglutinated to this species are valves 
of Corbula cr asset, Venus thiara, specimens of Mitra, Cerithium, 
Columbella, Capulus, Forarninifera, Diatomacece, shark's teeth, 
small stones, and pebbles. 

Family CALYPTRID^]. 

20. — Calyptfjea cicatricosa. 
Calyptrcsa cicatricosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. 1, sp. 3. 

„ sacchari-meta, Reeve. Conch. Icon. sp. 15. 

Hal. Bramble Cay, Torres Straits, one specimen found on the 
sands. 

21. — CALYPTRiEA ACULEATA. 

Calyptrcea aculeata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. 7, sp. 31. 

Bab. Albany Passage, Cape York, North East Australia, 11 
fathoms, sand bottom ; Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, coral and 
mud bottom, specimens dead. 

22. — Calyptr^a sp. ? 
Bab. Cape Grenville, North East Australia, 25 fathoms, sand 
bottom. One specimen thin and fragile, broken. 

23. — Galerus pelltjcidus. 

Trocldta pellucida, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. 1, sp. 2. 

Bab. Cape York, North Australia, 6 fathoms, sand. Cape 
Grenville, North East Australia, 25 fathoms, sand bottom; Katow, 
New Guinea, 8 fathoms, coral and mud bottom ; Port Jackson, at, 
the Sow and Pigs Reef, sand bottom. 

Family CAPULID^E. 

24. — Capulus Danieli. 
Capulus Danieli, Crosse, Revue et Mag. de Zool. 1858 ; pi. 3, fig. 

2, 2a, 2b. 
Capulus Danieli, Angas. Proc. Zool. Soc, London 1865, p. 175. 
Bab. Cape Grenville, North East Australia, 25 fathoms, bottom 
of sand stones and broken shells ; Bet Island, Torres Straits, 1 1 
fathoms, sand bottom; St. Vincent's Gulf and Port Lincoln, South 
Australia, found by Mr. G. F. Angas ; found also at Le Point d' 
Abattoir, Noumea, New Caledonia, under stones at low water. 
(Brazier.) 


of new south wales. 5 

25. — Amathina tricarinata. 
Amatkina tricarinata, Chemnitz. 

„ „ Chenu, Manuel de Conch, part 1, p. 329, 

fig. 2388. 

Hah. Cape Grenville, North East Australia, 25 fathoms, sand 
and stone bottom, three specimens found ; Bet Island, Torres 
Straits, 11 fathoms, sand bottom. 

Family VANIKORID^. 

26. — Vanikoro cancellata. 

Nerita cancellata, Chemn. Conch. 

Sigaretus cancellatus, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert, tome 6, second 
part. 

Vanikoro cancellata, Sowerby ; Reeve, Couch. Icon. pi. 1, sp. 
la. lb. 

Hob. Home Islands off Cape Grenville, North East Australia, 
found on the reefs under coral ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 
on the reefs. 

27. — Vanikoro Deshayesiana. 

Narica Deshayesiana, Rccluz. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1843, 
p. 138. 

Vanikoro Deshayesiana, Sowerby ; Reeve. Conch. Icon. pi. 2, 
sp. 12. 

TIab. Home Islands off Cape Grenville, North East Australia ; 
found on the reefs under stones and coral. Noumea, New Cale- 
donia (Brazier.) 

28. — Vanikoro clathrata. 

Narica clathrata, Recluz. 

Vanikoro clathrata, Sowerby, in Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, 
sp. 14. 

Hab. Albany Passage, Cape York, North East Australia, 11 
fathoms, sand and stones, 2 specimens found ; Bet Island, Torres 
Straits, 11 fathoms, sand bottom, specimens dead. Mr. Sowerby, 
in Beeves' Conchologia Iconica, quotes the species as being de- 
scribed by Recluz in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society 
of London for 1843 ; there is no mention of any such species 


6 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

being described as clathrata. The Australian and Torres Straits 
specimens answer to the description and figure given by Mr. 
Sowerby in the Conch. Icon. 

29. — Vanikoro Gaimardi. 

Vanikoro Gaimardi, H. and A. Adams. 

,, „ Sowb. in Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. 2, sp. 9. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25 fathoms, sand, broken 
shells and coral. 

30. — Vanikoro sp. ? 
Hob. Off Katow, New Guinea. Half of a specimen was ob- 
tained at the depth of 8 fathoms, sandy mud bottom. 

31. — Vanikoro semisoluta ? 

VanlJcoro semisoluta, Sowb., Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 24. 

Hab. Off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms. I have some doubt 
about this species being semisoluta, as the single specimen has the 
back broken, but what remains of the fore part answers to the 
description. 

Description of a New Murex, collected at Port Darwin, by Mr. 

W. Bednall. 

By John Brazier, CM Z.S., Cor. Mem. Roy. Soc, Tas. 

Murex (Pterotus) Bednalli. 

Shell whitish brown, ovately oblong, three varicose, varices 
winged or expanded, slightly curved, dark brown, two in front 
with squamose ridged scales ; whorls 8, convex in centre, 
flattened towards the suture, with a small nearly obsolete tuber- 
cule between the varices on the body whorl, the upper ones 
having from two to three, encircled with numerous transverse 
ridges, interstices with minute striae, spire accuminately 
lengthened, varice on columella side, small and curved below, 
tipped with brown ; aperture ovately oblong, white within, lip 
rather thickened internally, and expanded outwardly into abroad 
varice deeply grooved at the edge, turned back at the lower 
part, leaving a passage between the recurved canal, which is long, 
and rather wide. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 7 

Young Shell, ovately fusiform, light reddish or flesh colour, 
having on the body whorl four nodules, the upper whorls with 
three varices squamose, with two dark brown spots on each, 
varice in front thickly squamose, aperture milk white, having at 
the edge of the lip eight small denticulations. 

Length 36, breadth 23, alt. 17 lines. 

Hob. Port Darwin, North Australia. 

I have named it after its discoverer, Mr. William Bednall, of 
South Australia, who collected it some eighteen months ago, at 
the locality given above. 

Allied to Murex eurypteron, Reeve, and Murex expansus, 
Sowerby, but differs from both in every respect. 


ZOOLOGY OP THE " CHEVERT." 
By E. P. Ramsay, F. L. S. 

MAMMALS. 


Part I. 
Sub Order CHIROPTERA. 

Family PTEROPID^E. 
Sub Family PTEROPIN^E. 

FRUIT-EATING BATS. 

1. Pteropus conspicillatus, Gould, P.Z.S. 1849,^?. 109. 
The Spectacled Kalong, id ; Mamm. Aust. III., pi. 29. , 

The collection contains a fine series of this beautiful species, 
varying little in size or markings, the largest adults being 18| 
inches in total length, the smallest 16| inches, the wing bones 
respectively 7 inches and 6*2. The yellow collar on the upper 
part of the back, the neck and the nape, is of a slightly deeper tint, 
tinged with reddish in the central portion, and unctuous in the 
males; the hair on this part is stiffer, rather pressed, and the 
individual hairs wavy. The coloring of the orbits is more defined 
and paler in some than in others. 

Localities : Rockingham Bay, Queensland ; and Yule Island, 
New Guinea. 


8 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

2. — Pteropus funereus, Temm. 
The Red-naped Kalong. 

The males, as in this sex in the preceding species, have the 
hair on the nape stiff and unctuous ; the females have not this 
peculiarity, and the nape band instead of being stiff, compressed, 
and of a greasy feeling, is soft and rather spreading ; it varies 
from deep yellowish red to very deep blackish tan-red. 

Average size 14 inches. This species was observed in count- 
less numbers towards dusk, flying from the mainland to islands 
in the Straits, and in the early part of the morning, at break of 
day, they returned on their way to the scrubs. During the month 
of August, many of the females shot had young of consider- 
able size attached to the breasts.* 

Localities : Cape York and Bet Island. 

3. — Pteropus (Epomops ?) epularius, sp. n. 

Adult Male. — To all intents this species is a true Pteropus, 
differing only in having two large unctuous, brush-like tufts of 
stiff hair on the side of the chest, just above the junction of the wing 
membrane with the body. Total length, 13*5 inches; forearm, 5 
inches ; index finger, 1*86 inches ; legs, from knee joint, 3 inches; 
thumb, first joint small, hidden in the membrane, 0*5 inch ; last 
joint long, slender, free, 1*4 inches ; its claw 0*7 inch, round the 
curve 0*85 inch ; femur 3 inches, legbones 3*2 inches ; ears long, 
pointed, length 1 inch, breadth 065 inch ; skull 26 inch, from 
nose to eye 0*8 inch, to the base of the ear l'l inch ; breadth 
across zygomatic arch, 1*3 inches; orbits incomplete^ round; in- 
ternal diameter, 0*5 inch ; arch behind the orbit very convex, length 
0*7 inch, greatest width 0*1 5 inch, from anterior margin of the orbit 
1*2 inches ; the skull is almost flat between the orbits, and in width 
at this part 0*3 inch ; between the intraorbital foramena, 0*3 inch; 
the brain case rather elongate, without any ridge, swollen, rounded 
posteriorly; greatest width, 0'95 inch ; length, about 1'3 inches 
(base cut away) ; length from the incisor teeth to base of the skull, 

*From Mr. G. Master's notes. 

t In all four specimens examined the orbits arc incomplete, although the animals are 
apparentlj' fully adult, the space is - 15 inch wide, the diameter of the orbit being- - 5 inch. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 9 

about 2 '6 inches ; distance from incisor teeth to base of last 
molar, 1*05 inches ; to anterior margin of orbit, 0'85 inches. 
Teeth, incisors f :-§-, strong and even, not crowded ; canines \l\, the 
upper large, strong, length 0*3 inch ; premolars, f:f, the upper 
1st, minute, at the base of ,the canine, the 2nd upper large, com- 
pressed anteriorly ; the 1st lower distinct, about the size of the 
last upper molar, the 2nd large and strong; molars -§;•§-, the last 
above, small ; the last below smaller. The wings are attached to 
the first joint of the second toe and to the sides of the back ; the 
interfemoral membrane extends to the ankle ; penis bone short, 
thick, length 0'3 inch ; the snout, lips, and chin blackish, nearly 
bare, with a few scattered, long black hairs on the face ; the 
throat and sides of the jaws below and the chest black ; breast 
and all the under surface blackish chocolate-brown, soft, and 
cottony ; the back above blackish-brown ; the hair close- 
pressed, silky, in a narrow strip down the centre of the back, 
widening on the rump and extending to the knee-joint and 
inner part of the interfemoral membrane where the hair is 
longer ; the legs and membrane from the knees bare to the 
ankles ; a strong sinew from a little (0*4 inch) above the ankle- 
joint to the margin of the interfemoral membrane. Wings, above 
naked, except a narrow strip of reddish hair along the humerus ; 
below they are sparingly clothed, with rather long silky hair 
along the sides of the arm bones and below the elbow joint, 
reaching nearly to the knees. The face and upper parts of the 
head are dark chocolate-brown, extending round the base of the 
ears, and in some specimens in a triangular or irregular patch 
down the occiput ; the nape from the base of the ears, the back 
and sides of the neck and upper part of the back itself, are of a 
yellowish tint ; on either side of the neck, near the chest, is a 
round brush-like tuft of stiff yellowish brown, unctuous hair, and 
between these tufts is a broad band, extending round the back of 
the neck, of harsh, unctuous hairs directed backwards, of a 
deep yellow tint in some, in others of a dull yellowish brown ; 
these hairs are individually flattish and twisted and are found 
only in the male. 


10 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Adult Female. — In coloration similar to the male, but without 
the unctuous tufts or band of hair ; the hair of the nape is silky, 
rather spreading, of a deeper tint on the central portion than 
that on the sides. 

Total length, 12*3 inches ; forearm, 5*5 inches ; thumb, first 
joint 0"45 inch, last 1*3 inches ; index finger, 3*5 inches. 

In the shoulder or neck tufts of unctuous hair, this species 
comes near to P. molossinus, of Temminck, Esq. I have learned 
from Mr. Masters, that it was found in large numbers clustering 
on the leaves of a Nipa palm (iV. fruticans) overhanging 
the water. Their discovery was due to the fetid odour which 
pervaded the place. 

Hab. Katow, New Guinea. 

Tribe MACROGLOSSINA. 

Long-tongued Bats. 

4. — Macroglossus minimus. 

The Kiodote. 

Pteropus minimus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. XV. p. 535. 

Pteropus rostratus, Horsf. Z. Java, t. 

One specimen of this very interesting and widely-distributed 
species was obtained at Katow, hanging among the leaves of 
some vines. The tongue is very exsertile and covered at the tip 
with a brush of flattish, pointed, hair-like papillae. 

VESPERTILIONES. 

Insectivorous Bats. 

5. — Taphozous Australis, Gould. Mamm. of Aiisl. Vol. Ill, 

p. 32, pi. 32. 

The North Australian Cave Bat. 

A fine series of this interesting bat was obtained, varying con- 
siderably in color and in the length of the free portion of the 
tail, and in all the males the gular pouch is largely developed. 
These specimens were obtained at Cape York from caves in the 
rocks on the coast. The range of this species extends as far 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 11 

south as Bowen, Port Denison, and to the Norman River and 
Gulf of Carpentaria. Four species of this genus are known to 
inhabit Australia. 

Order MARSUPIALIA. 
Family MACROPODTD^E. 

6. — Macropus (Heteropus) assimilis, Ramsay. 

Petrogalea assimilis, Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. 8. Wales, 

Vol. L, pt. IV, p. 360. 

The Allied Brush-tailed Kangaroo. 

Two specimens only of this new species were obtained, an 
adult and young. The fur of the younger animal is of a beau- 
tiful silky texture, long and very soft ; the basal portion is of 
a dark brown, the tips of the hairs silvery grey, rufous on the 
sides of the base of the tail. 

The locality is the Palm Islands, off Cleveland Bay. 

Family PHALANGISTIM]. 

7. — Cuscus maculatus, Less. 

Cuscus maculatus ochropus, var. P.Z S., 1866, p. 220. 

Several specimens from Cape York. 

It is not improbable that the females of this species have been 
mistaken for that described by Temminck as C. chrysorrhous. 

I believe the males are always whitish, spotted or irregularly 
blotched, with some shade of brown, the tail always more rough 
or tuberculate underneath. The female is of a more uniform 
dark brown, the tips of the hairs ashy grey or silvery, and the 
rump and tail yellowish ; a whitish stripe from the throat, widen- 
ing between the arms, narrower just below them, and becoming 
very much wider over the belly, where it is separated from the 
grey of the back by a narrow stripe of black on either side oppo- 
site the pouch, from the pouch downwards, and the tail whitish 
or yellowish white. The feet are in all I have examined more or 
less rufous or reddish yellow. On this Dr. G. R. Gray founded 
his variety C. ochropus. 


12 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

8. — Cuscus brevicaudatls. Gray. 

Phalangista nudicaudata, Gould, P.Z.S., 1849, p. 110. 
Only one specimen, a young male. It is of a light cream 
color or white, with the face yellowish, and a tinge of yellow on 
the back ; the body and legs irregularly blotched with brown, 
the tips of the hair on most of the brown spots on the back 
yellowish, hands and feet tinged with yellow, the tail comparatively 
short ; total length, 25 inches to the tip of the tail ; the tail, 10 
inches ; from the nose to anterior base of the ear, 2*7 inches; to 
the eye, 1*1 inches ; width of the two lower incisors together, 0'3 
inch ; skull, 3'2 inches. 

9. — Phalangista pinnata. 

Adults and young of this pretty species were obtained on the 
Ethel River, New Guinea ; the young resemble the adults ; the 
white stripe down the forehead, however, is proportionately 
broader. 

Family PETAURISTID^E. 
The Flying Phalangers. 

10. — Belideus Ariel, Gould, Mamm. Austr. Vol. I., pi. 27. 

This species was obtained at Katow, and is also found at Port 
Moresby. Its range extends from Cape Y"ork over the whole of 
New Guinea, as far as is yet known, and I have examined 
authentic specimens from New Britain without finding any 
differences between them. I believe this is the only species of 
this genus yet found in New Guinea. 

Fam. PERAMELID^E. 

Bandicoots. 
Perameles macroura var. torosds. 

The Tawny-Throated Bandicoot. 

Fur rather long, spiny, pencilled with deep yellow and black 
on all the upper parts and sides of the body, lower part of the 
sides, and all the under parts whitish except the chin, the throat 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 13 

and the chest to between the fore legs, where it is washed with 
tawny ; fore legs and feet above light tawny or yellowish, below 
yellowish white ; hind feet white, the heels brownish, thighs 
pencilled like the body, whitish on the inner side ; tail less than 
half the length of the body and head, whitish below, dark brown 
above. The ears moderate, rounded, covered with soft dark brown 
hair without, lighter on the margins, whitish within. The under 
fur is soft and short, not plentiful, brownish on the back, lighter 
on the sides, and whitish on the under parts of the body. The 
spiny, flat, grooved hairs on the back are barred with black and 
yellow, in about equal proportions, some with black tips and 
yellow in the middle, others vice versa ; all whitish near the root ; 
on the rump the yellow predominates, on the forehead the black- 
tipped hairs ; these spiny hairs are continued on the face and 
base of the tail ; on the latter part they are less spiny and more 
roundish in form ; the hair is close pressed and continued to the 
tip of the tail ; on the belly and under parts the hairs are uniform, 
whitish. 

Total length from tip of nose to tip of the tail, 21 '5 inches ; 
tail, 6"3 inches ; from tip of nose to anterior base of ear, 3*2 
inches ; from tip of nose to anterior margin of eye, 2 inches ; ear 
in length 1 inch, in width about middle, 0'6 inch ; length of fore 
foot and nails 1*6 inches, length of longest toe-nail 0*6 inch; hind 
foot and nails 3'1 inches, length of the longest toe-nail 0*6 inch ; 
distance between the posterior incisor and canine, (Ml inch; 
between the canine and first premolar, 0*12 inch ; from anterior of 
foremost incisor to the first true molar, 1*2 inches ; from tip of 
snout to front incisor, 0"45 inch. 

Hab. North-Eastern Queensland, Rockingham Bay, to the 
Endeavour River. The present specimen was obtained near 
Cooktown. 

This is one of the largest species of Perameles known, being 
about the same size as P. nasuta, to which it assimilates on the 
whole, but differs considerably in detail. The hair is spiny, both 
above and below, with a strong admixture of bright deep yeVow 
and black on the upper parts, while the spiny hairs of the under 


14 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

portion of the body are altogether whitish. The ears are com- 
pressed, rounded, short, and comparatively small for the size of 
the animal. The throat and chest are tinted conspicuously with 
lio-ht tawny. The nose is much shorter, the canines are nearer 
to the premolars, and the incisors closer to the canines than in 
P. nasuta. The under side of the tail is uniform whitish, and 
the upper, dark brown to the tips. Lastly, there is no shade of 
purple on any part of the body. 

It may be distinguished from Perameles macroura by the tawny 
throat and chest, and much whiter under surface, and is altogether 
a very heavily built animal. In size it is equal to P. macroura 
of Gould. 

For th.e present I prefer to place the specimens, showing these 
peculiarities, as a variety of P. macroura, rather than create a 
new species. 

Perameles, moresbyensis, sp. nov. 
The Port Moresby Bandicoot. 

The head is conical, the snout long, thin, and pointed, the ears 
large, rounded, almost as broad as long, the tail moderate, about 
half the length of the body without the head, the legs moderate. 
The hair is harsh and stiff, almost spiny, the inner fur soft and 
uniform. The general color above is dark brown, pencilled with 
deep bright rusty yellow and black, some of the hairs yellow, 
others black, or black with the anterior half yellow, the basal 
portion whitish, and, like all of the group, flat and grooved. The 
sides and rump a little more yellowish ; the belly, chest, and 
throat whitish, with stiff white hairs ; the under fur short and 
soft, of a dark and ashy brown, only slightly lighter on the sides, 
and ashy on the belly ; the head is blackish, pencilled with light 
brown, and ashy on the sides of the face ; the ears brown (in one 
yellow) without, yellowish within, clothed with very short soft 
hair ; the tail dark brown above, whitish below, sparingly clothed 
with short adpressed hair, scaly, and becoming bare towards the 
tip ; feet ashy white. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 15 

Total length from tip of nose to the tip of the tail, 16*5 inches; 
tail, 5 inches ; head, about 3 inches; from tip of nose to anterior 
margin of the eye, 1*7 inches ; from tip of nose to anterior base 
of the ear, 2*9 inches ; fore foot and nails, 1*3 inches, last joint of 
the longest toe and nail, 08 inch ; hind foot and nails from heel, 
2*5 inches, last joint of longest toe and nail, l'l inch. Teeth as 
in P. nasuta, but closer together ; from front of incisors to 
canine, 0'4 inch ; from canine to first true molar, 0*5 inch ; from 
front of incisors to first true molar, 1 inch ; distance between the 
last (large) incisor and canine, # 03 inch ; length of canine, 0*2 
inch; the canine and 3rd premolar in the lower jaw about equal in 
shape and size, conical compressed, if anything the premolar is 
slightly larger. The animal examined is full grown, but young, 
with the four true molars developed. 

TEETH. 

Incisors ... ... -j^|- Canines ... -{fj- 

3 3 TVT^lov,o 4-4 


Premolars ... 44- Molars 


3-3 — '•• 4-4 

This species comes near to P. obesula, being slightly stiffer 
in the hair than that species, but much less stiff than P. 
Cockerellii, from New Ireland, which has the greater part of the 
hair black, and sufficiently spiny to penetrate the skin if roughly 
handled, moreover in P. Cockerellii, the space between the last 
incisor and canine is fully twice as wide as it is in the present 
species. 


Descriptions of two supposed new species of Mus and of a Ptero- 
pine Bat, of a new genus, from the Duke of York Island, 
by E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 

MUS. ? ECH1MYOIDES, SP. N. 

Incisors, — ; molars, -jj- =16. 

Total length from tip of nose to the root of the tail, 5*5 inches; 
tail 4*G inches, head about 1*5 inches (base cut away), ears 0'65 
inch, breadth 0*4 inch ; from the tip of nose to eye, 0*5 inch; 
from the tip of nose to base of the ear, 1*25 inches; fore foot and 
nails, - 5 inch; hind foot and nails, from heel, 1 inch; the snout 
is rather short, the head elongate and narrow ; general color, dark 


16 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

brown, pencilled with black and rusty yellow on the back; the 
sides lighter ; chin, throat, the under side of the fore and hind 
legs and abdomen grey or ashy white ; fore and hind feet whitish, 
with a narrow line of brown down the front on the upper side ; 
ears comparatively large, margins thickened and turned in at the 
base in front, very much rounded, broad, length 065 inch, breadth 
0*4 inch, apparently bare, brownish without, whitish within ; tail 
almost naked, scaly, sparingly clothed with minute spines. The fur 
is of two kinds at least — on the upper parts covered with stiff, flat, 
grooved spiny hairs, grey or ashy at the base, black at the tip, 
and intermixed with a fine fur of a similar tint at the base, but 
tipped with rusty yellow, the combination giving a dark brown 
upper surface finely pencilled with black and yellowish ; on the 
sides the spines are not so numerous as down the centre of the 
back, and on the limbs apparently absent ; on the head they 
are reduced to stiffish flat hairs, the fur predominating ; the sides 
of the head of a lighter brown, and tinged with yellowish about 
the base of the ears below ; on the belly and under surface, the 
spines are weaker, altogether whitish, and mixed with more fur 
of an ashy tint ; whiskers from the upper lip only, long, black, 
or with a few of a whitish color. 

Hob. Duke of York Island. 

The young do not differ in coloration from the adults ; sexes 
alike in color. I have no opportunity at present of examining 
and comparing the skull of this species, and shall consequently 
postpone the description of it for another paper. 

MUS MUSAVORA, SP. N. 

The " Banana Eat." 

The general color of this species is light rufous or faint tawny 
above, the tips of some of the longer hairs being blackish on the 
back, but not conspicuously so ; the concealed portion of the fur 
is dark-bluish slate color ; the rufous tint is more clear on the 
sides, shoulders, fore arms and hind legs, all the under surface 
uniform white with a faint tinge of rufous towards the sides ; 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 17 

the feet and hands pale buff; the head and face have a greyish 
tinge, the chin and throat white ; whiskers very long, those from 
the side of the snoat black, a few of the lower ones white, a few 
long hairs from over the eye and between it and the ear ; the 
hind feet are very broad, the toes with strong compressed nails, 
the inner toe nearly equal to the outer, the centre three equal 
and longer; the tail is blackish, quite naked; the scales roundish, 
tubercular ; the fur is abundant, close, even, and soft, almost erect 
above, rather aclpressed on the belly; ears moderate, rounded, 
broad, naked, except at the base where the front margin is turned 
in. Total length to root of the tail, 67 inches ; tail, 3*8 inches ; 
distance from tip of nose to eye, 0'8 inch ; distance from tip of 
nose to ear, 1*35 inches ; ears, length 06 inch, breadth 0*4 inch ; 
fore foot and nails, 065 inch; hind foot and nails from heel 1*2 
inch ; breadth 0*35 inch. 

TEETH. 

Incisors ... ... -i±- Molars... ... ±1 

Distance from anterior margin of upper incisors to first molar, 
05 inch ; length of the three upper molars, 0*29 inch ; distance 
from the front of the incisors to the first molar in the ramus, 
0*28 inch ; total length of the skull, 1*4 inch; width 0'6 inch ; 
zygomatic arch concave, length 0*6 inch, rather flattened 
laterally ; width of skuil between the orbits, 0*24 inch ; 
palatal openings equidistant between inner edge of incisors and 
molars, slightly arched, length, 0*2 inch ; width, 01 inch. 

Hab. Duke of York Island. 

This species was found plentiful on the Duke of York Island, 
feeding on the Plantain. The body is full, and rather heavily 
made, the limbs short and thick, the hind feet rather long and 
broad. The young and both sexes are alike in coloration. 

Pteropus (Cheiropteruges), alboscapulatus sp. nov. 

The fur is soft and abundant, rather long on the lower part of 
the back, cottony on the abdomen ; the whole of the upper sur- 
face of the body, from between the ears to the ankles, and the 
sides of the neck rufous, darker on the legs and intrafemoral 


18 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

membrane, which is hairy, except a small portion next the heel ; 
wings from the base of the middle toe, hairy on the margins next 
the body and along the arm as far as the elbow ; membrane of a 
purplish brown, spotted with irregular rufous brown markings, 
numerously along the arms, sparingly on the phalanges ; a small 
conspicuous spot of pure white on the hairy portion of the wing 
membrane, at its junction with the body on either side, just in 
front of the humerus. Head dark brown, varied with white on 
the crown ; a white mark down the forehead on the snout ; 
margins of the lips and chin whitish ; sides of the face, round 
the eyes to the ears in front, dusky or dark brown, extend- 
ing on to the throat ; all the under surface ashy, the base of the 
fur being dark brown or dusky, and the tips whitish ; tail none ; 
the intrafemoral membrane lost on the sides, about the middle of 
the femur. The fur on the sides of the throat is directed outwards 
and downwards, and meeting the rufous fur of the upper surface, 
which is directed forwards and downwards from the back of the 
neck over the shoulders, forms a ridge on the sides of the neck, 
reaching from the wing membrane to the lower base of the ear ; 
the fur on the back of the neck is erect. Ears reddish, naked ; 
nostrils blackish. The first joint of the thumb enclosed in mem- 
brane, the last free, long and slender, with its claw more than three 
times the length of the first joint. Wings from the sides ; forearm, 
2'5 inches ; index finger and claw, 1'9 inch ; 2nd finger 4*85 inches ; 
4th finger, 3 4 inches ; thumb, 1st joint 0"24 inch; 2nd joint, 
0-6 inch, its nail, 02 inch; expanse of wings, 16'5 inches; 
hind leg and foot with claws, 2 5 inches ; ears rounded, 
moderate, length 0"5 inch ; width 0"4 inch. Teeth, incisors 
-§-!-§-, minute, the upper ones far apart. Canines y_\, the upper 
very long pointed, somewhat squarish on the front and outer side, 
grooved, projecting below the lower jaw when it is closed, length, 
0'25 inch ; the lower ones not so long, strongly ridged towards the 
base. Premolars -|.|, the first above minute (deciduous) , almost 
hidden at the root of the canine ; the second conical, compressed, 
about the middle of the space between the canine and first molar; 
below they are distinct, even, tubercular, the first placed close to 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 19 

the lower canine, the 2nd apart about 0*15 inch from 1st ; the 3rd 
not so far, about 0*1 inch from the 2nd, and near but separate from 
the molars. Molars, ■§-:•§•, those in the upper jaw close together, 
small, the 1st the largest ; those in the lower jaw smaller (?) 
tuberculate, close. 

Total length from tip of nostril to the hind toe nails, 6 inches ; 
distance from tip of nose to eye, 55 inch ; distance from tip of nose 
to base of ear in front, 1*2 inch ; from front of incisors to 1st true 
molar, 4 inch ; extent of the three lower premolars, - 3 inch. 

Sex. Male. 

I know of no genus in which this species may be placed with 
any degree of certainty; it, however, comes on the whole nearest 
Pteropus or Spectrum, but agrees strictly with neither. I there- 
fore propose for it the generic name of Gheiropteruges. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. Ramsay exhibited the new Mammals described in the fore- 
going papers, and also some skins of interesting birds obtained 
by Dr. Mackinlay, of H.M.S. " Nymphe," from the Auckland 
Islands, among which were a species of duck, Nessonetta aucklan- 
dica, G.R.Gr., with remarkably short wings, belonging to the sub- 
family Eurysmaturinae ; A. Snipe, Gallinago aucklandica, and a 
small variety of the " Parson bird " of New Zealand, Prosthe- 
madera novce-zcelandice ; also, Melidora goldiei, described at last 
meeting, and a nestling of Athene sp., both from Port Moresby. 


MONDAY, 26th February, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, M.A., President, in the Chair. 

DONATIONS. 

I. Proceedings of the " Entomological Society of Bel- 
gium," Series II., No. 31. 

II. Papers and Proceedings of the " Royal Society of Tas- 
mania, for 1875." 


20 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LTNNEAN SOCIETY 

PAPERS READ. 

Continuation of the Mollusca collected during the Chevert Expe- 
dition — by John Brazier, CM Z.S., Cor. Mem. Roy. Soc, 
Tasmania. 

Order SCUTIBRANCHIATA. 

Sub-order PODOPHTHALMA. 

Family Neritidj:. 

1. — Nerita funiculata. 
Nerita funiculata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 9. 
Hah. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs under 
coral. 

2. — Nerita Rumphi. 

Nerita Bumphii, Recluz, Revue, Zool. Soc. Cuv., 1841, p. 147. 
Hah. Cape Grenville, North East Australia, found on the rocks 
at low water. 

3. — Nerita antiquata. 

Nerita antiquata, Recluz, Revue, Zool. Soc. Cuvierienne, 1841, 
p. 106. 

Nerita antiquata, Reeve, Conch. Icon , pi. 2, sp. 5. 

Hah. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

4. — Nerita (Theliostyla) albicilla. 

Nerita albicilla, Linn. G-mel., p. 3681, No. 45. 

,, „ Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., Tome 6, part 2, p. 192. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 15, sp. 64, a, d. 

Hah. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs ; Vau- 
cluse Point, Bradley's Head, and Point Piper, Port Jackson, New 
South Wales. (Brazier.) 

5. — Neritina tdrrita. 

Nerita turrita, Chemn. Conch., f. 1085. 

Neritina strigilata, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., Tome 6, part 2, p. 

187. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 21 

Neritina turrita, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 539, pi. 112, 
fig. 113, 114 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 7, sp. 31, a, b. 

Hab. Ethel River, Hall Sound, New Guinea. 

6. — Neritina Gagates. 

Neritina Gagates, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., Tome 6, part 2, p. 
185. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 537, pi. 

112, fig. 103. 

Hob. Katow River, New Guinea, found on the roots of trees 
and on floating timber. 

7. — Neritina Mertoniana. 

Nerita Mertoniana, Recluz, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1843, p. 71. 

Neritina Mortoniana, Recluz, Journal de Conch, 1850, p. 152. 
„ Mertoniana, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 534, pi. 
116, fig. 242, 245. 

Hab. Palm Island, North-east Australia, found on sandy mud 
flats at low water ; also, quite common on the main land of the 
North and North-east Coast of Australia. The varieties are 
countless. 

8. — Neritina (Vitta) Rangiana. 

Neritina Rangiana, Recluz, Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 339. 

„ Journal de Conch., 1850, p. 15. 
Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 532, pi. 
116, fig. 227, 228. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, white sand 
bottom, Port Jackson, and Aneiteum, New Hebrides. 

9. — Neritina (Vitta) pulcherrima. 

Neritina (Vitta) pulcherrima, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
1871, p. 19, pi. 1, fig. 25. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 20 fathoms, sandy 
mud bottom, one specimen found; Evans' Bay, Cape York, North 
Australia, 7 fathoms, sandy mud bottom, six specimens found ; 


22 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30 fathoms, bottom 
of mud, sandy mud, and white sand, two hundred specimens 
found. The type specimens were dredged by me at the " Sow 
and Pigs" reef, Port Jackson, in 1870, and described as above, 
and deposited in the British Museum by Mr. G. F. Angas, F.L.S., 
F.R.G.S. Species rare in Port Jackson. 

10. — Neritina (Vitta) Siquijorensis. 

Merita Siquijorensis. Recluz. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1843, p. 
198. 

Neritina Siquijorensis, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 510, 
pi. 113, fig. 145, 146. 

Hab. Hall Sound, New Guinea, one dead specimen found on 
the beach at the mouth of the Ethel River. 

11. — Neritina (Dostia) crepidtjlaria. 

Neritina Grepidularia, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., Tome 6, part 2, 
p. 186. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 509, 

pi. 113, fig. 139, 140. 

Hab. Katow River, New Guinea, found on trees and roots. 

12. — Neritina (Neripteron) marmorata, n. sp. 

Shell transversely oval, thin, transparent, minutely decussated, 
with fine strias, horny brown, rayed and reticulated with white ; 
quadrately winged at the upper part, rather sharp, spire obliquely 
turned in, inner lip oblique, columella area rather large, smoky 
brown, minutely granulated, interior of aperture light brown, 
margin of the lip continuous across the spire. Length 7, breadth 
5|, alt. 2>\ lines. 

Hab. Katow River, New Guinea, found 10 miles up the river 
on the roots of trees. 

This species, when the epidermis is removed, shows fine violet 
reticulated markings very much after the style of Catillus porcel- 
lanus, Linn. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 23 

Family TROCHID^E. 
Sub-family EUTROPIIN^E. 

13. — EUTROPIA VARIEGATA. 

Phasianella variegata, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., Tome 7, p. 53. 
„ „ Chenu, Manuel de Conch., Tome 1, p. 

343, fig. 2527. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, sand bottom, 
Wantoro Bay, near Noumea, New Caledonia. Found in great 
quantity crawling on the sand beaches at the edge of low water, 
also under stones and coral. (Brazier.) 

Sub-family TURBININ^E. 

14. — Turbo petholatus. 

Turbo petholatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 

„ „ Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert. Tome, 7, p. 43. 

„ „ Heeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 12. 

Hab. Damley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

15. — Senectus crassus. 

Turbo crassus, Wood, Index, Test, Suppl. p. 20, pi. 6, fig. 43. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 10. 
Hab. Dungeness Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

16. — Senectus chrysostomus. 
Turbo chrysostomus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 

jj „ Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert. Tome 7, p. 41. 

„ chrysostoma, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 7, sp. 28. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

17. — Senectus squamosus. 

Turbo squamosus, Gray, Voyage of H. M. S. Fly, 1847, Vol. 2, 
p. 359, pi. 2, fig. 8. 

Turbo laminiferus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1848, p. 49. 
„ „ „ Conch. Icon., pi. 4, sp. 17. 


24 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Turbo foliaceus, Homb et Jacq., Voyage Au. Pole Sud. L. 
Astrolabe et la Zelee, 1854, Tome 5, p. 60, Atlas pi. 14, fig. 34, 37. 

Hab. Dungeness Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs 
under large blocks of coral ; very common. 

18. — Senectus nivosus. 

Turbo nivosus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1848, p. 51, 
Conch. Icon., pi. 10, fig. 43,44. 

Hab. Dungeness Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

19. — Senectus gemmatus. 

Turbo gemmatus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1848, p. 50. 
„ „ „ Conch. Icon., pi. 12, sp. 62. 

Hab. Palm Island, North-East Australia, 11 fathoms, mud 
bottom ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, white 
sand bottom. 

Sub-family AUSTRALIUSLE. 

20. — Pachypoma rhodostoma. 

Trochus rhodostomus, Lam, Anim. Sans. Vert., Tome 7, p. 13. 

„ rhodostoma, Reeve, Conch, Icon., pi. 7, sp. 35. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

Sub-family LIOTIIN^E. 

21. — LlOTIA VARICOSA. 

Delphinula varicosa, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1843, p. 142 
„ „ „ Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 12. 

Hab. Palm and Barnard Islands, North-East Australia; 
Dungeness and Nepean Islands, Torres Straits ; Hall Sound, New- 
Guinea. Found on the reefs under coral. 

22. — LlOTIA DISCOIDEA. 

Delphinula discoidea, Reeve. Proc Zool. Soc, London, 1843, p. 

142. 

„ ,, Conch. Icon., pi. 4, sp. 15. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 25 

23, — LlOTIA MURICATA. 

Delpkinula muricafa, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 142. 

„ „ „ Conch. Icon., pi. 4, sp. 18. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25 fathoms, sand bottom. 


Description of Three New Species of Shells, from Australia and 

New Guinea. 

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc, Tas. 

1. — Helix (Hydra) Broadbbnti. 

Shell umbilicated, globular, rather solid, irregularly obliquely 
striated, chestnut-brown, ornamented with a yellow-brown band 
below the suture, and a broad one on the base ; apex conoid, nearly 
all of a yellow-brown, whorls 4|, rather convex, the last some- 
what inflated, convex below, aperture ovately lunate, diagonal, 
purplish within, peristome expanded and reflected, thickened, 
white, the columellar broadly expanded and reflected, covering 
about one fourth of the umbilicus, which is wide and deep, 
encircled at its edge with a broad band of chestnut-brown. 

Diam. maj. 21J, min. 16J, alt. 15J lines. 

Hab. Port Moresby, New Guinea (Collection, Mrs. Charles 
Coxen.) 

This fine shell I have named' after its discoverer, Mr. Kendal 
Broadbent, who obtained it 12 miles inland from Port Moresby. 
When at Yule Island I was shown a specimen obtained by Mr. 
D'Albertis, up one of the rivers at Hall Sound. There are, I 
believe, specimens in the Australian Museum, received from Mr. 
Broadbent. 

Helix (Calliochlias) Etherldgei. 

Shell imperforate, rather thick, somewhat globosely turbinated, 
finely striated, having minute transverse lengthened grains, 
blackish chestnut, ornamented at the periphery with one narrow 
white line, contiguous to the suture, broad yellow-brown band 
above, running spirally to the apex, the third encircling the 


26 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

irnperforation, and running spirally inwards ; spire rather conoid, 
apex striated, white, whorls 5J, slightly convex, the last large 
and moderately ventricose, base convexly rounded, suture 
encircled with a white line, broader above the last whorl, aperture 
ovate, diagonal, violet tinged within, peristome white, expanded 
and reflected, very much thickened, margins approximating, the 
right descending, columellar expanded, dark purple beneath a 
white callus, and joined to the upper part of the peristome. 

Diam. maj. 17, min. 13, alt. 14|. 

Hah. Andromache River, between Bowen and Cape Palmer- 
ston, North-East Coast of Australia (Mrs. Charles Coxen.) 

The first specimen I saw of this species, I was inclined to 
regard it as a variety of Helix gratiosa, Cox. I have seen three 
specimens since then, — one in Dr. Cox's collection, one in Mr. 
Hargraves, and the specimen in my own, which I exhibit to- 
night to the Society, and for which I am indebted to Mrs. Coxen, 
of Brisbane. It differs from H. gratiosa, in being a heavier and 
thicker shell, in having a thick, white, and reflected peristome, 
and in being of a violet colour within the aperture. I have named 
it after my friend, Mr. R. Etheridge, jun., of Edinburgh, P.G.S. 

3. — Auricula (Alexia) meridionalis. 

Shell oblong ovate, thin, transparent, imperforate, longitu- 
dinally striated, spire acuminate, apex papillose, whorls 7, slightly 
convex, suture impressed, base rounded, aperture vertical, semi- 
ovate, body whorl in centre, with one minute nearly obsolete 
white denticulation of callus ; below with a thin vertical parietal 
white plate, sharp at its edge, and entering spirally inwards, 
columella twisted, white, thickened with callus, slightly expanded!; 
peristome white, thin above, expanded and reflected below, 
interior of aperture shining brown. 

Length 4, breadth 2 lines. 

Hab. Port Adelaide Creek, South Australia ; found in swamps. 
Collected by Mr. Yates. 


Of NEW SOUTH WALES. 27 

The genus Alexia appears to be confined to Europe, Great 
Britain, and some of the West Indian Islands. This is, I believe, 
the first recorded species found in the Southern Hemisphere. 
Mr. Angas, in his list of the Molluscan Fauna of the Province 
of South Australia, given in the Proceedings of the Zoological 
Society of London, 1865, does not mention any of the Family 
Auriculacea. I have received, Marinula patula, Lowe — Marinula 
xanthostoma — H. and A. Adams, from South Australia. It is 
also found in Port Jackson, and on the coast of Tasmania. 


On a new species of Platycercus from the interior of New South 
Wales, by E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., Curator of the Museum, 
Sydney. 

Platycercus mastersianus, sp. nov. 

Adult. — Total length, about 11 inches; wing, 5 8 inches ; tail, 
63 inches ; tarsus, 08 inch ; bill, 0*7 inch. The front, top of 
the head, nape and ear coverts, crimson, mottled with yellow on 
the sides of the head, ear coverts and nape ; feathers of the hind 
neck and back yellowish at the tips, blackish on concealed por- 
tions, those on the neck washed with red and tinged on the sides 
with bluish green ; rump and upper tail-coverts crimson, the 
outer series of the latter greenish ; scapulars black, broadly mar- 
gined with yellowish, mingled with red and blue, shoulders deep 
blue, smaller coverts deep blue centered with black or black mar- 
gined with blue, median coverts light blue ; outer webs of prima- 
ries and secondaries blue, the inner webs and the tips of the pri- 
maries black ; underside of the wing black, traversed about the 
middle of the quills with an indistinct broken white band (in a 
yuung specimen this white band is complete) ; under wing coverts 
blue ; cheeks blue, palest near the mandible, under tail coverts 
crimson, chest bluish green, margined with yellow, many of the 
feathers centered with a large crimson spot ; abdomen and flanks 
bluish green, the tips of the lower flank feathers crimson ; tail, 
black below, the apical third of all, except the two centre feathers, 


28 THE PROCEEDINGS OE THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

blue, and tipped with white more largely on the inner than on 
the outer feathers ; centre tail feathers above, greenish on the 
inner webs, blue on the outer ; the rest blackish at the base, blue 
on the outer webs, the anterior third of each feather light blue 
and tipped with white, the spot increasing in size as the feather 
is more internal. Bill, bluish at the base, whitish at the tip (pro- 
bably faded), feet dark brown ; iris, in a young living example, 
dark hazel. 

Hdb. Interior of New South Wales. 

My attention was drawn to this species some two years ago by 
Mr. George Masters, the late Assistant Curator of the Australian 
Museum ; and although the bird could not in any way be referred 
to any known member of the genus, I had great doubts of its 
proving to be a good species, being rather inclined, from the 
great variegation and ununiformity of its markings, to consider 
it a hybrid, or cross between some of the smaller species. How- 
ever, having lately found another, although immature, but having 
the same characteristic red front, and temper tail coverts, blue 
wings and yellowish-green under surface, I have hesitated no 
longer to describe it as new, and in compliment to Mr. George 
Masters, who first drew my attention to it, have named it after 
that gentleman. The adult specimen above described is one of 
the few relics of our early explorers that I found left in the 
Museum. The young bird referred to has been recently obtained 
in the interior northern portion of New South Wales. 


Description of a new species of Pelodryas, from New Ireland— by 
E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c, Curator of the Australian Museum, 
Sydney. 

Family PELODMAD^E. 

Pelodryas militarius, sp. nov. 

Above dull green, bluish in spirits; below dull yellowish, a rosy 
line on outer cutaneous ridge of the arms and legs. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 29 

Head large, a little broader than long, the crown broad, flat, 
the muzzle short and rounded ; the eye large, paratoid moderate, 
broad, projecting a little above the tympanum ; skin smooth on 
the back, or with very minute granules, which are larger and 
conspicuous on the sides and belly ; discs of the fingers very 
large, larger in diameter than the width of the tympanum ; tym- 
panum very distinct, nearly as large as the eye and equal to the 
discs of the fingers, conspicuous, a little longer than broad ; the 
first finger opposite the other three, and joined to the second by 
a rudimentary membrane, the second and third about Q) one- 
third webbed, the third and fourth about (|) one-half webbed ; 
the first and second with one each, and the third and fourth 
with two conspicuous subarticular tubercles each ; toes nearly 
full-webbed, the discs smaller than those of the fingers, inter- 
digital membrane extending from the discs on the outer side to 
a little below the discs on the inner ; subarticular tubercles 
smaller than on the hands, a small obtuse tubercle on the meta- 
tarsus at the base of the innermost toe. The tongue large, 
roundish, somewhat heart-shaped, bluntly notched behind ; inner 
nostrils large, vomerine teeth situated on two oblong discs 
obliquely placed apart on the inner margin of the nostrils ; 
general color, green above, yellowish white below ; the webs, 
discs of the feet and hands pinkish above, yellowish below ; along 
the under margin of the lower jaw, shaded with dull greenish ; 
a small pink stripe on the margin below the angle of the mouth 
to near the shoulder ; from the disc of the outer finger along the 
outer margin of the forearm to the elbow, a cutaneous ridge or 
fold bounded by a pink or rose stripe, a similar fold and rosy 
stripe along the outer edge of the fifth toe and metatarsus to the 
back of the tibia ; a narrow cutaneous ridge on the inner side of 
the metatarsus ; the tympanum, inner sides of legs and arms, and 
the sides below the arms pinkish. 

Total length, 3*2 inches ; forearm, 0*85 inch; longest finger 
(4th), 0*9 inch; femur, l'7 w inches ; tibia, 1*85 inches; metatarsus, 
0*95 inch; outer toe, l'l inches; longest (4th), 1*25 inches; from 


30 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

nostril to posterior margin of tympanum, 0*9 inch ; from tip of 
the snout to centre of orbit 0*65 inch ; to angle of the mouth, 1 
inch ; head, 1 inch by 1*1 inches. 

This remarkably handsome species, so conspicuous by the rosy 
seams on the outer margin of its legs and arms, was obtained on 
New Ireland, by the Rev. George Brown, and formed part of the 
large and valuable collection that gentleman made in those lati- 
tudes. In having the hands and feet almost fully webbed, this 
species is not unlike a true Bhacophorus, but the tongue and 
fingers at once separate it from that genus. It comes, however, 
close to our Australian species Pelodryas cceruleus {White), but 
differs not only in the colouring in wanting the pink or rosy 
stripes, but also in being much longer in the limbs, more webbed 
in the phalanges, and broader and shorter in the head, and in 
having the paratoid not so high or so largely developed, judging 
from the single spirit specimen before me. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. Masters exhibited the skull of an aboriginal female, re- 
markable on account of a large oval aperture about 1 inch by | 
inch at the junction of the two parietal bones. The exhibit was 
the skull of the " gin" of " King Charley," of Bega. The woman 
had been accustomed for many years to wear a cap of wet clay 
upon her head. 

Mr. R. D. Ward, M.A., of St. Leonards, exhibited a specimen of 
a sponge-bearing crab of the genus " Maia." 


MONDAY, 26th MAECH, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, M.A., President, in the Chair. 

DONATIONS. 

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Belgium, 
Series II, No. 33. . 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 31 

MEMBER PROPOSED. 

John Living, Esq., Sydney. 

PAPERS READ. 

Note of a Species of Echidna (Tachyglossus), from Port Moresby, 
New Guinea — by E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 

Should any further proof be necessary of the close relationship 
of the Fauna of New Guinea, with that of Australia, it will be found 
in the fact that not less than two species of the peculiar and 
hitherto strictly Australian genus Echidna, or Tachyglossus, of 
Illiger, (1811) have been lately discovered there, one in the Nor- 
thern parts of the Island, the other in the South, at Port Moresby. 

Through the kindness of a friend at Genoa, I am enabled to 
lay before you this evening a paper on the first-mentioned of these 
species, Tachyglossus Bruijnii (Peters e Doria), containing a 
sketch of the head, from which it is evident that this species is 
quite distinct from any of those hitherto found in Australia ; and 
through the liberality of the Rev. Mr. Lawes, who has lately 
presented a fine specimen of the Port Moresby species to the 
Museum, I am enabled to exhibit a rough sketch of the head and 
feet, and the quills, and to make some remarks on this very 
interesting and valuable addition to our Museum collection. 

Tachyglossus Bruijnii is distinguished chiefly by the great 
length of the snout, which is about three times the length of the 
head. The Port Moresby species is distinguished chiefly by the 
long, thin, and cylindrical form of the quills, and the stiff flat 
hair like bristles, on the face ; and other differences, which will 
be observed in the present description. The honor of the 
discovery of this second New Guinea species is due to the Rev. 
Mr. Lawes, who some few months ago obtained a young specimen 
with a remarkably short bill, which I believe has been sent to 
England. The 2nd specimen, obtained by the same gentleman, a 
fine and apparently full-grown male animal, has been presented 
to the Museum, and from this I have taken the following descrip- 
tion. 


32 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Echidna (Tacliyglossus*) nov. sp.f 

Male. — The head, throat, fore and hind legs, tail, and all the 
under surface, is covered scantily with stiff flattish bristles of a 
brown tint, longest on the sides of the abdomen, sides of the body 
and crown of the head, where they gradually merge into short 
spines of a whitish horn color, covering the sides of the neck and 
ears ; a curled patch of blackish hair round the ears, overlapped, 
by the spines in front ; all the upper parts of the body except the 
head, is covered with long cylindrical spines, some altogether 
white, some all black, others parti-colored, with white or black 
tips, and a few black hairs scattered through the spines and on 
the sides of the body. The white spines appear to predominate 
on the nape of the neck and rump, and are longest on the sides 
of the body and near the dorsal line. The fore limbs are short, 
stout, and strong, flattened anteriorly, the hind limbs somewhat 
slender, the second toe nail very long, strong, curved, and hol- 
lowed below ; the spur on the heel small, sharp, and of a light 
horn color. The snout is bare to within 0*3 of an inch from the 
eye, and of a purple brown color ; length of bare portion, 2 
inches ; the skin of the under surface where visible is of a dull 
reddish brown. 

Total length from the tip of snout to tip of tail, 13 4 inches ; 
total length from the tip of snout to hind claw, 15 inches ; fore 
limb, hand, and wrist to tip of longest nail, 2 inches ; hind foot 
and claws from heel, 1*3 inches ; hind leg, 3 "5 inches ; from the 
heel-spar to end of second toe, without nail, 1*5 inches ; from the 
tip of snout to ear opening, 4*5 inches (shin stretched?); from tip 
of snout to angle of mouth, 05 inch ; from the tip of lower jaw 
to angle of mouth, 0'45 inch ; width of opening, 03 inch ; width 
of snout, 0"5 inch ; distance between the eyes, 1'4 inches ; across 
the snout at lateral groove, 0*65 inch ; across the base of skull, 

*" II nome generico di Tachyglossxis, Illiger 1811, deve, essere usato invece di Echidna 
Cuvier 1797, perch6 Forster fino dal 1778 lo aveva adoperato per denominare un gruppo 
di Murenidi." W. Peters e G. Doria, Descrizione di una nuova sp. di Tachyglossxis 
vroveniente dalla Nuova Guinea settentrionale. 

t I have not yet learned the name which has heen given to this new species, but daily 
expect to hear of it from my friends in England. Should it, however, still be unnamed, I 
propose for it the name of T. Lawesii, in honor of its discoverer. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 33 

about 1*75 inches ; length of longest spines in tail, 1'6 inches; 
length of longest spines from side, 1*5 inches ; greatest diameter 
of spine, O'l inch ; from tip of snout to the eye, 2*5 inches ; from 
tip of snout to base of skull, about 4 inches ; from vent to the 
tip of the tail, 1*6 inches. 


The Ophidians of the Che vert Expedition — by William Macleay, 

F.L.S. 

Most of the Snakes collected during the voyage of the Chevert 
were procured at the Katow River, on the South Coast of New 
Guinea. 

The character of the country at that place, and for many miles 
East and West of it, and probably for a long distance inland, is 
exactly of the kind best suited for the abode of Reptiles. It may 
be described as a huge Delta, everywhere intersected by water 
channels, nowhere elevated more than a few feet above the sur- 
face of the swamp, with a dense and magnificent vegetation, a 
moist climate, and perpetual heat. 

My visit to the place was a very hasty one. The Chevert 
anchored off Katow on the 2nd of July, 1875, and left again on 
the 11th of the same month ; only a very few days, therefore, 
were available for collecting purposes, and of these but little use 
could be made, as the impenetrable and swampy nature of the 
country effectually baffled all attempts to get any distance from 
the sea shore. It is almost entirely to the natives that I am 
indebted for the Reptiles of that part. Maino, the head man of 
the village ; his son Cooki, a fine lively boy of about twelve ; and 
Howtah, the chief of a neighbouring village, with a number of 
others, showed a most friendly desire to get for me whatever I 
wanted. Not a day passed that I did not receive from them 
joints of bamboo tightly plugged up which were invariably found 
to be full of Snakes. 

All the species from Katow turn out to be new. That, perhaps, 
is not to be wondered at, as I was the first who had ever 
attempted to collect on that part of the New Guinea coast ; but 


34 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE L1NNEAN SOCIETY 

what is more remarkable is the prevalence of the non-venomous 
Colubrine forms of India and Malacca, and the absence of the 
venomous Australian forms. It would be interestiug to know 
whether Signor D'Albertis' experience on this point agrees with 
mine. He has, I am told, brought with him from Katow, a very 
fine collection of Reptiles, but they are all destined, I believe, 
to enrich foreign Museums. 

The other localities at which Snakes were collected during the 
voyage were, the Islands of Torres Straits and Hall Sound, New 
Guinea, but as will be seen in the detailed account given below, 
they are neither remarkable nor numerous. 

Family PYTHONID^E. 

1. — MOEELIA VARIEGATA. 

Gray, Zool. Misc. 43, 44; Cat. Brit. Mus., Snakes, part VI., 
p. 86 ; KrefFt, Snakes of Australia, p. 31. 

Morelia Argus, var. c. Dum. and Bibr. Erp. Gen. VI., pp. 
386-389. 

This species seems to have a very wide range. It is common 
over the whole interior of New South Wales, where it is known 
as the " Carpet Snake," and there seems to be no part of 
Queensland or Northern Australia in which it is not found. My 
Chevcrt specimens are from Sue Island, Darnley Island, and Hall 
Sound. One specimen from the last-named locality is probably 
of a different species ; it seems proportionally thicker in the body 
and shorter in the tail than the others, and is of a generally 
darker colour, with the ventral shields greenish white, barred 
with blackish green. 

2. — LlASIS AMETHYSTINUS. 

Gray. Zool. Misc. 44 ; Dum. and Bibr. Erp, Gen. VI., p. 432 ; 
Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., Snakes, part 1, p. 91 ; Krefft, Snakes of 
Austral., pi. 5, figs. 5-5a. 

Boa amethystina, Schneid. Amph. 2, p. 254 ; Denk. Akad., 
Munch, 7, t.7. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 35 

Python amethystinus, Daud. Rept. 5, p. 230 ; Merrem, 89 ; 
Schlegel, Phys. Serp. 178, 419, 1. 15, figs. 8-10. 

Constrictor amethystinus, Boie, Tsis XX. 516. 

In the description given of this species by Dumeril and Bibron, 
the scales on the body are said to be in 47 rows, and on the tail 
in 27. In my largest specimen there are 45 on the body and 
only 10 on the tail. There is also a difference in the number of 
the abdominal and subcaudal shields. According to Dumeril and 
Bibron, the abdominals are from 303 to 316, and the subcaudals 
from 85 to 86 ; while I find them to be, abdominals 325, subcau- 
dals 119-119. Notwithstanding this apparently wide dissimilarity, 
I have no doubt they belong to one and the same species. 

The collection contains several specimens from Darnley Island 
and Hall Sound. One of those captured at the latter place 
measured 14 feet in length, and was of great thickness. 

Family HOMALOPSID^E. 

3.— Fordonia Papuensis. 

I place this species in Gunther's genus Fordonia, because it 
seems to fit better into it than into any other genus of the Horn- 
alopsidce, and I wish to avoid the multiplication of genera, but I 
must observe that the generic character, " eyes over the third 
labial shield," does not at all apply to the present species. The 
head is oval and moderately flat ; the anterior frontal shield is 
longer than broad, and is rounded behind and separates for some 
distance the two posterior frontals ; the eye is very small, and 
does not come into contact with any labial shield, being com- 
pletely surrounded by the anterior and two posterior ocular 
shields, and the superciliary, which is very small. There are five 
upper labial shields, all higher than long, excepting the last. 
The body is stout, cylindrical, and tapering at the tail. Scales 
in 22 series ; abdominal shields 147, subcaudals 32-32, some of 
them sometimes single. Anal plate bifid. Total length, 2 feet ; 
length of tail, 3 inches. Colour, bluish-brown above getting 
lighter on the sides, and yellow beneath. 

Several specimens were got at Katow. 


36 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Family CALAMARID^E. 

Mainophis (new genus.) 

Body moderately stout, cylindrical ; tail short, tapering to a 
blunt point ; head narrow ; two pairs of frontal shields, the ante- 
rior pair small,- the posterior large, and occupying the position of 
the loreal ; nostril between two nasal shields, the anterior much 
the largest; one anterior and two posterior ocular shields; super- 
ciliary shield small ; six upper labial shields ; eyes small ; scales 
smooth, and somewhat triangular and rounded at the apex ; anal 
plate bifid ; subcaudals in two rows. 

This genus seems to resemble in many points the genus Bra- 
chyorrhos, of Kuhl. The entire anal plate of the latter necessi- 
tates the separation of the genera. 

4. — Mainophis robusta. 

Head moderately flat, and scarcely narrowed into a neck 
behind ; posterior frontal shield abutting on the second labial. 
Back of a dark lead colour, with the scales on the sides edged 
with white ; abdominal shields quite white Scales in 17 rows. 
Abdominal shields 161, subcaudals 46-46. Total length, 2 feet 
6 inches ; length of tail 5 inches, and of head 1 inch. 

Two specimens were procured at Katow. 

Katophis (new gends.) 

Body and tail rather elongate, head rather narrow with a 
slightly constricted neck ; two pairs of frontal shields, a loreal 
and one anterior and three posterior orbitals ; eight upper labials ; 
scales elongate, keeled, the outer scale on each side square and 
not keeled on the anterior half of the body; anal plate bifid; sub- 
caudals in two rows ; eye large, pupil rounded ; teeth equal, 
smooth . 

I do not know any genus approaching this, unless it may be 
Elapoidis, of Boie. 

5 — Katophis plumbea. 
Scales in 15 rows ; abdominal plates 142, subcaudals 67-67, 
Total length, 2 feet 3 inches. Tail, 6| inches ; head, 10 lines. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 37 

Colour, lead brown above, yellowish white beneath ; labials, tem- 
porals, and side of neck bright yellow. 
Several specimens from Katow. 

Family DENDROPHITLE. 

6. — Dendrophis breviceps. 

Body elongate, with the ventral shields moderately keeled ; 
head rather short and broadly rounded before the eyes ; loreal 
shield a little longer than high ; eight upper labials, the 6th 
almost surrounded above by the 5 th and 7th shields ; lower labials, 
9 ; scales in 13 rows anteriorly and 11 posteriorly ; abdominal 
shields, 197 ; sub-caudals, 145-145 ; anal plate bifid. Total 
length, 4 feet. Length of tail, 16 inches ; head, 1 inch. Colour, 
olive green above, beneath yellowish white. 

This species may be distinguished from D. jpunctulata by its 
shorter and blunter head and more slender form, as also by the 
squarer form of the loreal shield, the greater number and 
different disposition of the upper labial shields, and by the differ- 
ence in the relative length of the tail, and in the numbers of the 
abdominal and subcaudal shields. 

Three specimens were procured at Katow. 

7. — Dendrophis Katowensis. 

Very elongate, narrow, and strongly keeled on the ventral 
shields ; head flat, with constricted neck ; loreal shield thrice as 
long as high ; upper labials 8, lower 8 ; scales in thirteen rows 
anteriorly and eleven posteriorly ; abdominal shields, 189 ; sub- 
caudals, 135-135 ; anal bifid ; total length, 3 feet 8 inches ; tail, 
15 inches ; colour, pale olive above, whitish beneath, with the 
labial shields yellow and a black stripe from the upper part of 
the rostral shield through the loreal and temporals along the side 
of the neck for two or more inches behind the head. This black 
mark is narrow on the head, but on the neck has the width of 
four scales. 

This species has a considerable resemblance to a Dendrophis 
which I received some years ago from the Endeavour River, and 


38 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

which for some time I took to be D. Galligastra, Gunth. I believe 
now that I have never seen the last-named species, nor have T 
ever came across a Dendrophis without the loreal shield. 
Two specimens from Katow. 

8. — Dendrophis Darnletensis. 

Very elongate and strongly keeled on the ventral shields ; 
head broad and flat, loreal shield twice as long as high ; upper 
labials 8, lower 9 ; abdominal shields 175, subcaudals 130-130; 
total length, 3 feet 6 inches ; tail, 15 inches ; colour, olive above, 
beneath greenish white, speckled with black. As in the last spe- 
cies, there is a black stripe from the muzzle along the side of the 
neck, but in this species it is broader on the head, and leaves a 
yellow spot on the lower part of the anterior ocular shield and 
on the upper part of the posterior ocular. I am inclined to think 
that this is identical with the species mentioned above as having, 
come from the Endeavour River. 

Two specimens were captured at Darnley Island. 

Family DIPSADID^E. 

9. — DlPSAS FUSCA. 

Dendrophis fusca, Gray, Zool. Misc. 1842, p. 54. 

Triglyphodon flavescens, Dum. and Bibr., p. 1080. 

Dipsas fusca, Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., Snakes, p. 171 ; Krefft, 
Snakes of Australia, p. 26, pi. V. f., 7-7a. 

One young and small specimen was got at Katow. I am not 
by any means confident that it is not a distinct species. 

Family LYCODONTID^E. 

10. — Lycodon Darnleyensis. 

Body moderately elongate and compressed, witli the median 
line of the back and each side of the abdominal shields slightly 
angled; head narrow, slightly narrowed at the neck; rostrol 
shield large and triangular above, loreal longer than high ; one 
anterior and two posterior oculars ; upper labials 9, lower 10 ; 
eye small, abutting on the 4th and 5th labials ; pupil elliptical ; 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 39 

scales in 17 series, smooth and rounded ; abdominal shields 198, 
subcaudals 53-53 (not perfect); total length, 2 feet 8 inches ; tail, 
about 6 inches ; colour above nitid olive brown, beneath deep 
yellow. 

One specimen from Darnley Island. 

Pappophis (new genus.) 

Body elongate, moderately stout, and slightly trigonal ; tail 
long and tapering ; head broad, flat towards the muzzle which is 
broad and rounded, and constricted behind into a narrow neck ; 
loreal shield not longer than high, except at the lower posterior 
angle, where it is continued into a point ; nostril large between 
two nasal shields ; rostral shield pointed above ; frontal shields 4, 
pentagonal, the posterior pair largest : one large anterior and two 
small posterior ocular shields ; upper labials 9, lower 12 ; eyes 
large, in contact with 4th, 5th, and 6th upper labials ; anterior 
teeth in both jaws long, acute and pointed backwards ; scales 
narrow and pointed, the vertebral series larger and rounded ; anal 
shield entire ; subcaudals in two series. 

I place this genus among the Lycodontidce of Gunther, chiefly 
on account of its teeth, though its affinity to the Dipsadidce seems 
to be quite as great. 

11. — Pappophis laticeps. 

Scales in 21 series on the anterior part of the body, and in 15 
towards the tail ; abdominal shields 258, subcaudals 115-115 ; 
total length, 6 feet 4 inches ; tail, 15 inches ; length of head, 1| 
inches ; width of head 1 inch 2 lines, width of neck 4 lines ; colour, 
above greenish brown, beneath greenish yellow sometimes finely 
mottled with brown. 

This species seems to be abundant about Hall Sound. The 
short but very broad and round-muzzled head, gives it a most 
formidable appearance, and the extent of its gape may be 
imagined when I state that Mr. Masters took out of the stomach 
of one of the specimens now before me, an average-sized hen's 
egg, which had been swallowed without receiving the slightest 
injury. The neck is narrow and compressed for several inches 
from the head ; the tail is long, tapering and slightly compressed. 


40 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LTNNEAN SOCIETY 

12. — Pappophis FLAVIGASTRA. 

Scales as in the last ; abdominal shields 264, subcaudals 94-94; 
total length, 5 feet 2 inches ; tail, 11 inches ; length of head, 1| 
inches ; width of head, 10 lines ; width of neck, 5 lines ; colour, 
above pale olive brown, beneath yellow, getting darker towards 
the tail. 

This species differs from the last not only in the number of the 
abdominal and subcaudal shields and in co 1 oration, but it is pro- 
portionally much narrower in the head and shorter in the tail. 
The loreal shield also is more square. The ventral plates are dis- 
tinctly keeled, but the tail is almost quite cylindrical. 

One specimen was obtained at Katow. 

VENOMOUS SNAKES. 

13. — DlEMENIA PAPUENSIS. 

Body elongate and slender ; head long, narrow, flat between 
the eyes and rather convex in front ; scales in 15 rows ; anal 
shield bifid ; abdominal shields 225, subcaudals 88-88 ; total 
length, 5 feet 6 inches ; tail, 15 inches ; praeocular shield deeply 
grooved; vertical shield elougate and narrow; superciliaries over- 
lapping the eye. The colour of the head is pale olive, with the 
under side to the lower edge of the upper labial shields, yellow, 
and with numerous brown spots on the vertical, superciliary and 
occipital shields ; the scales of the body are of a dark nitid 
brown, the abdominal shields are of a light slate colour, and the 
subcaudals pale brownish yellow. 

This species seems to come near D. Psammophis ; indeed I 
should probably have taken it for one had I not found that the 
specimens of D. Psammophis in the Australian Museum are 
undoubtedly distinct. 

The collection contains only one specimen, and the exact loca- 
lity of its capture is not mentioned ; it is simply labelled New 
Guinea. I think it must have been got at Hall Sound. 

14. — Acanthophis laevis. 
All the head shields and scales of the body quite smooth ; 
superciliary shields much elevated over the eyes; only one 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 41 

posterior ocular; scales in 21 rows; abdominal shields 113, subcau- 
dals 24 undivided, the others not complete; total length, 17 
inches ; tail, 2| inches ; colour, uniform very pale brown above, 
beneath yellow ; the lower labials have each a large black spot, 
the last upper labial and the temporal shield abutting on it are 
similarly marked, there is also a black semicircular groove in 
front of tlxe rostral shield ; the abdominal and subcaudal shields 
are broadly barred with black, interrupted in the middle on the 
body, but continuous on the tail ; there are also spots on the outer 
body scale on each side. 

Most unfortunately the tail in my only specimen is imperfect, 
but I am satisfied that it is really an Acanthophis, notwithstand- 
ing the smooth scales ; in almost every other respect it agrees 
with the generic characters of Acantlwpliis. 

It was procured at Katow. 

Family HYDRIDE. 
15. — Platurus scutatus. 

Gunth. Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 356 ; Krefft, Snakes of Aust., p. 89. 

One young specimen was taken in Hall Sound, and it was the 
only sea snake captured during the Expedition. A species was 
frequently seen, however, lying on the surface of the water, but 
it invariably went down as the ship approached. I made an effort 
at Darnley Island to get the natives to procure me a specimen of 
it, but they assured me that the snake never left the water, and 
that it was impossible to get it. The colour seemed to be uniform 
yellow, the length from 3 to 4 feet, and the thickness quite 2 
inches. 


Continuation of the Mollusca Collected during the Chevert 

Expedition. 

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Cor. Mem. Roy. Soc , Tas. 
Sub-family UMBONIIN^. 
1. — Umbonium vestiarium. 
Trochus vestiarius, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1230. 
Rotella lineolata, Lam. Anira. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 7. 


11 
11 


42 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hab. Hall Sound, New Guinea. Found on the sands at low 
water. 

Sub-family TROCHIN^E. 

2. — Angaria delphinus. 

Turbo delphinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 

Delphinulcb laciniata, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 6, second 
part, p. 230. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 9 a, b. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits Found on the reefs. 

3. — Trochus niloticus. 

Trochus niloticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 

„ Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p 17. 

„ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 3. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

4. — Tectus pyramis. 

Trochus pyramis, Born, Test., p. 333. 

„ oblescus, Gmel. Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 18. 
acutus, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 23. 
pyramis, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 8. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

5. — Tectus fenestrates. 

Trochus fenestratus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3582. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 4, sp. 18. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

6. — Polydonta maculata. 

Trochus maculatus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 

„ „ Lam Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 19. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 1, sp. 4, pi. 12, 

f. 4, b, c. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

7. — Clanculus, sp. ? 
Hab. Sue and Darnley Islands, Torres Straits. Found in coral. 


ii 
ii 


of new south wales. 43 

8. — Clanculus granosus, n. sp. 

Shell conoid, spire prominent, apex white, smooth, whorls 4§, 
flattened, spirally encircled with four rows of beaded grains, the 
two upper near the suture being the smallest, interstices with 
very minute oblique strise, ornamented with white and light 
brown flames, suture deep, last whorl large and inflated, having 
five beaded rows of grains, the last being contiguous to the 
suture, base slightly convex, finely grained, aperture oblique, 
triangularly ovate, peristome denticulated, columella white, 
umbilicus marginal plicated and denticulated below. 

Diam. maj. 2§, min. 2 J, alt. 3 lines. 

Hab. Barnard Islands, No. Ill, North-East Coast of Australia. 
Found in crevices of large blocks of coral. 

9. — MONODONTA LABIO. 

Trochus labio, Linn Syst. Nat. ed. 12, No. 595, p. 1230. 
Monodonta labio, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 54. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs. 

10. — EUCHELUS DEN1GRATUS. 

Euchelus denigratus, Chem. Chenu, Manuel de Conch., part 1, 
page 358, fig. 2657. 

Hab. Palm Island, North-East Australia, found under coral ; 
Cape York, North Australia, found under stones and coral ; Sue 
and Darnley Islands, Torres Straits, on the reefs under coral. 

11. — Euchelus, sp. ? 
Hab. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 18 fathoms. 
Brought up on the ship's cable. 

12 — Euchelus, sp. ? 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. One specimen found 
under a large stone. 

13. — Euchelus, sp. ? 
Hab. Hall Sound, New Guinea. 

14. — Thalotia crenellifera. 
Thalotia crenellifera, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1851, 
p. 173. 


44 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy 
mud bottom. 

15. — Thalotia maculata, n. sp. 

Shell conical, imperforate, brown, ornamented with reddish 
brown spots ; whorls 5|, flattened, slightly angled, suture 
canaliculated, crenulated above and below, transversely striated 
with two lines raised like keels ; interstices longitudinally 
minutely striated, forming between the lines small and deep pits, 
carinated at the periphery, spotted with four reddish brown spots, 
base convex marked as above in sculpture, but more conspicu- 
ously mottled with reddish-brown, peristome thickened and 
crenulated internally with nine prominent lines, columella white, 
thickened, having a minute den.ticulation of callus, aperture 
nearly roundly ovate. 

Diam. maj. 5, min. 4f , alt. 7 lines. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms sandy mud 
bottom ; off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, mud bottom ; West 
side of Warrior Reef, Torres Straits, 8 fathoms hard mud bottom ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 20, 25, 30 fathoms sandy mud 
bottom. 

16. — ZlZIPHINUS NOBILIS. 

Ziziphinus nobilis, Philippi, Kuster, Conch., p. 86, pi. 15, f. 6. 
„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 10. 

Hob. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25 fathoms, white sand 
bottom. Three fine specimens of this beautiful species were 
found. 

17. — Ziziphinus similaris. 

Ziziphinus similaris, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 5, sp. 32, a, b. 
Hab. Palm Island, North-East Australia, 8 fathoms. Three 
tine living specimens obtained from a sandy mud bottom. 

18. — Ziziphinus scobinatus. 

Ziziphinus scobinatus, A. Adams, Reeve, Conch Icon, pi. 5, 
sp. 29. 

Hab. Darnley Island Torres Straits, 12 fathoms sandy bottom. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 45 

19. — ZlZIPHINUS POLTCHROMA. 

Ziziphinus polychroma, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
1851, p. 168, sp. 50. Reeve, Conch. Icon,, pi. 6, sp. 40. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms sandy mud 
bottom. One fine specimen found. 

20. — Ziziphinus ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms. Specimen 
dead and worn. 

21. — Ziziphinus, ? 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms. Specimen 
dead and sea worn. 

22. — Ziziphinus, sp. ? 

Hab. Fitzroy and Palm Islands, North-East Australia. Speci- 
mens very young, from both places. 

23.— Ziziphinus, sp. ? 
Hab. Sue and Dungeness Islands, Torres Straits. Found on 
the reefs. 

24. — Eutrochus, SP. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sand bottom. 
Specimens all more or less broken in the lip. 

25. — Eutrochus, sp. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sand bottom. 
Specimens dead and worm eaten. 

26. — Eutrochus, sp. ? 

Hab. — Palm Island, North-East Australia, 10 fathoms, mud 
bottom, two young specimens found ; Cape Grenville, North- 
East Australia, 20 fathoms, sandy mud bottom, three young speci- 
mens found. 

27. — MONILEA CORRUGATA. 

Trochus corrugatus, Koch., Phil. Abbild., p. 67. Trochus, pi. 2, 
f. 7. 

Monilea lentujinosa, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1851, 
p. 188. 


46 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hob. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 25 fathoms sandy 
mud bottom. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. Masters exhibited 12 very singular forms of crabs, 
selected from the collection of Crustacea made during the Chevert 
Expedition. 


MONDAY, 30th APKIL. 


W. J. Stephens, M.A., President, in the Chair. 

DONATIONS. 

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Belgium, Series II, 

No. 35., by the Society. 

member elected. 
John Living, Esq., Sydney. 

PAPERS READ. 

Continuation of the Mollusca, Collected during the " Chevert" 
Expedition — by J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc. 
Tas. 

Sub-family STOMATELLIN^E. 

1. — Stomatella sulcifera. 

Stomatella sulcifera, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert, tome 6, part 2, 
p. 210. 

„ „ A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1850, 

p. 30. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 834, pi. 

174, fig, 3. 

Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits, found on the beaches after a 
gale of wind ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs 
under coral. 

2. — Stomatella maculata. 

Stomatella maculata, Quoy. Voy. Astrolabe, Vol. 3, pi. 66. 

„ „ A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1850, 

p. 30. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 47 

Stomatella metadata, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 834, pi. 
175, fig. 32, 33, 34 

Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits, found on the beaches after a 
gale of wind. 

3. — Stomatella orbicdlata. 

Stomatella orbiculata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
1850, p 31. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 837, 

pi. 174, fig. 23, 24. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs under 
coral. 

4. — Stomatella ornata, n. sp. 

Shell ovate, dorsal convex, transversely striated, having longi- 
tudinal elevated stria?, with alternate smaller lines, giving the 
surface a granulated appearance, adorned with undulated brown, 
white and rose pink flames, sometimes in the form of lengthened 
spots, whorls 3, roundly convex, suture impressed, spire lateral, 
prominent, apex acute, white, aperture large, roundly oval, some- 
what large and expanded in front, the right or upper margin 
thickened, straight, thin at the edge, spotted with white and 
brown columella regularly arched, thickened below, slightly 
expanded above near its junction with the right margin ; umbi- 
licus small, slightly grooved, interior of aperture bluish white, 
transparent. 

Length 4J, breadth 2|, alt. 1 J, aperture long 2 \ lines. 

Hab. Barnard Islands, No. III., North-east Coast of Australia ; 
four specimens found under a large block of coral. 

This splendid species is allied to Stomatella picta — Montrouzier, 
and stellata, Souverbie, both from New Caledonia. 

5. — Stomatia decusata. 
Stomatia decusata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, 
p. 34. 

» „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 843, pi. 

175, fig. 60. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, bottom white 
sand and broken shells ; one specimen found on a dead piece of 

Fecten. 


48 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

6. — Stomatia ANGULATA. 

Stomatia angulaia, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1850, 

p. 34. 

,, ,, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 843, pi. 

175, fig. 57. 

Hab. Palm Island, North-east Australia ; found on the reefs 

under coral. 

7. — Stomatia, sp. ? 

Hab. Palm Island, North-east Australia, 8 fathoms, sandy mud 
bottom, specimen white and sea worn. 

8. — Gena lintricula. 

Gena lintricula, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1850, 
p. 38. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 2, p. 830, pi. 173, 

fig. 22. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 1. 

Hab. Sue Island, Torres Straits, 3 fathoms ; found in the 
crevice of coral at the edge of the reefs on the west side of the 
Island. 

Family HALIOTID^E. 

9. — Haliotis ovina. 

Haliotis ovina, Chem. Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 9, sp. 28. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits ; one specimen found 
under a large stone. 

10. — Haliotis varia. 

Haliotis varia, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 780. 
„ „ Reeve* Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 4. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Very abundant under 
stones and coral on the reefs. 

11. — Haliotis viridis. 

Haliotis viridis, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1846, p. 56. 

„ ,, „ Conch. Icon, pi. 13, sp. 40. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits ; five specimens found on 
the reefs under stones and coral. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 49 

12. — Haliotis ASTRICTA. 

Haliotis astricta, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1846, p. 56. 

„ „ „ Conch. Icon, pi. 13, sp. 41. 

Half. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Two specimens found 
on the reefs under stones. 

13. — Teinotis asinina. 

Haliotis asinina, Linu. Sysfc. Nat., p. 1256, No. 745. 

„ „ Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert, tome 6, part 2, p. 216. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 6, sp. 18. 

„ asinium, Gmel, p. 3688, No. 6 ; Teinotis asinitia, Chenu, 
Manuel de Conch., part 1, p. 368, fig. 2745. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs, very 
common. 

Sub-ouder ftDRIOPHTHALMA. 
Family FISSURELLID^E. 

14. — LUCAPINA JUKESI. 

Fissurella JuJcesii, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 7, sp. 45. 

„ ,, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, p. 193, pi. 

241, fig. 147. 

Hab. Palm and Home Islands, North-east Australia, found on 
the reefs under coral ; West Side of Warrior Reef, Torres Straits, 
8 fathoms, mud bottom, specimens dead ; Bet, Sue and Darnley 
Islands, Torres Straits, found on the beaches after gales ; Katow, 
New Guinea, 8 fathoms, mud bottom, specimens dead. 

15. — LUCAPINA CALYCDLATA. 

Fissurella calycidata, Sowerby, Genera of Shells, No. 21, f. 4. 

Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, p. 193, pi. 140, fig. 
126, 127. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North-east Australia, 13 fathoms, 
hard sand bottom, specimens large ; Cape Grenville, North-east 
Australia, 20 fathoms, sandy mud bottom, specimens somewhat 
sea worn ; Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, specimens 
very small ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, 


50 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

bottom of sand stones and broken shells, specimens very large ; 
Bet Island, Torres Straits, one specimen found on the beach ; 
Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, four dead specimens were found 
on a coral and mud bottom. 

16. — LUCAPINA TlCAONICA. 

Fissurella Ticaonica, Reeve, Conch. Illust., Fiss. 107. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, p. 197, pi. 

140, fig. 110. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 25 fathoms, three 
specimens obtained ; Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, one 
found; West Side of Warrior Reef, Torres Straits, 8 fathoms, one 
found; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, seven spe- 
cimens found ; Bet Island, Torres Straits, one specimen found on 
the reef under coral ; Katow, New G uinea, 8 fathoms, coral and 
mud bottom. 

I believe that this species is washed into deep water from 
under coral and stones during heavy gales. Variable in colour 
from greenish brown rays to pinkish spots, other specimens from 
dirty white with light red and broad green rays. 

17. — LUCAPINA ELONGATA. 

Fissurella elongata, Philippi, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. , Vol. 3, p. 
201, pi. 243, fig. 185. 

Hab. Home Islands, off Cape Grenville, North-east Australia ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits. One specimen was found living 
under coral at each of the above localities. 

18. — LUCAPINA, SP. ? 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 1 specimen, 25 
fathoms ; Cape York, North Australia, 3 specimens, 11 fathoms ; 
Warrior Reef, West Side, 8 fathoms, 3 specimens ; Darnley Island, 
Torres Straits, 25 fathoms, 1 specimen ; Katow, New Guinea, 8 
fathoms, mud bottom, 5 specimens. 

The whole of these specimens were dead and very much sea 
worn, and like Lucajpina Ticaonica, washed into deep water. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 51 

19. — LUCAPINA, SP. ? 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 25 fathoms, one 
dead and sea worn, in shape like Lucapina elongata, Philippi. 

20. — Lucapina, sp. ? 

Hab. Warrior Reef, West Side, 8 fathoms, one specimen found 
dead and sea worn; what little sculpture remains resembles Luca- 
pina Singaporensis, Reeve. 

21. — Lucapina minuta. 

Fissurella minuta, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert, tome 6, part 2, p. 15. 
„ gemmulata, Reeve, Conch. Icon. 

Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits, 11 fathoms, brought up in the 
dredge with weeds, sand and broken shells ; three specimens 
found, two dead and one living. 

22. — Lucapina, sp. ? 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 20 fathoms, one 
specimen found dead and worn. 

23. — Lucapina, sp. ? 

Hab. Sue Island, Torres Straits, one specimen found on the 
beach dead and sea-worn. 

24 — Lucapina, sp. ? 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North Australia, 20 fathoms, one speci- 
men sea worn, about two lines long. 

25. — Lucapina, sp. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 12 fathoms, mud bottom, 
one dead specimen, two lines long. 

25. — Macrochisma compressa. 

Macrochisma compressa, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
1850, p. 202. 

j, „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, p. 205, 

pi. 244, tig. 218. 


52 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, white sand 
bottom, one fine living specimen found on a piece of broken 
shell. 

The locality of this beautiful rose pink and white-rayed species 
appears not to have been known when described by Mr. A. Adams, 
who, likewise, does not give the dimensions of any of the species. 

26. — RlMULA EXQDISITA. 

Rimula exquisita, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1851, 
p. 226. 

„ ,. Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, Fissurellidse, 

pi. 10, fig. 3, 4. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 25 fathoms, bottom 
of broken shells, coral and stones ; Bet Island, Torres Straits, 11 
fathoms; Tarawa Island, Gilbert Group, found on the sands after 
gales. (Brazier). No. VI. or Eclipse Island, off Cape Sidmouth, 
North-east Australia ; found on the beaches after a gale. 

27. — Emarginula variegata. 

Emarginula variegata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
1851, p. 84 

„ ,, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, pi. 245, 

fig. 9, 10. 

Hab. Fitzroy and Barnard Islands,, No. III., North-east Aus- 
tralia, found under stones ; Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 
25 fathoms, bottom of broken shells and stones, specimen dead ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits. I also found specimens when at 
Percy Island, No. II., North-east Australia, in 1871, and at Port 
Makera, San Christoval, Solomon Islands. Mr. Cuming found 
it at the Philippine Islands. Mr. Sowerby, in his Thesaurus 
Conchyliorum, gives it a very wide Habitat — Australia. 

28. — Emarginula micans. 

Emarginula micans, A.Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1851, 
p. 84. 

„ ,, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, pi. 240, 

fig. 60. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. -53 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 20 fathoms, sandy- 
mud bottom, two specimens found not in very good condition : 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 15, 20, 30 fathoms, white sand 
with coral aud broken shells ; the specimens both dead and 
living ; Raine Island, on the edge of the Great Barrier Reef, 
North Coast of Australia. (Lieutenant Ince). No. VI., or Eclipse 
Island, North-east Australia, found on the beaches. (Brazier.) 

29. — Emarginula, sp. ? 

Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits, 11 fathoms, dead specimen; 
Cape York, North Australia, 8 fathoms, two dead specimens ; 
Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, mud bottom, one found. 

These specimens are very bad and sea- worn ; they may be only 
the young state of Emarginula micans. 

30. — Emarginula, sp. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud 
bottom, one specimen somewhat sea-worn ; comes near to Emar- 
ginula dilecta. (A. Adams.) 

31. — SCUTUS CORRUGATUS. 

Parmophorus corrugatus, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1842, 
p. 50. 

Sciitus corrugatus, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, pi. 248, f. 4. 

Hab. Home Islands, off Cape Grenville, North-east Australia, 
on the reefs under coral ; Cape Grenville, 25 fathoms, specimens 
four lines long. 


-&' 


Description of a new species of Gerygone. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

Gerygone flavida, sp. nov. 

The whole of the upper surface, ear-coverts, and sides of the head, 
brown, washed with greenish olive ; tail and wings of a slightly 
darker brown, the outer webs of the quills washed with olive ; 
the inner webs of the primaries very narrowly and the 
secondaries, margined with white at the base ; a sub- terminal 


54 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

spot of dark brown near the tips of the tail feathers, indicating 
the remains of a very indistinct cross-band; upper tail-coverts, 
brown ; lores and a stripe on either side of the throat from the 
base of the lower mandible to below the ear-coverts, white ; 
under wing-coverts, white, washed with yellow ; throat and 
the whole of the under surface, citron yellow ; deeper in tint 
on the abdomen and under tail-coverts ; iris, hazel ; bill, black ; 
feet and legs, blackish brown. 

Total length from tip of tail to tip of bill, 4'1 inches; wing, 
2'2 inches ; tarsus, 0'7 inch ; tail, 1'75 inches ; bill from forehead, 
04 inch ; from the angle of the mouth, 0*5 inch. The bill is 
strong and large in comparison with the size of the bird, and the 
bristles at the base of the bill but slightly developed. 

This species, which may be distinguished from G. albogularis 
its nearest ally, by the white lores, and absence of white line 
over the eye, and indistinct band on the tail, inhabits the dense 
scrubs of the Herbert River district (where I shot it in 1874). 
It has a pleasing twittering song of short duration. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. E. Ramsay, F.L.S., exhibited some new or rare fish from 
Port Jackson — one a species he had not yet determined, belong- 
ing to the family Clupeidce, about a foot in length, and remark- 
able for the great number of its branchiostegals, apparently a 
species of Elops new to Port Jackson ; the other a very rare species 
of Prionurns of the family Acronuridce, agreeing with Gunther's 
description of Prionurus microlepedotus, except in the form of 
the snout, the upper profile of which is convex and rounded just 
above the mouth ; the laminae of the tail, 11 in number on either 
side, G on the tail and caudal portion of the body in a straight 
line, with a small one over the fourth, and two on either side of 
the 6th, on the tail ; the formulae of the fins are D. -^-, P. 17, 
V. $-, A. yt' colour uniform dark brown. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 55 

MONDAY, 28th MAY, 1877. 


Wm. Macleay, F.L.S., in the Chair. 

DONATIONS : 

Vol. XIX., Ann. de la Soc. Ent. de Belg. By the Society. 

Compte Reudu des Sciences Nat. de Cherbourg. By the 
Society. 

papers read. 

Continuation of the Mollusca Collected during the Chevert 
Expedition — by J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc, 
Tas. 

Family DENTALITD^E. 

1. — Dentalium octogonum. 

Dentalium octogonum, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 5, p. 344. 
„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 3, pi. 223, 

fig. 9. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North-East Australia, 13 fathoms, 
coarse sandy mud bottom; Cape York, North Australia, 11 
fathoms, white sandy mud ; Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, 
sandy mud and coral ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 
fathoms, sandy mud. 

Specimens from Darnley Island are 36 lines long. 

2. — Dentalium decemcostatum, n. sp. 

Shell tapering, thin, white, slightly arched, longitudinally 10- 
ribbed, ribs somewhat sharp, interstices nearly flat, transversely 
finely striated, apex with a small perforation, basal aperture large, 
circular. 

Length, 10 lines ; diam. of apex, \ ; diam. of base, \\ line. 

Hab. Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud bottom. 

3. — Dentalium sp. ? 

• Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits. Four dead and broken 
specimens were found at 11 fathoms. 


56 the proceedings of the linnean society 

4. — Dentalium sp ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25 fathoms, sandy mud. 
The greater part of this species is broken at the aperture. 

5. — Dentalium duodecimcostatum n. sp. 

Shell straight, white, thin, shining, smooth, six sided, having 
two longitudinal rounded ribs, one on the edge of each square, 
from the centre between the interstices one fine rib, extending to 
the base, making in all 12 ribs ; apex tapering, entire with 
minute perforation ; aperture large. 

Length, 11 lines ; diam. of apex, J ; base, 1 line. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

Only one specimen found. It differs from anything at present 
known. The shell is six-sided, the base with twelve ribs, and 
from the centre to the apex six, with the interstices smooth. 

6. — Dentalium roeustdm, n. sp. 

Shell nearly straight, thick, dull white, longitudinally 9 ribbed, 
ribs rounded, wide apart, narrow towards the apex, interstices 
flattened, smooth ; apex with small perforation, entire ; aperture 
thickened, regular. 

Lengt i, 10 lines ; diam. of apex, § ; base, 1^ line. 

Hab. Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and coral. 

7. — Dentalium katowense, n. sp. 

Shell white, thin, transparent, slightly arched near the apex, 7- 
ribbed, from the centre to the base 14, those above being most 
conspicuous ; interstices with minute lengthened stria? ; apex 
thickened ; perforation small ; entire aperture circular. 

Length, 7 lines; diam. of apex, \\ base, 1 line. 

Hab. Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and coral. 
A white species with fourteen ribs on the base, having seven at 
the apex more defined. 

8. — Dentalium pseudo-sexagonum. 

Dentalium pseudo-sexagonum, Desh. Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 
vol. 3, p. 103, pi. 224, fig. 34. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 57 

Hab. Cape York, near Albany Island, North Australia, 11 
fathoms, sandy mud bottom ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 
30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

This species is six ribbed near the apex, finely striated below, 
as Mr. Sowerby expresses it. The specimens before me have 
very fine thread-like ribs ; the number of ribs in all are from 24 
to 25, and 6 at or near the apex ; shell thin, white, slightly 
arched. 

9. — Dentalium bisexangulatum. 

Dentalium bisexangulatum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 3, p. 
102, pi. 223, fig. 8. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 20 fathoms, mud 
bottom ; Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms ; Warrior 
Reef, West side. Torres Straits, 8 fathoms, hard mud ; Darnley 
Island, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy mud bottom ; Sue Island, Torres 
Straits, 11 fathoms. 

A white shell, with 12 ribs, the notch in the apex very small ; 
some specimens do not show it whatever. 

10. — Dentalium hexagonum. 

Dentalium hexagonum, Gould, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 3, 
p. 103, pi. 233, fig. 10. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, sandy mud; 
Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 
30 fathoms, sandy mud ; North America. (Gould) China and 
Singapore. (Sowerby.) 

11.— Dentalium septemcostatum, n. sp. 

Shell white, slightly arched, 7-ribbed, ribs somewhat sharp, 
having finer ones between, extending from the base to the centre, 
interstices with fine transverse silk-like stria?, apex perforated, 
perforation with a minute notchlike fissure on the dorsal margin, 
aperture circular, entire. 

Length, 7 lines ; diam. apex, J ; base, f line. 

Hab. Evans' Bay, Cape York, North Australia, 6 fathoms, sand 
bottom. 


58 the proceedings of the linnean society 

12. — Dentalium quadricostatum, n. sp. 

Shell white, very slightly arched, four angled, keel or rib at 
each angle, rounded, finely serrated, interstices flat, marked with 
transverse lines ; apex perforated, perforation entire ; aperture 
angled. 

Length, 8 lines ; diam. of base, 1 line. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North-east Australia, 13 fathoms; 
York Island, Torres Straits, 13 fathoms, hard mud bottom, 
(brought up on the ship's anchor) ; Katow, New Guinea, 8 
fathoms, sandy mud bottom. 

If this species is laid upon its side it forms a true square ; when 
resting with the arched part of the apex down, it forms four 
angles, with a serrated rib on each angle. The 11 specimens 
from Katow, 16 from Princess Charlotte Bay, and 1 from York 
Island, all have the same character. 

13. — Dentalium dispar. 

Dentalium dispar, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 3, p. 103, pi. 
244, fig. 37. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
One specimen, nine lines long, was found, a glossy and smooth 
shell below, with fine ribs at or near the apex. 

14. — Dentalium anulosum, n. sp. 

Shell thin, transparent, tapering, slightly curved, marked by 
incised circular lines from the apex to the centre, and from that 
to the base quite smooth, apex thickened, perforated, perforation 
entire, aperture circular. 

Length, 7 lines. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North-East Australia, 13 fathoms, 
sandy bottom. 

The upper part of this beautiful thin, transparent shell has a 
ringed appearance like a trachea. Allied to Dentalium politum, 
Linn., that species being distinguished by the incised lines that, 
divide its whole length. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 59 

15, — Dentalium L-EVE, n. sp. 

Shell light amber colour, sometimes white, smooth, glossy, 
strongly arched, half-moon shaped, basal margin pinched in about 
two lines long, forming somewhat like a shoulder, then slightly 
ventricose, from that to the apex regularly tapering, apex with a 
minute perforation, entire. 

Length, 14 lines; diam. of base at shoulder, 1; below, ^ line. 

Hub. Princess Charlotte Bay, North-East Australia, 13 fathoms, 
sandy mud ; Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 20 fathoms, 
mud; York Island, Torres Straits, 13 fathoms, hard mud bottom ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 5, 15, 20, 30 fathoms, mud, sand, 
and sandy mud bottom. 

The lower part of this species resembles the spines of the Sea- 
urchins " Echinidce." The greater part of the specimens are 
encrusted over with a fine coating of coral-like substance. 

16. — DENTALIUM LONGITRORSUM. 

Bentalium longitrorsum, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1842, 

p. 197. 

„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 3, pi. 223, 

fig. 59, 60. 

Hal). Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms sandy mud. 

This elongated species is sometimes pure white, as well as 

bright amber colour, with a very slight dorsal fissure. Specimens 

32 lines long. 

Family TECTURIDtE. 

17. — scutellina crenulata. 

Scutella crenulata, Broadrip, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1834, 

p. 48. 

Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits. Found on the beaches after 

a gale. 

Family PATELLID^]. 

18. — Patella saccharina. 

Patella saccharina, Linn. Syst. (12th ed.), p. 1258. 

„ „ Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 6, second 

part, p. 326. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 28, sp. 72. 

Adrohpas „ D'Argenville, Conch., text 2, fig. m. 


T)0 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE L1NNEAN SOCIETY 

Hob. Darnley, Sue, Bet, and Long Islands, Torres Straits. 
Found on the reefs under coral. 


The Lizards of the " Che vert " Expedition, by William 

Macleay, F.L.S. 

The following paper contains a list of the Saurian reptiles 
obtained during the voyage of the "Chevert" to New Guinea, in 
1875, belonging to the tribes Cyclosaura and Geissosaura, leaving 
the Nyctisaura and Strobilisaura for a future paper. A few North 
Australian species are herein noticed and described from their 
evident affinity to the Torres Straits and New Guinea Lizards, 
though not actually captured during the cruise of the " Chevert." 

Family MONITORID^E. 

1. — ODATRIA PUNCTATA. 

Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., p. 7, Liz. of Aust. and New Zeal., 
pi. 1. 

Monitor tristis, Schlegel, Abhild, p. 73. 

I have one specimen labelled " New Guiuea," but no exact 
locality given. 

2. — Odatria ocellata. 

Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus , p. 8, Liz. of Aust. and New Zeal., 
pi. 2. 

A small specimen from the Endeavour River. 

3. — Monitor chlorostigma. 

Cuv. Mus., Paris ; Gray, Griff. Anim. Kingd. 9 ; Schleg. 
Abhild., t. 22, f. 6, head ; Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1, p. 394 ; Dum. 
et Bib. Erp. Gen. 3, p. 489 ; Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 12. 

I have specimens of this beautiful species from Katow, Darnley 
Island, and Dungeness Island. The specimen from Darnley 
Island has the bright yellow spots which adorn the whole body 
much larger than in the other specimens, covering, as a rule, five 
or six scales. 


5> 


of new south wales. 61 

4. — Hydrosaurus prasinus. 

Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., p. 13. 

Monitor prasinus, Muller, Verlian. Rept., t. 5 ; Schleg. Abhild. 
78, t. 22, f. 5. 

I have two specimens of what I have no doubt is this species, 
one from Katow, the other from Hall Sound. The ridge on the 
tail is very feeble for a Hydrosaurus. 

Family GYMNOPHTHALMID^E. 

5. — Cryptoblepharus Burtonii. 
Gray, Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus., p. 64. 
Scincus plagiocephalus, Peron. Mus. Par. 

Burtonii, Desjard. Ann. Sci. Nat. 22, 1831, 298. 
arenarius and furcatus, Schleg. Mus. Leyd. 
„ aureus, Mus. Par. 
Cryptoblepharus Peronii, Coct. Mag. Zool. t. ; Dum. and Bib. 
Erp. gen. 5, p. 812. 

„ Leschenaultii, Coct. Seine, t. 
Ablepliarus pcecilopleurus, Weigm. N. Act. N. Cur. XV. 183, 
t. 8, f. 1; Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. II., p. 335 ; Grey, Trav. Aust. II., 
p. 426 ; Seba, Thes. II., 4 t. 2, f. 9-10. 

Tiliaua Buchanani, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. II., p. 291. 
This active little Lizard was very abundant on the rocky shores 
of Darnley Island. It seems to be of all the Lizard tribe the 
most subject to variety in colouring. I have specimens from 
almost every place visited by the Expedition, and each place 
seems to have its peculiar variety. The Darnley Island speci- 
mens are of a sombre brown, with the white lateral line indis- 
tinct. The Hall So and specimens are of a beautiful golden green 
on the back, with conspicuous silvery white lateral streaks. Those 
from Cape York, Cape Grenville, and other places, all differ more 
or less, and yet there are no good grounds for supposing that they 
are not all of the same species. 

Family LIALISID^. 
Several specimens of this family were taken at Katow, Hall 
Sound, and other places visited by the " Chevert," and among 


62 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

them there are close resemblances of L. Burtoni, L. bicatenata, 
and L. punctulata, but I find myself quite unable to come to any 
conclusion as to the identity of any of them. The second of 
these species — bicatenata, is placed by Gray in his " Lizards of 
Australia and New Zealand," as a synonym of L. Burtonii, while 
Dr. Gunther makes it a synonym of L. punctulata. The whole 
family wants revision and redescription, and until this is done it 
is a mere waste of time to attempt to define species. 

Family SCINCID^E. 
6. — Hinuija Papuensis. 
Ear opening vertical, oval, and without denticulations ; rostral 
plate large and rounded above ; nasals large, distant ; internasal 
much broader than long, emarginate in front where it meets the 
rostral, and broadly rounded behind where it meets the fronto- 
nasals ; there are two small post-nasals, the uppermost very small 
and in contact with the lateral angle of the internasal ; the 
fronto-nasals are contiguous behind, in front a small plate inter- 
venes; supraorbitals, six on each side ; scales on the back in 12 or 
more series ; colour, pale brown on the back, thickly marked 
with darker, transverse, irregular bars ; on the sides the marks 
are blacker and more longitudinal ; the under surface is of a 
yellowish white, a little spotted about the lips with black ; the 
legs are strong and marked like the body ; the tail is slightly- 
compressed towards the apex. The whole animal is of a robust 
form. 

One specimen, about 10 inches long, was procured at Katow. 
This species shows an affinity to Hinulia naevia of Gray, the 
Lygosoma melanopogon of Dumeril and Bibron. 

7. — Hinulia atrocostata. 

Of slender form and rather weak limbs ; nasal plates not con- 
tiguous, fronto-nasals contiguous ; supraorbital region of 4 plates 
and a little elevated ; the first five upper labials equal and nearly 
square, the sixth and seventh larger and pentagonal ; ear open- 
ings round and unarmed ; colour, pale brown above, with a few 
dark spots on the back, and a number of black transverse streaks 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 63 

on the sides, beneath yellowish white ; the upper labial plates 
have each a large yellow spot about the middle ; scales on the 
back in six series ; anterior toes short. 
One specimen from Katow, 9 inches long. 

8. — HlNULIA PARDALIS. 

Moderately robust ; tail acutely pointed, and about the length 
of the body ; nasal plates not contiguous and large, with the 
nostril small and in the middle ; fronto-nasals not contiguous ; 
interparietal small ; other plates as in the last species ; ear open- 
ing small and oval without denticulations ; scales on the back in 
four series ; colour, pale olive on the back with numerous black 
spots, whitish on the sides, with very many black spots and 
blotches, and yellowish white on the under surface. 

One specimen, about 7 inches long, from Barrow Island, N. E. 
Australia. 

9. — Hinulia Spaldingi. 

Ear opening moderate and oval, with three large denticulations 
in front ; nasal, rostral, and internasal plates touching, or nearly 
so, at an acute point ; fronto-nasals contiguous for some distance ; 
supraorbitals three on each side, the anterior plate very large 
and triangular, its apex touching the fronto-nasal ; scales on the 
back in four series; legs rather slender; hind toes elongate; two 
large preanal scales ; tail very fine and tapering ; colour, above 
pale olive brown, with three broad longitudinal black white-edged 
stripes, one vertebral, the others lateral and marked with a line 
of large white patches ; the under surface is white, with black 
spots on the sides and labial plates ; the legs are light-coloured 
with black stripes. 

A number of this species were obtained from the Endeavour 
River. Like many of the genus it seems to vary much. Two of 
the specimens before me are without the vertebral black stripe, 
and the nasal plates are not contiguous. 

10. — MOCOA NIGRICAUDIS. 

Ear opening nearly round, without denticulation ; rostral plate 
rounded above ; nasals not contiguous ; fronto-nasals nearly con- 
tiguous ; supraorbitals four ; fronto-parietals two, of the same 


64 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

size as the interparietal ; scales of the back in about six series ; 
colour, reddish brown above with a few scattered black spots — 
these become very dense towards the apex of the tail, giving it a 
black appearance ; the under surface is greyish yellow ; the labial 
plates are spotted with black ; body moderately robust ; limbs 
weak ; toes of fore feet short ; total length, 9 inches. 
Hab. Darnley Island. 

11. — Ltgosoma Bougainyillu. 

Dum. and Bib. Erp. Gen. V., p. 716 ; Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. II., 
p. 332 ; Cat. Brit, Mus. Rept,, p. 85. 
Hab. Cape York. 

12. — LYG0S0MA FRAGILE. 

Small, fragile, weak limbed ; toes short ; head short and blunt 
at the muzzle ; nasal plates not contiguous ; fronto-nasals con- 
tiguous ; fronto-parietals 2, interparietal large and triangular ; 
scales on the back in four series, the two middle ones largest ; 
colour, bronzy brown above and greyish white below, with a well- 
defined black stripe along each side from the eye to the tail ; 
there are also a few spots about the chin ; ear opening somewhat 
round and rather large, with the tympanum not deep. 

Two specimens from Hall Sound under 4 inches in length. 

13. — Ltgosoma ornatu.m. 

Elongate, tapering very gradually to the apex of the tail, which 
is more than twice the length of the body ; head long, flat, 
conical ; ear opening small and round : anterior legs very slight ; 
toes short ; scales of the back in four series ; the whole upper 
surface from the muzzle to the tip of the tail of a pale, nitid, 
brownish yellow, with one or two lines of small black spots, and 
with the plates of the head beautifully marked out with black dots 
on the sutures ; the sides from the muzzle to the tip of the tail 
are of a leaden black, the line of demarcation above being sharply 
defined ; the ventral surface is yellowish, with spots on the head 
and tail. 

I have only one specimen from 4 to 5 inches long of this 
curious Lizard ; it is from the Endeavour River. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


65 


14. — EUMECES BRUNNEUS. 

Body robust and somewhat flat ; tail thick, conical, longer than 
the body ; legs and toes short and strong ; muzzle short ; supra- 
nasal plates distant ; fronto-nasals also distant ; frontal elongated 
behind ; fifth upper labial largest ; ear openings oval, with four 
denticulations in front ; scales rather large, those on the back and 
sides with dark edges ; colour, brown above, brownish yellow 
beneath. Length, 12 to 13 inches. 

This species was taken at Darnley Island, where it seems to be 
rather abundant. 

15. — Mabouia $iarmorata. 

Body moderately robust and flat ; head flat ; supranasal plates 
distant ; internasal large, pentagonal, as long as broad ; fronto- 
nasals subtetragonal, not contiguous ; frontal pentagonal, rounded 
and not much produced behind ; fronto-parietal single, less pro- 
duced behind than in front, with a small subtriangular interpa- 
rietal ; fifth upper labial largest ; a groove behind the nostril ; 
ear openings small, oval, not denticulated ; scales smooth, in 
about 12 series on the back ; legs strong ; toes moderately 
elongate ; tail about the length of the body ; colour, above 
greenish brown mottled with black, the sides darker, beneath 
greyish white, getting darker on the tail. Length, 8 inches. 

One specimen from Long Island, in Torres Straits. 

16. — Mabouia uniformis. 

Of rather elongate form ; head short and somewhat flat ; supra- 
nasal plates narrow and distant ; fronto-nasals distant ; frontal 
elongate and rounded behind ; fronto-parietals 2, smaller than the 
interparietal ; none of the upper labials much larger than the 
others ; ear openings slightly oval, with three or four small den- 
ticulations in front ; scales on the back in about six series ; legs 
rather slender ; anterior toes short, posterior moderately elongate ; 
colour above uniform bronzy brown, beneath yellowish white ; 
three or four dark blue bands extend from the upper labials t 
beneath the head. Length, 8 inches. 

One specimen from Cocoanut Island, Torres Straits. 


«> 


Vl. ^A8S 


66 the proceedings of the linnean society 

17. — Mabouia irrorata. 

■ 

Of slender elongate form ; head rather short ; supranasal 
plates distant ; intern asal large, truncate in front, and broadly 
rounded behind ; fronto-nasals tetragonal, distant ; frontal not 
much longer than broad, and rounded at the posterior apex. 
Supraorbitals 4, the second pair nearly contiguous; fronto-parietal 
single, with a more than usually large interparietal ; the fifth 
upper labial twice the size of any of the others ; ear openings 
semioval, no distinct denticulations ; scales in 10 or 12 series on 
the back, very smooth ; legs long and slight ; toes elongate, 
unequal, and ringed with white ; colour, pale olive marked with 
black on the back, black thickly marked with minute white spots 
on the sides, and silvery white underneath. Total length, 6 
inches, of which the tail is 4| inches. 

One specimen from Hall Sound. It seems to come near the 
Scincus atrocostatus Lesson, Voy. Coq. II. 50, t. 4, f. 3. 

18. — Heteropus longipes. 

Nasal plates small and distant ; the internasal forms a broad 
straight suture with the rostral, and is rounded in the middle of 
its base, where it joins the frontal ; fronto-nasals large, and 
nearly contiguous ; fronto-parietal single, with a small rounded 
interparietal behind. The fifth upper labial is the largest. Ear 
openings slightly ovate, with acute denticulations ; three in front 
large, and several above small. Legs, especially the anterior 
pair, long and weak, the toes elongate and unequal. Scales very 
indistinctly 3 keeled, those on the back in 8 or 10 series. Colour, 
olive brown above, with a darker streak on each side, beneath, 
yellowish white ; central preanal scale large. Tail long and 
taper. Total length, 6 inches. From the Endeavour River. 

19. — Heteropus variegatds. 

Plates of the head as in the last species; nostril on the 
hinder part of the nasal plate. Ear openings oval, with a strong 
denticulation in front, and one or two minute ones on each side 
of it. Legs stronger and shorter than in the last species, the 
toes much shorter. Tail, long and taper. Scales indistinctly 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 67 

I 
keeled, those on the back in 8 series. Colour, dark olive brown 

on the back, with a few distant lighter coloured spots representing 

obsolete stripes, and a broad black band along each side, edged 

with yellow ; under surface yellowish. 

Length, 5 inches. 

Found at Darnley Island. 

20. — Heteropus quinqdecarinatus. 

Head rather blunt, nostril near the middle of the nasal plate ; 
the sixth upper labial largest ; the other head plates as in the 
two last species. Ear openings oblong-oval, with three denticu- 
lations in front. Legs, moderate ; toes slightly elongate ; scales 
each with five keels the lateral ones short and indistinct, and 
those on the back in about 6 series. Tail scarcely longer than 
the body. Colour, dark brown above, and white below, with a 
light black-edged side streak. 

Length, 6 inches. 

Hah. Darnley Island. 

21. — Heteropus sexdentatus. 

Head short, the supraorbital regions rather elevated ; nostril 
in the middle of the nasal plate ; fifth upper labial largest ; other 
head plates as in the last described species. Ear openings 
oblong ovate, with six denticulations in front. Legs, moderate ; 
toes, elongate • scales indistinctly tricarinated, those on the back 
in 8 series. Tail, fine and tapering, a little longer than the body. 
Colour, olive brown above, and greenish white beneath. The 
scales of the back and sides have their lateral angles tipped with 
dark brown, which gives the appearance of a number of dark 
longitudinal lines. 

Length, 6 inches. 

Found at Cape Grenville. 

22. — Heteropus Cheverti. 

Head flat ; nostril at the back part of the nasal plate ; fifth 
upper labial largest ; head plates as in all the other species, the 
interparietal perhaps being more pointed at the apex. Ear 


68 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

openings nearly round, with three denticulations in front. Legs, 
moderate ; toes, elongate ; scales very indistinctly tricarinated, 
the keels showing more as points on the edge of the scale than 
on it, those on the back in 8 series. Tail, considerably longer 
than the body, and very acutely pointed. Colour, greenish olive 
above, blueish white beneath, the under side of the legs and tail 
being of a somewhat pinker hue. 

Length, 5 inches. 

Found on Barrow Island. 

23. — Heteropus fuscus. 

Dum. and Bib. Erp., Gen. v., p. 759, Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus , 
Lizards, p. 107. 

Several specimens of what I believe to be this species were 
obtained at Katow. The ear openings, however, are not quite 
free from denticulations, which is a character assigned to the 
species by Dumeril and Bibron. 

24. — Heteropus bicarinatus. 

Head plates not different from all the other species. Ear 
openings large and round, with a few very acute denticulations. 
Legs and toes elongate. Scales sharply tricarinate on the neck, 
and bicarinate on the back and sides. Colour, above dark 
mottled with black, on the sides, and upper surface of the legs, 
brown spotted with yellow, beneath, whitish. 

Length, 4 inches. 

Found at Hall Sound. 

25. — EUPKEPIS LONGICAUDIS. 

Head, rather elongate, and pointed at the muzzle ; supranasal 
plates not contiguous ; fronto-nasals, contiguous ; supra-orbitals, 
4 ; fronto-parietal, single, large, and hexagonal, with a small 
interparietal ; the sixth upper labial plate more than twice the 
size of any of the preceding plates. Ear openings nearly 
round, with two or three flat denticulations in front. Scales on 
the back rather large, each showing under a lens from 3 to 5 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 69 

very fine keels or striae. Tail, twice the length of the body. 
Toes, elongate and unequal. Colour, above uniform brown, 
beneath yellowish white. 

Length, 16 inches. 

Several specimens were procured at Darnley Island. 

26. — EUPREPIS SUBMETALLICUS. 

Body and head, flat ; supra-nasal plates distinct ; fronto-nasals 
not contiguous ; supraorbitals and fron to-parietal, as in the last 
species. No interparietal. Fifth upper labial largest. Ear 
openings small, oval, and slightly denticulated in front. Scales, 
indistinctly tricarinated, those on the back in 8 or 10 series. 
Toes, elongate. Tail, not longer than the body. Colour, 
above, bronzy green, mottled with black, and with a broad black 
mark along each side, immediately beneath a light streak, which 
extends from the muzzle above the eye ; beneath, greenish 
white. 

Length, about 7 inches. 

One specimen, from Hall Sound. 

27. — EUPREPIS SIMILLIMUS. 

In the shape of the head, and disposition of the plates, this 
species resembles Euprepis longicaudis, excepting that the fronto- 
nasals are not contiguous, and the supraorbital regions are more 
elevated. Ear openings oval, and denticulated in front. Legs, 
long and slender ; toes, elongate. Tail, about twice the length 
of the body. Scales, very indistinctly keeled or striated. 
General form, long, and very slender. Colour, above mottled 
greenish brown, beneath blueish white, with black spots on the 
sides of the head and body, and on the feet. 

Length, 8 inches. 

One specimen from Katow. 


Note on Monacanthus Cheverti, Alleyne and M'Leay. 
By W. Macleat, F.L.S. 

In the proceedings of this Society, vol. 1, page 335, Dr. 
Alleyne and I, in a joint paper, on the Fishes taken during the 


70 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

voyage of the Chevert, described and figured under the name of 
Monacanthus Cheverti, a fish which we believed to have been up to 
that time undescribed. We mentioned at the time that, with the 
exception of there being no trace of the third dorsal spine — the 
chief distinguishing feature of the genus Batistes — the Fish 
seemed to be identical with Batistes acuhatus, Linn. It turns 
out that the absence of the spine in our specimen must have been 
the result of accident, as a few days ago Mr. Masters pointed out 
to me specimens of the same Fish from the Endeavour River, in 
which the third spine was distinctly visible. The proper name 
of the fish is therefore Batistes aculeatus, and Monacanthus Cheverti 
must sink into a synonym. 

Some further remarks on Poephila Gouldice and Poephila 

mirabilis {Bomb, et Jacq) 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S, &c, Curator of the Australian Museum, 

Sydney. 

In my last note on this species (P.L.S. of N.S.W., vol. I, 
pt. iii, p. 281), I mentioned that, on account of the black- 
headed (P. gouldice) and the crimson-headed birds (P. mirabilis) 
having been found breeding together, I was wont to 
consider the former, females of the latter, and that both were 
of the same species. Further investigations, however, have 
caused me to modify my viefrs on this subject, and to speak with 
more confidence in the matter. I find now that birds, undoubtedly 
males, having black heads, have been found breeding with 
similarly coloured females, and crimson-headed males, with 
females also crimson-headed, as has been previously pointed out 
by Mr. Gould.* This, however, does not prove them to be 
distinct species, as we well know that many birds breed in com- 
paratively speaking immature plumage, and others again take 
years before they attain the livery of the fully adult birds. This 
I believe to be the case in the present instance. The young 
birds of the first year at least, have the plumage dull brown, with 
an indication of a pectoral band. As they become older, the head 

•Gould's Handbook, 1 p. 422. 


OE NEW SOUTH WALES. 71 

becomes black, the back green, and the pectoral band purplish — or 
rosy violet, becoming deeper in the males, sooner perhaps, than 
in the females ; both sexes retain this plumage for a considerable 
time, and are found breeding in this stage; with age, however, 
both sexes attain the crimson heads so characteristic of the lovely 
Poephila mirabilis. This fact is shown in a skin of a female 
I now exhibit, in which the head is parti- coloured, crimson 
and black. There is a narrow black line all round the crimson 
of the head, and also round the eye, and a black patch in front of it, 
while the sides and crown are chiefly crimson. They are found 
breeding, often in flocks together, sometimes in large flocks, but 
frequently, pairs in both stages of plumage are met with by them- 
selves, scattered over a large extent of country. They have a 
considerable range, being found as far south as 100 miles due 
west of Port Denison, which I consider to be their most southern 
limit. 

I am indebted to Inspector Armit for much interesting infor- 
mation on the habits of these beautiful finches, and other rare 
birds in Northern Queensland, also for the loan of the specimens 
I exhibit this evening. 

Since writing the above, I have" received from Mr. Armit a 
specimen of this species in a very interesting stage of plumage. 
The head is black, as in that stage, which may be distinguished 
under the name of gouldice, but the feathers of the crown and sides 
of the face to behind the eyes, are tipped with bright golden 
yellow, while their basal portion is light brown or whitish ; a nar- 
row bluish band bounds the black of the throat and head ; the 
remainder of the upper surface green, except the upper tail 
coverts, which are bluish, with some of the younger feathers 
green, margined at the tips with white ; the two centre tail 
feathers are elongated and pointed, the breast is light buff 
washed with pale violet purple, the flanks and abdomen pale 
yellow, the under tail coverts white ; the bill is light horn colour 
at the base, becoming blackish at the tip. 

Total length, 4 inches; wing, 2*4 inches; tail, 1*5 inches; 
tarsi, 0'5 inch; bill, - 45 inch. 


72 THE PROCEEDINGS Of THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This cannot be considered a distinct species until a good series 
of skins be obtained, proving this phase of plumage to be con- 
stant. We sadly want a carefully collected and large series of 
all these forms, with the sexes carefully determined by discretion, 
and until this be obtained we shall not be able to arrive at any 
definite conclusion respecting them. It would appear that this 
golden headed phase is intermediate between the brown and 
black headed birds, and I have also before me a crimson headed 
bird in change from the black. If this golden headed bird were 
not decidedly a young individual one might be induced to des- 
cribe it as a new species, showing parallel phases of plumage 
with P. mirabilis, and in the adult acquiring a golden instead of 
a crimson head. Those ornithologists, therefore, who take this 
view of the question may distinguish the golden headed forms by 
the name of P. armitiana, in the same way that some good orni- 
thologists, considering the black headed birds to be a distinct 
species, distinguish them under the name of Poephila gouldice. 


Description of asupposed new species of Acanthophis, from North 

Australia. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

Acanthophis praelongus. sp. nov. 

Scales in 21 rows; abdominal plates, about 120; anal, 1; 
subcaudals, undivided, 26 divided, 24-24. Head, elongate, about 
three times as long as broad ; distance between the eye and 
snout equal to interorbital space ; superciliaries rough, ridged, 
much elevated, and extended over the eye ; eye, large ; pupil, 
round ; plates of the head slightly rugose ; the body elongate, 
scales on the back keeled in about 10 rows, the keels becoming 
less developed towards the tail ; tail, a little over a fifth of the 
total length. The nasal orifices large, placed a little behind the 
middle of a large plate* General colour of the upper surface, 
dark ashy brown, darker on the head and tail, the neck, body, 

*In Mr. Krefft's work on the Snakes of Australia, I find it stated (p. 79) that, in the 
genus Acanthophis the "nostrils" are "bctivcen two shields." This is a mistake, as in 
none of the numerous examples I have examined of any species of this genus are they so 
placed. The suhcaudals arc moreover two-rowed in nearly half of their number. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 73 

and tail banded with narrow light ashy brown bands, and a 
blackish line formed by the black margins of a series of scales, 
the bands and lines being about 50 in number, rather indistinct 
on the neck and tail. The tail is laterally flattened towards the 
end, and shows an irregular row of white dots along the side, 
from the anal shield to the tip ; all the under surface is whitish 
yellow, closely spotted with dark brown, in a double line along the 
sides ; and in a regular transverse series through the centre of 
each abdominal plate ; gular scales with one spot on each ; chin 
shields, and lower labials, white, with blackish irregular markings. 
The six upper labials more or less margined with whitish below ; 
the 4th, 5th, and 6th, and the temporal, blackish in their central 
portions. 

Total length of the specimen, 16*5 inches ; head, 1 inch by 
0*6 inch ; tail, 3 inches ; from the eye to the snout, 0*35 inch ; 
from snout to angle of mouth, 0'8 inch. 

Hob. Cape York. 

This species may be distinguished from all other species I 
know of by its elongated head, round pupil, large eye, and high, 
overhanging superciliary shields. The nostril is also large, 
and placed a little behind the middle of a large elongated nasal 
plate. 

The specimen above described, the Museum has lately received 
in a collection of reptiles, &c, from Cape York, presented by Mr. 
W. Powell, of Somerset. During my last tour in Northern Queens- 
land, I examined a large number of Death-adders, one of the 
most common snakes there, but without meeting with any but 
the common Sydney species, Acanthophis antardica. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. E. P. Ramsay exhibited a new species of Euryscaphus, 
family Scaritidce. Three specimens of a burrowing frog, allied 
to Lymnodynastes dorsalis (Gray), taken by James Ramsay, Esq., 
near the Merool Creek, Lachlan district. A species of Antennarius, 
of an inky-black colour, taken in Port Jackson. Specimens of 
Po'ephila mirabilis, illustrative of the differences in plumage ex- 
hibited in this species. Specimen of the death-adder, Acanthophis 
praelongus, described in the last paper. 


74 the proceedings of the LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Mr. Brazier exhibited a new species of Helix from New Guinea, 
and announced his intention of reading a description of it at the 
next meeting of the Society. 


MONDAY, 25th June, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., President, in the Chair. 

DONATIONS. 

Compte Rendu de la Soc. Entomologique de Belgique, Ser. II., 
No. 37, by the Society. 

History of Australian Tertiary Geology. — Geology of Portland. — 
On a new genus of Nudibranchiata. — On the Fresh Water 
Shells of Tasmania. — Description of New Tasmanian 
Shells. — Figures of Tertiary Fossils from Table Cape, Tas- 
mania, by the author, the Rev. J. E. Tenison Woods. 

papers read. 

Continuation of the Mollusca collected during the " Cheverfc " 
Expedition, by J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. 
Soc. Tas. 

Family CHITONIDiE. 

1. — TONICIA PICTA. 

Chiton pictus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 15, sp. 79. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Two fine specimens 
found under stones. 

2. — Tonicia SP? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. One specimen found 
under a stone, not in good condition. About seven lines long. 

3. — Chiton piceus. 

Chitun piceus, Gmel. Syst. Nat., p. 3204. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 13, sp. 70. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs under 
coral, specimens from four to five inches long. Port Jackson 
specimens two inches long. 


V 


of new south wales. 75 

4. — Chiton pulcherrimus. 
Chiton pulcherrimus, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1841, 
p. 103. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 20, sp. 132. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found under a stone, 
only one specimen obtained of this charming species. Phillipine 
Islands. (Cuming.) 

5. — SCHIZOCHITON ELONGATUS. 

Chiton elongatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 8, sp. 40, a.b. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North East Australia, under stones 
and coral. Sue and Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Raine 
Island, Barrier Reef. (Ince.) 

6. —Cryptoplax FASCIATA. 
Chitonellus fasciatus, Quoy et Gai. Voy. de 1. Astrolabe, vol. 3, 
p. 408, pi. 73, fig. 21, 29. 

„ ,, Desh in Lamarcks Anim. Sans. Vert., 

tome 7, p. 482, edition 2. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 1, sp. 2. 

„ „ Chenu, Manuel de Conch., part 1, p. 384, 

fig. 2891. 

Hah. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, found on the reefs in 
crevices of large blocks of coral; Tongatabu, Friendly Islands. 
(Quoy et Gaimard). 

7. — Cryptoplax oculata ? 
Chitonellus oculatus, Quoy et Gaimard Voy. de l'Astrolabe, 
vol. 3, p. 410, pi. 7S, fig. 37, 38. 

Hab. Sue Island, Torres Straits, found in coral. The 
specimen not being in very good condition, it cannot be 
identified with certainty. 

ORDER TECTIBRaNCHIATA. 


Family ACTEONID^E. 

8. — Action flammeus. 
Voluta flam-mea, Gmel. Syst. Nat., p. 3435. 
Tomatella flammea, Lam., Anim. Sans Vert., tome 6, part 
2, p 219. 


76 THE PROCEEDINGS Of THE LlNNEAN SOCIETY 

Bulimus variegatus, Brug. Diet, No. 67. 

Tornatella flammea, Reeve, Conch., Syst., vol. 2, pi. 206, f. 6. 
n „ Chenu. Manuel de Conch., part 1, p. 386, 

fig. 2900. 

Had. Palm Island, North East Australia, 8 fathoms, mud 
bottom ; off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, mud and coral ; 
Warrior Reef, west side, Torres Straits. 

9. — BUCCINULUS SOLIDULUS. 

Soluta solidula, Linn., Syst. Nat., p. 1187. 

„ „ Hanley, Ipsa., Linnsei Conchylia, p. 212. 

Bulla solidula, Linn. Syst., Mat. ed. 10, t. 2, p. 728, No. 
346. 

Bulimus solidulus, Brug. Diet., No. 68. 

Helix noevia, Gmel, p. 3656, No. 251. 

Voluta solidula, Dilln. Cat., t. 1, p. 594, No. 13. 

Tornatella solidula, Lam. Anim., Sans. Vert., tome 6, part 2> 

p. 220. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 1, sp. 3, a.b. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch , Syst., vol. 2, pi. 206, f. 7. 

Solidula solidula, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1854, 
p. 61. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North East Australia, 13 

fathoms, sand ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25 to 30 fathoms, 
sandy mud ; Noumea, New Caledonia, 8 fathoms, mud. (Brazier.) 

10. — BUCCINULUS GLABER. 

Tornatella glabra, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1842, p. 
60. 

„ Conch. Syst., vol. 2, pi. 206, f. 12. 
„ Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 4, a. b. c. 

Solidula glabra, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1854, 
p. 61. 

Hab. Palm Island, North East Australia, found on a sand 
flat, in a pool of water ; Sue and Darnley Islands, Torres 
Straits, 11 to 25 fathoms, sandy mud bottom ; Anse Yata, near 
Noumea, New Caledonia, found in pools of water inside the reefs. 
(Brazier.) 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 77 

11. — BUCCINULUS AFFINIS. 

Solidula affinis, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1854, 
p. 61. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy- 
mud ; New Ireland, washed on shore after gales ; Port Jackson, 
New South Wales, 2, 5, 10, 15 fathoms, mud and sandy -mud 
(Brazier.) 

This species is more slender and elongated than Buccinulus 
solidulus, is very finely tessellately painted with brown or black 
on a white ground, having sometimes one or two white bands. 

12. — Buccinulus suturalis. 

Solidula suturalis, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1854, 
p. 61. 

Tomatella suturalis, Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 2, sp. 93. 

Eab. Evans Bay, Cape York, North East Australia, 6 fathoms, 
sand. 

13. — Buccinulus nitidulus. 

Tomatella nitidula, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert, tome 6, part 2, 
p. 221. 

Solidula nitidula, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1854, 

p. 61. 

Tomatella nitidula, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 5. 

Buccinulus nitidulus, Chenu, Manuel de Conch, part 1, p. 380, 
fig. 2904. 

Hah. Bet Island, Torres Straits, 11 fathoms, sand, also 
inside the reefs on the beaches after gales ; Noumea, New 
Caledonia, on mud flats, at low water ; New Ireland, New 
Britain, and Duke of York Islands. (Brazier.) 

14. — RlNGICULA CARON. 

lUngicula caron. Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1844, p. 97. 

Hab. York Island, 13 fathoms, hard mud; Darnley Island, 
Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy mud ; Port Jackson, New 
South Wales, 10, 15 fathoms, mud. (Brazier.) Straits of 
Malacca, 17 fathoms, mud. (Hinds.) 


78 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

15. — RlNGICULA ARCTATA. 

Ringicula arctata, Gould, Otia, p. 122. 

Hah. Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, sandy mud ; 
Tort Jackson, 10, 15 fathoms, mud. (Brazier.) Hong Kong. 
(Gould.) 

In this species the aperture is auricular, the outer lip thickened 
and the whorls' finely, distantly striated at the lower part. 

16. — Ringicula granmnosa. 

Ringicula grandinosa, Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1844, 
p. 96. 

Hah. Off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and 
coral ; Phillipine Islands. (Cuming.) 

This species is smooth, the last whorl, large, of a squarish form, 
full and rounded. The upper portion of the aperture is strongly 
denticulated. 

17. — Ringicula Angasi. 

Ringicula Australis, Crosse, Journal de Conch., 1865, p. 44, pi. 
2, fig. 5. 

Hah. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy 
mud. Anse Vata, near Noumea, New Caledonia, found in shell- 
sand after a gale. (Brazier.) Head of Spencer's Gulf, in shell- 
sand. (G. F. Angas.) 

I have changed the specific name as above. Mr. Hinds having 
described in the Pro. Zool. Soc, 1844, p. 97, a species of 
Ringicula under the specific name of Australis, from Port 
Lincoln. The description of Mr. Crosse's specimen appears to 
have been taken from a dead and worn shell. The living 
specimens I obtained in Torres Straits have very minute spiral 
lines on the last whorl. Specimens that are slightly worn don't 
show them whatever. 

18. — Ringicula abyssicola n. sp. 

Shell thin, white, somewhat acuminate, whorls 4*, moderately 
convex, opaque at the suture, smooth, last whorl large, encircled 
below the centre with four transverse lines ; columella with two 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 79 

strong plaits turned back over the front of the last whorl, above 
with one prominent callus like tooth, joined to the upper part 
near the suture, aperture small, auriform ; outer lip thickened 
and reflected, having in the centre a prominent tubercular 
callosity, with a minute one below near the region of the small 
canal. 

Length £ diam., maj. -| lin. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
Only two specimens of this minute and interesting species were 
found. 

Family APLUSTKED^E. 

19. — Aplu strum Thalassiarchi. 

Bulla Thalassiarchi, Martini, Chemn., p. 146, fig. 1350, 1351. 

„ amplustre, Linn. Sysfc., Nat., p. 1184. 

„ aplustre, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert, tome 6, part 2, p. 
35. 

„ amplustre, Hanley, Ipsa. Linnaai. Conchylia, p. 206. 

„ „ Wood, Index. Test., pi. 18, fig. 26. 

Aplustra pulchella, Swainson, Malacology, p. 248. 

Aplustrum Thalassiarchi, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, p. 
564, pi. 120, figs. 4, 5, 6. 

Aplustrum aplustre, Cheuu, Manuel de Conch., part 1, p. 286, 
fig. 2905. 

„ fasciatum, Schumacher. 

Hab. Bramble Cay, on the outer Great Barrier Reef, North 
Fast Australia, on the sands at low water ; Aneiteum, New 
Hebrides ; New Caledonia. (Brazier.) 

Family CYLICHNID^E. 

20. — Cylichna arachis. 

Bulla arachis, Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. de 1' Astrolabe, tome 2, 
p. 361, pi. 26, f. 28, 30. 

„ „ (Cylichna), Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, p. 

591, pi. 133, 134 


80 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hab. Off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, mud. Evans Bay, 
Cape York, North Australia, 6 fathoms, sandy mud ; Port 
Jackson, Port Stephens, New South Wales. (Brazier.) Port 
du Roi George, Nouvelle Hollande. (Quoy et Gaimard.) King 
George's Sound, on the South West Coast of Australia, of 
English Geographers, Mr. G. B. Sowerby calls it Port St. 
George. 

21. — Cylichna strigella. 

Bulla strigella, Loven, Ind. Moll. Scandinavia, p. 10. 

„ „ (Cylichna) Sowerby, Thes. Conch , Vol. 2, p. 

592, pi. 125, fig. 141. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
(Brazier.) Cagayan, Phillipine Islands, 25 fathoms. (Cuming.) 

The three specimens found are white and shining, without the 
fuscous epidermis mentioned by Loven. 

22. — Cylichna concentrica. 

Bulla concentrica (Cylichna), Adams, in Sowerby, Thes 
Conch., vol. 2, p. 594, pi. 125, fig. 146. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
(Brazier.) Cagayan, Phillippine Islands. (Cuming.) 

23. — Cylichna decussata. 

Bulla decussata, (Cylichna), Adams, in Sowerby, Thes. Conch, 
vol. 2, p. 594, pi. 125, fig. 147. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
(Brazier.) China Sea. (Cuming.) 

Six fine specimens found with three of Cylichna concentrica. 

24. — Cylichna minuta n. sp. 

Shell cylindrical, small, white, thin, contracted in the middle, 
longitudinally and transversely rugosely striated ; whorls 3£, 
apex umbilicated, deep ; aperture narrowly linear, peristome thin, 
contracted in the centre, slightly produced above, expanded 
below, columella thickened, straight, slightly reflected. 

Length If, diam. at base f, above the centre ^ lin. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
Two specimens found. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 81 

The apex of this beautiful little species is quite depressed or 
truncated, and the umbilicus of the apex sunk deep down, some- 
what allied in sculpture to Cylichna decussata. 

25. — Mnestia bizona. 

Bulla bizona (Cylichna), A. Adams, in Sowerby, Thes. 
Conch., vol. 2, p. 597, pi. 125, fig. 148. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 15, 20, 30 fathoms, 
sandy mud; Princess Charlotte Bay, North East Australia, 13 
fathoms, sand ; Evans' Bay, Cape York, North Australia, 6 
fathoms, sand. 

This species is variable in colour, some specimens being 
fulvous, with two encircling bands of a light yellow, others again 
all white, and covered with a pale yellow epidermis, and encircled 
with two reddish brown, nearly obsolete lines, others not having 
any bands whatever. It appears to be a plentiful species at 
Darnley Island, something like two hundred were obtained 
during five days that dredging was carried on. And with one 
haul of the dredge only single specimens were obtained at the 
other two localities. 

26. — Mnestia granosa n. sp. 

Shell small, ovate, light straw yellow, varigated with two 
nearly obsolete white bands, in some specimens not 
visible, contracted above, produced and rather acumi- 
nate below ; longitudinally and transversely rugosely striated, 
interstices smooth, the whole surface of the shell having the 
appearance of somewhat square-like grains, spire conspicuous 
in the deep umbilicus of the apex, outer margin of the umbilicus 
white and very rugose ; aperture narrow, acuminately produced 
and thickened above, slightly produced below ; columella 
thickened, straight, slightly reflected, umbilicus minute, with a 
white margin, peristome moderately inflexed. 

Length 2 lines, breadth 1 lin. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
The whole surface of this species is covered with series of small 
grains, after the style of a double cut file. 


82 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

27. — TORNATINA GRACILIS. 

Bulla gracilis (Tornatina), A. Adams, in Sowerby, Thes. 
Conch., vol. 2, p. 569, pi. 121, fig. 36. 

Hab. Darnle} 7- Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
China Sea. (Cuming.) 

28. — Tornatina fusiformis. 

Bulla fusiformis (Tornatina), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. 
Conch., vol. 2, p. 570, pi. 121, fig. 37. 

Tomatella bullata, Kiener, Iconographie des Coquilles, pi. 1, 
fig. 4. 

Hab. Evans' Bay, Cape York, North Australia, 6 fathoms, 
sand ; Bet Island, Torres Straits, 1 1 fathoms, sand and coral ; 
Warrior Island, Torres Straits, found in shell sand on the 
beaches; Port Jackson, New South Wales. (Brazier.) China Sea. 
(Cuming). 

29. — Tornatina voldta. 

Bulla voluta, Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. de 1' Astrolabe, tome 2, 
p. 359, pi. 26, fig. 33, 35. 

Bulla poluta (Tornatina), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 
vol. 2, p. 566, pi. 121, fig. 24. 

Bab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

One single living specimen found. 

30. — Tornatina biplex. 

Bulla biplex (Tornatina), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch, 
vol. 2, p. 568, pi. 121, fig. 33. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy 
mud ; York Island, Torres Straits, 13 fathoms, hard mud. 

Brought up on the fluke of the ship's anchor. 

31. — Tornatina, sp ? 

Hub. Off Katow, New Guinea. 

Two specimens dead and worn, from 8 fathoms, sandy mud 
and coral. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 83 

32. — VOLVULA ANGUSTATA. 

Bulla angustata (Volvula), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. 
Conch., vol. 2, p. 596, pi. 125, fig. 153. 

Hab. Off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, sandy mud and 
coral. 

Family BULLID^. 

33. — Bulla trifasctata. 

Bulla trifasciata, Sowerby in Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 1, sp. 1. 
Eab. Hall Sound, New Guinea ; found on the reefs, Solomon 
Islands . (B razier) . 

I take this to be only a variety of Bulla ampulla, Linn. 

34. — Bulla australis. 
Bulla australis, Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. de 1' Astrolabe, tome 2, 
p. 357, pi. 26, fig. 38, 39. 

Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. 2, p. 576, pi. 122, 
fig. 64, 65, 66. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 4, sp. 12. 

Hab. Home and Palm Islands, North-East Australia ; Bet and 
Darnley Islands, Torres Straits, found inside the reefs on sandy 
mudflats; Port du Roi George. (Quoy and Gaimard). Tahiti. 
(Cuming). Fiji Islands. (Brazier). 

35. — Haminea papyrus. 

Bulla papyrus (Haminea), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. 
Conch., vol. 2, p. 582, pi. 124, fig. 101. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud ; 
Shores of Borneo. (Cuming). 

36. — Haminea, sp ? 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud ; 
specimens dead and sea worn. 

37. — Haminea decora, n. sp. 

Shell ovately cylindrical, white, thin, pellucid, longitudinally 
finely striated, transversely striated with 16 deep engraved lines, 
rather wide apart, eight being at each end ; centre smooth, aper- 


84 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

ture rather wide, outer lip slightly arched, somewhat acumin- 
ately produced above, expanded below ; columella nearly straight, 
reflected, producing behind it a minute umbilicus. 

Length, 3 lines ; breadth, 1| lines ; alt., 1J lines. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 20 fathoms, sandy 
mud ; Albany Passage, Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, 
sandy mud and broken shells. 

This species differs very much from Haminea ambigua (A. 
Adams), the centre of the shell being smooth, and each end 
having eight deep transverse engraved lines, whereas II. ambigua 
is entirely transversely striated. 

38. — Haminea vitrea. 

Bulla vitrea (Haminea), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 
vol. 2, p. 583, pi. 124, fig. 102. 

Hah. Bet Island, Torres Straits, found inside the reefs on the 
sands; Philippine Islands. (Cuming). 

39. — Scaphander multistriata, n. sp. 

Shell white, thin, transparent, oblong ovate, transversely, ob- 
liquely, and closely striated, attenuated towards the spire ; spire 
truncated, slightly umbilicated ; aperture, pyriform ; outer lip 
slightly inflected above, from the centre to the base widely ex- 
panded, a little thickened ; columella obliquely somewhat faintly 
plicated. 

Length, 3|- lines ; breadth at spire, 1 line ; at centre, If lines ; 
base, It? lines ; aperture circle at spire, 1 \ lines ; at centre, \\ lines. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

40. — Atys naucum. 

Bulla naucum, Linn. Syst. Nat., p. 1183. 

„ „ (Atys) A. Adams in Sowerby Thes. Conch., 

Vol. 2, p. 584, pi. 124, fig. 107, 108, 109 ; Reeve Conch. Icon., 
pi. 1, sp. 1, a, b, c. 

Hab. Palm Island, North East Australia ; Darnley Island, 
Torres Straits, found inside the reefs on sandy mud flats ; New 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 85 

Ireland, New Britain, and Solomon Islands. (Brazier) ; Phillip- 
pine Islands. (Cuming.) 

41, — Atys solida. 

Bulla solida, Brug. Diet. Sci. Nat., No. 5. 

„ „ (Atys) A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 
2, p. 585, pi. 124, fig. 113, 114. 

Eab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

42. — Atys elongata. 
Bulla elongata (Atys) A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 
vol. 2, p. 587, pi. 125, fig. 121. 

,, „ Reeve Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 8. 

Hob. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy 
mud. 

43. — Atys cylindrica. 

Bulla cylindrica, Helblings, Chem., p. 146, fig. 1356, 1357. 
„ „ (Atys), A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch, 

vol. 2, p. 585, pi. 125, fig. 114. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 2, sp. 7. 

Hah. Bet Island, Torres Straits, 11 fathoms, sand and broken 

shells. 

44. — Atys Darnleyensis, n. sp. 

Shell elongately oval, rather thin, shining, white, attenuated 
and umbilicated at both ends, longitudinally obliquely plicated, 
strongly transversely striated at each end, the centre or inter- 
mediate space with fine irregular waved strisa, sometimes straight ; 
outer lip thickened within, nearly straight posteriorly, slightly 
twisted and produced ; inner lip at the anterior end forming a 
thin callus ridge at the side of the umbilicus, slightly reflected, 
and ending in a dentiform plate. 

Length, 6f lines ; breadth, 3 lines. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

45. — Atys Cheverti, n. sp. 

Shell sub-cylindrical, white, thin, transparent, smooth and in- 
flated in the middle, transversely striated at both ends, the upper 


86 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

striae extending nearly to the centre ; aperture narrowly linear, 
wide below, outer lip slightly twisted and posteriorly produced, 
inflected and angled in the centre ; inner lip anteriorly, with a 
strong fold. 

Length, 3 lines ; breadth, 1| lines. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud ; 
Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, 20 fathoms, sandy mud. 

This species is like a miniature Atys elongata. Some speci- 
mens have an opaque appearance at the back of the aperture, 
others very thin and transparent. 

46. — Atys pulchra, n. sp. 

Shell cylindrical, white, thin (under the lens), longitudinally 
closely plicated, and transversely very finely striated, giving the 
shell a rugose appearance, very minutely umbilicated at both 
ends ; aperture rather narrow, wide below ; outer lip thin, re- 
flected inside, slightly posteriorly produced ; columella with a 
slight curve, minutely expanded and reflected, leaving half the 
umbilicus covered. 

Length, 3 lines ; breadth, 1| lines. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

A pretty little species, having the whole surface of a rugose 
appearance, the transverse sculpture being quite distinct. In 
some specimens the columella is sometimes straight and not 
curved. 

47. — Atys densa, n. sp. 

Small, oval, thick, dirty white shell, finely plicated, strongly 
transversely striated ; interstices with finer lines (as seen under 
the lens) ; aperture narrow, wide below ; outer lip regularly 
arched, posteriorly produced, anteriorly twisted and produced, 
partly covering the umbilicus. 

Length, 2 lines ; breadth, 1% line. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

48. — Atys dubiosa, n. sp. 
Shell small, oval, white, thin, shining, umbilicated at both 
ends, the one at the base the largest, transversely very finely 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 87 

Striated at each end (scarcely visible under the lens) more dis- 
tinct at the base, intermediate space smooth, ventricose above 
the centre ; aperture narrow, outer lip angled, posteriorly slightly 
thickened and produced, below straight ; columella with a single 
obsolete plait at the base. 

Length, 2 lines; breadth, 1| line. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

49. — Atys sp. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

A single specimen was obtained with the back all broken ; 
what remains of the aperture, shows at the base a small denti- 
form tooth like that in Atys monodonta, A. Adams. 

* 

Atys sp. ? 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 

One living specimen found, the whole of the outer lip broken 
off in the dredge ; what remain show it to be a thin, fragile 
shell, finely, longitudinally, obliquely, striated, umbilicated and 
transversely striated at both ends, the upper strias nearly obso- 
lete ; inner lip twisted and truncated at the columella. 

51. — Atys nitida. 

Bulla nitida (Atys) A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 
2, p. 589, pi. 125, fig. 127. 

Atys nitida, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 24. 

Hab. Off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, hard mud bottom. 

52. — Atys tortuosa. 

Bidla tortuosa (Atys) A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 
Vol. 2, p. 587, pi. 125, fig. 120. 

Atys tortuosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 15 a, b. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25, 30 fathoms, sandy 
mud. Off Katow, New Guinea, 8 fathoms, hard mud, one dead 
specimen found ; Philippine Islands, 30 fathoms, sandy mud. 
(Cuming.) 


88 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Family PHILINID^J. 

53. — Philine Sche(eteri ? 

Bullcea Schrceteri, Pkilippi, Moll. Sicil., pi. 20, f. 2. 

Bulla Schrceteri (Philine) A. Adams in Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 
Vol. 2, p. 600, pi. 125, fig. 160. 

Hab. Albany Passage, Cape York, North Australia, 11 fathoms, 
sandy mud. 

54. — Philine Angasi. 

Bullcea Angasi, Crosse, Journal de Conch., 1865, p. 38, pi. 2, 
fig. 8. 

Philine Angasi, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1865, 1867. 

Bulla Angasi, Angas (non Crosse) Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, 
1867. 

Philine Angasi, Sowerby in Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 4. 

Hab. Long Island, Torres Straits, one specimen found dead on 
the sand, Port Jackson, New South Wales, 5 fathoms, mud and 
sandy mud. (Brazier). St. Vincent's and Spencer's Gulf, South 
Australia. (Angas.) Port Darwin, North Australia. (Bednall.) 

Family APLYSIID^E. 

55. — Dolabella Rdmphii. 
Dolabella Rumphii, Cuv. Ann. clu Mus., Vol. 5, p. 437, pi. 29, 

% i. 

Limax marina, Rumphius, Thes. Ann., pi. 10, f. 6, pi. 40 
fig. 11. 

Dolabella Bumphii, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., tome 6, second 
part, p. 42 ; Boris verrucosa, Gmel. Syst. Nat., p. 3103. 

Dolabella scapula, Martyn, Univ. Conch. 

Hah. Dungeness and Darnley Islands, Torres Straits ; Low 
Island, Trinity Bay and Home Islands, North East Australia, on 
the reefs under coral in small pools ; Port Jackson and Bellinger 
River. (Brazier.) 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 89 

56. — DOLABELLA ECATJDATA. 

Dolabella ecaudata, Rang. Hist. Nat. des Aplys. pi. 2, p. 47, 
No. 2. 

Hab. Home Islands, North East Australia. 

57. — Apltsia sp. ? 

Hab. Three miles south of Fitzroy Island, North East Aus- 
tralia, found on floating weeds. 


On some Australian Species of Trochocochlea, by the Rev. J. E. 
Tenison Woods, F.G.S., &c, Corr. Mem. L.S., N.S.W. 

The genus Trochocochlea was first proposed by Klein, in 1753 
(Tentamen methodi ostracologicai, L.B., 1753, p. 42, ita. Her- 
mannsen Indicis, p. 616), for a genus which cannot now be recog- 
nized, as it includes several genera, and includes families. He 
derived the name from rpo^os, a wheel, and ^o^Xta?, a helix. 
The name has been revived by Messrs. H. and A. Adams (Genera), 
and is by them defined thus : — Shell conoidal, imperforate in the 
adult ; whorls smooth or transversely Urate, the last rounded at 
the periphery ; aperture nearly rhomboidal ; columella thick and 
rounded, ending in a slightly prominent tubercle. The same 
genus has been named Trochius by Leach, Gibbium by Gray, 
Osilinus Phil., Labio, Gray, not Oken, Melagraphia, Stentz. 
Messrs. Adams give a list of twenty species, but they do not in- 
clude our T. Australis, or, as it is better known, T. striolata. If 
the genus is to be maintained it should be added that the shell 
is nacreous, and the operculum, being horny, multispiral, and cen- 
tral ; the mantle with small fringes and six to eight tentacular ap- 
pendages. The odontophore is trochoid, or that which is gener- 
ally seen in the family, namely, one prominent central tooth, 
three or four long, curved, lanceolate laterals, and an arcuate 
comb of uncini. 

We have three well-known forms round the Southern Coasts 
of Australia and all Tasmania, T. constricta, T. tainiata, and T. 
australis. The two first are doubtfully separated from one 


90 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

another, and I believe are only varieties ; the third named has 
a host of synonyms. T. constricta is mainly distinguished by its 
round keels. It is marked in Port Jackson with broad reddish 
brown zigzag bands on a dull yellow ground ; raised and very 
prominent rounded keels, and somewhat corrugated fine trans- 
verse and oblique striae. It is this form of the shell which 
Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard describe as T. tceniata. The other 
variety which more strictly deserves the name of tceniata, has 
obsolete keels, and the transverse striae are less pronounced ; the 
shell is more oblique and conical, and marked with numerous zebra- 
like fine zigzag black, brown, reddish, or green lines ; the name 
T. tainiata is, however, clearly a synonym for T. constricta. If 
it be applied to the variety with the fine stripes it is not the one 
to which Messrs. Quoy gave the name. But I doubt whether 
there is any use in preserving the name at all. As far as my 
observations go no permanent mark of distinction between the 
two varieties can be relied on. There seem to be some differ- 
ences in the animals, but in the same variety they differ from 
one another to the same extent. There is no difference in the 
odontophore or lingual ribbon, which I shall describe further on. 

I now give some history of the synonomy of the species : — 

Trochus Tceniatus, Quoy and Gaimard, Voyage de V Astro., vol. 
3, p. 251, pi. 63, figs. 15, front view 16, back view 17, animal. 

This figure is the largest of the genus now recognised as 
Trochocochlea. It appears to me like a " striped " Trochocochlea 
constricta, but I have only met with specimens thus striped on 
the N. S. Wales coasts. The following is the text : — T. t. ovata 
conoidea, imperforata, crassa, hasi dilatata, rotunda, transverse 
carinata, lutea, vittis longitudinalibus undulatis subrubris aut fuscis 
omata, labro albo, intus sulcato, peristomata tainiata, columella Icevi. 

I translate the following observations : — " It is astonishing 
that this remarkable species, so common on the rocks about Port 
Jackson, has never before been figured. It is solid conical, ele- 
vated, dilated and rounded at the base, strongly keeled on three 
whorls, which are rather rugged. The aperture is semi-circular, 
white, slightly nacreous and grooved ; the peristome forms a 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 91 

kind of distinct band which is not nacreous, greenish and 
spotted with brown ; the columella is flattened and without a 
tooth. This Troclius is yellowish, or whitish, with wide longi- 
tudinal wavy undulating stripes, reddish or brownish in colour. 
They extend the whole length of the shell, and are taken up at 
each whorl from the suture. The colour of the animals, eyes, 
tentacles, under part of the foot, laminated fringes and eight 
tentacles is pale greenish ; the mouth is black above and yellow at 
the point, capable of much dilatation, and fringed below ; the 
foot is black laterally with a transverse green band ; the opercu- 
lum is round and somewhat large. This Troclius is found in com- 
pany with T.multicarinata, with which it must not be confounded. 
Its conical form distinguish it more easily than its stripes, for 
there are varieties of T. multicarinota which have also reddish 
stripes. Length, 1 inch 2 lines; diameter of base, 11| lines." 

The plate accompanying this description is a large Troclio- 
cochlea constricta, with brown oblique bands very, plainly marked 
on a yellow ground. 

The authors then go on to describe T. midticarinata, which I 
think will evidently appear from their description to be no more 
than a variety — if indeed a variety — of Trochocochlea constricta 
of Lamarck, described in another place (Anim. s. verteb., torn. 7, 
jp. 36, No. 15) as Monodonta multicarinata. First they give L.'s 
diagnosis, then add — " There are varieties of shape and colour 
in this shell which would make it pass insensibly into the pre- 
ceding species, although the extremes differ. But we do not 
hesitate to consider it as a species whose type is shorter, more 
circular and dilated at the base, with a sharper spire than the 
striped Troclius. Its keels, which very regularly amount to 
seven on the last whorl, are separated by deep channels. Its 
aperture is semi-circular, white, with only two or three keels, and 
on its limb (outer lip ?) which is smooth, a black line. The 
shell is dull yellowish, and sometimes covered with red or brown 
zigzag flames, then it resembles the preceding. The animal has 
long pointed greenish tentacles, dotted with black ; the stalks of 
the eyes are triangular, black, like the sides of the feet and the 


92 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

upper part of the mouth," &c, &c. The dimensions are then 
given as 8 lines long and 7 lines for the diameter of the base. 
These dimensions do not agree with Lamarck's, who in the place 
quoted gives a base of lOf lines, which agrees more with what 
we know of T. constricta. 

I now add my own notes of Trochocochlea constricta from Tas- 
manian specimens, and mostly from South Tasmania (Southport), 
where the species attains its largest size. Shell oblique, obtusely 
oonial, dull or faint pink when fresh from the water, and yellow- 
ish when dry, and having a coarse chalky appearance ; whorls 
four to five, tumidly convex, furnished with seven to eight con- 
spicuous rounded keels on the body whorl, and two on the others 
(the one nearest the suture being the largest and most promi- 
nent) ; the whole shell marked with fine oblique lines of growth ; 
mouth, sub-auricular ; outer lip, double ; outer margin, calcareous 
pinkish ; grooved at the keels, where it is often stained a deep 
black, or sometimes the whole lip is black ; throat nacreous, silvery, 
with little colour, with a few well-defined and prominent liras ; 
columella, pure white, ending in a blunt tubercle ; enamel slightly 
spread over, the base, on which also three or four ribs are marked 

with spiral black lines. 

I now subjoin my notes of the striped variety from the 

same locality. The shell is always smaller. It has less 

distinct and smoother keels of equal size, at most eight, on 

body whorl, and sometimes less. The colour is pinkish, or even 

reddish, with zigzag longitudinal flames of blue black, which in 

very dry and old shells become a reddish brown or green ; outer 

lip generally margined with black, throat of darker nacre, 

grooves of keel scarcely perceptible on outer lip, and lirse of the 

throat seldom visible ; columella, brownish ; tubercle almost 

obsolete. The liros of the throat are always present in the 

N.S.W. specimens. 

The differences between the animals seem to consist first in the 
colour ; T. constricta is almost black, the base of the foot being 
neutral tint, while T. tceniata is pale green and olive, with a little 
black at the sides of the foot. Both have the mouth fringed, but 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 93 

T. c. has the eight filiaments at equal distances along the sides, 
and T. t. has four at each side close together and posterior. The 
tentacles are conspicuously celiated in T. c, but with fewer 
hairs in T. t. The following are my notes on the odontophore 
of T. c. (lingual ribbon) as seen with a binocular, \ inch objective 
and reflected light : — One central broad quadrate tooth with 
semicircular edge ; laterals five on each side, long, linear, curved 
with broad rounded edges ; they are close together and increase 
in size towards the margin. The laterals are flanked by a close 
series of uncini, which are disposed in combs curved spirally, 
and appear like a rope with close strands ; the latter is a feature 
common to all the Trochidce, but here the uncini are longest in 
the centre of the comb. The plates of the teeth are very pecu- 
liar, the central one spreading like a broad rhomboid with a 
narrower square base, which is plainly seen through the trans- 
parent substance. The laterals have also a plate which overlaps 
the next succeeding ; the transverse series is a curved line. The 
odontophore of T. c. was in all respects similar. 

I come now to Quoy and Gaimard's Trochus striolatus, which 

goes by the name of Trochocochlea striolata and T. concamerata, 
but which was formerly, I believe, described by Lamarck as 
Monodonta australis (Anim. s. vert., vol. 7, p. 35, No. 11) 
Chemnitz. Its synonomy I shall notice presently. Quoy and 
G. thus describe it : — " T. t., ovato-conoidea, imperforata, solida, 
transversim sulcata, nlgricante, lineolis luteis longitud, ornata, aper- 
tura semicirculari, alba, fauce angusta. This Trochus," they con- 
tinue, " is round, slightly globose and transversely grooved. Its 
aperture is semi-circular, of a white nacre, and bounded by a 
double lip ; its columella is slightly bidentate ; its colour is a 
deep black, agreeably chequered with yellow in very fine lines 
lengthwise, and like spots on each groove. It has some relation 
to the strawberry Monodcnta of Lamarck. Its aperture is 
different, its ribs more marked, closer together, and its line of 
spots more regular. The animal has villous tentacles, brown and 
clear, the eye stalks thick ; tentacles, as well as the lateral 
fringes of the front green, with eight filiaments of the same 


04 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

colour ; the foot is yellowish- white below, black above, as 
also the mouth, which, however, is greenish near the mouth. 
Hab. Sydney, Port Jackson. Height and diameter of the base, 
9 lines." 

I find the same shell discribed thus, by Angas, in the Zool. 
Proc, for 1867, p. 216 : — " No. 193. Trochocochlea concomerata. 
Monotonia c. Gray, Wood's Index. Test. Suppl. pi. 6, fig. 35. 
Faintly ridged, and painted with irregular wavy longitudinal lines 
of yellow on a black ground. L. (sic, misprint for T. ?) striolatus 
of Quoy, from Tasmania and S. A., is much more depressed, and 
has a tesselated style of painting, although regarded as a 
synonym by Mr. Hanley in his edition of Wood's 'Index? Same 
locality as preceding. Long, 1 inch, 4 lines." 

Yet, 1 am afraid we must uphold Hanley's ruling. In the 
first place, as we have seen Messrs. Quoy, and G. distinctly 
state that they got their specimens from Port Jackson, and not 
from Tasmania. Next the Tasmanian specimens in some 
instances answer to Mr. Angas's description of them, and some- 
times not. The truth is that the shell is very variable. It is 
without exception, the commonest shell in Tasmania. Turn 
over any flat stone at low water, and the under side will be 
found covered with it, of almost every size, shape, and colour, 
within the limits of the shell's character. I have seen some 
specimens more than an inch in diameter, some almost conical, 
some depressedly turbinate, some white, with green spots, some 
black and yellow on diagonal lines, and some dull olive, with 
few yellow spots. 

I now subjoin what I believe to be the synonomy of the 
species : — 

Trochocochlea australis, Favanne, Conch., pi. 18, fig. A 1 ; Le 
Ratelier, Chemn. Conch., tome 11, tab. 196, fig. 1890. 

Monodonta australis, Lamk., vol. 7, p. 35, No. 11. 

T. concamerata, Gray, Wood's Index, Test. Suppl., yl. 6. 

T. striolatus, Quoy and G., loc. cit. Angas, loo. clt. 

In the Encycl. Meth. Hist. Nat. des Vers, tome 3, p. 1081, 
we find the following notice of the shell by Deshayes : — " This 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 95 

shell constitutes a very distinct species. Its form brings it near 
certain Turbos. It is ovately conical, sub-globose, spire some- 
what exsert obtuse, whorls 5-6, convex, suture simple, shallow. 
Last whorl very large, globose, very convex below, and obtuse 
at the periphery. Surface entirely grooved transversely, grooves 
shallow, slightly rounded, simple and never granulose, those 
beneath the last whorl narrower than the others. Aperture 
small, and somewhat like Trochus labio. Outer lip very thick, 
divided into two ; interior clear white, with rather deep 
transverse grooves. The columella is very thick, with a wide 
exterior surface, obscurely shagreened at the end. The sinus of 
the middle deep ; the tooth less prominent, and not rough, 
groove separating it from the outer lip, less deep than in T. labio. 
Colour somewhat variable, sometimes on a reddish, sometimes on 
greenish ground. The transverse grooves are ornamented with 
square white spots. Shell very thick and solid, rather rare in 
collections. Found in the seas of New Holland. Diani. 34, 
Alt. 36 rail. 

I have marked with italics a distinctive feature of the 
columella, which is also concave. 

I may remark that old and very dry specimens of dead shells 
have the reddish ground here referred to. I should say that the 
specimens came from the north of Port Jackson. 

T. porcata, A , Ad. This shell is quoted by Angas, (Proc. 
Zool. Soc., 1867, p. 216, No. 191), as a Trochocochlea, of which 
he gives the following diagnosis : — " The whorls are strongly 
carinate, and ornamented with narrow rose-coloured stripes, 
longitudinally. It is equally common with the foregoing 
species (T. tamiata). Length, 11 lines." 

But this description does not correspond with the original 
diagnosis of Adams, (P. Z. S., 1851, Monograph oj Trochidce, p. 
179, genus, 15, Labio, No. 22), which is as follows : — " Labio 
test ovato-conoidea, imperforata, fusca, albo reticulata ; anfr, 
convexis transverse carinatis ; carinis numerosis, elevatis, 
distantibus, labio albo, inferne subcalluso, labro intus sulcato." 


96 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

As no dimensions are given, this is somewhat unsatisfactory, 
but it applies much more to T. australis, than to any other. Mr. 
Angas's short diagnosis on the contrary, applies to T. tceniata. 
The specimens seen by me in the Museums of Melbourne, 
Sydney, Hobart Town, and Dr. Cox's extensive private collec- 
tions, were all var. tceniata. Some obtained by Mr. Brazier, from 
Mr. Angas, were all young shells of T. constricta. 

The conclusions I derive from these considerations, are — 

1st. That we have commonly at most only three species of 
Trochococlilea on our shores, viz., T. constricta, T. tceniata, and 
T. australis. 

2nd. That T. constricta and T. tceniata can only doubtfully be 
separated from one another. 

3rd. That both these species are subject to great varieties of 
colour and form. T. constricta being the larger in Tasmania, and 
probably the smaller in South Australia, or else these being vari- 
ties of only one species, the smaller and larger varieties inter- 
change their characters. 

4th. That T. striolata, T. concamerata, and T. porcata, are all 
synonyms ; the first two for T. australis, the last for T. constricta. 
Lam. 

All these shells are distinguished by the lining of the upper 
whorls being non-nacreous, and of a beautiful malachite green. I 
noticed also in some places on the Tasmanian coast, a certain 
form intermediate between T. c , and T. t, in which the whorls 
were very obtuse, the shell large and smooth, and painted in 
zig-zag lines of vivid bluish green, and white. The upper 
whorls and apex were much corroded, and of silvery nacre. 
This variety always flourished on modern basaltic rocks in 
Recherche Bay, and elsewhere, where no other mollusca seemed 
common, and often where the water was brackish. It was a 
large shell, and the keels are almost completely obsolete. 

It is a remarkable fact, that the larger shells of these species 
are found in S. Tasmania, and they become smaller, more 
decidedly ornamented, and highly coloured as they approach the 
tropics. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 97 

The Lizards of the " Chevert " Expedition, 
By William Macleay, F.L.S. 

SECOND PAPER. 

Family GECKOTID^E. 

28. — DlPLODACTYLTTS ANNULATUS. 

Subelongate ; internasal shields small, contiguous and rounded 
behind ; chin shields, four, the first pair rather large, lozenge- 
shaped, and meeting behind the rostral, the others small and 
round ; upper labials seven, lower six, the last of each small ; 
scales, on the head granular, getting rather larger towards the 
muzzle, on the back minute and thickly interspersed with nattish 
lightly carinated tubercles, on the ventral surface smooth, and 
on the tail, above, strongly carinated and forming raised rings, 
beneath smooth, with broad shields ; preanal pores, five, in a 
straight transverse line ; colour, above yellowish white, prettily 
marked all over with dark brown, beneath yellowish ; the tail, 
which is slight, tapering, and longer than the body, is ringed 
throughout with alternate yellow and black bands. 

Total length, 3J inches. 

Hab. Palm Islands. 

29. — Peripia papuensis. 

Muzzle rather obtuse ; chin shields four, the two next the 
rostral lozenge-shaped, and a little longer than the others ; labial 
shields nine in both jaws ; eyes large, surrounded by a ring of 
small white scales ; pupil elliptical ; scales immediately in front 
of the vent very small, above these two or three transverse 
series of scales, extending on to the thighs larger than the other 
abdominal scales, the whole upper surface studded with irregular 
rows of small tubercles, which on the tail are elevated and 
pointed, and assume the appearance of rings ; plates beneath the 
toes large, and as long as broad ; tail depressed, tapering ; 


98 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

colour above a minutely dotted grey, beneath yellowish white, 
each scale having one or more minute brown dots invisible to 
the naked eye. 

Length, 3 J inches. 

One specimen from Katow. 

30. — Peripia ornata. 

Chin shields numerous, but very small ; labials twelve on each 
jaw ; pupil elliptical ; toes with five pairs of plates at the 
extremity, and single plates behind ; tail cylindrical, pointed ; 
preanal pores 25 in a curved transverse line; colour yellowish grey, 
prettily marked with numerous irregular wavy bars of brown and 
yellow, and with a longitudinal band of brown along the side of 
the head and neck. 

Total length, 3 inches. 

Hab. Port Moresby. 

31. — Peripia longicaudis. 

Form slightly depressed, muzzle obtuse ; chin shields six, the 
middle pair pentagonal and elongate, the next shields smaller, 
the outer one on each side small and round ; upper labials nine, 
lower seven, all becoming smaller from the muzzle backwards ; 
pupil elliptical ; ear opening oblong ; toes dilated towards the 
point, with seven short broad divided plates beneath ; claws 
small ; tail longer than the body, slightly depressed and tapering 
to a fine point, with the central scale on the under surface large ; 
colour, pale mottled grey above, yellowish beneath. 

Length, 3| inches. 

Hab. Endeavour River. 

There is a good deal of the character of the genus Gehyra 
about this species, but Gray's generic descriptions compel a 
separation. 

32. — Peripia dubia. 

A small round shield between the internasal shields in a 
depression which extends to the middle of the rostral ; chin shields 
six or more, the middle pair elongate, the rest getting gradually 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 99 

shorter ; upper labials eleven, lower nine ; pupil elliptical ; ear 
opening oblique, oval ; toes dilated with about eight pairs of very- 
short and broad plates beneath ; preanal pores fifteen ; tail 
shorter than the body, round and tapering, with a row of broad 
plates beneath ; colour above yellowish brown, marbled with 
darker, beneath yellowish. 

Length, 4 inches. 

Hab. Cape Grenville. 

This species also is quite of the Gehyra type, but the plates 
beneath the toes are distinctly divided. 

33. — Peripia marmorata. 

Muzzle obtuse ; a deep rectangular emargination on the upper 
part of the rostral shield, and a space between the internasals 
filled with granular scales ; upper labials twelve, the last three or 
four small, lower eleven, the last three very minute ; chin shields 
as in the last species ; ear openings large and deep ; toes much 
dilated, with ten or twelve very short and broad pairs of plates 
beneath ; tail much shorter than the body, slightly depressed and 
tapering gradually to a point, with the middle scales beneath 
larger than the others, but not so wide as those of the last 
species ; form rather robust and flat ; colour above, marbled 
black, brown, and grey, beneath dingy white. 

Length, 6 inches. 

Hab. Katow. 

34 — Peripia brevicaudis. 

Form robust and rather depressed ; tail shoit, somewhat 
depressed, broad and strangulated at the base and pointed at the 
tip ; rostral and internasal shields as in the last species ; chin 
shields with smaller ones at the sides ; labials about nine above 
and below, the posterior shields minute ; ear openings small and 
round ; preanal pores thirty-one ; toes dilated with about ten 
short and broad divided plates beneath ; colour reddish-brown, 
varied with black and grey. 

Length, 6 inches. 

Ilab. Darnley Island. 


100 the proceedings op the linnean society 

34. — Gehyra oceanica. 

Gray, Z.M. 57— Cat. Brit. Mus., p. 163. 

Gehyra gularis, Gray, B.M. 

Gecko oceanicus, Less., Voy. Coq., t. 2, fig. 3. 

Hemidackylus oualensis, Dam. and Bib., Erp., gen. iii, 350, t. 
28, fig, 7. 

One specimen from Port Moresby. It differs somewhat from 
the specimens I have from Fiji, but from my single specimen I 
can scarcely venture to make a new species. 

35. — Heteronota fasciata. 

Form elongate ; head broader than the neck ; internasal 
shields medium size and not contiguous, two granular scales 
intervening ; upper rostral large, truncate behind, and depressed 
in the middle ; under rostral very large and triangular behind, 
with a small subtriangular plate in the angle formed between it 
and the first labial ; labials seven on each side above and below, 
the two last shields very small ; eyes large, with a heavy scaly 
curtain above, pupils round ; ear openings distinct, round, the 
tympanum not deep ; scales on the back granular, with about ten 
irregular series of roundish tubercles, each with several minute 
keels or striae, those on the legs and under surface of the body 
small, round, convex, and bicarinate, and those on the tail larger, 
oval, unicarinate, and in concentric rings ; legs long and slender ; 
tail about the length of the body ; colour mottled grey, with 
brownish cross bands of irregular form from the muzzle to the 
base of the tale. 

Length, 3| inches. 

Hah. Hall Sound. 

36. — Hetoronota marmorata. 

Form moderately elongate ; internasal shields very short and 
contiguous, chin shields smaller and more rounded than in the 
last species ; upper labials 8, the last two very small ; lower 
labials 6, the last one very minute ; pupil elliptical ; ear openings 
round ; scales on the back, as in the last species, but with the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 101 

tubercles much more numerous ; tail round, tapering, about the 
length of the body, very slightly ringed, and with the scales 
beneath smooth, but not large ; colour, above, yellowish 
brown, spotted and barred with deep brown or black, under 
surface dingy yellow. Length, from 3 to 4 inches. 

I have specimens of this lizard from Fitzroy Island and 
Endeavour River. It seems to approach very nearly to Heteronoia 
Binoei, Gray, excepting in the tail, which, in that species is 
described as having a series of broad shields underneath. 

37. — Heteronota eboracensis. 

Form rather robust ; head broad ; tail much shorter than the 
body ; internasal shields rather short and not contiguous, labials 9 
upper and 8 lower, the last two of each very small ; scales mostly 
tricarinate ; tubercles on the back numerous and nearly smooth ; 
scales on the tail all smooth ; colour, above speckled grey and 
black, legs and under surface pale with numerous minute black 
dots. 

Length, 3 inches. 

Hab. Cape York. 

Family AGAMID^E. 

38. — TlARIS PAPUENSIS. 

Head subtriangular, rounded in front, rather concave above, 
margined by an angular slightly curved ridge from the eye to 
the muzzle, flat on the sides and swollen behind ; rostral shield 
more than twice as broad as high, and slightly emarginate in the 
middle with a row of small hexagonal smooth plates behind ; 
lower rostral rounded behind and as broad as long ; upper labials 
11, the first seven subequal, the eighth square, and the last three 
low and elongate ; lower labials 10, the first eight subtetragonal, 
the two last low and elongate ; eye large, deep, and surrounded 
by many series of small scales ; ear openings large and round 
with the drum superficial ; nostrils oblong in the upper part of a 
shield of the same shape ; occipital plate white, nearly round, in 
the centre of a deep transverse furrow at the back of the head ; 


102 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

smooth plates of various sizes occupy the whole side of the head 
from the muzzle to the ear, and beneath the ear on the swollen 
part of the head are three rows — 4, 3, 2, — of large white, smooth 
plates ; beneath the lower labial shields are also two or three 
series of smooth but small plates ; gular pouch large, longitudi- 
nally folded, attached to the breast between the fore legs, and 
covered with small keeled scales becoming smaller behind ; a 
crest of high, obtusely-pointed, very compressed scales sloping 
backwards, but not arcuated, extends from the back of the head 
to the first-fifth of the tail with a short break over the fore legs ; 
a slight skinny ridge extends from the front of the shoulder 
along the side to near the hind legs ; scales all keeled, those near 
the back square and pointing upwards and backwards, those on 
the sides pointing backwards, those on the belly larger, more 
acutely keeled and converging towards the centre, those on the 
legs like the belly, on the soles of the feet small, and on the tail 
largest, the keels forming longitudinal angular ridges ; legs long 
and moderately robust ; general form very compressed, especially 
towards the back ; tail very long, taper, and moderately com- 
pressed ; colour of the head, dark brown above with a few white 
scales of rather larger size than the others, and whitish on the 
sides and underneath with a few dark lines under the chin, and 
with the back part of the pouch reddish brown ; back and sides 
of the body whitish yellow, marked with patches of black scales, 
a portion of the sides behind the shoulder being much darker ; 
under surface dingy yellow ; a broad, curved, whitish patch 
extends from the head behind the ear to the shoulder ; the tail is 
more or less distinctly marked throughout by imperfect, broad, 
brown rings. 

Total length, 2 feet 6 inches, of which the tail occupies 1 foot 
9 inches. 

One specimen was taken at Hall Sound. 

This species differs from Tiaris meyapogon (Lopliyrus dilophus 
of Dura, and Bibr.) which is also from New Guinea, in many 
important particulars, judging from Dumeril and Bibron's 
description and plate. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 103 

39. — TlARIS Longii. 

This species answers in many respects to the description I have 
given above of the last species, I shall therefore only notice the 
points in which the two species differ. 

Head black, depressed between the eyes . and widely furrowed 
on the occiput with a very small occipital plate ; rostral shield 
not emarginate above, with four small square, smooth plates 
behind ; under rostral subtriangular ; upper labials long and low ; 
lower labials 9 ; angle of the head under the ear much swollen, 
and with only a few large scales or plates ; gular pouch entirely 
black, longitudinally folded, with a cross angular fold behind ; 
crest scales not so long on the neck before the interruption as in 
the last species but more numerous, on the back high and a 
little arcuated, on the tail lower and ceasing at one-third of the 
length ; general colour, brown above, with a few yellow marks, 
and dingy brown below, getting lighter towards the tail, which is 
much compressed and faintly ringed with brown and yellow. 

Total length, 2 feet 4 inches, tail 1 foot 10 inches. 

This is the first of the genus I have heard of as being found 
in Australia. 

My specimen was presented to my Museum by Mr. Mark H. 
Long, of William-street, after whom I have named it, and was 
taken in some part of Northern Queensland. 

40. — LOPHOGNATHDS LATERALIS. 

Head subtriangular and flat above, with an angular margin ; 
rostral shield three times broader than the height, smooth, and 
of a white colour, with five smooth small white plates behind ; 
gular pouch very small, but showing several folds marked more 
or less with smooth, ivory-looking scales ; the posterior angle of 
the head under and behind the ear armed with a compressed, 
sharp-edged, protruding ivory-looking process ; an erect crest of 
compressed, triangular, obtusely-pointed scales on the nape, con- 
tinued along the back and beginning of the tail by shorter com- 
pressed, spiny-pointed, firm scales ; all the scales keeled, those 
on the legs, ventral surface and tail largest ; the whole upper 


104 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

surface and sides of a deep chocolate brown, with a broad, well- 
defined streak of reddish yellow on each side from the ear to the 
tail ; the under surface brownish yellow ; sides of the head under 
the line of the nostril, eye and ear white, or nearly so ; tail irre- 
gularly and indistinctly barred with yellow and brown, and not 
compressed. 

Total length 1 foot 10 inches, tail 1 foot 4 inches. 

One specimen from Katow. 

According to the description and plate given by Dr. Gray, of 
Lophognathiis Gilbertii, from Port Essington, it is very distinct 
from the present species, and I am not aware that any other 
species of the genus has hitherto been described. 

41. — Grammatophora jugularis. 

Scales strongly keeled, and acutely pointed, a few very 
slightly elevated along the middle of the nape ; nostrils small 
and round, near the centre of a large plate ; head, above brownish 
yellow, with black edged brown spots and rings, one near the 
muzzle, two occupying the space between the eyes, and a few 
small ones about the occiput ; back yellow, with a series of large, 
black-edged brown patches down the middle ; sides of body and 
legs of a darker hue, sides of the head and all the under surface 
white, with 6 longitudinal narrow brown lines indistinct on the 
body, but distinct under the head, where they join in pairs from 
the centre outwards ; tail irregularly ringed. 

Total length, 4J inches ; tail, 3 inches. 

Several specimens were taken at Cape Grenville. 


Description of some new species of Birds from New Britain, New 
Ireland, Duke of York Island, and the South-East coast of 
New Guinea, by E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 

Nasiterna PDSILLA, SP. NOV. 

Nasiterna pusio, Sclater ; Ramsay, P.L.S. of N. S. Wales. Vol. 
1, pt. 4, p. 393. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 105 

In plumage, much the same as Nasiterna pusio, of Sclater (P.Z. 8. 
Lon. 1865, p. 620, pi. 35), but differing in having the front, sides 
of the head and ear-coverts of a light yellow, with but a faint 
tinge of fulvous, the crown of the head deep blue, lighter in colour 
and not obscured with black as in N. pusio, under surface 
light greenish yellow, sides and flanks green ; abdomen, and 
under tail - coverts, and spots on the inner web of the 
tail feathers bright yellow, the two central tail feathers dull blue, 
and in this specimen, without the oval apical spot of black, 
or the fulvous tinge at the base of the upper tail coverts, which 
is visible in N. pusio, of Sclater. 

Total length, 3*05 inches; wing, 2*3 inches; tail, linch; 
tarsus, 0*25 inch ; longest toe (without nail), 0*45 inch ; hind 
toe, 0*2 inch. 

Hab. Dense forests in the neighbourhood of Port Moresby, 
New Guinea. 

NlNOX NOV.E BRITANNLE, 8p. nOV. 

All the upper surface, rufous brown ; the head, face, chest and 
neck of a similar but duller colour ; a few feathers in front and 
over the eye are spotted irregularly at the base with white, a few 
on the sides of the neck and chest, spotted with white towards 
the middle and end of the feathers, in some forming two broken 
transverse bands ; loreal bristles whitish at the base, with black 
tips ; the breast and all the under surface of the body white ; 
the basal portion of the feathers slate colour, the remainder 
barred with rufous brown ; under tail coverts white, with a few 
spots or broken bars of rufous brown ; under wing coverts 
white, strongly barred with the same tint ; back and inter- 
scapular region without spots ; rump and upper tail coverts with 
a few white spots, on some of the feathers forming broken white 
bands ; wings rufous brown above, dull brown below, the quills 
crossed with nine to ten bands of blackish brown, the basal portion 
of the inner webs becoming white on the interspaces, except on 
the first five primaries ; the first four secondaries show whitish 


106 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINKEAN SOCIETY 

spots on the interspaces of the outer webs towards the end of 
the feathers ; upper wing coverts barred like the quills, but less 
distinctly, and show white spots on the interspaces of the outer 
webs towards the tip ; tail rufous brown above, paler dull brown 
below, crossed with nine or ten dark bars, the interspaces on all, 
except the centre two quills, becoming whitish towards the base 
of the inner webs, and spotted with dull white towards the end 
on the outer webs ; * legs and tarsi, rufous brown, shaded 
with darker ; bristles on the feet, yellowish ; bill, dusky at the 
base, light horn colour at the tip ; claws, yellowish at the base, 
blackish at the ends. 

Total length, 11 inches; wing, 8*2 inches; tail, 5 inches; 
tarsus, 1'4 inches; middle toe, 1*15 inches; bill, from forehead, 
1*15 inches ; from nostril, 07 inch ; from gape, 1*1 inches ; cul- 
men, from cere to tip, 0'8 inch ; from the tip of the bill to the 
back of the head, 2 '2 inches. 

Hab. New Britain. 

I was at first inclined to consider this species identical with 
the Noctua variegata of Quoy and Gaimard, but after a closer 
comparison of the skin with Dr. Kaup's description of that 
species, and as I find he states f " the front, face, and chin, 
whitish," which they certainly are not in the bird I have re- 
ceived from New Britain. I have thought it necessary to dis- 
tinguish this species, under the name of novce britannice, although 
I do not altogether hold with the practice of creating new 
species upon such trivial, and, which may hereafter prove to be, 
only local differences. In other respects this species agrees very 
well with Ninox (Ieraglaux, Kp.J variegata. 

Myzomela coccinea, sp. 710V- 

Adult female. The whole of the upper and under surface of 
the body of a bright rich carmine, duller on the head from the 
feathers being slightly centered with blackish brown ; wings and 
tail, dull brown ; the outer webs of all the feathers, except the 
first and second primaries, margined with dull carmine ; two 

* The outermost featherB of the tail are lost, t Trans. Zool. Soc, Lon., Vol. IV. p. 216. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 107 

centre tail feathers carmine above, brown below ; bill black, 
slightly curved ; legs, blackish brown. 

Total length without bill, 3'65 inches ; wings 2*23 inches ; 
tail 1*6 inches ; tarsi 0'53 inch ; bill from forehead 0*6 inch ; 
from gape, 0*68 inch. 

Hab. Duke of York Island. 

This beautiful species is closely allied to M. chermesina, of G. R. 
Gray, and is of the same rich carmine tint. It is smaller, how- 
ever, and is of a uniform carmine above and below. 

The present specimen is said to be a female, which I am in- 
clined to think correct. The male will doubtless prove to be of 
a much richer tint. 

Myzomela ERYTHINA, SP. NOV. 

Male,juv. Crown, sides of the head, and all the upper sur- 
face dull red ; the basal portion of the feathers, dull brown the 
red tint being brighter on the back and upper tail coverts ; the 
throat is of a lighter and brighter tint ; the remainder of the 
under surface, dull brown washed with dull red, a little stronger 
on the under tail coverts ; wings and tail, dark brown, the outer 
webs of the feathers margined with dull red of the same tint as 
the body ; bill black ; legs and feet blackish brown. 

Total length, without bill, 3*1 inches ; wing, 19 inches; tail, 
1*3 inches ; tarsus, 0*54 ; bill from forehead, 0*5 inch ; from 
gape, 0*6 inch. 

Hab. New Ireland. 

This species is smaller than the preceding, and the bill is com- 
paratively stronger and stouter, otherwise I should be inclined (o 
consider it the young of the former. 


Description of some rare Eggs of Australian Birds, and a note 
on the Eggs of certain Species of Megapodius. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c, Curator of the Australian Museum, 

Sydney, N. S. Wales. 

It is now over two years since my friend, Ralph Hargrave, 
Esq., forwarded to me for description, several rare nests and eggs 


108 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

of some of our Australian birds, among them those of Smith's 
Cat-bird, a description of which, I have been for a long time 
under the impression I had forwarded to the Zoological 
Society of London. However, as it has not appeared in any 
of the Society's "Proceedings," I presume I must have forgotten 
it, or, what is more likely, that it has miscarried, as I find I 
had described both nest and eggs in my note book a few days 
after receiving them. 

Ailurj:dus smithii. Vig. and Eorsf. 

Smith's Cat-bird. 

The nest of this species is not unlike that of Oreocincla lunu- 
lata ; it is rounded, open above, and placed between upright 
forks of trees in dense scrubs and thickly wooded parts of the 
country ; it is composed of rootlets, moss, and shreds of fern 
bark, &c, and ornamented with green mosses, chiefly a species 
of Hypnum found in the dense and damp scrubs ; the lining is 
chiefly composed of fine rootlets. Height, 2 inches ; diameter, 
6 inches ; depth inside, 1| inches ; diameter inside, 3| inches. 

The eggs are three to four in number, comparatively 
small for the size of the bird, being in length 1*2 inches by 8*5 
inches in breadth ; the ground colour is of a delicate bluish 
green, sprinkled all over with light reddish brown dots and spots, 
larger and more crowded on the thicker end, and with also a few 
irregular linear scratchy markings or hair lines. 

The nest and Eggs were taken at Stanwell, in the Illawarra 
district. 

Hylacola pyrrhopygia. Vig. 

The red-nimped Hylacola. 

The nest of this species is usually hidden at the base of a 
clump of bushes and grass, or in some bushy shrub near the 
ground ; sometimes resting on the ground, and at all times very 
difficult to find. I first found them breeding on the Dobroyde 
Estate, in 1860, where I procured both adults and young. The 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 109 

nest is a loose structure, composed of narrow strips of bark, 
grass, and rootlets, (which can scarcely be said to be interwoven), 
and with which it is chiefly lined with the addition of a few 
feathers. It is dome-shaped in form, and a little larger than that 
of Malurus lamberti. 

The full number of eggs were in every instance three, the 
ground colour of a pinkish salmon tint, fading after being 
emptied to a dull white, tinged with chocolate pink, in tint not 
unlike those of a Sericomis rnagnirostris or S. fontalis. They 
are blotched with irregular markings of light chocolate brown at 
the larger, and a few dashes and spots of the same tint on the 
thinner end, the blotches forming a zone near the thick end. 
Length, 076 inch, by 0'57 inch in breadth. 

Elands axillaris. Lath. 
The black-shouldered Kite. 

During the last six years several pairs of these hawks have 
been known to breed on the Iindah Estate, on the Mary River 
in Queensland, but it was only in November last that a pair gave 
my brother Mr. John Ramsay, an opportunity of taking their 
nest and eggs, which was not lost. 

The nest in question was placed among the topmast forked 
branches of a Flindersia, and as usual, composed of sticks and 
twigs ; it was not, however, a bulky structure, as is often the 
case with the Australian hawk's nests. 

The eggs were three in number, but my brother assures me 
that four is the correct number for a sitting. The ground colour 
where visible is of a dull white, but it is mostly obscured by 
blotches and smears of dark reddish chocolate. 

Length of " a," 1'6 inches ; breadth, 1'25 inches. 
„ "b,"l-72 „ „ 1-25 „ 

„ "c,"l-58 „ „ V27 „ 

One specimen, " a," is reddish rusty chocolate, smeared and 
clouded with a darker tinge. 

I 


110 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Pardalotus rubricatus, Gould. 

From recent letters received from Mr. William E. Armit I learn 
that this species is by no means rare on the Norman River, and is 
also found rather plentiful on the Etheridge River. It comes as 
far south as Georgetown, where Mr. Armit obtained the nest and 
eggs. Like Pardalotus punctatus, P. melanocephalus, and P. 
uropygialis, this species digs holes or tunnels, in the banks of 
creeks, &c, making a long narrow tunnel from two to three feet 
in length, at the end of which it excavates a chamber large 
enough to contain the nest, which is about four inches in 
diameter. This round chamber is lined on all sides both above 
and below with fine grasses, except a small hole for exit opposite 
the tunnel. The eggs are four in number, pearly white, 0'8 inch 
in length by 0'6 inch in width towards the thicker end ; those at 
present under consideration are rather pyriform, and more pointed 
than those of any other species I have seen. Some specimens 
are a little larger than others. 

Pardalotus uropygialis, Gould. 

This species is also an inhabitant of the Gulf of Carpentaria 
district. I have seen it in collections from the Norman River, 
and also received the head, wings, and tail, accompanied with 
eggs, from Mr. William E. Armit, taken on the Etheridge River, 
where this gentleman found it breeding in tunnels dug in the 
banks of creeks and water-courses, &c, in company with 
P. rubricatus. 

I can see no difference in the eggs of this and those of the 
preceding species, except that they are a trifle smaller. The 
foregoing remarks on P. rubricatus are equally applicable to this 
species also, Mr. Armit assures me that they breed and nest in 
the same way, and often accompany each other in small troops, 
searching for insects among the leafy tops of the trees. Both 
species seem to be confined to the inland districts. I searched 
diligently for them at Rockingham Bay, but found only the 
common species, P. melanocephalus. 

Eggs, four in number. Length, 07 inch, by 0*55 inch in breadth, 
and, like the eggs of all the other species, of a pearly white 
colour. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. Ill 

As I remarked above, Pardalotus uropygialis belongs to the 
same section as P. melanocephalus, P. rubricatus, P. xantlwpygius, 
and P. punctatus, all digging tunnels in the soft banks of creeks, 
water-courses, &c, to nest in. On the other hand, P. offinis, and 
P. siriatus (and, according to Mr. Gould P. quadragintus also), 
select holes in hollow branches of lofty trees, where they construct 
a dome-shaped nest of grasses, just as the other species do at the 
end of their tunnels. The eggs in all instances are white, oval, and 
rather pointed. Of P. quadragintus I regret to say I know nothing, 
having never met with it in a state of nature. P. striatus and 
P. ajjinis sometimes select the mud flask-shaped nests of the 
Fairy Marten, Lagenoplastes ariel, which they line afresh with 
grass and feathers. Their eggs are from four to five in number. 

Entomophila rufigularis, Gould. 

This species is found commonly dispersed all over the Gulf 
country. It has been found breeding in the neighbourhood of 
Normantown and Georgetown, during the months from Septem- 
ber to March. The nest is a round, open, and neat cup-shaped 
structure, usually slung by the rim between forked twigs. 
The one before me, sent by Mr. Armit, was taken from a branch 
of an Erythrina. It is composed of fine grasses, matted outside 
with white " cobwebs," and lined with fine grasses alone. It is 
rather a deep nest, being 3 J inches long by 2 inches in diameter. 

The eggs are usually two, but sometimes three in number, of 
*a pearly white, rather thickly spotted with bright reddish brown. 
Length, 65 inch, by 0-49 inch in diameter at the thicker end. 

The young on leaving the nest have all the upper surface 
brown, and all the under surface white j the outer webs of the 
wing quills margined with olive yellow. 

POEPHIIA ATROPYGIALIS, Biggies. 

This fine species is distributed over the country between the 
Gulf and Georgetown, and its neighbourhood, where it is said 
to be common, along with Donacola pectoralis, Poephila leucotis, 
and P. personata. Its nest is an oval ' structure of interwoven 
grasses, having an opening at one end partly concealed by long 


112 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE L1NNEAN SOCIETY 

grasses drawn over the entrance. It is placed among the 
stronger grasses, or small bushes which grow here and there on 
the grass flats, or amongst the leaves of the Pandanus acguaticus. 
The eggs are from five to six in number ; in length from 0'6 
inch to 064 inch ; diameter at the larger end from 0*44 to 0'46 
inch. The shell is white outside, with a faint greenish tinge 
inside. 

Note on the Eggs of Megapodius cuvieri. 
Taleg alius Cuvieri of Lesson. 

Colour of a deep rich bright salmon buff, brighter than that of 
any other Megapodius* eggs I have seen, and resembling most, 
those of Leipoa ocellala. They are also of a greater diameter 
and not so eloDgate as is usual with the eggs of birds of this 
family. 

Total length, 3'95 inches ; breadth, 2*5 inches. 

This specimen was taken from the oviduct of a bird shot at 
Port Moresby by Mr. Goldie, in 1876. 

By way of comparison I give the following measurements of 
eggs of other species, taken from my note book : — 

length. breadth. 

Megapodius cuvieri 3*95 inches ... 25 inches. 

Megapodius tumulus, a very elongate 
specimen 3*63 „ ... 22 

Megapodius, sp. from Island of Kera, 
one of the Solomon group 3*2 ,, ... T9 

Megapodius, sp. (M. brazeri) from 
Island of Savo, Solomon group, laid 
by a bird brought on board H.M.S. 
" Beagle " by a native ... 3 „ ... 1*95 

Megapodius Macgillivrayi ? from 
New Ireland, from the Rev. 
Brown's collection 


j> 


5J 


George 


. "a" 


3-18 


3J 


... 2 


"b" 


304 


)) 


... 1-84 


" c » 


3-04 


3> 


... 1-85 


"d" 


2-92 


91 


... 1-86 


15 
it 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 113 

Note on Macgillivray's Snake, Br achy soma triste. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 

Brachysoma triste, Gunther. 

In an interesting Collection of Serpents lately presented to the 
Museum by Mr. Walter Powell, of Somerset, Cape York, I find 
a specimen of this rare snake. I have not had an opportunity of 
comparing the specimen with Dr. Gunther's original description, 
but I notice that in the description given in Mr. Krefft's " Snakes 
of Australia" the number of abdominal and subcaudal plates 
has been omitted, probably from not having a specimen to refer 
to. I therefore take the present opportunity of supplying this 
want in the following description : — 

All the upper surface blackish brown except the neck and 
hinder half of the head, which are dull yellowish light brown, all 
the under surface yellowish light brown ; the scales of the back 
are narrowly and those on the side more definitely margined with 
light brown ; the blackish marking from the side extends on to 
the adjacent median portion of the abdominal plates ; the collar 
band of the neck and head is of the same tint as the scales below 
or a little lighter; scales in 17 rows; anal plates 2, abdominal 
180, subcaudals 52. 

I have only to add that in this specimen the vertical plate ends 
in an acute angle, and not in a right angle behind. 


On Bruchigavial ongirostris a New Species of Gull, from King 

George's Sound. 
By George Masters, Curator Macleayan Museum. 

A collection of birds lately received from King George's Sound 
by Mr. Macleay contained two Gulls, of the subgenus Bruchigavia, 
one being fully adult, the other immature, or young. 

At first sight they appeared to be identical with our common 
Silver Gull, Bruchigavia Jamesonii (Wilson), but upon com- 
parison I find them to be very distinct from that species. 


114 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Having carefully gone over the descriptions and measurements 
of all the New Zealand species, and compared it with various 
kinds from other parts of the world, I have come to the conclu- 
sion that it has not been hitherto described, and therefore propose 
for it the name of Bruchigavia longirostris. 

The adult has the head, neck, shoulders, rump, tail, and all the 
under surface white ; back and wings, silvery grey ; the shaft of 
the first primary white at the base, black for the next three 
inches, then white for about two inches, and tipped with black ; 
the second is marked somewhat in the same way, but the white 
extends much farther from the base ; in the third the white 
extends to within about an inch of the tip ; the web of the first 
primary is black for about two-thirds of its distance from the 
base, where it is interrupted by a large elongate spot of white, 
not quite reaching to the inner margin; of the second white at the 
base, and having the large white spot near the tip similar to the 
first ; the third is without the white spot (that colour extending 
from the base to within about an inch from the tip), internally 
margined with black, and slightly tipped with white ; 
secondaries white externally and crossed near the tip with a band 
of black, which extends along the inner margin, tips of the two 
first white, the others light grey ; scapularies silvery grey ; 
spurious wing white ; eyelash black ; bill black, with a very 
slight tinge of red at the base ; legs and feet blackish, intermixed 
with a reddish or brown tint. 

In the young or immature specimen the shoulders are mottled 
with brown and the tail is crossed by a distinct band of blackish 
brown near the tip. 

Total length 16| inches, wing 11'8 inches, from eye to tip of 
bill 2 1- inches, from gape to tip of bill 2'3 inches, bill from fore- 
head 2*1 inches, greatest depth of bill 0"46 inch, bill from ante- 
rior margin of nostril - 8 inch, tarsi 2T inches, middle toe 
without nail 1*5 inches, hind toe without nail 0'3. 

The measurements of B. Jamesonii are given to show the 
great difference that exists between the two species. B. Gouldii 
from Torres Straits is so much like B. Jamesonii, that a compa- 
rison with that species is not necessary. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 115 

Total length of B. Jamesonii 14 J inches, wing 11 "4 inches, 
from eye to tip of bill 1*95 inches, from gape to tip of bill 1*8 
inches, bill from forehead 17 inches, greatest depth of bill 0*4 
inch, bill from anterior margin of nostril 0*65 inch, tarsi 2*8 
inches, middle toe without nail 1'4 inches, hind toe without nail 
0-25 inch. 

B. longirostris can be easily distinguished by its long blackish 
bill and legs, and by the eyelash being black instead of red. 


Araneides of the " Che vert " Expedition, 
By H. H. B. Bradley, Esq. 


PART II. 


II. RUDITELARLE. 

A. Celcenides. 

Rhyncharachne (Bradley). 

B. dromedaria, Bradley, Trans. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. 1, part 
3, p. 240, pi. 2, fig. 3. 

One female (mature ?) from Hall Sound. 

Gerrosoma (Bradley). 
G. papuense, Bradley, Trans. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. 1, part 3, 
p. 223, pi. 2, fig. 2. 

One female from Hall Sound. 

B. Cryptothelides. 

Cryptothele (L. Koch). 
G. verrucosa (L. Koch). 

G. verrucosa, L. Koch, Arach. Aust., p. 240, pi. 20, fig. 2. 
One female (immature) from Bet Island. The type specimens 
are from Rarotonga and Samoa. 

III. Retitelarle. 
A. Therldldes. 

Argyrodes (E. Simon). 
A. vittata. n. s. 

Gephalothorax MaxilUe. Falces, labium, sternum, and palpi of a 
light reddish yellow ; caput slightly elevated ; posterior rows of 


116 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

eyes not so much curved as in A. sublimis ; furrows corres- 
ponding to the legs, and a short deep transverse furrow behind 
the caput. 

Maxillce much inclined on the labium, and at the upper part 
broader than long; the upper part is slightly swollen. 

Labium nearly as long as broad, with a slight transverse furrow 
at the upper part. 

Sternum long and pointed at the posterior part. 

Abdomen triangular, the apex of which is at the spinnerets, 
and the sides of which are nearly equal ; of a grey colour above, 
darker on the sides, on which are several black and silvery white 
lines ; under side same colour, with a dark brown square patch 
extending from the anterior part almost to the spinnerets ; 
between these and the posterior part the colour is black with 
white spots ; legs reddish yellow. 

This specimen is from the " Che vert " Expedition, but the 
locality where it is found is not given. It seems closely allied to 
A. sublimis, but the shape of the maxillae and the position of the 
eyes of the posterior row, apart from the different marking, 
clearly distinguish it from that species. One specimen, female. 

Theeidium (Walck). 

T. mundulum, (L. Koch). 

T. mundulum, L. Koch, Arach. Aust., p. 263, pi. 22, fig. 3. 

One female found on board ship during the Expedition appears 
to belong to this species, but is in too bad condition for certain 
definition ; it probably came on board with plants. The specimen 
described by Dr. Koch is from Port Mackay. 

T. dubium, n. sp. 

The insect generally of a brownish grey, with dark marking 
of the same colour. 

Cephalothorax *005 m. long, "0035 m. broad, broadest at the 
base, narrowing towards the front. 

Eyes placed on two rows curved backwards, the laterals not 
closer to one another than the intermediates, nearly equal in size 
and round. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 117 

Caput high, not very distinct ; the cephalothorax is dark in the 
centre, giving the appearance of having broad lateral white or 
bright grey lines, upon which are brown spots corresponding to 
the legs ; these white lines extend from the clypeus ; there is also 
a very fine white line extending longitudinally down the centre of 
the cephalothorax. 

Abdomen globulous, triangular pointed at the posterior part ; 
•Oil m. long, "005 m. broad, marked for one third of its length 
from the front by a broad dark longitudinal stripe, which is 
bordered by narrow white lines. 

Legs moderately strong ; 4th pair, "021 m. ; 1st, "02 m. ; 2nd, 
•019 m. ; 3rd, # 016 m. Of the same colour, but banded with 
darker shade at the lower extremities of the femoral and tibial. 

Maxillae hatchet-shaped, inclined on the labium, rounded on the 
outer side. 

Labium short, broadest at the base, semicircular and truncated 
at the apex. 

Sternum broad, heart-shaped. 

One female from Hall Sound. 

Labiodectus (Walck). 
L. Scelio, Thor. 

L. Scelio, Thorell, " Araneaa nonnullse Novse Hollandiae, 
in oefversight of Kongl., vetenskaps, Akademiens 
Forhandlingar," 1870, N. 4, p. 370. 
L. Scelio, Koch., Arach. Aust., p. 279, pi. 23, fig. 4. 
One female from Cape York of this very common species, 
which is found all over the Southern and Eastern part of 
Australia, certainly from Adelaide to Cape York, and at all 
elevations up to 3,000 feet. This species and L. Haseltii (which 
I believe is only a variety), are tolerably well known from the 
venom of their bite, and are indiscriminately referred to as the 
" black and red" spider. These spiders are found under stones or 
wood, in angles of walls (near the ground), in flower pots, and 
amongst grapes, where they make a moderate sized web of loose 
rafter threads ; the egg bag is round, and contains a large num- 
ber of eggs ; the female lays several times in a year. They 


118 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

live to a very great extent on some of the hardest of the 
Weevil Beetles, and the venom is probably an acid which enables 
the spider to divide the hard epidermis. Prefessor Thorell 
mentions this species as from New Holland. Dr. Koch examined 
specimens from Rockhampton, Bowen, and Port Denison. 

I have often had my attention drawn to cases of poisoning 
from the bite of this spider, and believe that it is really venomous. 
A correspondent, whom I have every reason to trust, wrote me 
some time back that he had been bitten by one of these spiders 
(a specimen of which he forwarded), and said that the poison 
caused him three days and nights most intense pain, his arm and 
hand slightly swollen, and the flesh around the bite a little 
discoloured ; the muscles of the arm and the joints of the fingers 
were stiff and painful to the touch. 

In respect of its venomous character this spider is like its 
Corsican congener, L. malmignattus, which is reputed to be 
venomous (though M. Walcknaer throws some doubt on this), 
and also with American species, L. formidabilis, L. perfidus, L. 
variolas, reported as venomous by Mr. Abbot. 

B. SCYTODOIDES. 

MlCROMERYS, NOV. GENUS. 

Cephalothorax obtusely cordate, truncated in front, arched 
highest in the centre ; caput marked by a furrow. 

Eyes, six, about equal, round, arranged in sets of three 
(touching) on the sides of the caput ; in two rows, two in the 
anterior row and four in the posterior ; the posterior row slightly 
curved back from the anterior row. 

Maxillae long, narrow, surrounding the labium, pointed on the 
extremity, rounded on the outer side. 

Labium distinct, not quite so broad as long, triangular. 

Legs excessively long and thin ; relative length 1 and 4 equal, 
2 3 but ? 

Palpi moderately long, very slight. 

Sternum cordate. 

Falces short, diverging, fangs short and slight. 

Clypetis broad and deepest in the middle. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 119 

Abdomen much longer than broad, cylindrical, terminating by 
four spinnerets which are in prolongation of the abdomen. 

M. gracilis , n. s. 

This whole insect is of an uniform straw colour, with the 
exception of the points of the fangs, which are red. 

Cephalothorax '001 m. long, and about as broad ; in the 
broadest part marked with furrows corresponding to the legs. 

Abdomen *007 m. long, and about "001 m. broad, in the 
broadest part at about one-fifth of its length ; almost cylindrical 
and tapering very slightly towards the spinnerets, which, as 
stated above, form the termination in prolongation of the 
abdomen ; vulva, placed at the broadest part, is represented by a 
semicircular opening. 

Legs very slight ; the only two specimens are very much 
damaged, and being of unequal size I cannot define these 
accurately ; the larger specimen has the first and third pairs 
perfect, and their lengths are — first pair, femoral '007 m., 
genual about *0005 m., tibial '007 m., tarsal '01 m., metatarsal 
•002 m. ; third pair, femoral "004 m., genual about *0005 m., 
tibial '004 m., tarsal '004 m., metatarsal '001 m. The femoral of 
the other legs is the only part remaining, and are — fourth pair, 
•007 m. ; second pair a little shorter. * 

Both specimens from Cape York, are females. 

C. Enyoides. 

Habronestbs (L. Koch). 

H. omatus, n. s. 

Cephalothorax and legs of a light brownish yellow ; the cephalo- 
thorax *003 m. long, "005 m. broad in the broadest part, 
slightly narrowed in front, highest in the centre, marked with 
furrows corresponding with the legs, these meeting behind the 
centre make a very slight dip in the profile. 

Eyes nearly equal, round, the middle line very slightly curved 
forwards. 

Maxillai convex, inclined on the labium, broadest at the base. 

Labium triangular, rounded at the side, pointed. 


120 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Sternum heart-shaped, pointed at the hinder part. 

Falces moderately strong, inclined backwards. 

Legs, 4, 1, 2, 3. The cubital is of a lighter shade of the same 
colour. 

Abdomen "003 m. long, *0015 m. broad ; nearly oval, pointed 
at the hinder part ; above black, with two longitudinal rows 
of five white pointed spots, each of these rows starting at one- 
third of the length from the front converge and terminate in one 
larger round white spot a little above the spinnerets ; on each 
side are two white marks forming a broken line from the 
spinnerets about two-thirds of the length forward ; from the 
spinnerets again two other broad white lines down the whole 
length of the underside, and inside of these two other narrow 
white lines, not running the whole length ; the rest of the under- 
side of a dark brown, nearly black. 

This species is described from a single immature male from 
Cocoanut Island, but seems sufficiently distinct. 

IV. TUBITELARLE. 

B. Drassides. 

Clubiona (Walck). 

C. Robusta (J j. Koch). 

G. Robusta, L. Koch, Arach. Aust., 417, pi. 33, figs. 
2 and 3. 
Two specimens from Cape York and Darnley Island. 

C. Alveolata. 
C. Alveolata, L. Koch, Arach. Aust., 421, pi. 33, fig. 6. 


Description of two new species of Helix, from New Guinea and 
the Louisiade Islands, by J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Cor. Mem. 
Roy. Soc, Tas. 

1. — Hllix Hixsoni. 

Shell with a covered umbilicus, globosely depressed, rather 

solid, obliquely striated, more rugose on the lower whorl, white 

under a thin yellowish epidermis, mottled with irregular light 

brown opaque spots and spiral lines and bands ; whorls four, 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 121 

convex, the last descending a little in front, roundly convex, 
having a narrow line contiguous to the suture, another just above, 
a broader one above it near the suture and breaking off on the 
second whorl into irregular spots ; spire obtuse, apex tipped with 
brown ; base convex, covered with a thin shining yellowish 
epidermis, encircled near the centre with a narrow brown line 
running spirally into the interior ; aperture oblique, ovately 
rounded, interior blue black ; peristome white, thick, reflected, 
margins approximating, joined by a thin white callus showing a 
chestnut brown hue beneath, the right slightly flexuous; columellar 
margin broadly expanded and reflected, covering the umbilicus. 

Diam. mag., 19 lines ; min., 15 lines ; alt., 12 lines. 

Hab. Hall Sound, New Guinea. (Coll. Hobson). 

This fine shell I have named at the request of its owner, 
Mr. James Hobson, after Capt. Hixson, R.N., Portmaster of 
Sydney. It is said to have been found some seven miles inland 
at Hall Sound. I don't place much confidence in the localities 
of species brought to light by traders to the South Sea Islands 
and other places, for they are generally wrong. 

2. — Helix Diomedes, n. sp. 

Shell imperforate, trochus shaped, rather thin, obliquely finely 
striated and granulated throughout, opaque whitish, mottled with 
light rose pinkish rays and spots ; whorls four, slightly convex, 
the two upper all pink, the last angled and sharply keeled at the 
periphery, the keel being contiguous to the suture, constricted 
behind the aperture near the centre, which is oblique and some- 
what square ; spire conoid, rather sharp ; aperture somewhat 
triangularly ovate, interior shining pinkish white ; peristome jet 
black ; margins approximating, joined by a thickened black 
callosity, the right sinuous, broadly expanded and reflected in the 
centre, basal margin reflected and furnished within with a some- 
what long straight callus, flattened towards the columellar. 

Diam. maj.,-15 lines ; min., 12 lines ; alt., 11| lines. 

Hab. Brumer Island, Louisiade Archipelago (Coll. Brazier, 
Hobson, and Australian Museum). 


122 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This species differs from Helix Brumeriensis (Forbes) from the 
same island, by the centre being sharply keeled, the keel being 
contiguous to the suture ; also by the pinkish rays aiid spots that 
are scattered over the whole surface. 

The specimen in the Australian Museum in its great diam. is 
16^ lines ; least, 12 J lines ; alt., 10 lines. 

I take this opportunity of altering the specific name of a 
species previously described by me in these " Proceedings. ' 
Ctclophorus (Ditropis) Macleayi. 

Cychphorus (Ditropis) Beddomei, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W., 1876, p. 113, 129. 

There being a Cyclophurus Beddomei (Ditropis) described by 
W. F. Blanford in the Journal As. Soc, Beng., Contrib. to Ind,, 
Malac, 1869, name changed as above. 


exhibits. 

Dr. J. C. Cox exhibited specimens of a new species of Leda 
and dead shells of Trigouia Strangei, dredged in Port Jackson. 

Also specimens of Asperglllum (Humphrisia) occurring in 
association with Clavigella, the former of these being found 
rooted in course sand and on rock. 

Mr. Masters exhibited the specimens referred to in his paper 
on Bruchigavia ; also a specimen of the gigantic Petrel (Ossifraga 
gigantea), captured at the Sydney Heads, 

Mr. Ramsay exhibited specimens of Poephila, showing the 
variation of colour in adults, the black being replaced with 
bright yellow instead of crimson ; also a specimen of Br achy soma 
triste. 

Mr. Macleay exhibited the two species of Tiaris described in 
his paper. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 123 

MONDAY, 30th JULY, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., President, in the Chair. 

DONATIONS : 

Two Papers by Professor Thorold, of the University of Upsala, 
Sweden, on Arachnids, from the author. 

Geology of S. Australia, by Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.Gr.S., 
&g., from the author. 

Compte Rendu de la Societe Entomologique de Belgique. Serie 
II, No. 38, from the Society. 

papers read : 
On a New Species of Nejira. 

By Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G-.S., &c, Corr. Mem. Linn. 

Soc, N. S. W. 

The following species of the rather uncommon genus Necera 

was dredged up a few days ago, by Dr. James Cox, in Port 

Jackson, at a depth of 16 fathoms. Only three or four specimens 

were obtained, in company with a number of broken and dead 

valves of Trigonia Strangei. It is worthy of remark that the 

number of Necera properly so called is far less numerous than is 

commonly imagined. Many shells formerly belonging to this 

genus have been distributed among other tribes. See A. Adams 

on the Necera of Japan, Ann. Nat. Hist, 1864, p. 206. Two 

species were formerly attributed to Australia, N. fragilis, A. Adams, 

and N. rugata, the former from Moreton Bay, the latter Port 

Jackson. N. fragilis is now removed to the genus Theora. 

N. rugatais a very small species. The following is the diagnosis. 

Nejjra latesulcata, n. s., N. t., fragili, ovali, ventricosa, antics 

latiore, rotundata, obtuse angulata, postice valde rostrata, albida, 

opaca, concentrice sulcata et plicata, plicis, 12 — 16, latis, planatis, 

superne angulatis et subacutis, cetate latioribus, supra rostrum prolon- 

gatis, sinu postico deflexis, deinde tenuiter curvatis, scepe autem 


124 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

confluentibus ; rostro compresso, rotundato, vix recurvo, a margins 
postico sinu lato, angulato, sejuncto, superne ab umbonibus irregular- 
iter crebre transversim corrugaio ; lunula lo?iga, angusta, lanceolata, 
parum impressa ; umbonibus parvis, incurvatis ; pagina interna 
lactea, nitente corrugata ; impres. muse, magnis sat conspicuis ; fossa 
ligamenti, cochleariformi, prominenti. Long, 13, Lat. 22, alt. 9, 
long. rost. 7, lat. (circiter) 4, mill. 

Shell fragile, oval, ventricose, anteriorly wider, rounded, 

obtusely angular ; posterior with a long rostrum ; milky white, 

opaque, concentrically sulcate and plicate, plaits 12 to 16, broad, 

flattened, angular above and subacute, becoming wider with age, 

rolonged upon the rostrum, deflected by a posterior sinus, then 

lightly curved, and often confluent ; rostrum compressed, 

Dunded, slightly re-curved, separated by a wide angular sinus, 

the upper part closely transversely corrugate from the umbones 

to the end ; lunule long, narrow, lanceolate, slightly impressed ; 

umbones small, incurved ; interior dull milky white, shining, 

corrugate ; muscular impressions large, rather conspicuous, 

ligamental fossa spoon -shaped and prominent. 

This singular species is mainly remarkable for its broad 
corrugations, which show inside the valves, and for the singular 
sinus at the rostrum, where the plaits become straightened out, 
and either parallel or confluent, following the marginal side of 
the prolongation on whose upper side, fine striae (which continue 
to the umbone) are given off at right angles to the axis. 
These striae seem to agglutinate to themselves fine particles of 
sand, &c. The shell is somewhat like the British N. cuspidata, 
Olivi, bat differs in the corrugations, the peculiar marks on the 
rostrum and the sinus, which in the species referred to is double. 
Theora fragilis has no proper rostrum, and is pellucid. N. rugata 
is finely striate on both rostrum and shell. There are some 
mesozoic fossil forms somewhat like the new species. Necera is 
a genus which has been existing from the Oolitic period, since 
when it has been gradually increasing in number. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 125 

On a variety of Trigonia Lamarckii. 

By Rev. J, E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S. 

I beg to call attention to an interesting variety of Trigonia 
Lamarckii, which I designate thus : — 

Var. A, Reticulata. Testa tenui, parva, costis acutis, nodulis 
subspinosis, tota testa peculiariter reticulata. 

This shell was dredged outside Port Jackson Heads by Mr. 
John Brazier, at a depth of 45 fathoms. The shell is small and 
thin, and the ribs are sharp, while the nodules are almost spinous. 
The whole surface is very finely reticulated or perhaps it would 
be more correct to say shagreened. 

The fact of this variety having sharp ribs is of importance, as 
a fossil form is found in our Australian Cainozoic rocks, whose 
main point of distinction from the living T. Lamarckii is the 
possession of acute ribs and spinous nodules. This is McCoy's T. 
acuticostata. The present variety cannot be said to be a young 
shell, because young shells do not present any such peculiarities 
as may be seen from the specimens exhibited. 

We have six described species of Trigonia in Australia, viz. — 
T. Strangeii, T. Lamarckii, T. margaritacea, T. pectinata,. T. 
uniophora, and T. Jukesii. Probably there are only four distinct 
species, as T. Lamarckii and T. pectinata are the same, and T. 
Jukesii, Adams is a synonym for T. uniophora of Gray. See Voy. 
of H. M. S. "Fly." 

There are two or three fossil species in our Australian Tertiary 
deposits, viz. — T. semiundulaia , McCoy, T. acuticostata, McCoy, 
and T. Howitti, McCoy. 


On a Tertiary Formation at New Guinea. 

By the Rev J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S. , and Corr. Mem. Jinn. 

Soc. 

During the voyage of the Chevert a tertiary formation was 
found at Yule Island, New Guinea, and the fossils brought home 
on the occasion have been submitted to my examination by Mr. 


126 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

W. Macleay. The rock is an extremely friable fine grained 
yellow limestone, very much like the limestone beds on the River 
Murray, in South Australia, but less consistent, as it powders by 
handling. Unlike the Murray limestones, or any of the Tertiary 
formations of Southern Australia, there seems to be a total 
absence of Polyzoa, neither could I detect any Foraminifera on 
subjecting different portions to microscopic examination. It 
seems to me to be rock which is derived from the detritus of a 
coral reef, and formed into a finely levigated limestone paste, 
stained yellow probably from the proximity of some ferruginous 
rocks. But there are no traces of coral, which is the more to be 
regretted, as from no organisms would the position of these beds 
be so easily determined, and their relation to other Australian 
Tertiary rocks, as from coral. Situated as the deposit is so 
near the tropics, the absence of any signs of corals is a matter of 
wonder. The shells are not numerous, and for the most parts 
mere casts. Pectens are however well preserved, and this is the 
case with the same genus in similar tertiary rocks at Mount 
Gambier. I propose to treat of the Mollusca in another paper. 
At present I intend to deal with the Echini, which are also well 
preserved. There were three detached specimens among the 
loose dust ; two of one species and one of another, which I 
will now describe. 

The first was Peronella decagonalis, Lesson. This species is 
a living form which is very wide in its distribution, being found 
in China, in the Indian Ocean, the Philippines, and in Australia. 
The Australian specimens are generally tropical, but it is not 
uncommon at Port Jackson and New Caledonia. The specimens, 
two in number, are extremely thin and concave on the actinal 
side, but they are both young specimens, and one scarcely above 
an inch in diameter. 

Temnechinus Macleayana, sp. nov. I name this fossil pro- 
visionally, because it comes nearer to the genus described by 
Professor Duncan (T. lineatus) from Mordialloc, Victoria, than 
any other form known to me. But the abactinal area is encrusted, 
and cannot be made out. The test is small, depressed, circular, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 127 


» 


and the ambitus rounded. The actinal surface is slightly rounded 
and depressed to the actinostome. The interambulacral areas are 
twice the width of the ambulacra at the ambitus, and about one- 
third broader at the mouth. They are slightly depressed in the 
middle by an undulating line of suture which becomes a very 
distinct depression on the abactinal surface, on which the lines of 
the plates are well marked. The pores are in a vertical row, 
slightly oblique, and their zones sunken. The interambulacra 
have two rows of primary tubercles, each row being flanked again 
on each side by a vertical row of secondaries, all small imperforate, 
both primaries and secondaries surrounded by circles of granular 
tubercles, which are frequently connected with the main tubercle 
by a ridge. Ridges which are granular also separate the pores. 
The primaries of the ambulacra are in two vertical rows, each 
close to its poriferous zone. Their secondaries are not so visible, 
but the rings of granules are very manifest, with an indented 
vertical line of suture in the centre. Actinal opening large, 
with conspicuous but not deep indentations. Diam. 16, alt. 6 
millimetres. The specimen had been slightly crushed by pressure 
so that the coronal plates were often disarticulated. 

This genus is very well represented in the tertiaryj rocks of 
Great Britain, but principally I believe as a Pliocene form. 
D'Archiac and Haime have figured from the Nummulitic formation 
of India, a number of species which Agassiz (Revision of the 
Echini) regards as belonging to this genus, Temnechinus. One 
is found living in the American seas at a depth varying from 30 
to 100 fathoms. The nearest affinities are T. globosus, of the 
British Crag. 

From the evidence afforded by these fossils, and from a cursory 
examination of the mollusca, I should not be inclined to regard 
those beds as so old as those of the Murray River, Mount 
Gambier, or Cape Otway. If we consider the Mount Gambier 
beds as middle miocene, though there are strong reasons for 
placing them even lower in the series, we may look upon the Yule 
Island formation, from which these fossils were taken, as Lower 
Pliocene. It is a most interesting fact to find evidence of recent 


128 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

upheaval in New Guinea, especially as there has never been any 
similar evidence found on the east side of the Australian conti- 
nent. It remains to be seen whether, in this case as in the 
Southern Australian tertiaries, we have the sign of volcanic 
activity accompanying the upheaval. Mr. Macleay showed me 
specimens of true amygdaloidal and vesicular dolerites, taken from 
the coast of Darnley Island, opposite Yule Island, a distance 
however of 150 miles. They were in all respects similar to the 
Victorian pliocene dolerites. The bathymetrical evidence of these 
fossils show that at least there has been upheaval to the extent of 
400 or 500 feet. 


Continuation of the Mollusca collected duriug the Chevert 

Expedition. 

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S , Corr. Mem Roy. Soc, Tas. 
Sub-class PEJLMONATA. 
Order INOPERCULATA. 
Family AURICULID^E. 

1. — Pythia IMPERFORATA. 

Scarabus imperforatus, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 
1850, p. 151. 

Pythia imperforata, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 81. 

„ „ Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 114. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 339. 

Hob. Katow and Ethel River, New Guiuea. 

2. — Pythia insularis. 

Scarabus insularis, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud., 5, p. 40 
Atlas Moll., pi. 10, fig. 15, 16, 17. 

Pythia insularis, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 85. 

Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 341 

Hab. Katow River ; Hall Sound, New Guinea. 


of new south wales. 129 

3.— Cassidula angulifera. 

Auricula Angulifera, Petit. Revue. Zool., 1841, p. 101. 

„ „ (Cassidula) Menke, Moll. Nov. Holland, 

p. 8. 

„ subrepta, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy auPole, Sud. 5, p. 36, 
Atlas Moll., pi. 9, fig. 13, 14,15. 

„ angulata, Forbes, Appendix to Voyage Rattlesnake, 
p. 362. 

Cassidula angulifera, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 
London, 1854, p. 31 ; Rhodostoma bidentata, Swainson, Proc. 
Royal Soc, Tasmania, 1854, Vol. 3, p. 45, pi. 7, fig. 5. 

Cassidula angulifera, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 119. 
„ „ Chenu Manuel de Conch., part 1, p. 475, 

fig. 3512. Afelampus anguliterus, Chenu Lee. elem., p. 244, f. 913. 
Cassidula angulifera, Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 114. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 354. 

Hab. Katow, New Guinea, two specimens were found dead on 
the beach ; Cape Sidmouth and Fitzroy Island, North-east 
Australia (Brazier) ; Cardwell, Rockingham Bay, (Mr. Beddome.) 

4. — Cassidula auris-felis. 

Bulimus auris-felis, Brug. Encycl. meth. 1, p. 343, p. 77. 
Voluta coffea, Chem. (not Linn.) 9, pt. 2, 45, f. 1043, 1044. 
Ellobium inflammatum, Bolt, Mus., p. 106, n. 1352. 
Auricula coffea, Wood Ind. Test., p. 97, pi. 19, fig. 15. 

„ auris-felis, Blainville, Diet. Soc. nat. 3 Suppl., p. 132. 
„ felis (Cassidula), Fer. Prodr., p. 105, n. 25. 
„ „ Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., tome 6, part 2, p. 138. 

Desh. Ed., Vol. 8, p. 326. Reeve, Conch. Syst., Vol. 2, pi. 187, 
f. 6. 

Auricula fusca, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Pol. Sud., Vol. 5, p. 34, 
Atlas Moll., pi. 9, f. 7, 8, 9. 

Cassidulus felis, Beck, Ind., p. 105. no 2. 

Chemnitzi, Beck, Ind., p. 105, no. 1. 
Cassidula felis, Anton. Verz., p. 48. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 
1847, p. 179. 


130 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Cassidula coffea, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 31. 
„ auris-felis, Morelet, Ser., Conch, de Moll., p. 272. 

Rhodostoma coffea, Swainson, Malacology, p. 344. 

Cassidula auris-felis, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 117, 
Mon. Pneum. Viven, 1876, p. 354; Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 114. 

Hab. Mud Bay, Cape York, North Australia, found up a small 
creek, on the roots of Jlhizophora ; Singapore, Philippine 
Islands, Cochin China, Borneo. 

5. — Cassidula rugulata. 

Auricula rugulata, Hombr. et. Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud. Atlas, pi. 
9, fig. 10, 11, 12. 

Auricula regulata,, Rouss. Voy. au Pole, Sud., Vol. 5, p. 35. 
Bab. Ethel River, Hall Sound, New Guinea. 

6. — Cassidula Sowerbyana. 

Auricula Sowerbyana (Cassidula), Pfr. Zeitschr.,f. Malak, 1853, 
p. 125. 

Oassidula Sowerbyana, H. arid A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, 
p. 32. 

,, decussata, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, 
p. 32. 

„ Sowerbyana, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 111. 

Mon. Pneum. Viven, 1876, p. 352. Paetel Catalog, 1873, p. 114. 

Hab. Hall Sound, New Guinea, found on Jihizophora ; Singa- 
pore and Moreton Bay (Mus. Cuming.) 

7. — Auricula Auris-Judj:. 

Bulla auris Judae, Linn. Syst., ed. 10, p. 728. 
Voluta Auris Judae, Linn. Syst, ed 12, p. 1187. 
Helix Auris Judae, Mull. Hist., Verm. 2, p. 109. 
Bulimus Auris Judae, Brug. Encycl., Meth 1, p. 344. 
Ellobium labrosum, Bolt., Mus., p. 105, n. 1350. 

„ subtile, Bolt., Mus., p. 105, n. 1351. 

„ auris Judae, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, 
p. 7. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 131 

Auricula Judae, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert., tome 6, part 2, p. 137. 
Ed. Deshayes, tome 8, p. 324. 

Auricula auris Judae, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p 134. 
„ „ „ Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 115. 

Auriculus auris Judae, Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Yiven. 1876, p. 357- 

Hab. Creeks about Cape York, North Australia ; Cape 
Sidmouth, North-East Australia (Brazier.) 

8. — Auricula dacttlus. 

Auricula dactylus, Pfr., Proc Zool. Soc, London, 1854, p. 151. 
„ „ Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 129. 

„ „ Pfr. Novit, Conch. 1, p. 15, n. 24, pi. 5, 

f. 15, 16. 

Auriculus dactylus, Pfr. Mon. Pneum Yiven, 1876, p. 357. 
Hab. Ethel River, Hall Sound, New Guinea ; Borneo (Pfeiffer.) 

9. — Auricula semisculpta. 

Ellobium semisculptum, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 
1854, p. 9. 

Auricula semisculpta, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 136. 

Pfr. Novit, Conch. 1, p. 39, pi. 10, fig. 7-9. 
,, Gassies, Faune, Conch., Nouv. Caled., 1863, 
p. 70, pi. 3, fig. 11. 

Auriculus semisculptus, Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Yiven, 1876, p. 359. 

Hab. Mud Bay, Cape York, North Australia ; Warrior Island, 
Torres Straits, found under samphire; Gambier Islands (Cuming); 
Isle of Pines, New Caledonia (Montrouzier) ; Prony Bay, New 
Caledonia (Brazier.) 

10. — Auricula Dunkeri. 

Auricula Dunkeri, Pfr. Zeitschr., f. Malak., 1853, p. 125. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 138. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Yiven. 1876, p. 360. 

Hab. Katow, New Guinea. 

11. — Plecotrema lirata. 

Plecotrema lirata, H. and A Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1853, 
p. 121. 


5J 
5> 


132 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Plecotrema lirata Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 101. 

„ Pfr. Mon. Pneura. Viven, 1876, p. 343. 
Hab. Long Island, Torres Straits, found under coral blocks, in 
company with Quoyia decollata. 

12. — Plecotrema monilifera. 

Plecotrema monilifera, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 
1853, p. 120. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 101. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 347. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. 

The locality of this fine species does not appear to have been 
known to the Brothers H. and A. Adams, or Dr. Pfeiffer. The 
beaded transverse ribs are conspicuous. One single example 
found. 

13. — Laimodonta Bronni. 

Auricula Bronnii, Philippi Zeitschr. f. Malak, 1846, p. 98. 
Melampus Bronni, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 49. 
Ophicardelus {Laimodonta) Sandwichiensis, H. and A. Adams, 
Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 34. 
Melampus Sandwichiensis, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 50. 
„ sandwicensis, Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 114, 
„ sandwichiensis, Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Yiven. 1876, p. 319. 
„ Bronni, Pfr. „ „ „ „ „ 

Auricula Sandwichiensis, Soulet. 

Hab. Home Islands, North-East Australia ; Sue and Darnley 
Islands, Torres Straits ; Sandwich Islands (Pease.) 

The Australian specimens are smaller than the typical species 
from the Sandwich Islands. 

Sub-family MELAMPEA. 
14. — Melampus Adamsianus. 

Melampus Adamsianus, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1854, 
p. 121. 

„ „ Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 49. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 133 

Melampus Adamsianus, Pfr. Novit, Conch 1, p. 18, pi. 5, fig. 
17,19. 

„ „ Gassies, Faune, Conch., Nouv. Caled., 

1863, p. 570, pi. 7., fig. 2. 

Melampus Adamsianus, Pfr. Mon. Pneum Viven, 1876, p. 304. 

Hab. Mud Bay, Cape York, North Australia ; Art Island, New 
Caledonia (R. P. Montrouzier) ; Prony Bay, New Caledonia 
(Brazier) ; New Zealand ? (Cuming.) 

I doubt if this species was ever found in New Zealand. Very 
few of the Shells described from the Cumingian Collection ever 
had the correct locality given to them. 

15. — Melampus pulchellus. 

Auricula pulchella, Petit. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 202. 

Melampus pulchellus (Tralia), H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. 
Soc, 1842, p. 11 ; Melampus Pulchellus, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 
1856, p. 35; Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 308. 

Hab. Warrior Island, Torres Straits ; Fitzroy Island, North- 
East Australia (Brazier) ; Philippines, Singapore. 

16. — Melampus cristatus. 

Melampus cristatus. Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 122. 
„ ,, Pfr. Mon. Auriculaceorum, 1856, p. 43. 

„ „ Pfr. Novit., Conch. 1, p. 17, pi. 5, fig. 3, 4, 5. 

„ „ Gassies, Faune, Conch. Nouv. Caled., 1863, 

p. 59, pi. 7, fig. 8 ; Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 313. 

Hab. Home Islands, North-East Australia ; Bay Boisee, New 
Caledonia (R P. Montrouzier) ; Prony Bay, New Caledonia 
(Brazier,) ; Philippine Islands (Cuming.) 

17. — Melampus variabilis. 

Melampus variabilis, Gassies, Faune Conch. Nouv. Caled., 1863, 
p. 65, pi. 6, fig. 8. 

Melampus variabilis, Pfr. Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 315. 

Hab. Barrow Island, Cape Grenville, North-East Australia ; 
Mud Bay, Cape York, North Australia ; New Caledonia (Raynal.) 
Anse Vata, Wear Noumea, New Caledonia (Brazier) ; very 
common. 


134 the proceedings of the linnean society 

18. — Melampus, sp? 

Hab. Warrior Island, Torres Straits. Two specimens were 
found, dead and worn. 

19. — Melampus Stutchburyi. 

Melampus {()phicardelus) Stutchburyi, Pfr. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1856, 
p. 393 ; Mon. Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 321. 

Melampus Sluchburyi, Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 114. 

Hab. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia ; Port Curtis 
(Stutchbury.) 

The shell figured by Gassies in his Faune Conchyliologique 
Nouvelle-Caledonie, 1863, does notrepresent Melampus Stutchburyi, 
Pfr. M. Gassies gives Pfeiffers description of that species, and 
figures some shell like Melampus Australis. The only shell any- 
thing like M. Stutchbury ^, Pfr., is Melampus Montr ouzieri, Souverbie, 
which I have collected at Prony Bay, in the South of New 
Caledonia 

20. — Melampus sulcatus. 

Ophicardelus {Laimodonta) sulcata, H. and A. Adams, "Proc. 
Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 34; Melampus sulcatus, Pfr. Mon. Auricula- 
ceorum, 1856, p. 54; Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 114; Pfr. Mon. 
Pneum. Viven. 1876, p. 323. 

Ophicardelus {sulcatus), Angas. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1867, p. 231. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, four specimens found ; Port 
Jackson, New South Wales. 

Family SIPHONARIID^E. 

21. — SlPHONARIA ATRA. 

Siphonaria atra, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. de 1' Astrolabe, Vol. 
2, p. 337, pi. 25, fig. 41, 42 ; Reeve, Conch., Icon., pi. 3, sp. 14; 
Paetel Catalog. 1873, p. 117. 

Hab. Palm Island, North-East Australia ; Darnley Island, 
Torres Straits ; Port Jackson, New South Wales ; Tutula, Samoan 
Group (Brazier.) 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 135 

22. — SlPHONAEIA SIPHO. 

Siphonaria sipho, Sowerby, Genera of Shells, fig. 1, Siphonaria. 
„ „ Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert (Desh. ed.), tome 7, 

p. 557. 

Hab. Darnley and Dungeness Islands, Torres Straits. 

23. — SlPHONAEIA SlQUIJOEENSIS. 

Liphotiaria Siquijorensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1856, pi. 6, sp. 27. 
Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits. 


The Batrachians of the " Chevert " Expedition, 
By William Macleay, F.L.S. 

The Batrachians collected during the cruise of the " Chevert," 
are few in point of number, and belong exclusively to the section 
of the Batrachia Anura, to which Dr. Gunther gives the name 
Opisthoglossa. But though few, they are not without interest, 
as exhibiting the complete dissimilarity between the Batrachian 
Fauna of New Guinea and Australia. 

OPISTHOGLOSSA OXYDACTYLA. 

Ran aster, New Genus. 

Habit rather stout. Head large and rounded. Legs rather 
short. Fingers and toes tapering, and slightly webbed, with 
tubercular pads on the carpal and tarsal bones. Skin smooth. 
Maxillary teeth conspicuous, acute, bicuspid, and sub-distant. 
Vomerine teeth conspicuous and sub-distant, situated on a long, 
straight, transverse ridge, sharply divided in the middle. Inner 
nostrils rather large, and in front of the vomerine ridge. Tongue 
largely notched behind. Tympanum distinct. Sacral vertebra 
dilated. No paratoids. 

This genus will, I fancy, fall into Gunther's Family Discog- 
lossidce. The most remarkable feature about it is the dentition ; 
the teeth, both maxillary and vomerine, being comparatively 
large and distant. 


136 the proceedings of the linnean society 

1. — Ranastej: convexiusculus. 

Head and back convex ; snout broad and rounded. Fingers 
with 3 or 4 tubercular pads beneath. Toes longer, slighter, and 
with the same number of pads beneath. Colour, above brown 
mottled and spotted with black with a broad grey stripe from 
between the eyes to the snout and one or two others from the eye 
to the lip, beneath, on the abdomen yellowish, on the throat and 
breast yellow, spotted with reddish brown, and on the legs 
reddish. 

Length of body, 16 lines ; of the thigh, 6 lines ; and of the 
foot, 8 lines. 

One specimen was procured at Katow. 

OPISTHOGLOSSA PLATYDACTYLA. 

Hylophorbus, New Genus. 

Form elongate. Head small. Eyes prominent. Nostrils on 
the side of the snout, which is prominent. Mouth opening 
beneath. Teeth none. Internal nostrils almost hidden under 
the projecting snout. Tongue not free behind. Fingers and 
toes free and slight, with a small but distinct short transverse 
disc at their extremities. Tympanum visible, but covered with 
skin. Skin smooth. No paratoids. Sacral vertebra ? 

I imagine this to be a perfectly new form, at all events it does 
not seem to conform well to any of Dr. Gunther's sub-divisions 
of the (Jpisthoglossa platydactyla. 

2. — Hylophorbus rufescens. 
Colour, above, reddish brown, indistinctly mottled with darker 
brown, the lighter patches and the head appearing under a 
powerful lens to be dusted with yellowish scales or granules, on 
each side a broad somewhat interrupted curved brownish red line, 
occasionally varied with yellow, extends from a little behind the 
ear to the extremity of the anterior part of the thigh ; the same 
line shows slightly on the upper part of the tympanum, and more 
distinctly in the front and on top of the snout, and in front of 
and underneath the eyes. The upper part of the arm is also 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 137 

reddish brown, spotted with, yellow. The under surface is a 
yellowish red, much mottled on the throat, chest, and inside of 
the thighs, with reddish brown. The colours probably before 
immersion in spirits were much more lively, 

Length of body, 16 lines ; width 5 ; arms 9, and legs 24 lines. 

One specimen from Katow. 

3. — Hylarana nebulosa. 

Snout, roundly pointed ; nostrils nearer the snout than the 
eyes. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series, converging behind, 
tongue very deeply bilobed behind. Fingers and toes with small 
discs and large tubercles beneath. Upper surface of a bluish 
lead colour, on each side a broad blackish band extends from the 
snout almost to the thigh, with a yellow line above and below it, 
the upper line is most conspicuous between the eye and the 
snout, along the rest of its course it seems to be marked by a 
longitudinal skinny fold — the lower line commences at the lower 
lip, is a little wider than the other, very interrupted, and cannot 
be traced beyond the shoulder. The lower eyelid is white. The 
under surface is yellow, very much clouded on the throat, chest, 
and upper part of the abdomen, with bluish grey. 

Length of body, 16 ; width 4 ; length of legs 24 lines. 

One specimen was captured at Cape York. Another species 
of this genus, Hylarana erythraea, described by Schlegel, from 
Java, is said by Dr. Grunther to have been found also at Cape 
York. 

4. — LlTORIA GUTTATA. 

Head broad and flat between the eyes. Nostrils on the side of 
the snout. Vomerine teeth in two very small clumps. Fingers 
broad and partially webbed. Upper surface green, with some 
small round yellow spots on the back ; under surface reddish, 
beneath the legs of a brighter red. 

Length of body 13, of legs, 24 lines. 

One specimen from Katow. 


138 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

5. — LlTORIA DORSALIS. 

Elongate. Snout pointed. Mouth opening beneath. Nostrils 
in a lateral depression, close to the snout. Fingers and toes with 
a well defined roundish disk, the toes webbed only at the base. 
Tongue not notched behind. Vomerine teeth in two very oblique 
short series, with the internal nostril on each side large and oval. 
Skin of back smooth, of belly granular. Colour, above, dark, 
with a broad central whitish band from the snout to the anus, 
beneath yellowish, much clouded with brown on the throat and 
chest. 

Length of body, 9 ; width, 2 J ; length of legs, 16 lines. 

One specimen from Katow, probably immature. 

6. — Pelodryas geruleus. 

Rana ccerulea, White, Jour. N. S. Wales, app. 248 ; Shaw, 
Zool. Ill, p. 113 ; Daud. Rain., p 70 ; Merr. Tent., p. 174. 
„ Austrasice, Schneid, Hist. Amph., p. 150. 

Hyla cyanea, Daud. Rept. viii, p. 43 ; Ouv. Regne. Anira. ; 
Schleg. Abhild , t. 9, fig. 2 ; Dum. and Bibr., p. 577. 

Galamites cceruleus, Wagl. Amph., p. 200. 

Galamita cyanea, Tschudi Batr., p. 73. 

Pelodryas c&ruleus, Gunther, Cat. Batrach. Salient. Brit. Mus., 
p. 119, pi. ix, fig. B. 

Several specimens of this widely distributed Australian tree 
frog were taken at Darnley Island, but that seems to be its 
northern limit. 

7. — Pelodryas militarius. 

Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, vol. 2, p. 28. 

Mr. Ramsay described this species from a specimen obtained 
at New Ireland. I found it at both Hall Sound and Katow, 
some of the specimens from the last named place being 4| inches 
long in the body, and 9 inches in the legs. The elongate form, 
the great length of the legs, and the small size, if not entire 
absence of the paratoids, separate this very widely from the 
typical species of Pelodryas. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 139 

Notes on some Birds from Savage Island, Tutuila, &c, in the 
collection of the Rev. Mr. Whitmee, F.R.G.S., &c., &c. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., Curator of the Australian Museum. 

Through the kindness of the Rev. S. J. Whitmee, I have been 
enabled to examine a small collection of birds, which that gentle- 
man has brought with him from the South Sea Islands. This 
collection contains some very interesting species from Savage 
Island, and is valuable in determining the range of habitat of 
some of the South Sea Island birds. I find among those obtained 
at the Island of " Tokalow " of the Union Group, a very beautiful 
species of Tern, rarely found in Australian collections, perhaps 
from its seldom visiting the coast, and belonging more to the 
sea-loving section of the group (Anous) than to those {Sterna) 
which usually frequent the shores. 

This species is seldom seen near land except during the 

breeding season when it congregates in great numbers ; I 

find it to be identical with Procelsterna (Lafr) albivittata, (Bp.) 

the Anous cinereus of Gould, but it differs from Mr. Gould's 

description* a little in the size, as will be seen from the following 

measurements. 

Anous cinereus, Gould. 

Mr. Whitmee' s specimens from Tolcalow. 
Total length from base of bill to oil gland 6*1 inches ; from 
tip of bill to extreme tip of outer tail feathers, 105 inches ; bill 
from forehead 1*1 inches, from angle of mouth l'4t inches. Wing 
from flexure 7 '25 inches ; tarsus 09 inch ; tail from oil gland to 
centre feathers 3*2 inches ; from ditto to outer feathers 4'5 inches ; 
middle toe and nail, 1*2 inches. 

Measurements from Mr. Gould's Handbook ii. p. 421. 

Total length, 11 inches; bill, 1J inches ; wing, 8 inches; tail, 
5 inches ; tarsi, 1J inches ; middle toe and nail, If inches. 

I may also note from near Samoa a specimen of Pufiinus 
{Nectris), carneipes ? This species differs from its near ally 
Pufiinus brevicaudis {Brandt) in having a longer tail, wings, 

* Gould, Bda., Austr., fol. Vol. VII, pi. 37, id. Handbook, Vol. II, p. 421. 


140 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

and tarsus, and in having the legs and feet flesh colored. 
Mr. Gould mentions it from the Southern and Western coasts, 
and states that it resorts, among other places, to the small islands 
off Cape Leuwin for the purpose of breeding. Total length of 
skin, 14'8 inches ; bill from forehead, 1*7 inches ; from nostril to 
tips, 0'9 inches ; from gape, 1*9 inches ; wing, 1 1 inches ; tarsus, 2 
inches ; tail, 3*8 inches ; middle toe and nail, 2 '4 inches. 

The bill in this specimen has the nostrils and culmen blackish. 

Among the Pigeons I find Didunculus strigirostris, on which 
some very interesting notes by Mr. Whitmee will be found in the 
P.Z.S., 1874, p. 183. 

? Carpophaga microcera, Bp. Janthaanas vitiensis, Quoy et Oaim. 

Phlegsenas stairii, Ptilonopus marise. Homb. et Jacq. Ptilo- 
nopus fasciatus, Peale. From the Samoan Islands. 

And a Ptilonopus sp. from Savage Island. 

This is apparently one of the varieties of P. porphyraceus. 
(Forst.) The crown of the head has more of a rose pink tint than 
of a violet purple and is margined behind with a line of yellow ; 
occiput and hind neck tinged with green, remainder of the neck 
above and the mantle, ashy-grey tinged with green ; throat and 
chin white, under surface and sides of the neck and face, the chest 
breast, and the under surface of the wings and tail ashy grey ; 
across the lower part of the breast a short dark obscure band, of 
a violet tint in certain lights ; the abdomen, from this band 
downwards, the flanks and feathered portions of the legs green, 
the feathers on central portions of the abdomen and lower part 
of thighs margined with yellow ; under tail-coverts clear bright 
yellow without any orange or other tint. 

Tail, dark ashy grey below, green above ; across the tips of the 
feathers, on the under surface is a band of ashy white ; on the outer 
feathers this band is shaded with green on the margins, and finally 
narrowly edged with yellow. Wings above, bright green, like the 
tail, the quills brownish black on the inner webs, the secondaries 
and wing coverts narrowly edged with yellow ; the back 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 141 

scapulars green, mesially shaded with bluish green, forming 
speculae ; rump, and upper tail coverts of a duller tinge of 
green. 

Total length, 8| inches; bill, 0*6 inch; wing, 53 inches; 
tail, 3 inches; tarsus, 0*9 inch; bare portion, about 2 inch. 
Bill and feet greenish grey. 

This variety — as both the birds I have examined show the 
same characteristics —may eventually prove to belong to a distinct 
species, and if such be the case, I propose for it the name of P. 
whitmeei, in honor of its discoverer. 

Collocalia spodiopygia, from Samoan Islands. 

These specimens do not differ from the Fiji individuals, except 
perhaps in being a trifle smaller, they nest in caves, 
glueing together fibrous roots, grass, or the leaves of the 
Casuarince, and fastening their nests to the roofs, sides, or ledges 
of the rocks. The eggs are white, and about the size and shape 
of the red eye-browed finch, Estrilda temporalis. 

Among the Meliphagidae there is nothing of note, except 
perhaps some fine males of Myzomela nigriventris, and two of the 
large Leptomis samoaensis. There is a Campephaga agreeing 
well with the Lanius Karu of Lesson, not having any rufous 
tinge on any part. Also an Aplonis both from Savage 
Island. 

A fine Kingfisher (^Halcyon sacra), from Tutuilla, which 
makes me doubt that the birds from Fiji belong to this same 
species. The bird is apparently quite adult, the head, the whole 
of the neck, throat, and all the under surface white, ear- 
coverts and a narrow collar round the back of the neck blue 
separated from the back by a broad band of white ; feathers on the 
crown of the head tipped with blue and margined or tipped here 
and there with light rufous or yellowish, several of the feathers 
on the broad white band over the eye, and a few on the back of 
the neck, also tinged irregularly with yellowish ; the upper surface 
of the wings and tail dark blue, the scapulars and back blue 
tinged with green ; under wing and tail-coverts white, inner webs 


142 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

of wing and tail quills blackish, first feather of the primaries all 
black, except at the base, which, as in the remainder of the quills, is 
whitish on the inner web. Bill, from forehead, 1*8 inches ; from 
nostril, 1'4 inches ; from gape, 1*9 inches ; width of gape, 0*17 
inch. Total length, 9 inches ; Wing, 3*75 inches ; tail, 2" 7 inches ; 
tarsus, 0'55 inch. Measurements taken from a spirit specimen in 
the flesh. 

Bill black, base of lower mandibles to near the tip, extending 
along the lower ridge, white. 

Ortygometra quadristrigata and Porzana tabuensis. from the 
Samoan Islands. There are also specimens of Ardea sacra 
and Phaeton eethereus, of which latter I give the following 
measurements : — 

Bill yellow, 1*9 inches ; from angle of the mouth, 2*3 inches ; 
wing, 10*3 inches ; tarsus, 0*75 inch ; tail, 4"5 inches ; centre 
feathers, 20*2 inches. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. Brazier exhibited specimens of Haliotis Oaniliculata, a 
species not previously fouud in Port Jackson ; also of Tellina 
perna, from the same locality, and a collection of small shells, 
showing a convenient way of displaying them. 

Mr. Masters exhibited a large number of Spiders, beautifully 
mounted on glass slides, enclosed in glass tubes filled with clear 
spirits of wine. The specimens were affixed to the slides by 
ordinary clear gum, which rapidly hardens in spirits. The 
advantage claimed for this process of mounting is not only 
the improved appearance of the specimens, but the facility with 
which the most minute anatomical details may be examined under 
the microscope, without the necessity of removing the specimens 
from the slide or tube. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 143 

MONDAY, 27th AUGUST, 1877. 
W. J. Stephens, M.A., President, in the Chair 

DONATIONS. 

Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, 10th Vol. 

(1876), from the Society. 
Compte Rendu de la Societe Ent. de Belgique, Ser. II., No. 39, 

from the Society. 
Sobre Algunos Arachnidos de la Res Publica Argentina, from 

Prof. Thorell, of Upsala. 
Notices of some Spiders from Labrador, from Prof. Thorell, of 

Upsala. 
Etudes Scorpiologiques, by the same. 

PAPERS READ. 

Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. Soc. Tas. 

CLASS CEPHALOPODA. 

Family NAUTILID^J. 

1. — Nautilus pompilius. 

Nautilus pompilius, Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 1161 ; Hanley's 
Ipsa. Linnaei Conchylia, p. 155 ; Lamarck's Anim. Sans. Vert, 
tome 7, p. 632 ; Wood Ind. Test., ed. Hanley, p. 73, pi. 3, fig. 1 ; 
Burrow Elem. Conch., pi. 12, fig. 2 ; Sowerby Thes. Conch., vol. 
2, p. 463, pi. 97, fig. 1, pi. 98, fig. 6 ; Reeve Conch. Icon. pi. 1, 
sp. 1. 

Hab. Warrior Island, Torres Straits ; New Caledonia, New 
Hebrides ; Solomon Islands ; Coogee Bay and the mouth of the 
Bellenger River, New South Wales. 

I obtained one specimen at Coogee Bay, south of Sydney, 
thrown on shore after the great easterly gale of 1857. 

2. — Nautilus ambiguus. 

Nautilus ambiguus, Sowerby Thes. Conch., vol. 2, p. 464, pi. 97, 
fig. 2. 


144 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hah. Cape Grenville, North-East Australia, found on the 
beaoh. 

This species is thicker, wider at the aperture, more nearly all 
white, and more depressed round where the umbilicus should be 
than Nautilus pompilius, Linn. The vast number of specimens 
which I have seen from Torres Straits of N. arribiguus are all of 
one character. 

3. — Nautilus stenomphalus. 

Nautilus stenomphalus, Sowerby Thes. Conch., vol. 2, p. 465, 
pi. 97, fig. 3 ; Reeve Conch. Icon., pi. 5, sp. 4. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits ; Aneiteum, New Hebrides 
(Brazier.) 

Class PTEROPODA. 
ORDER THECOSOMATA. 

Family CAVOLINID^E. 
4. — Cavolina quadridentata. 

Hyalcea quadridentata, LesueurVoy. Bonite, Moll. t. 4, fig. 25, 
32 j Desh. ed. Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert, tome 7, p. 419. 

Hah. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, 1 specimen 
found. 

5. — Cavolina longirostra. 

Hyalcea longirostris, LesueurVoy. Bonite, Moll. t. 5, fig. 7, 13 ; 
Desh. ed. Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert, tome 7, p. 420. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North-East Australia, 13 fathoms ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms. 

A vast quantity of this species was obtained at both the above 
localities ; they appear to fall from the surface of the ocean to 
the bottom of the sea bed. 

Class HETEROPODA. 

Family Macgillivrayiid^. 

7. — slnusigera microscopica. 

Struthiolaria microscopica, Gray in Voyage of the Blossom. 

Cheletropis Euxleyi, Forbes in Voyage of the Rattlesnake, vol. 

2, p. 385, pi. 3, fig. 9a. 9b. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 145 

Hab. 360 miles North-East of Sydney, New South Wales. 
Taken in the towing net on a calm day. The surface of the 
ocean appeared to be covered with them. 

The appendix by Mr. Ralph Tate to Woodward's Manual of 
the Mollusca, 1875, 3rd edition, says that Sinusigera, D'Arbigny, 
Gheletropis, Forbes, is the fry of species belonging to the Muri- 
cidce. He also states that the Macgillivrayia only comprises the 
larva forms of several species of Dolium ; the fact is, that it is 
like a good many more things in Zoology not thoroughly worked 
out at the present time. There is one thing certain that the 
Macgillivrayia is operculated. I don't see that it can be placed 
with Dolium y a genus without operculum. 


The Echini of Australia 
(including those of the Che vert Expedition.) 

By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c, Corr. Mem. Linn. 

Soc, N.S.W. 

Ever since the publication of Prof. A. Agassiz's great work, 
" Revision of the Echini,*" the determination of species has been 
a comparatively easy task. These singularly interesting organ- 
isms, whose forms vary as far as it is possible, while retaining a 
uniform type, have been but little understood until very lately. 
Even now much remains obscure about them, and their classifi- 
cation consequently is hardly a natural one. In past times this 
has led to misconception of characteristic features, and conse- 
quently a host of genera. Their different aspects at various 
stages of growth has also been little known, and this has led to 
an almost endless multiplication of species, and consequently a 
most disheartening amount of synonyms. Prof. Agassiz has 
remedied much of this. Carefully studying each species within 
his reach, especially in its various stages of growth, he has made 
himself thoroughly acquainted with the limits within which 

•Printed for the American Government in 1873. 


146 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Echini vary in their progression from the ova to the adult state. 
Thus he has come to understand to a certain extent, the structure, 
homologies, anatomy, and physiology of the order. He has, with 
extraordinary industry and care, watched their habits as far as he 
could, from those within the range of his observation. He sub- 
sequently visited every museum in Europe where type specimens 
were preserved, and was even fortunate enough to discover the 
types of some of the oldest authors. The result has been an 
exhaustive monograph. It is a treatise en all that has been done 
in the matter. It is also a history of the synonomy, and, as a 
matter of course, its rectification. It contains besides, a judicious 
arrangement of the genera, from a careful study of the relations 
of each species. It is finally a descriptive catalogue, as perfect 
as such a catalogue can be made in the present state of our 
knowledge of all the known species. The amount of work thus 
done is easily seen to be enormous. Dealing with the biblio- 
graphy and synonomy alone would seem almost a labour of years. 
The subject is one of especial interest and value just now, and 
deserves all the attention it has received . A very small acquaint- 
ance with Palaeontology will tell what an important element the 
order is in estimating the earth's past history ; and now that 
deep sea dredging has brought so many new friends and old 
relations of Echini to light, the order may be said to be of the 
utmost importance. .Urchins are generally better preserved than 
most shells in strata, and being denizens of great depth, they 
often remain to tell a tale when all else has disappeared. 

It will very likely be thought that very little is as yet known 
of the Echini of Australia, but this would be a mistake. It is 
true that no special study has been made of them, but many of 
its species have a very wide range, and the coast has been pretty 
well explored. 

A very extensive list of Australian species is contained in Prof. 
Agassiz's volume, yet it is true to say, that beyond the fact 
that such species exist on the coast, nothing beyond has been 
ascertained. Now, Australia being a very large country, it is not 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 147 

much more information to say a species is found in it, than to say- 
it is found in Europe or America. I venture to say that there is 
as much difference between the marine fauna of North and South 
Australia, as there is between that of East and West America, 
Specimens have been sent to museums from various parts of 
Australia, and as far as I am aware, with but little satisfactorily 
recorded as to the precise habitat, habits, or bathymetry of any 
species. It is therefore with considerable pleasure that I accepted 
the request of Mr. Macleay to describe the Echini collected by 
him in the Chevert Expedition, together with those contained in 
his extensive museum at Elizabeth Bay. It will scarcely surprise 
any one to learn that only three new species have come under my 
notice, as the order has been so very exhaustively treated by 
Professor Agassiz. The new species are 1st, a small Echinus, E. 
Damleyensis, which was found rather abundantly at Darnley Island 
and which is very near to a South American species, E. magella- 
nicus, which is known to occur at New Zealand ; 2nd, a new 
Evechinus, E. australis ; 3rd, a new Echinanthus. But 
while finding but three new species, I have been able, 
from this collection, and from my notes made at the various 
Australian museums, and my own observations on the 
coast during many years, very much to increase the list of the 
Australian Echini fauna. I think I may say also that I have added 
some information as to habits and habitats. Unfortunately, no 
Australian collection that I am acquainted with is well supplied 
with our common Australian genera and species, and none have 
series to illustrate the modes of growth, so that I am unable to 
add anything to our knowledge in this direction, and that 
knowledge is very meagre indeed. 

I find from my investigations into the matter, that Australia 
may be divided into three provinces : — I. The N. Eastern. 2. 
The Eastern. 3. The Southern. I do not deal with the 
Western fauna, for I know so little of it, that my remarks would 
possess no value. The Southern has a peculiar fauna which 
possesses what are called the truly Australian genera, such as 
Amblypneustes, Hulopneustes, M.icrocyjphus } and Linthia. The 


148 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Eastern has a few peculiar forms, such as Gentrostephanue 
Rodgersii, Phyll acanthus imperialis, together with Pacific species, 
such as Metalia stemalis, Mespilia globulus, and Hipponoe 
variegata, &c. The North-Eastern province seems entirely a 
derived fauna, in which the E. Australian, Indian, and Pacific 
species meet. The Echinus mentioned above is the only peculiar 
species. The N. Eastern province includes the species of Darnley 
Island and Torres Straits, with say Rockhampton for its centre. 
The Eastern province would include the East coast from Cape 
Byron to Cape Howe, including E. Tasmania. The Northern 
provinces would extend from Cape Howe to Port Lincoln, west 
of Spencer's Gulf. These provinces are only meant to be some- 
what roughly estimated, but they correspond with what I have 
noticed as to the Mollusca fauna. 

I cannot find that there is much connection between our 
tertiary fossil fauna, and what we see in the present Australian 
seas. Some few — three in all — are common to both, while not 
only are Australian genera remarkably absent, but even a whole 
sub-order — the Desmosticha — is scarcely represented at all in our 
fossil formations. In fact, the separation between our tertiary 
and recent Echini is almost complete. A very few species and a 
small number of genera are common to the Tertiary and recent 
period, but our commonest forms, Strongylocentrotus erythro- 
grammus, Amblypneustes ovum, Hipponoe variegata, Echinocar- 
dium australe, Linthia australis, &c, are not even generically 
represented. 

I now proceed to describe the Australian recent fauna. In 
doing so, I have given a brief diagnosis of the sub-orders, families, 
genera and species. I have strictly followed the arrangement 
of Prof. Agassiz in this, though I have summarized his details, 
and re-arranged the most of them, so as to facilitate reference. 
The notices of habits, depths, habitat, &c, are always from my 
own observations, unless otherwise stated. The following ex- 
planation of terms will be found useful : — 

Actinal surface. — The under side. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 149 

Actinosome. — The central orifice, or mouth, in life covered 
with a membrane, plates, or spines. 

\bactinal surface — The upper side. 

Ambulacra. — The space included between the two poriferous 
zones. 

Interambulacra. — The five areas between the ambulacra. 

Ambitus. — The rounded edge of the base on which the test 
rests. 

Genital plates and ocular plates are sets of five each, with 
pores at their edge or centre. They are referred to here as the 
G. and 0. plates. The 0. plates are sometimes without pores. 
Within these is the anal system, which is composed of one 
or many plates, and has one anal slit or pore. 

The madreporiform body is a spongy tissue on one of the 
G. plates. 

To abbreviate references, the ambulacral and interambulacral 
areas are always referred to as the A. and I. areas. 

Sub-Order 1. — Desmosticha. Hasckel, 1866. 

(The Endocycla of Wright.) 

Echini, more or less circular in outline. Anal system com- 
pletely surrounded and enclosed by reproductive and ocular 
plates. Actinosome central. Zones of pores extending from 
anal system to actinosome in simple vertical rows or disconnected 
arcs. Jaws highly developed, supported upon prolongations 
(auricles) of the edge of the actinosome either as arches or dis- 
connected supports. Five rows of ambulacral and five inter- 
ambulacral plates only. Tf the test is elongated in form, the 
longitudinal axis is indicated by the position of the madreporic 
body. Actinal system covered by a flexible membrane attached 
to the jaws, either bare, or more or less covered with plates. 
Gills extending through openings in the edge of membrane, 
corresponding to cuts more or less marked on the edge of the 
actinosome. Tubercles carrying the spines form vertical or 


150 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

horizontal rows, or sometimes both, on the A. and I. plates. 
Spines large, compared to the size of test, and less numerous 
than in the other sub-orders. 

Family 1. — Goniocidaridje. Haeckel, 1866. 

Actinal and abactinal system large, and of nearly equal size. 
Pores composed of single pairs in a narrow vertical zone (ex- 
cept Diplocidaris — fossil) extending to buccal membrane, A. area 
narrow with many small plates, I. area wide with few large coronal 
plates, each surmounted with a single primary perforate tubercle 
surrounded by a large scrobicular circle. The primary I. spines 
are large, while those of the actinal system are small flattened 
papillae, and never ornamented, extending also over the im- 
bricated buccal membrane. Teeth less complicated than 
Echinidoe or Diadematidce. Auricles, independent arches 
originating from the I. spaces. Actinal cuts not in coronal plates, 
but near the actinosome in the edge of the buccal membrane. 
Teeth like a gouge ; the jaws have not the large triangular 
foramen of the Echinidae, nor are the sides of the jaws connected 
over their central part. 

Genus 1. — Phtllacanthus. Brandt, 1835. 

Test swollen circular, turban shaped, thin, ambulacra almost 
straight or very slightly undulating. Poriferous zone, broad 
pairs of pores connected by a slight horizontal furrow. Primary 
spines variable, cylindrical, triangular, flattened club-shaped, 
elongate, fluted, or with highly developed lamellae or rows of 
secondary spines. Tubercles perforate, mammary boss smaller 
than on Cidaris ; scrobicular circle large, with very prominent 
granules. Areola deeply sunken. 

This genus must not be confounded with the large " Pencil 
fish" (Hetrocentrotus mammillatus) so commonly preserved as an 
ornament, with its long club-shaped spines, brown, tipped with 
red, and ringed with yellow. In that species it will easily be seen 
that the test is oblong, and the anal system very small. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 151 

Phtllacanthus annulifeea, Lamarck. Scrobicular circle very 
distinct, formed by a double row of secondary tubercles. 
Secondary spines and papillae elongate, tapering, yellowish with 
greenish longitudinal stripe in the middle. Primary spines, 
nearly twice the diameter of the test, gradually tapering towards 
the extremity, often fluted, cupuliform, granulation in irregular 
rows with scattered larger spines along the body of the shaft. 

Not very common. Found in shallow water at low tide, 
generally sandy bottom. Specimens from Tasmania and N. S. 
Wales coast. MacLeay's Museum. Endeavour River — " Chevert 
Expedition." It seems to have a wide range in Eastern Australia. 

Phyllacanthus dubia, Brandt. Closely allied to P. imperialist 
but smaller. Granulation of abactinal system coarse. 0. plates 
smaller, and plates of anal system longer and less numerous than 
P. imperialis. Six primary tubercles on each row. The primary 
spines are nearly cylindrical, sometimes swelling near base, or 
gently tapering towards extremity, and deeply grooved. 

Common in Tasmania, E. coast, Botany Heads, Port Jackson, 
Apollo Bay; Victoria, King's Island, Bass Straits. Sandy bottom, 
10 to 20 fathoms. 

Phtllacanthus imperialis, Lamarck. The primary spines of 
this species are like the Pacific " Pencil fish" (JSeterocentrotus 
mammillatus) , but much fewer in number. Primary tubercles, 
six in each row, even in the largest specimens (75 millim. in 
diam.) Scrobicular circle, well defined circular, limited by one 
row of rather prominent secondaries. 

Rare, Port Jackson, Port Denison, Port Molle. Station un- 
known, as the specimens seen by me have all been cast up on the 
beach after storms. There is no specimen in the MacLeay 
museum. 

Phyllacanthus verticillata, Lamarck. This species is dis- 
tinguished by its peculiar spines, which have circles of lamellae 
at intervals along the shaft. The primary tubercles are small, 
not prominent. I have never seen a specimen which I could 
rely upon as coming from Australia. Though it is given as Aus- 
tralian on the authority of the Pour tales. It is probably tropical. 


152 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Genus 2. — Stephanocidaris, A. Agassiz, 1863. 

Test exceedingly thin, abactinal system large, thin, packed with 
milliares, moveable ; primary tubercles more numerous than last 
genus. 

Stephanoctdaris bispinosa, Lamarck. Primary spines flattened, 
tapering with very marked serrated edges, and smaller spines 
along medium line of shaft. Primary tubercles small, mammary 
boss little prominent, auricles very high and thin. 

Said to occur in Australia, on very good authority, but I have 
never met with a specimen. 

G-enus 3. — Goniocidaris, Desor, 1846 

Test frequently higher than broad, coronal plates more numerous 
than in any other genus of the family. Tubercles perforate, with 
a smooth base. A. narrowest of the family. Poriferous zone 
almost as broad as the medium A. region. Medium A. and I. 
areas bare, sutures of plates sunk, forming deep zigzag vertical 
sutures, with pits at the angle of two plates. Spines cylindrical, 
covered with thorny spines pointing irregularly outwards, spread- 
ing out, frequently cupped at the extremity. 

Goniocidaris geranioides, Lamarck. Test high, thick, as 
many as ten primary tubercles. Scrobicular circle small, circular, 
well denned by a close row of secondary tubercles. Poriferous zones 
narrow, with high ridge separating the pairs of pores. Primary 
spines fluted, swelling near base, cupped at the top ; near upper 
part of spine, fluting often broken up into disconnected lamellae, 
or irregular rugose projections. 

Common. Darnley Island, New Guinea, Endeavour River, 
" Chevert Expedition." 

Goniocidaris tubaria, Lamarck. Test somewhat flattened. 
Eight primary tubercles. Scrobicular circle elliptical, mammary 
boss small, not prominent. Differs strikingly from the pre- 
ceeding species in the structure of the primary spines, which are 
somewhat swelling at the base, tapering, cupuliform. Shaft 
ornamented by irregular longitudinal rows of small flattened 
disconnected pointed lamella^ forming diminutive spines. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALEB. 153 

Port Jackson, Swansea, Tasmania, King's Island, Hobson's Bay, 
Sealers' Cove, Portland Bay, Guichen Bay, Encounter Bay, and 
generally on South Australian coasts. 

The family ARBAClADiE is not represented on the Australian 
coasts. 

Family Diadematidje, Peters, 1853. 

Test thin, with a bare forking I. space. A. narrow. Is 
depressed near abactinal system. Spines long, exceeding test, 
hollow, verticillate- Tubercles of both areas similar. Actinal cuts, 
moderate. 

Genus I. — Diadema, Schynvoet, 1711. 

Test slightly pentagonal, flattened at both poles, thin. 
Tubercles in two vertical rows, those of A. smaller than I. 
perforate and crenulate. Porif. zones narrow. A. narrow com- 
pared to I. and often rising considerably above them. Pores in 
simple pairs, forming arcs round adjacent tubercles. Actinal 
system large, cuts 10, broad, but not very deep. Membrane 
strengthened by small limestone plates. Anal system covered by 
a thin naked membrane, anal openings at end of a tube, extending 
like a proboscis beyond anal system. 

Diadema setosum, Gray. Easily distinguished by its long 
slender needle-like hollow spines, extending three or four times 
the diameter of test. Dusky in colour, but banded with darker 
spaces. The colour of the test is blackish, on which the white 
tubercles are very conspicuous. Many specimens were obtained 
by Mr. Macleay, from Darnley Island, 10 to 20 fathoms, on sandy 
mud bottom. It had been found hitherto in almost every tropical 
sea, except the Australian. 

Genus II. — Centrostephanus, Peters, 1855. 
Test globular, buccal plates 10, all carrying spines, no bare 
forking interambulacral space. Abact. syst. nearly circular, and 
covered by distinct plates. Tubercles of both areas similar, crenu- 
late, perforate, and arranged in two vertical rows in the I. zone. 
Spines stouter in shape than last genus, but more hollow, being 
mere shells. Actinal openings slight. Pores in arcs of three. 


154 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Centrostephanus Rodgersii, A. Agas. Thin, very spiny, 
urchin with long stout but very brittle spines of deep reddish 
purple colour. It is not uncommon about Botany Heads, at low 
tides in a few feet of water. 

Genus 3. — Astropyga. Gray, 1825. 

Test so thin that it is more or less flexible, greatly depressed. 
I. sunken frequently far below the bulging A. Bare median I. 
space forking, and each plate having a colored pit. Tubercles 
uniform, perforate crenulate, two vertical rows on the L, many 
on the A. Spines rarely attaining half diam. of test, uniform, 
slender. Porif. zone, rather broad, pores, in four irregular vertical 
rows. Anal system plated, but not otherwise different from 
Diadema. 

Astropyga radiata. Leske. A large depressed test of dull 
whitish green and reddish brown. The anal system and bare 
median I. space are reddish with spots of violet. The spine 
slender, generally red. This species has been known to naturalists 
for more than a century, but has never before been found in 
Australia. Four large specimens were dredged by Mr. MacLeay, 
in the Chevert, off Darnley Island, at 10 to 20 fathoms in sandy 
mud. 

Family Echinometridzi. Gray, 1855. 

Test with an oblique axis, elongated or oblong, with more than 
three pairs of pores to each arc. 

Genus 1. — Heterocentrotus. Brandt, 1835. 

Test very thick, elongated ; tubercles few, massive, smooth and 
imperforate. Porif. zone very narrow above the ambitus, pores 
on long narrow arcs of numerous pairs round the tubercles ; below 
the zone widens much more than in Ecliinometra, becoming 
broader than the I. space. Actinosome, very large, cuts slight. 
Primary spines large, club-shaped, angular, twice the diam. of 
test. Round the actinosome they are flattened ; auricles tall, 
slender, with large opening, and connected by a low ridge. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 155 

Heterocenteotus mammillatus. Klein. 

The large " pencil fish," well known to collectors. It is found 
throughout the Pacific, and four or five specimens were dredged 
by the " Chevert " off Darnley Island. This is the first time an 
Australian habitat has been ascertained. Ten to twenty fathoms 
on sandy mud. 

This species must not be confused with one very like it from 
the Mauritius. " The secondary spines of H. mammillatus" 
says Mr. A. Agassiz,* form a sort of loose pavement, somewhat 
similar to that covering Colobocentrotus ; they cover the whole 
test, are small, short, usually flaring and truncated at the ex- 
tremity ; while in H. trigonarius they are bevelled. 

Genus 2. — Echinometra, Rondel, 1554. 

Test thin, elongate, tubercles large imperforate, not crenulate, 
slightly smaller in the A. area. Poriferous zone moderately broad 
pores in very prominent arcs of many pairs. Actinosome large, 
cuts shallow, often broad. Jaws very powerful (they are com- 
paratively small in Heterocentrotus) auricules very massive. 
Actinal membrane with 10 buccal plates, on which there are 
usually clusters of spines. Spines quite stout, somewhat long, 
and longitudinally striated. 

Echinometra lacunter, Leske. 

A very variable species, found abundantly under stones in all 
tropical Eastern Australia. It is not mentioned as Australian in 
Mr. Agassiz very extensive lists. Mr. Macleay brought specimens 
from Cape Grenville, Endeavour River, Darnley Island, and New 
Guinea. The largest specimens were scarcely two inches in the 
longest diameter. The colour of the spines varied from purple to 
straw colour, but the most were banded, and the whole appearance 
of the test is very much like a small porcupine. The spines 
are swollen, generally falling off when the test is dry, and the 
ground color of the shell is dull violet. 


* Revision of the Echini, p. 429. 


156 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Genus 3. — Parasalenia, A. Agassiz, 1863. 
Arcs of pores of three pairs only, anal system very small, 
closed by only four plates. Buccal membrane carrying minute 
spines. 

Parasalenia gratiosa, A. Ag. 

Very like B. lacunter, and generally associated with it. The 
spines are often extremely alike. I have met with no well 
authenticated case of its occurrence in Australia. 

Genus 4. — Stomopneustes, Agas, 1841. 

Test nearly circular, axis very slightly oblique. Actinal surface 

fiat ; actinosome small, cuts scarcely marked, pores in three 

irregular vertical lines. Two principal rows of tubercles in both 

areas, but the I. area almost filled up with somewhat smaller 

ones. Spines long, stout, and finely striated. 

Stomopneustes variolaris, Lamk. 

This species (the only one of the genus) is easily known by 
the continuous groove extending along the vertical suture in 
median I. space. The specimen in the Sydney Museum is very 
much larger than any of the dimensions given by Agassiz, as 
the following dimensions will show : — Diam. 102, alt. 52, 
abactinal system 15, actinosome 25 (exclusive of cuts), spines 
from 45 to 62, and about 4 mil. at base. It is probable that this 
specimen comes from North Australia, but the precise looality is 
unknown. 

Genus 5. — Strongylocentrotus, Brandt, 1835. 

This includes all species having a somewhat circular or sub- 
pentagonal, regularly arched, or slightly depressed test, with 
smooth, imperforate, not crenulate tubercles of unequal sizes, 
forming primary and secondary vertical rows. Pores arranged 
in arcs of at least four or five pairs. Actinosome decagonal, very 
slight cuts, buccal membrane bare, spines moderately slender, 
longitudinally striated, longer proportionately than those of true 
Echinus, and more slender than Sphcerechinus. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 157 

This genus is well represented in Australia, and generally goes 
by the name of Gidaris. It lives in the hollows of rocks, browsing 
on seaweed, and is often left by the tide at low water. The 
spines are exceedingly sharp, and inflict painful wounds when 
carelessly handled. We have three species in Australia. 

Strongylocentrotus armiger, A. Ag. 

Test thin, flattened above, regularly arched below. Is at once 
distinguished from its congeners by its short, thick, swollen 
spines. Largest primary tubercles of both areas within three 
plates of abactinal system in the I. space. They cover the abac- 
tinal part of the flattened test, decreasing rapidly towards the 
ambitus and actinal surface. I have not seen this species, and 
do not know in what part of Australia it occurs. 

Strongylocentrotus eurythrogrammus, Valenciennes. 

The commonest of our species. Easily distinguished by its 
olive brown spines, though there are white varieties in Tasmania. 
Test regularly arched, subglobular or depressed. Two principle 
vertical rows of tubercles in the A. and I. space, a well defined 
vertical row of small tubercles separating the porif. zones from 
the primary tubercles in the I. space. Two irregular medium 
vertical interambulacral rows. Coronal plates closely crowded 
with small secondaries ; the intervening space again crowded 
with closely packed milliaries surrounding them. Porif. zone 
broad, pores arranged in oblique arcs, separated by irregular 
rows of secondaries. Cuts very moderate. Membrane thin, with 
a few elliptical plates. 

Found at low water in all B. Australia, as far as Cape York ; 
Southern Australia, Bass Straits and Tasmania. 

Strongylocentrotus tuberculatus, Lamarck. 

Test greenish, spines large, sharp, and long, in colour, dark 
violet, or black. Anal system elliptical, covered by small plates, 
carrying a few minute tubercles. Madreporic body large and 
pentagonal. Two main rows of tubercles in the A. and I. spaces, 
each flanked in the I. space by a smaller one, meeting in a single 


158 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

vertical row in the median space. Coronal plates loosely 
covered by minute tubercles and few milliaries. In the A. space 
there is one irregular central vertical row of small tubercles, with 
one exterior vertical row of tubercles somewhat larger, from the 
base of which smaller tubercles running obliquely, separate the 
arcs of pores. Porif. zone formed of arcs of five to eight pairs, 
more or less closed above the ambitus. Cuts not deep, but broad 
and well defined. Membrane thin, covered by few very distinct 
elliptical plates. It is larger than the last species, and the spines 
longer. It is not common, and found generally in N.B. tropical 
Australia, but I have seen a specimen from Port Stephens, and 
another from New Zealand, Neither this species nor S. armiger 
was found by the " Chevert," nor are there specimens in the 
Macleay or Sydney Museums. 

Genus 6. — Sph^rechinus, Desor, 1857. 

Test thick, tubercles of uniform size, imperforate, not crenu- 
late, numerous, closely packed together on both areas. Actinosome 
decagonal, with deep cuts. Membrane thin, with four prominent 
plates. Pores in closed arcs of four to eight pairs. 

SphjErechinus Australia, A. Agas. 

Colour of test violet, with tubercles of dull green, spines 
short, tolerably stout, violet at base with greenish tips, old speci- 
mens, but when fresh the color is entirely a blue purple. In the I. 
space there are six to eight vertical rows of primary tubercles 
near the median space separating the principal rows, closely 
packed secondaries fill the rest of the coronal plates. The most 
prominent row of primaries is half way between the median line 
and porif. zone. Anal system large. The porif. zone narrow. 
Pores arranged in arcs of three towards the exterior, well separ- 
ated from the inner fourth pair, which is quite hidden among the 
tubercles, forming almost an independent vertical row. 

Not common. Often found, but stripped of its spines. It is 
sometimes washed ashore on the sandy beaches of the South 
Australian coast. Found also in Bass's Straits, King's Island, 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 159 

Swansea, Tasmania. Agassiz gives also West Coast of Australia, 
New Zealand, and the Mauritius, as habitats. It was not obtained 
during the Chevert's dredgings. 

Family Echiniixe, Agassiz, 1846. 
Arcs of pores of three pairs only. 

Genus 1. — Temnopleurus, Agassiz, 1841. 

Small urchins, test generally regularly arched, and somewhat 
conical. Actinal part more or less concave, tubercles crenulate, 
imperforate, forming two principal vertical rows in each area, 
pores in simple rows, but undulating and irregular, deep lateral 
and vertical grooves at the angles of the plates. Spines long, 
slender, fluted, those above shorter ; auricles broad, with high 
connecting ridges and small foramen. 

Temnopleurus toruematicus. Klein. 

This, says Mr. A. Agassiz, is one of the earliest species figured 
by old authors. It is easily recognized by its furrows. In the 
I. space there are for each plate along the horizontal suture, two 
deep rectangular furrows, separated by the principal row of 
primary tubercles. Spines, long flattened, of a pink color, with 
three or four purplish transverse bands. Actinosome, small, cuts 
scarcely visible ; membrane, bare ; ten buccal plates, small, 
prominent. Auricles, high, thin, with a high connecting ridge 
and minute foramen. 

Specimens of this interesting urchin were dredged by the 
Chevert expedition at Cape Grenville, Endeavour River, Darnley 
Island and New Guinea. Generally occurring on sandy mud, 
at from 10 to 20 fathoms. It was not hitherto known in 
Australia, though not uncommon in the Indian Ocean, China, 
Japan, &c. Diam. from 23 to 55 mil. 

Genus 2. — Microctphus Agass, 1841. 

Test stout ; tubercles few, small, leaving marginal bare spaces 
in the I. area, but regular in the A. Porif. zones, narrow ; pores 


160 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

in double irregular vertical rows. Pores at the sutures in- 
distinct in the median A. and I, spaces, but well-defined at the 
junction of the porif. zone and I. plates. Spines thin, slender, 
short. 

MlCROCYPHUS MACULATUS. AgaSS. 

In the I. space the central part of the coronal plates have a 
bare lozenge-shaped area parallel with the horizontal sutures of 
the plates. These spaces rapidly decrease towards the ambitus, 
and disappear on the actinal surface where the tubercles are 
larger, occupying the whole surface of the plates. The general 
color of the test is greenish yellow, with bright violet bare sutural 
spaces. Diam., 11 to 37 mil. This species is tropical, but I have 
seen one specimen only which was said to come from the coast of 
N. S. Wales. 

MlCROCYPHUS zigzag. Agass. 

Much smaller and more globular than the preceding. In the 
I. space the tubercles cover, as a triangular shield, the greater 
part of each plate, leaving the median space, and a short length 
of the horizontal sutures bare from the anal system almost to 
the actinosome. Sutural pores small, often wanting. Porif. zone 
and tuberculiferous parts greenish yellow ; bare spaces, dark 
chocolate color. Diam., 12 to 25 mil. I have seen specimens of 
this species in Tasmania, where it was thrown up on the sand ; 
and I have found it myself at Port Denison, N. Queensland. 
There are specimens from West Australia and Tasmania in the 
British Museum.* 

Genus 3. — Salmacis. Agass, 1841. 

Test somewhat conical and thick ; pores trigeminate, tubercles 
crenulate, not perforate, in several vertical rows and 'primary 
regular horizontal rows as well. A. system broad ; median I. 
spaces frequently bare, angular pores at junction of plates; abactinal 
system prominent ; actinosome small, with slight indentations ; 
spines short, slender, finely striated. Auricles high, thin, with 
high connecting ridges and small foramen. 

* Agassiz Revision of the Echini, page 146. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 161 

One specimen of this species was dredged by the Chevert off 
Darnley Island and others, have been found on the N". Queens- 
land coast, though it is rare. Test when dry yellowish brown, 
moderately thick, subglobular, and thickly covered with short- 
pointed greenish spines, banded with five or six transverse bands 
of violet. The spines below are much longer, broader, frequently 
flattened. Actinosome moderate, decagonal, with slight indenta- 
tions, anal system large. Pores at the median junction small, 
horizontal sutures of the coronal plates slightly furrowed. Diam. 
from 44 to 53 ; alt. from 27 to 35 mil. (Agass.) 

Salmacis rarispina, Agass. 

Test usually quite conical, much thinner than any other 
species. The coronal plates above the ambitus are comparatively 
bare, owing to the distance of the primary tubercles, and the 
small number of the milliaries. The test above the ambitus is 
greyish, with lozenge-shaped figures along the horizontal sutures. 
Actinosome small, quite sunken, and almost circular. Spines, 
long, slender, pointed, somewhat flattened, straw color, with seven 
to eight bright purplish bands. Sutural pores quite minute. 
Diam., 25 alt. 16 mil. Darnley Island and Cape York, a few 
specimens dredged by the Chevert, at about twenty fathoms. 

Salmacis globator. Agass. 

Test quite stout. Tubercles remarkably uniform, and forming 
very regular horizontal and vertical rows, slightly larger on the 
actinal side. Porif. zone not so wide as other species, and the 
sutures of the plates becoming in places deep furrows, almost as 
marked as Temnopleurus. The spines (which easily fall off) are 
short, stout, pointed, greenish and tipped with violet. Color oi 
test pinkish, sutures lighter in color, yellowish below. Auricles 
remarkably broad and thin, with high connecting ridge. Diam. 
from 60 to 70 ; alt. 36 to 52 mil. Port Jackson, dredged off the 
Sow and Pigs rocks, by Brazier, Bass's Straits, Kangaroo Island, 
S. Australia. Not common, and rarely found with the spines 
attached. 


162 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Salmacis sulcata. Agass. 

This species is closely allied to S. bicolor. It differs according 
to A. Agassiz in having a more deeply lobed and slightly longer 
actinosome ; the abactinal system is less prominent, and some 
other details. The test when dry, a yellowish green, with 
sea green band on the I. area, with spines of the same 
color at the base tipped with dark violet ; they are sharper, 
and more uniform in size. In some, however, they were 
cream colored, and banded with 5 or 6 dusk brown lines. Diam., 
48 to 67 ; height, 27 to 40 mil. New South Wales coast. 
Agassiz says that the young, figured by Savigny, would be 
readily mistaken for young Echinus, as the difference in size of 
the vertical rows of the primary tubercles is not seen at that 
age. 

Genus 4. — Mespilia. Desor, 1846. 

Small ball-shaped urchins, with a thin test, and the median 
areas quite bare as far as the ambitus, and whole lower surface 
tuberculated and covered with spines. Porif. zones broad ; pores 
arranged in two irregular vertical rows. Spines short, hair-like, 
slender. Actinosome decagonal, small, membrane bare. Auricles 
high, ridge low, foramen large. 

Mespilia globulus. Agass. 

This beautiful urchin is easily known. It is small, and round 
as a ball. The bare spaces are dark grey green, the spines, closely 
packed, and of uniform length, are light green at the base, and 
banded at the end with white or reddish purple. The bare spaces 
have a silvery appearance on the dry specimens from the 
pedicellarise. It is not common ; there are specimens in Mr. 
MacLeay's Museum from New Caledonia. Agassiz gives the 
Pacific, Japan, China, and Philippine Islands as its habitat. It 
has been found between Brisbane and Rockhampton — at Lady 
Elliot Island. 

Genus 5. — Amblypneustes, Agass, 1841. 

Urchins spherical, or even with a greater altitude than breadth. 
Test thin, anal system small but prominent ; actinosome small 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 163 

without cuts ; porif. zones broad, pores in well-defined vertical 
rows or short arcs of three pairs. A. space broad, tubercles of 
both areas, small and uniform in size ; median spaces frequently 
bare. Spines few, slender, far apart. Sutural pores at angles of 
plates ; auricles tall, slender, scarcely meeting above large 
foramen, with high connecting ridges. 

Ambltpneustes ovum. Lamk. 

The common globular urchin of all the southern coasts where 
it is often found in immense numbers, drifted up by the tide on 
sandy beaches. It is not at all common on the east coast of 
Australia. As there are other species very closely resembling it, 
I must define them, for they are nearly always confused in 
collections. The general color of the test is light olive, but very 
variable in the depth of shade ; in fact, I have seen it of cream 
color or yellow. Darker zigzag lines parallel to the median sutures, 
with sometimes lozenge-shaped figures near the porif. zone. 
Darker bands of color often extend from pole to pole. The 
spines are short, slender, pointed, dark green at base, tipped with 
red violet or orange. Anal system somewhat large. Sutural 
pores minute or absent. 

Ambltpneustes griseus. Blainville. 

Test comparatively stout, somewhat depressed ; remarkable 
for its broad poriferous zone, and the size of the anal system. 
Sutural pores more distinct. The A. space narrower than in 
A. ovum. Color, greenish yellow to grey. Spines stouter, and 
less tapering than previous species ; light green or violet, tipped 
with darker color or orange. This species has exactly the same 
range as the former, but is the less common of the two, 

Ambltpneustes formosus. Valenciennes. 

Thin, ovoid, remarkable for the number and distinctness of the 
sutural pores. Test brownish pink, with yellow porif. zones, 
ornamented by dark brown lozenges. Spines, long, slender, pink 
at base, darker at the top, or red or orange. Generally smaller 
than A. ovum . The same habitat as the last, ' but more 
common in Tasmania. Found also in New Zealand. 


164 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Amblypneustes pallidtjs. Lamarck. 
Supposed to be a variety of A. griseus, by Agassiz. It is dis- 
tinguished by its violet color, on which the white tubercles stand 
out with brilliant distinctness. I do not know the species, the 
habitat of which stretches out from South Australia across the 

Pacific. 

Genus 6. — Holopneustes, Agassiz, 1841. 

General character of Amblypneustes, but, A. space broader than 
I., owing to the peculiarity of porif. zone, which distinguishes 
this genus. The pores have a regular vertical row at each side 
between which they are packed closely, with apparent irregu- 
larity. Spines like Amblypneustes, but swollen at the extremity. 

Holopneustes porosissimus, Lutken. 

Test globular, stout. Porif. zone broader than median A. 
space. Pores forming an outer very regular vertical row, inner 
row somewhat undulating, while the remaining space is appa- 
rently filled with irregular pores. Spines short, stout, swelling 
at extremity, coarsely striated longitudinally, forming lamellae at 
the swollen extremity, but otherwise, the shaft is uniform in 
width. Milled ring very prominent. Color, greenish at base, 
red at tip. Color of test greenish blue, shading to violet in 
median spaces. Tubercles of lighter colour. 

Habitat. — All South Australia, Tasmania, Bass' Straits. I have 
seen no authentic specimen from E. Australia. 

Holopneustes inflatus, Lutken. 
Porif. zones narrower than in preceding, in three well marked 
vertical rows, the outside ones quite irregular, and the middle 
somewhat undulating and disconnected. Test yellowish orange, 
with zones of darker tint. I have never seen this species. 

Holopneustes purpurascens, Lutken. 
The porif. zone is narrower than in either of the two previous 
species. The middle line of pores forms zigzag lines, and the 
outer row of pores is characterized by the great size of the inner 
pore. The younger specimens are a beautiful violet color, and 
the older ones a yellowish brown. I have not seen the species 
which Mr. Agassiz thinks may be only a variety of H. porosissimus. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 165 

Genus 7. — Echinus, Rondel, 1554. 

Urchins for the most part small, round, with small smooth 
imperforate tubercles, in two principal vertical rows in the coronal 
plates of both areas, the other tubercles smaller and irregular. 
Actinosome small, cuts slight, membrane bare, with ten small 
plates. Spines somewhat stout, sometimes equalling the test in 
size. Pores in arcs of three, jaws weak, auricles slender. 

Echinus magellanicus, Phillipi, 

A small Echinus sent from Australia is supposed by Mr. 
Agassiz to be the adult of this species which occurs generally in 
Patagonia, Chili, and New Zealand. 

Echinus angulosus, Agass., is said to occur in Adelaide. 

Echinus Darnleyensis, n. s. 

This may be the Australian species which Mr. A. Agassiz 
identified with E magellanicus* It is, however, quite different 
from that species, and found hitherto only in tropical Australia. 
Test small, circular, depressed, purplish, or livid, the tubercular 
rows and porif. zones being lighter in color. Primary tubercles 
in each area forming two vertical rows, the secondaries irregular, 
but with a tendency to form vertical and horizontal rows in the 
I. space, which is broader than the A. Sutures of coronal plates 
distinct, with two very distinct secondaries on each, between the 
primary vertical row of the I. and the porif. zone. Abactinal 
system sunken. Gr. plates large, long, with two or rarely three 
secondary tubercles irregularly placed on each, and Gr. pores large 
in groove at the end ; ocular plates quite excluded, anal system 
with many plates, the opening distinct and round. Actinal 
surface rounded, depressed. Cuts slight. Membrane bare, with 
ten rounded small openings surrounded by Pedecellariee. Opening 
for teeth scarcely visible. Jaws rounded, stout, auricles forming 
only slight thin processes, which do not meet. Pores in irregular 
arcs of three, forming narrow irregular line. Spines rather long, 
blunt, somewhat transparent, coarsely grooved, rose pink, dull 

* Revision of the Echinidce, p. 492. 


166 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

green, or reddish, and sometimes banded or tipped with yellow. 
Diam, 25 ; alt., 12| mil. Longest spines, 6 to 7. Diam. of 
actinosome, 10. Diam. of abactinal system, 7. 

Cape Grenville and Darnley Island, on sandy mud, 10 to 20 
fathoms. 

This species seems to me to differ from E. magellanicus in the 
actinosome being larger ; in the abactinal system, where the G. 
plates have only two tubercles, and in the color of spines and 
test. 

Genus 8. — Hipponoe, Gray, 1841. 

Echini of large size, and thin test. Tubercles small, smooth, 
imperforate, arranged in horizontal and somewhat irregular 
vertical rows. Medium A. and I. spaces frequently bare. 
Actinosome small, deeply notched. Porif. zones broad, in three 
vertical rows, outer ones regular, middle one irregular. A. area 
very broad. Spines short, stout, finely striated, not easily 
falling off. 

Hipponoe variegata, Leske. 

A very variable species, differing very much in various 
localities in size, shape, and color. The tubercles are very small, 
the porif. zones somewhat narrow, and the median areas seen 
from above, form five radiating bands, gradually increasing in 
width. These are blue or violet in the tropical specimens, which 
are somewhat conical and small. The Port Jackson specimens 
are much larger, rounded, depressed, and of a light cream color, but 
I have seen some from the same locality almost conical, and of 
deep brown color. It is not given as Australian in Mr. Agassiz's 
lists. Mr. Macleay obtained it at Cape Grenville, Endeavour 
River, Darnley Island, and New Guinea. Its habitat is generally 
tropical. If it were not for the fear of adding to the host of 
synonyms which this species has obtained, I should consider the 
large Port Jackson species as a variety to be distinguished as 
Jacksoniensis. It is found in shallow water, on a sandy bottom. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 167 

Genus 8. — Evechinus, Verril, 1871. 

Very like Hipponoe ; circular, somewhat depressed, tubercles 
very unequal, primaries in regular vertical rows, secondaries 
irregularly grouped round their bases. Porif. zone broad in three 
irregular vertical rows. Actinosome small ; cuts slight : spines 
stout, tapering, rather short, very unequal in size. 

Evechinus australle, N.s. Test thin, circular, or in small 
specimens obscurely pentagonal, depressed. Profile regularly 
arched, actinal region very slightly sunken. A. a little broader 
than I. Tubercles of A. slightly smaller than I. both surrounded 
by an irregular ring of secondaries and milliaries. Two vertical 
rows of primaries in the A. area, four in the I. at the ambitus, but 
the two inner ones diminishing in size at the actinal and abactinal 
region, while the two outer ones preserve their size and regularity 
to the edge of both regions. Porif. zone wide of three vertical 
rows. The two outer ones a regular vertical row of pairs, the 
middle an irregular arc of three pairs. Zones narrowing at 
abactinal region but only slightly at the actinosome. The three 
rows separated by two irregular rows of secondary tubercles with 
milliaries scattered between. Abactinal area wanting in all the 
specimens seen by me. Actinal region somewhat large, penta- 
gonal ; cuts deep, circumscribed by a raised margin. Auricles 
high, narrow, triangular and scarcely united over the large 
foramen ; no connecting ridges. 

Three specimens with no information as to habitat were found 
in the Sydney Museum, but I have every reason to believe they 
came from the N. S. Wales coast. They are bleached and 
without spines, the anal system has disappeared. The following 
are the dimensions in millimetres : — 


DIAM. 


ALT. 


DIAMETER OF MOUTH. 


ANAL 


SYSTEM 


36 


18 


13 


6| 


30 


14 


12 


H 


27 


13 


11 


3 


168 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Sub-Order 2. — Clypeastril\e, Agass., 1836. 
Urchins generally depressed, scutiforura, with petaloid ambu- 
lacra, anal and apical system separate. Spines somewhat 
resembling regular Echini. Ambulacral pores of petals passing 
between the plates, and the ambulacral system greatly developed. 
Lines of minute pores extend at right angles to the general 
course of the porif. zone. Actinal surface with ambulacral fur- 
rows irregularily crowded with pores, the furrows terminating in 
the actinosome. Plates round, actinosome cuneiform, forming a 
buccal rosette. A. broader than I. Tubercles small, crenulate, 
and perforate. Teeth simple, articulating on the auricles, with- 
out the muscular system of Desmosticha. 

Family Eucltpeastridj:, Hagckel, 1866. 
Test with simple supports, connecting the upper and lower 
floors, and covered with spines of a uniform structure. The 
supports are either internal pillars, needles, or radiating par- 
titions. 

Sub-Family Fibularina, Gray, 1855. 

Small, globular, petals rudimentary, simple partitions radiating 
from the periphery to the actinosome. 

Genus Fibularia, Lamk., 1816. 
Ovoid, flattened anteriorly, partitions absent. Petals rudimen- 
tary imperfectly petaloid, not closing, diverging pores not 
congregated, few. Actinosome central, anus nearer to it than the 

edge. 

Fibularia australis, Desmoulins. 

A large ovoid species, measuring 20 mil., with large pentagonal 
mouth and large elliptical anal opening. I have never seen a 
specimen. 

Fibula volva, Agass. 

A very small elongate species, pointed at both ends, with 
mouth and anus round, close together, and small, the latter 
especially so. One specimen dredged by the Cheverfc at Bet 
Island, Torres Straits. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 169 

Sub-Family 2. — Echinanthidje, Agass., 1872. 

Large urchins, petals greatly developed, pillars on acute pro- 
jections, connecting the two floors, ambulacral furrows straight, 
auricles two. 

ECHINANTHUS TESTUDINARIUS, Gray. 

This is the large depressed tortoise-like species, so common in 
Port Jackson, with a very conc.ave under surface and depressed 
mouth. Petals broad, closed. The anal orifice is near the edge. 
It is found throughout the Pacific, even as far as California, the 
Red Sea, and Japan. Is a fossil on the Murray River beds. 

ECHINANTHUS TUMIDUS, N. S. 

I give this name to a large oval swollen urchin which is in the 
Sydney Museum, and which I have every reason to think came 
from the coast of N. S. Wales, though there is no precise infor- 
mation as to its habitat. It is regularly arched, dome-shaped, 
rising gradually from the edge to a height of nearly half the 
length. The apex a little flattened, the edge is very thick and 
rounded, but thinner posteriorly, and a distinct slight depression 
at each side. The base is flat, but more so posteriorly than 
anteriorly, so as to bring the transverse small elliptical, marginal, 
anal opening, with its lower edge level with the base of the test. 
Tubercles larger below than above, well sunken, and surrounded 
by rings of milliaries, which also fill up the intervening space. 
By the side of the milliaries on the lower surface there are many 
minute pyriform pores. Scrobicular circles of actinal surface 
wide and deep. I. and A. areas about equal in width. Petals 
not closed, but gradually diverging to very near the ambitus. 
Porif. zones gradually enlarging from apical system, being a single 
row on each side, connected by an oblique groove, and some- 
times connected from apex to ambitus by a distinct groove ; also 
a zigzag groove from apex to edge on both I. and A. areas. 
Actinosome deeply and abruptly sunken. Apical system 
slightly anterior, small, pentagonal, Gr. pores at the angles, 0. 
pores between macdreporic body, occupying the central space, and 
rather scattered in its perforations. Spines small, like Echinus; 


170 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

milled ring prominent, grooves large. Maj. diam, 140 ; min., 
115 ; alt., 63 ; actinosome 25, bat very irregular in shape. 
Largest spines scarcely 10 mil. in length. 

Sub-Family Laganidje, Desor, 1857. 

Outline pentagonal, petals crenulate, connection between floors 
by walls running parallel to the edge of test. I. extremity 
narrow on actinal side, ambulacral furrows straight. 

Genus I. — Laganum, Klein, 1734. 

Test generally large, sub-pentagonal, depressed, with swollen 
edge. Petals short, closed. Pores congregated. Actinal surface 
flat, with peristomal star, and porous ambulacra not reaching the 
margin. Primary tubercles few, and uniformly scattered, mill- 
iaries more numerous, anus inframarginal. 

Laganum bonami, Klein. 

A small sub-pentagonal species, with somewhat long petals, 
which are not quite closed. Anus and mouth not far apart, the 
latter large and pentagonal. Length, 33 ; breadth, 28 millim. 
Rather common in Port Jackson and in Tasmania. 

Laganum depressum. Lesson. 

More flattened and larger than the last; edge thinner, not 
swollen, anus nearer edge, and transversely elliptical or circular ; 
apical system larger. Peristomal star distinct, while on the last 
species it cannot be traced. The pairs of pores become more 
separated as they near the tip of petals, but never so indistinctly 
conjugated as in L. Bonami. Length, from 27 to 79 ; breadth, 
from 23 to 70 mil. It is found in the Pacific and Indian Oceans 
as well as Australia. 

Genus, Peronella, Gray, 1855. 

Regarded as a subgenus only by Agassiz. The Genital pore 
far away from the abactinal system in the I. Partitions ramify, 
extending half-way to the centre instead of forming a narrow 
belt of three or four near the edge. Four G. openings. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 171 

Peronella decagonalis. Lesson. 

Test large and graceful, much flattened, edges scarcely swollen, 
central part rising abruptly, but slightly from end of petals ; 
shape, regularly decagonal. Petals narrow, porif. furrows closely 
packed ; zones converging slightly towards extremity, and not 
rounded along sides of petals. Actinal surface flat. Actinosome 
round, central, with furrows extending nearly to the edge ; anus 
elliptical near edge, but oblique to the longitudinal axis. Tuber- 
culation uniform on both surfaces, but larger on lower. Color 
variable, but red when living. Port Jackson and along the east 
coast. Long diam. from 50 to 120 mil. 

Peronella orbicularis. — Much smaller than the last ; more 
rounded with shorter petals, and more swollen edge. Supposed 
by Agassiz to be the young of P. decagonalis. Diam., 26. Same 
localities. 

Peronella peronii, Agass. Four G. openings in A. spaces a 
considerable distance from apex. Outline circular, edge swollen 
slightly, petals bfoadly lanceolate ; mouth transversely elliptical. 
A. furrows indistinct, short. Long, 26. Tasmania, Jervis and 
Twofold Bays, Port Jackson, Broken Bay. 

Family Scutellim:. Agassiz, 1841. 

Extremely flat, circular urchins, perforated or cut at the margin. 
A. furrows spreading, branching, and anastamosing. Partitions 
radiating from single points. Tubercles of upper and lower 
surface differing greatly in size. 

Echinarachnius parma. Lamarck. 

A common rounded form, with indentations on the edge, which 
is found almost all over the world. Common on the east coast. 
Many specimens collected by the " Chevert" Expedition within 
the tropics. It is also common at Guichen Bay on the S. coast 
and along the coasts of Victoria. 

Genus 2. — Arachnoides, Klein, 1734. 

Circular urchins depressed, but conical. Ambulacral furrows, 
simple. Partitions of interior by pillars, numerous, slender, 


172 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

radiating or branched, generally parallel to the outer edge, and 
extending two-thirds towards centre. Tubercles of both surfacei 
arranged in oblique lines across the plates. There is only ona 
species. 

Aeachnoides placenta. Linnaeus. Found at Cape Grenville 
and Darnley Island, by the " Chevert." It is also known in New 
Zealand, and is very common on sandy shores, within the tropics 
of E. Australia, where it is found lightly covered with sand at 
low water. 

Sub-Order 3. — Petalosticha, Haackel, 1866. 

Generally heart-shaped urchins without teeth. Ambulacral 
system petaloid. Anal and apical system disconnected. In this 
order we have certain narrow bands of fine milliaries which we 
called Fascioles, which are visible as depressed lines when the 
urchin is covered with spines, and which latter are of greatly 
disproportionate size. The large bristle-like curved spines are 
seated on the larger tubercles. The smaller ones frequently make 
a coat-like fur. The fascioles are covered with small embryonic 
spines which act as a sieve, and serve to keep particles of dirt 
from the pores. They are either round the petals, (peripetalous) 
anal, (round the anus) internal running along the grooved side 
of the test which corresponds to the odd ambulacrum, and between 
the end of the posterior petals and the apical system, or lateral 
Petalosticha are further distinguished by the formation of 
Plastrons : that is, a closely packed tubercular area of defined 
outline between the mouth and the anus. Pores round the mouth 
connected by furrows, forming elegant designs, to which the 
name of phyllodes is given. These phyllodes are separated by 
clusters or nobs of tubercles in the A. spaces called Bourrelets ; 
the phyllodes and bourrelets form the Floscelle. 

The first family is Cassidulidse, which does not seem to be 
represented in Australia. It is limited to species without plastrons 
or fascioles. There is one species of Echinobrissus in New 
Zealand. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 173 

Family Spatangiue. Agassiz, 1836. 

Urchins with plastrons limited by bare ambulacral avenues. 
The posterior ambulacra, frequently divided by a fasciole, with a 
sub-anal plaston. Other fascioles variously present. 

Genus 1. — Maretia, Gray, 1855. 

Test thin, flattened, large tubercles upon the I. areas, except 
the odd one. Actinal plastron smooth, without spines. Only an 
indistinct anal fasciole. Petals long, spreading, anterior groove 
indistinct. Only one living species known. 

MaeetiA planulata, Leske, which was found by the " Chevert " 
Expedition at Cape Grenville and Darnley Island. I have also 
seen specimens from New Caledonia ; and it is rather 
common in Port Jackson. The Australian species are 
smaller and of light straw color, the spines much longer, and 
more prominent than the New Caledonian species. 

Genus 2. — Eupatagus, Agassiz, 1847. 

Test thin, depressed, elliptical, petals arched, not sunk. I. areas 
covered by large tubercles, crenulate, and perforate, circumscribed 
by an elliptical peripetalous fasciole, a sub-anal fasciole present, 
no anterior groove, and no tubercles in odd I. space. 

Eupatagus valenciennesii, Agas. The only living species 
known, and which is found occasionally on the E. coast in deep 
water. I have seen a specimen from Bass' Straits, and the 
" Chevert " Expedition obtained it at Cape Grenville. 

Genus 3. — Lovenia, Desor, 1847. 

Ambulacral petals somewhat triangular, adjoining zones 
forming crescents on each side of apex. Large tubercles, with 
deep scrobicular circle on upper side, but not on posterior I. 
space. Internal and sub-anal fascioles. There is only one living 
species in Australia. 

Lovenia elongata, Gray, 1854. Distinguished by the deep 
funnel-shaped cavity, in which anal opening is placed. Tropical 
Australia, but sometimes found at Port Jackson. 


174 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Genus 4. — Breynia, Desor, 1847. 

Test thick, remarkable for three fascioles, peripetalous, anal 
and internal, only associated in this genus. Large tubercles 
deeply sunken, enclosed within the peripetalous fasciole. 

Breynia Australasia, Leach. 

A large urchin, from 60 to 75 mil. in diam, the test a deep 
chocolate colour, and clothed with a brownish fur of spines, on 
which the fascioles are very distinct. Found from Cape York to 
Port Jackson, and sometimes 80 millim. in length. 

Genus 5. — -Echinocardium, Gray, 1825. 

Test thin, swollen, petals triangular, with internal fasciole, 
anterior groove distinct, and with small pores. Anus in a 
truncated posterior extremity. Sub-anal fasciole with ascending 
branches round anal system. Actinal spines long and spathulate, 
the others fine and silky. 

Echinocardium australe, Gray. 

A somewhat high test, with central apex, mouse-colored or 
brown. Common in S. E. Australia as far as Port Stephens, and 
in all Tasmania, Bass' Straits, S. Australia, as far as W. Australia. 

Found in 15 to 20 fathoms, on sandy mud. 

Genus 6. — Brissopsis, Agassiz, 1840. 

Bkissopsis luzonica. A small urchin, with short confluent ambu- 
lacra, which form conspicuous long crescents, and a peri- 
petalous and sub-anal fasciole. Very thin. I do not enter 
into the details of the genus, as its Australian habitat is entirely 
doubted by me. Still it has been reported as from tropical 
Eastern Australia. 

Genus 7. — Metalia, Gray, 1855. 

Test with a more or less broad elliptical undulating or re- 
entering peripetalous fasciole, and an anterior A. groove. Lateral 
A. petals narrow, elongate, pores well separated, apex anterior, 
actinal plastron narrow, hcarl-sliaped, sub-anal area with a broad 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 175 

fasciole and anal branches, sub-anal A. pores sending radiating 
grooves through the centre of sub-anal area ; actinosome anterior 
crescentic. Tuberculation within peripetalous fasciole coarse, 
frequently consisting of primary tubercles. 

Metalta maculosa. 

Smaller than the following species, depressed, elliptical, indented 
at anterior edge, truncated posteriorly, vertex posterior. Greatest 
breadth across posterior petals, apical system more central, 
narrow ambulacral petals, a shallow anterior groove which is 
almost flush with test, except at the ambitus. Long., 43 to 78. 
Lat., 36 to 63. Alt., 21 to 34. 

Rare at Port Jackson, and occasionally on the S. East coast. 

Metalia sternalis. Lamouroux. 

This large solid, swollen urchin, which is found in so many 
collections (generally bleached), is of dark brown color, with 
anterior apex, a broad zigzag peripetalous, and heart-shaped sub- 
anal fasciole. The sub-anal plastron is distinguished by a fan- 
shaped series of grooves, which converge from the fasciole. 
Anterior petals form an acute angle with anterior groove. It is 
sometimes met with, measuring 150 mil. in diam. Found through- 
out the Pacific, and tropical Eastern Australia, the latter rarely. 

Genus 8. — Linthia, Gray, 1851. 

Fascioles peripetalous and lateral, the first angular ; the other 
extending under the anal system. Anterior groove, shallow, and 
broad ; anterior petals at right angles to th& odd ambulacrum ; 
posterior narrow, long, and sunken. 

Linthta australis, Gray. 

Test thin, elliptical, angular, anterior groove descending to 
the ambitus, posterior end tuberculated, apical system anterior, 
vertex central. Long., from 38 to 61. Lat., 33 to 50, 25 to 39 
mil. Common at times in South Australia and Tasmania. On 
one occasion, thousands of them were thrown ob the beach at 


176 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Portland Bay, Western Victoria, after a slight storm. I have 
often seen it on the N. S. Wales coast, and it has been dredged 
in Bass' Straits at 30 fathoms. There is a specimen in the 
Sydney Museum which measures 150 mil. in length. 


Note. — Just as the foregoing sheets were being printed, I have been enabled to compare 
my new species of Eveckinus (E. australice,) with a good series of the New Zealand 
E. chloroticus. The differences are that my species are smaller, higher, hexagonal, the 
secondary tubercles in the I. spaces fewer, the spaces themselves becoming bare near the 
abactinal region. The outer and inner pairs of pores are a vertical series. I must, however, 
candidly admit that as far as my experience goes, the aforesaid differences may be a young 
stage of E. chloroticus. In any case I may add that specimens recently seen enable me to 
claim an Australian habitat for the latter. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 


177 


Tabular List of all the Australian Birds at present known- 
distribution of the Species, 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 


-showing the 


1 

2 
3 

4 

4a 
5 
6 

7 
8 

9 
10 
11 
12 

13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 

25 

26 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia, or 

Other References. 


bi 
a 
'5> 

in 

w 

re 

Q 


.2 
't- 

ra 

C 
V 

ft 
i-i 

re 
U 

<*- 
o 

3 


M 
t-i 
o 

>< 

V 

ft 
re 
U 


re 
M 

6 

re 

"Sc 
c 

15 
u 
o 


G 

o 

If) 

"a 

Q 

O 


4-j 
en 

5 

re 

m 


4-J 

(3 

u 

u 

re 

U 

.a 
o 

(3 


u5 

"re 


u 

c 


.2 
'hi 

o 

o 

> 


.2 

73 
i-t 
*-» 
in 

3 

O 


2 
"2 

re 

s 

E/) 

H 


d 

3 


Circus assimilis, ,/. & Selb 

,, gouldii, Bp 

ASTUR CINEREUS, Vieill 

,, nov^-hollandle, Gm 

,, ,, subsp. leucosomus, Sharpe 

,, APPROXIMANS, V. & H. 

,, CRUENTUS, Gould. 

, , (Erythrotriorchis) radiatus, Lath. 

ACCIPITER CIRRHOCEPHALUS, Vieill.. 

A. torquatus 

Aquila ( Uroaetus) audax, Lath. . . 

,, (Nisaetus) morphnoides, Gould 

Haliaetus leucogaster, Gm. 

Haliastur indus, Vieill. 

subsp. girrenera 

,, sphenurus, Vieill. 

Milvus afeinis, Goidd. 

LOPHOICTINIA ISURA, Gould 

Gtpoictinia melanosternon, Gould 
Elanus axillaris, Lath 

,, scriptus, Gould 

Baza subcristata, Gould 

Falco melanogenys, Gould 

,, htpoleucus, Gould 

,, SUBNIGER, Goidd 

,, lunulatus, Lath 

HlERACIDEA BERIGORA, V. & H. .. 

H. occidentalism Gould 

„ ORIENTALIS, Schl. 

H. berigora, Gray 

TlNNUNCULUS CENCHROIDES, V. & H. . 


27 

26 

14 

15 

a 

17 

18 

16 

19 

1 
2 
3 

4 

5 

21 

22 

20 

23 

24 

25 

8 

7 

9 

10 

12 

11 

13 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# * 


# 


# 


# 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


-Sharpe's Cat., Ace. I., p. 119. 


178 


the proceedings of the linnean society 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES 


9 L* 


h> 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook t 

Birds of Australia o 

c ither References 


"En 

w 

Ph 

*f 

u 

rt 

P 


.5 

cd 

■*-< 
C 
o 

C 
U 
o 


u 

c 

>< 

o 

^> 

nj 
U 


>> 
ni 

« 

E 

rt 

'»> 

o 
P4 


c 
o 

p 

It 

o 


5 
>> 

a 


5 


o 
'C 
o 

t— » 


.5 
o 
u 
> 


hi 

en 
3 
< 

3 
O 
CO 


nj 

°5 
re 

E 
in 

h 


.2 
"a 

|H 

4-> 

3 

<! 


Pandion leucocephalus, Gould 

STRIX NOV^E-HOLLANDIiE, /Sfcep/i. 
„ „ subsp. CASTANOPS 
,, TENEBRICOSA, 6r0wW 

,, Candida, Tickell. 

, , FLAMMEA, L. Subsp. DELICATULA 

NlNOX boobook, Lath. 

,, var. marmoratus, Gould. 
,, ocellata, Homb. et Jacq. 

,, MACULATA, Vi<J. <fc Ho7'sf. 

„ connivens, Lath. 

,, STRENTTA, Gould. 

, , rufa, Gould, (juv. of preceding 1 ) 
iEGOTHELES nov^e-hollandije 

,, LEUCOGASTER, Gould. 

PODARGUS STRIGOIDES, Lath. 

cuvleri, Vig. <fc Horsf. 

PHAL^NOIDES, Gould 

gotjldii, Masters, 
plumiferus, Gould. 

MARMORATUS, Gould. 

papuensis, Q. et Gaim. 

BRACHYPTERUS, Goidd. 
MEGACEPHALUS, Lath. 

Eurostopodus guttatus, Vig.dk Horsf 
, , albogularis, Vig. <fc Horsf. 
Caprimulgus macrourus, Horsf. .. 
Ch^etura caud acuta, Lath. 
Cypselus pacificus, Lath 

COLLOCALIA TERRiE-REGIN^E, Ramsay 


* 


6 
29 
28 
30 

Supp. 

pi. I. 
31 

36 

35 

a 

37 

34 

32 

33 

38 

39 

40 

41 

44 

b 

46 

47 
45 
43 
42 
49 
48 
50 
51 
52 
c 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* ■* 


-*- 


# 


* 


# 


# 


* 


■::• 


* 


s 


* 


# 


# 


* * 


* 


•:■: 


•■::■ 


S 


* 


* 


* 


* 

* 


=;:= 


* 


# 


# 


# 


* # 


# 


* 


# 


* 


a— Homb. et Jacq.— Voyage au Pule Sud., Zool. III., p. 51, pi. 3, fig. 2. b— P. L. S. of N.S.W., Vol. 1, 
p. 45. c — P. Z. S., 1874, p. 001. * I have never seen this doubtful species. 


of new south wales. 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


179 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


O u 


be 


nt 


ui 


o. in 
book 
ralia 
ences 


w 


a 

a 


x 


re 

m 


o 
tft 


1/5 


s 


tn 


.2 
*n 

o 
tj 

> 


.5° 

"re 


P3 


re 

73 


Species N 
juld's Hand 
irds of Aust 
Jther Refer 


Q 


a. 
U 
o 
"3 


o 
>« 
a 

c 
re 
U 


re 
13 

o 

o 


3 
Q 

o 


w 

re 
P3 

V 

2 


_re 


ct3 

to 


o 

>— • 


3 
< 

3 

70 


a 

£ 

re 

h 


4-> 

< 


o«~ 


- 


O 


k' 


^ 


54 
55 
56 

57 

58 

59 

60 

61 

62 

62a 

63 

64 

65 

66 

67 

68 

CO 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

79 

SO 

81 

82 


Hirundo frontalis, Q. et Gaim. 

' ,, FRETEN SIS, Go uld. ... 

Hylochelidon NIGRICANS Vieill, 
Lagenoplastes ARIEL, Gould. 
Cheramceca leucosternon, Gould. 
Merops ornatus, Latham. ... 
Eurystomus pacificus, Lath. 
Dacelo gigas, Bodd 

,, cervina, Gould. 

,, occidentals, Gould. 

,, leachii, Vig. d- Horsf. 
Halcyon sanctus, Vig. <L< Horsf. 

„ PYRRHOPYGIUS, Gould. 

„ sordidus, Gould. ... 

,, macleayi, Jard tfe Selb. 

Syma flavirostris, Gould. ... 
Tanysiptera sylvia, Gould.... 
Alcyone azurea, Lath. 

,, diemenensis, Gould. 

,, pulchra, Gould. ... 

,, pusilla, Temm. 

Artamus, sordidus, Lath. ... 

,, LEUCOPYGIALIS, Gould. 

,, PERSONATUS, Gould. 

CINERETJS, Vieillot. ... 

ALBIVENTRIS, Gould. 
,, MELANOPS, Gould. ... 

,, MINOR, Vieillot. 

., SUPERCILIOSUS, Gould. 

Pardalottts punctatus, Temm. 


53 

54 
55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
62 
a 
61 
63 
64 
65 
66 
67 
68 
69 
70 
71 
72 
73 
80 
78 
75 
76 
77 
74 
79 
81 


* 


* * 

••• # 


• * 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* * 


* 
* 

* 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* 
* * 

# 


* * 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


»— P. Z. S., 1869, p. 602. 


t D. intermedins of Salvad^ri, 


S. torotoro, Lens. 


1.80 


the proceedings of the linnean society 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


.3 c. 

E/1 — 
.22 ~ ' 
U ^ 
dj 'Si 

o- 

at 


u 


bus 


3 


3 

c 


< 

4-i 

4) 


S3 Pardalotus xanthopygius, McCoy. a 

84 ,, striatus, Temm. ... 84 

S3 ,, affinis, Gould. ... 85 

S5a ,, assimilis, Ramsay. ... b 

S6 ,, melanocephalus, Gould 85 

87 ,, uropygialis, Gould ... 87 

88 ,, rubricatus, Gould. ... 82 

89 ,, quadragintus, Gould. 83 

90 Strepera graculina, White ... 8S 

91 ,, anaphonensis, Temm. ... 91 

92 ,, fuliginosa, Gould. ... 89 

93 ,, arguta, Gould 90 

94 Gymnorhina tibicen, Lath. ... 92 

95 ,, leuconota, Gould. ... 93 

96 ,, organicum, Gould. ... 94 

97 Cr acticus torquatus, Lath 99 

Barita destructor, Temm. 

98 ,, picatus, Gould 96 

99 ,, robustus, Lath., 95 

C nigrogularis, Gould. 

100 ,, leucopterus, Cab 101 

101 „ quoyii, Lesson 98 

102 ,> cinereus. Gould 100 

103 ,, argenteus, Gould.... ... 97 

104 ! Grallina picata, Lath 102 

105 Graucalus melanops, Lath. ... 103 

106 ,, mentalis, Vig. <£• Horsf. 105 

107 ,, parvirostris, Gould. ... 104 

103 ,, n :'■": i' ' US, Gould. ... 106 

. 

\Q.) ,, lineatus, Swains. ... 107 

G. swainsonii, Gould. 


# 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


:i 


* 


* 


. . . ,. 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 
* 

* 


* 
# 

* 


* 
* 


* 


* ! * 


* 


* * 


* * 


•::■ 


* 


* 
* 
* 
* 
* 


' * 


* 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 
* 
* 


a — Gould, B. Aust., Suppl. pi. 8. 

b— Tips of spurious wings always orange-red never yellow as in P. ajfmisi. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


181 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


.£ o 
o 

^ c 


a o 


<£ 


£c 


o 


u. 


110 
111 
112 

113 
114 
115 
116 
117 
118 
119 
120 
121 
122 
123 
124 
125 
126 
127 
128 
129 
130 
131 
132 
133 
13 i 
135 
136 
137 
138 


*Pteropodocys phasianella, Gould 
Campephaga jardinii, Riipp. 

Campephaga eufiventris, Pucker. 
C. Kara, Gould, nee. Lesson. 

,, leucomela, V. <£•. Horsf. 

,, humeralis, Gould. ... 

,, karu, Lesson. 

Pachycephala gutturalis, Lath. 

occidentals, Ramsay 

GLAUCURA, Gould. 
MELANURA, Gould. 

rufiventris, Lath. 
pallida, Ramsay. ... 

FALCATA, Gould. 
,, LANOIDE3, Gould. ... 
,, RUFOGULARIS, Gould. 
,, GILBERTII, Gould. ... 

,, simplex Gould. 

,, olivacea, Vig. d: Horsf. 

,, robusta, Masters.... 

COLLURICINCLA HARMONICA, Lath. 

,, parvula, Gould. ... 

„ BRUNNEA, Goilld. ... 

,, selbii, Jardine 

RUFIVENTRIS, Gould. 
RUFIG ASTER, Gould. 
,, PARVISSIMA, Gould. 

, , s upercilios a, Masters. 
Falcunculus frontatus, Lath. 

,, LEUCOGASTER, Gould. 


5> 

> J 


10S 
109 
110 

lilt 

112 

a 
113 

c 
114 
115 
116 

b 

117 
118 
119 
120 
121 
122 
d 

123 
127 
125 
126 
124 
128 

e 

f 
129 
130 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* 
* 

••• ■ 


* 


* 


i i 


* 


* 


* 


-:..- * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* < 


* 


* 


* 


* 


■* 


* 


* This species should he perhaps, more ccrvectly 
P. maxima. Riipp. 

t Localities from Gould's Hand-hook. I have 
never seou this species in any collection. 

% North West Coast, Gould. 

i Cup* Grenville. 


a— Voy. de la Cocquille, pi. 12. 

h— P. L. S. of N.S.W., Vol. II, pt. 3. 

c— P. L. S. of N.S.W., Vol. II, pt. 2 , p. 

d— P. L.S. Of N. S W., VoL 1, p. 49. 

e— Ann. & Ma, r . Nat. Hist., Vol. X, p. 114. 

t—V. L. S. of N.S.W., I, p. 60. 


182 


the proceedings of the linnean society 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


.5 o. 

c • 

<£ g ' 
in rt : 


hi 

o . 


to 

c 


« 


>, 


2 o 

s E 


01 

w 


5 


o 


£ 


— <-_ 


a. 


ii 


>• 


n 


a 


u. 


K 
Z 


.C 

3 
O 
C/5 


H 


Oreoica cristata, Lewin 
Chibia bkacteata, Gould. ... 
Manucodia gouldii, (?. i?. 67ray 
Rhipidura albiscapa, Gould. 

,, PREissi, Cab. 

, , RUFIFEONS, Lath. 

,, DRYAS, Gould. 

,, setosa, Quoy et Gaim. 

JR. isura, Gould, B. superciliosa, Ramsay 

Sauloprocta motacilloides, Vig. <L* 
Horsf. 

,, pic at a, Gould. 

Seisura inquieta, Lath. 

,, NANA, Gould. 

PlEZORHYNCHUS NITIDUS, Gould. 

Arses (Opkryzone), kaupii, Gould. 

Myiagra plumbea, Vig. d- Horsf. 

,, concinna, Gould. ... 

,, RUBECULA, Lath. ... 

M. nitida, Gould. 
,, latirostris, Gould 

MACHiERIRHYNCHUS FLAVIVENTER, Gd. 

Micr^eca fascinans, Lath. ... 

,, assimilis, Gould. ... 

,, flavigaster, Gould. 

Monarcha carinata, Sivainson. 

,, gouldii, G. R. Gray. 

M, trivirgata, Gould. 

,, leucotis, Gould. ... 

,, albiventris, Gould, . . . 

GERYfiONE aebogularis, Gould. 


a- Ann. iiml M;r,'.. Nat. Hist, (4 Ser.) VI., p. 224- 


131 
132 
133 
134 
135 
136 
137 
138 

139 

140 
141 
a 
142 
143 
144 
145 
146 

147 
148 
149 
150 
151 
152 
153 

154 

Supp. 
pi. 13. 

155 


* 


* 


* 


* * 

* * 


* * 


* 
* 


* 


* * 


* 


* 


* * 


•* 


* * 


* 


* • 

* 

* 


* 

* 1 * 


* ! * 


* * 


* 


* 
* 


* * 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


183 


166 
167 
168 
169 
170 
171 
172 
173 
174 
175 
176 
177 
178 
179 
180 
181 
182 
183 
184 
185 
186 
187 
188 
189 
190 
191 

192 
193 
194 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


cies No. in 
Handbook to 
f Australia, or 
References. 


bii 
c 
'5- 

w 


c 

a 

u 


ha 

o 

V 

a 


>> 

P3 

e 

"So 


o 
'c 
Q 


u 

5 


(A 

5 

u 

U 


«5 

o 


.2 
'C 


2 
o 

(J 


.2 

(A 

< 


.2 
a 


.2 

"rt 


a 
Q 


o 


U 


u 
o 


J- 

o 


V 


Jrf 


z 


r>" 


c 


H 


> 


o.bo 


3 
O 


<£ 


£ 


UJ 


CM 


& 


(5 


»» 
>> 


Gerygone fusca, Gould. 

,, culicivoea, Gould. 

,, MAGNIR03TRIS, Gould. 

L^EVIGASTER, Gould. 
CHLORONOTA, Gould. 

,, PERSONATA, Gould. 

,, simplex, Masters. 

,, flavida, Ramsay. 

Smicrornis brevirostris, Gould. 

,, FLAVESCENS, Gould. 

Erythrodryas rosea, Gould. 

,, RHODINOG ASTER, Drap 

Petrosca, multicolor, Vig. & Ilorsf. 
,, goodenovii, Vig. <L Horsf. 

,, PHCENICEA, Gould.... 

Melanodryas cuculata, Lath. 

,, pic at a, Gould. 

Amaurodryas vittata, Quoy et Galm 
Pcecilodryas cerviniventris, Gould 

,, SUPERCILIOSA, Gould. 

,, (?) cinerifrons, Ramsay 
Drymodes brunneopygia, Gould. . 

,, SUPERCILIARIS, Gould. . 

Eopsaltria australis, Lath. 

,, GRISEOGULARIS, Gould. . 

,, gularis, Quoy et Gaim. . 

E. leucogaster, Gould. 

,, capito, Gould 

,, magnirostris, Ramsay 

,, inornata, Ramsay. 


a— P. L. S. of N. S. W., 1. p. 52. 
b— P. L. S. of N. S. W., Vol. 2, p. 53. 
c— P. Z. S., 1875, p. 588. 


9 
'3 
O 

Z 

■r. 

o 


156 
157 
158 
159 
160 

Supp. 
pi. 14. 

a 

b 

161 
162 
164 
163 
165 
166 
167 
168 
169 
170 
171 
172 

c 

173 
174 
175 
176 
177 

178 
d 


* 


• 


* 


* 


* 


* 


t 


d— M. S. S., 1867 ; et lit.; Gould, Ann. <fc Mag. 

Nat. His., (4), IV, p. 109. 
e— P. Z. S., 1874, p. 604. t North West Coast. 


184 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


cics No. m 

Handbook t<> 
f Australia, or 

Ri fi rences. 


to 

IT 

■a 


.s 

a 

a 

■_ 

a 
U 


o 
> 


K 

he 

B 


d 

o 

Q 


Q 

pq 


s 


CO 


v. 
o 


- 

o 
<J 


hi 

< 


'5 


to 

Ih 

If 

< 


Spc 
Gould's 

Birds ( 

Other 


Q 


o 

"3 
U 


U 


o 
o 

2> 


Ik 
O 

0. 


> 


£ 


.- 


6 
en 


H 


195 
196 
197 

19S 
199 
200 
201 
202 
203 
204 
205 
206 
207 
20S 
209 
210 

211 
212 
213 
214 
215 
216 

217 
218 
219 
220 
221 
222 


{ 


Supp. 
pi. 18. 


> t 


>3 


EOPSALTRIA LEUCURA, Gould. 

,, chrysorrhous, Gould. 
Menura stjperba, Davles. 

ALBERTI, Gould. 

victori/E, Gould. ... 

PSOPHODES CREPITANS, Vig&Horsf. 

,, NiGRoauLARis, Gould. 

SPHENOSTOMA CRI3TATA, Gould. 

Malures cyaneus, Lath. 

,, LAMBERTI 

,, LONGICA' DUS, Gould. ... 

,, MELANOTUS, Gould. 

splendens, Quoy. et Gaim. 

ELEGANS, Gould. 
,, PULCHERRIMUS, Gould. 
,, AMABILIS, Gould. 

M. hypoleucus, Gould =■ £ of 210 

,, CORONATUS, Gould 

,, leucopterus, Quoij. et Gaim. . 

,, LEUCONOTUS, Gould. ... 

,, MELANOCEPHALUS, Vig. & Horsf .\ 196 

,, CALLAINUS, Gould. 


a 

179 
181 
180 
182 
183 
184 
185 
191 
186 
187 
188 
189 
190 
192 

Supp. 

pi. 22. 

193 
194 
195 


,, brownii, Vhj. & Horsf. b 
M. cruentatus, Gould. 

Amytis textilis, Quoy et Gaim 

,, STRIATUS, Gould. 

,, MACROURUS, Gould. ... 

,, GOYDERT, Gould. 
Stipiturus malachurus, Lath. 
Sphenura brachyptera, Lath. 


j ' Supj). 

I pi. -';■ 

197 


198 

199 

200 

c 

201 

202 


* V 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


$ 


* * * 


* 


c- 


* 


* 


* 


a-A. & M. Nat. Hist. IV., p. 1.09 ? K magnirostris, 
Ramsay, N. E. Queensland 

t Victoria River, N. Australia. 


b— Vigors & Horsfield, Linn. Transactions. XV, p. 223 
c— A. & M.Nat. Hist., XVI(4th), No. 92, p. 28(5. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 


185 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


223 

224 
225 
226 
227 
22S 
229 
230 
231 
232 
233 

234 
535 
236 
237 
233 
233 
240 
241 
242 
243 
241 
245 
246 
247 
24S 
249 
250 
251 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


bpL-cies No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia, or 

Other References. 


_c 
"t/5 

w 

Q 


.2 

a 

a 
i) 
a. 

u 

C 

C 


o 

c 
re 

U 


>> 

re 

m 

g 

be 

!5 

u 
o 

V 


a 
o 
.2 
c 

Q 

i- 
C 
Oh 


u 

5 

I) 

!> 


Q 
u 

PS 

u 

U 

"u 
y 


4 

en 
2 


u 

.2 

4-1 

I— < 


c 
o 

> 


.2 
"re 

u 

in 

3 

<! 

£ 

o 
en 


re 

C 

re 

6 

re 

h 


_re 
"re 

< 

en 


to 

c 

'5 
O 

V. 


U 
en 


Sphenura subsp. longirostris, Gould. 

,, BROADBENTII, McCoy. j 

Atrichia clamosa, Gould. ... 
., rufescens, JRamscty. 

HYLACOLA CAITA, Gould 

,, PYRRKOPYGIA, Vig. <L> Horsf. 

Pycnoptilus floccosus, Gould. 

ClSTICOLA MAGNA, Gould 

,, EXIIJS, Lath. 

,, LINEOCATILLA, Gould. 

,, RUFICEPS, Gould. ... j 
C. isura, Gould, = $ of C. rujiceps \ 

Sericornis citreogularis, Gould.... 

HUMILIS, Gould.... 

,, osculans, Gould. 

,, frontalis, Vig. & Horsf. 

,, L/EVIGASTER, Gould. 

,, maculatus, Gould. 

,, magnirostris, Gould. ... 

,, MINIMUS, Gould 

ACANTHIZA PUSILLA, Lath 

,, DIEMENENSIS, Gould. 

,, UROPYGIALI3, Gould. ... 

,, apicalis, Gould. 

,, PYRRHOPYGIA, Gould. ... 
,, INORNATA, Gould. 

,, nana, Vig. <i- Horsf. 

,, LIN EAT A, Gould 

,, MAGNA, Gould 

Geobasileus reguloides, Vig. & Horsf '. 


203 

Supp. 

pi. 2 5 . 

204 
a 
206 
205 
207 
20S 
209 
210 

212 / 

211 i 

213 

214 
215 
216 
217 
21S 
219 
b 

220 
221 
222 
223 
224 
225 
226 
227 
22S 
230 


. 


* 


# 


* 


... 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


... 


* 
* 


... 


... 


*? 
* 

# 


* 


* 


* 


* 
* 


* 

* 


* 
* 


* 

# 


# 
* 


* 


* 


... 


•Si? 


# 
* 


# 


* 


* 


# 


# 


* 


* 


# 

* 


... 


* 


* 


* 


... 


... 


*- 


* 


* 

* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


... 


* 


# 


* 


# 


* 


* 


... 


# 


* 


* 


# 
* 


* 

# 


* 

-V- 

■fp 


... 


* 

* 


# 
* 


# 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


—P. Z. S., 1366, p. 433. 


b— Gould Bcls. of New Guinea, pt. I, pi. 13, (Dec, 1875). 


186 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


List of Australian Birds, 


(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES 


c i. 


be 


5 ~ 
c 

»■§ 

yi re 

.S2E 
8 j« 


E W 


— ^ 

< ^ ! 

° M 

t/: 1- | 


5s° 


•j 


w 


bit 


r: 

o 

C 

o 
U 


252 

253 

254 

255 

256 

257 

258 

259 

260 

261 

262 

263 

264 

265 

266 

267 

26S 

269 

270 

271 

272 

273 

274 

275 

276 

277 

278 

279 

280 

2S1 


Geobasileus chrysorrhcea, Q.et Gm. 
Ephthianura tricolor, Gould. 

,, AURIFRONS, Goidd. 

,, albifrons, Jard. & Selb. 

,, crocea, Castl. t£- Ramsay. 

Xerophila leucopsis, Gould. 

,, PECTORALIS, Goidd. 

Pyrrhol^mus brunneus, Goidd. ... 
Origma rubricata, Lath. 
Calamanthus fuliginosus, Vig. <L- II. 

,, CAMPESTRIS ... 

Chthonicola sagittata, Lath. 
Anthus australls, Vig. <0 Ilorsf. ... 
Cincloramphus cruralis, Vig. <L- H. 
,, cantillans, Gould. 

Ptencedus rufescens, Vig. <£• Horsf. 
Sphen^acus galactotes, Temm. ... 

,, gramineus, Goidd. 

Calamoherpe australis, Gould. ... 

,, longirostrls, Gould. ... 

MlRAFRA HORSFIELDII, Gould. 

Estrilda (Zonceginthus) bella, Lath. 

,, ( ,, ) oculea, Quoij et Gm. 

(Stictoptera) bichenovii, Vig. & II. .. 

annulosa, Gould. 

(uEgintha) temporalis, Lath.... 

(Ballulda) ruficaud \, Gould. . . . 

(Aidemo8yne) modesta, Gould. 

( Neochmia) phaeton,//, et Jarq. 

(StagonopkuraJ guttata, Shaw. 


> » 


229 
233 
232 
231 
a 
234 
b 
235 
236 
237 
238 
239 
240 
241 
242 
243 
244 
245 
246 
247 
248 
249 
250 
251 
252 
253 
254 
255 
256 
257 


* 


# i * * 


* 


* 


* » 


* 


* 


# ■ # * 


* * 


# 


* 


* 


# # 


* 

# 

* 

* 


• * 


» # 


* 


* 


*-P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., p. IV., Vol. 1. 


b-Gould. Ami & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), VUL p. 1»2. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


187 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued. ) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia or 

Other References. 


c 

"tin 
ifi 

w 

Q 

4-J 

ft. 


.2 
'1* 

a 

V 

a. 
t* 
n 
<_> 

1*- 


O 


u 


a 
u 


n 

a 
B 

3 

'2. 


S 

°E 

Q 
.-» 


ft. 


U 

4-* 

3 
>» 

cd 

M 

<u 

-a 

% 


t/j 

3 
pi 

u 

.2 
U 


s 


ui 

co 


.2 

V 

4-1 

I— t 


.2 


> 


.2 

"3 

c/i 

3 
< 

3 
O 
CO 


a 
'5 

a! 

E 

in 
id 

H 


.2 

V* 

4-» 
W 

3 


U 

c 

'3 


in 
nj 
O 

u 

10 


282 
283 
284 
285 
286 
287 
288 
289 
290 
291 
292 
293 
294 
295 
296 
297 
298 
299 
300 
301 
302 
303 
304 

305 

306 
307 

308 


Estrilda (Tceniopygia) castanotis, Gd. 

MUNIA FLAVIPRYMNA, Gould. 
DONACOLA CASTANEOTHORAX, Gould.... 
,, PECTORALIS, Gould. 

Emblema picta, Gould. 

P(EPHILA CINCTA, Gould, 

,, ACUTICAUDA, Gould. 

,, atropygialis, Diggles. 
,, mirabilis, Homb. et Jao/. 
(black-headed phase) gouldle, Gould, 
{yellow-headed phase) armitiana, Bams. 
, , person ata, Gould. ... 
,, leucotis, Gould. ... 
Pitta strepitans, Temm. 

,, (subsp.J SIMILIMA, Gould. 

, , macklotii, Midi <£ Schleg. ...{ 
,, iris, Gould. 

ClNCLOSOMA PUNCTATUM, Lath. 

,, CASTANEONOTUM, Gould.... 
,, CINNAMOMEUM, Gould. ... 
,, CASTANEOTHORAX, Gould. 

Oreocincla lunulata. Lath. 

,, heinii, Cab. 
O. iodura, Gould. 

Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus, ... 
Kuhl. (P. violaceus, Vieill.J 

,, (hybrid) rawnsleyi, Digg. 

Ailur^dus crassirostris, Payk. . . . 
A. Smithii, Vig. & Horsf. 

,, maculosus, Ramsay. 


258 
267 
265 
266 
268 
264 
261 

260 
259 

a 
262 
263 
269 

b 

Supp. 
pi. 29. 

270 
271 

272 
273 
274 
275 
d 

276 

e 

277 

f 


* 

* 
t 


# 
* 

* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 


* 
* 
* 

# 


* 
* 


* 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 
* 


* 

# 

* 


* 
* 
* 


* 
* 
* 


* 


* 


... 


* 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


... 


* 


* 


1* 
1 

* 
* 

* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


t flafc. North-West Coast, Gould. 

a.— P. Linn. Soc. N. S Wales, Vol. 2, p. 70. 

b.- P. Z. S., 1868, p. 76. 


d.— Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4Ser., 9. p. 401. 
e.— See P. S. Z., 1875, p. 69, Gould Suppl. pi. 
f.— P. Z. S. 1874, p. 601. 


34. 


188 


the proceedings of the linnean society 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia, or 

Other References. 


'IT: 

w 

£ 

u 

c 


rt 
C 

0) 

C 
U 

v« 
O 
<*- 

o 


u 


n 
"So 

C 

o 


c 
o 

'S 

G 

-4-» 

o 


5 


5 

<£ 

u 

U 

5 


o 
o 


u 

< 

3 
O 

in 


nj 

"a 

E 
H 


ri 
a 

3 

<; 

+-* 
to 

u 


3 

.5 
'3 
O 

o 
U 

^5 


309 
310 
311 
312 
313 
314 
315 
310 
317 
318 
319 
320 
321 
322 
323 
324 
325 
326 
327 
328 
329 
330 
331 
332 
333 
334 
335 
336 

337 


Chlamydodera nuchalis, JarcZ.di Selb. 

,, MACULATA, Gould. 

,, GUTTATA, Gould. 

,, CERVINIVENTRIS, Gould 

,, occipitalis, Gould. ... 
Scenop^eus dentirostris, Ramsay. . . . 
Sericulus melinus, Lath . 
Mimeta viridis, Lath. 

,, AFFINIS, Gould 

, , flavocincta, King. ... 
Sphecotheres maxillaris, Lath. . . 
,, flaviventris, Gould... 

Corcorax melanorhamphus, Vieill 
Struthidea cinerea, Gould. 
Corvus australis, Gmelin. . . . 
Calornis metallica, Temm. 

POMATOSTOMUS TEMPORALIS, V. <£ H, 
,, STJPERCILIOSUS, V. <L H 

,, RUBECULUS, Gould. 

,, ruficeps, Hartlaub. 

Meliornis nov^-hollandi^, Lath. 

, , (subsp. a. ) longirostris, Gould 

,, sericea, Gould. 

,, (subsp. b.) mystacalis, Goidd. 

,, (Lichmera) Australasian a, Shaio 
Glyciphila fulvifrons, Leivin. 

,, ALBIFRONS 

,, V pectoralis, Gray. 
' (G. fasciata, Gould. ) 

,, V subfasciata, Ramsay, ... 


278 
279 
280 
281 

a 

b 
282 
283 
284 
285 
286 
287 
288 
289 
290 
291 
292 
294 
2^3 
295 
296 
297 
298 
299 
300 
301 
302 
303 


* * 


* 


t 


* 


* 


* 


* 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 

* * 


# 


* 


t Hab. North West Australia, Gould. 
Ann. Nat. Hist. (4), No. 96, p. 429. 


b— P. Z. S. 1875, p. 591. 
c— P. Z. S., 1868, p. 3S5. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


189 


List of Australian Birds, 

(Continued.) 


• 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia, or 

Other References. 


-S 
W 

u 

a 

Q 

a, 


.5 

rt 
C 

a 

u 

o 
cm 

1 ° 


h 

O 

V 

a 
u 


g 
O 


o 

en 

'2 
<u 

Q 
o 


"C 

*-» 

y 

5 
> 

n 
1) 


5 

u 

U 

J3 

(5 


<u 


.2 

V 

a 


.2 

o 
■*-• 

u 

> 


.2 

3 
O 
W 


2 

2 

« 

E 
h 


.2 
t3 

in 

3 
< 

(/I 


rt i 

V 

a 
"3 

O 

£ 1 

tn 

<t) 
o 
U 

c/5 


338 
339 
340 
341 
342 
343 
344 

345 
346 
347 
348 
349 
350 
351 
352 
353 
354 
355 
356 
357 
358 
359 
360 
361 
362 
363 
364 
365 
366 


Stigmatops ocularis, Gould. 

,, SUBOCULARIS, Gould. 

Ptilotis, lewinii, >Sivai?is. ... 

,, VITTATA, CUV 
,, VERSICOLOR, Goidd. 
,, FASIOGULARIS, Gould. 
,, FLAVICOLLIS, Vieill. 

P. flavigida, Gould. 

,, gracilis, Gould 

Ptilotis leucotis, Lath 

,, auricomis, Lath. 
,, ( Lkhenostomus ) cr\titia,Gou1<1 . 
,, ( ,, ) OCCIDENT alis, Cab. 
,, ORNATA, Gould. 

,, plumula, Gould. 

,, FLAVESCENS, Gould. 

,, FLAVA, Gould. 

,, PENICILLATA, Goilld. 

,, fusca, Goidd. 
,, chrysops, Lath. 
,, frenata, Ramsay ... 
,, macleayi, Ramsay. 

,, NOTATA, Gould { 

,, cassidix, Jard. 

,, COCKERELLI, Gould. 

,, (Xanthotis) filigera 
Stomiopera unicolor, Gould. 
Plectorhyncha lanceolata, Gould. 
Meliphaga phrygia, Lath. ... 
Entomophila picta, Gould.... 


304 
305 
306 
307 
308 
309 
310 

a 
311 
312 
313 

314 
315 
316 
317 
318 
319 
320 

b 

c 

Sup. 
pi. 41- 

pl- 39- 

pl- 43- 

321 
322 
323 
224 

326 


* 
* 


* 


* 


* 
* 
* 
* 

* 
* 

• •• 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 

* 


* 


* 


* 
* 


* 
* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


\ 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


... 


* 


* 


* 
* 


* 
* 


* 
* 


* 
* 


* 


* 


... 


* 


* 


* 


* 

* 

* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 

* 


* 


* 

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 


* 
• . . 

* 
* 


* 
* 


* 
* 
* 


* 
* 
# 


* 
* 


* 

* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 
* 


* 

1 


, 


* 


* 
* 


* 


* 
* 


* 


* 
* 
* 


* 
* 
* 


* 


* 


•• 


i 


i 


a— P. Z. S. 1866, p. 217. 
b— P. Z. S. 1874, p. 603. 


c— P. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Jan. 25th, 1875, Vol. I, 
p. 10; Syn. P. flavostriata , Gould, P.Z.S. 
April, 1875, p. 315. 


190 


3G7 
368 
369 

370 
371 
372 
373 
374 
37.3 
376 
377 
378 
379 
380 
381 
382 
383 
384 
385 
386 
387 
388 
389 
390 
391 
392 
393 
394 

395 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia, or 

Other References. 


'w 

w 

— 

u 

Q 


.2 

V 

a, 

u 
c3 
U 
i— 
o 

~3 

o 


M 

u 
O 

>• 
V 

a 
U 


n 
ffl 

g 

c 

'J2 
u 
o 

1* 


d 
o 
uj 

u 
P 

4-> 

o 

2h 


(5 

a) 

m 


ui 

t— 1 


5 


2 
p 

> 


.2 

3 
C 
CO 


.5 
E 
H 


.2 

>-* 

4-* 

«! 


)5 
J 5 


(Conopophila) albogularis, Gould. 

( ,, ) RUFOGULARIS, Gould. 

Certhionyx leucomelas, Guv. 
Entomo}ihUa picata, Gould. 

ACANTHOGENYS RUFOGULARIS, Gould. 

Anthoch^era inauris, Gould. 

,, CARUNCULATA, Lath 

Anellobia mellivora, Lath 

,, LUNULATA, Gould. 

Philemon corniculatus, Lath. 
,, buceroides, Swains 

argenticeps, Goidd. 

CITREOGULARIS, Goidd. 

,, sordidus, Gould.... 

ACANTHORHYNCHUS TENUIROSTRIS, Lth, 

,, superciliosus, Goidd. 

Myzomela sanguineolenta, Lath... 

,, ERYTHROCEPHALA, Gould. 

,, PECTORALLS, Gould. 

,, NIGRA, Gould. 

. , obscura, Goidd. . . . 

Entomyza cyanotis, Swainson 

,, albipennis, Gould. 

Melithreptus validirostris, Gould. 

,, BREVIROSTRIS, V. <b Hsf. 

,, GULARIS, Goidd. 

,, LUNULATUS, Shaw. 

., CHLOROPSIS, Gould. 

,, ALBOGULARIS, Goukl. ... 

,, melanocephalus, Gould. 


327 I* 

328 

325 


329 
330 
331 
332 
333 
334 
335 
336 
337 
338 
339 
340 
341 
342 
343 
344 
345 
346 
346A 

347 
a 
348 
349 
350 
351 
352 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


« 


« 


» 


ft 


« 


« 


* 


* 


* 


* 


« 


« 


« 


« 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* 


* * 


* 


ft 


a — Trans. Linn. Soc, XV , p. 315. 


of new south wales. 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


191 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


o 'z 


bjo 


rf 


4-J 


:ies No. in 
Handbook 
7 Australia, 
References 


a 
W 


2 
c 


ji 


a 

E 
« 

C 


a 

o 


o 

to 


Q 


.2 

o 

> 


.s" 

"3 


B 


B 

1-1 


a 
u 


o 

a 


c 

V 

a 


(-i 
>> 

m 


b 
U 


B 


u 

c 


J3 


a 

« 

B 

in 


I/) 


Spe 

Gould's 

Birds o 

Other 


Q 


o 

"3 
O 


CO 

u 


o 
Pi 


o 


•a 


4 

u 

5 


fc 


3 
O 


h 


H 

'3 

O 


I 
o 
U 


396 
397 
398 
399 
400 
401 
402 
403 

404 
405 
406 
407 
408 
409 
410 
411 
412 

413 
414 
415 
416 
417 
418 
419 
420 
421 
422 

423 


Melithreptus IuEtior, Gould. 

Myzantha garrula, Lath 

,, obscura, Gould. ... 

,, LUTEA, Gould. 

,, FLAVIGULA, Gould. 

Manorhima melanophrys, Lath. .., 

Dkleum hirundinaceum, Shaio. ... 

ClNNYRIS frenata, Midi. ... 
(Nectarinia australis; Gould.) 

ZOSTEROPS C0ERULESCENS, Lath. 

,, GOULDII, Bp 

,, luteus, Gould 

,, ramsayi, Masters 

, , flavogularis, Masters. . . . 

„ gulliveri, Castl. <fc Rams. 

Ptiloris paradisea, Swains 

,, victoria, Go u Id 

(Craspedophora) alberti, Gray. ... 
(C. magnijica ; Gray.,) 

Climacteris scandens, Ternm. 

rufa, Gould 

ERYTHROPS, Gould 

melanotus, Gould 

MELANURA, Gould 
LEUCOPH(EA, Lath. 
PYRRHONOTA, Gould ... 

Orthonyx spinicaudus, Temm. 
,, spaldingi, Ramsay. 

SlTTELLA CHRYS OPTERA, Lath. 

,, (var.) tenuirostris, Goidd. 


a 
353 
354 
355 
356 
357 
358 
359 

360 
361 
362 

b 

c 

d 

363 
364 
365 

366 
367 
368 
369 
370 
371 
e 
372 

Supp. 
Pi- 53- 

373 

f 


* 


>t 


* 


* 


# ! * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


+ 


* 


* 


# 


* 


i~ 


• 


a— Ann. & Mag-. Nat. Hist., 4th Ser., Oct., 1875, p. 287. 
b— P. L. S. of N. S. W., Vol. I., p. 56. Hab. Palm Island. 
c— P. L. S., N. S. W., I., p .56. 
d— P. L. S., N. S. W., Vol. I, p. 383. 


* 


« 


e— P. Z S., 1867, p. 976. 
f — Gould Handbook I, p. 610. 
t Hab. Islands in Torres Straits. 
X Hab. Lake Eyre. 


192 


the proceedings op the linnaen society 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


424 
425 
426 

427 
428 
429 

430 
431 
432 
433 
434 
435 

436 
437 
438 
439 
440 
441 

442 
443 
444 
445 

446 
447 

448 
449 
450 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


So . 

.3 O.S U 

. 073 c 


ti 
c 

'1/5 
ir. 

W 


.2 
'C 

rt 

c 


a 
1-1 

n! 
U 
»** 

O 

a 

a 


hi 


n 


c 


5 


w5 


.2 
hi 


ri 


Species N 

Gould's Hand 

Birds of Aust 

Other Refer 


u 

C 


> 


0, 
a 
U 


5 

u 


5 

1) 

Q 


h 

r: 

e 


U 

U 

(5 


ui 


h. 

c 


u 
> 


< 

c 


:: 

E 
H 


t/; 
3 
< 


O 

U 


SlTTELLA LEUCOCEPHALA, Gould 
,, LEUCOPTERA, Coii/tZ 

,, PILEATA, Gould 

,, STRIATA, Gould ... ... J 

,, albata, Ramsay ... 

CUCULUS CANOROIDES, Mull.... 

(C. optatus, Gould. J 
Cacomantis pallida, Lath ... 

,, FLABELLIFORMIS, Lath ... 

,, INSPERATUS, Gould 

,, DUMETORUM, Gould 

,, CASTANEIVENTRIS, Gould { 

Mesocalius palliolatus, Lath. 
( Chalcites osculans, Gould. J 

Chalcites plagosus, Lath 

,, basalis, Horsf. ... 

,, MINUTILLUS, Gould. 

, , RUSSATA, Gould. ... 

SCYTHROPS NOV^E-HOLLANDLE, Lath. 
EUDYNAMIS CYANOCEPHALA, Lath. ... 

( E. Jllndersi, Gould.) 
Centropus phasianus, Lath. 
,, (subsp. a. ) macrourus, Gould. ... 

,, (subsp. fJ.^MELANURUS, Gould. ... 

Plictolophus (Gacatua) galerita, 
Lath. ... 

, , (Gacatua) leadbea teri, Vigors . . . 

,, ( ,, ) goffinii, Finsch. 

,, ( ,, ) sanguineus, Gould. ... 

,, ( ,, ) gymnopls, Sclater. ... 

,, ( Eolophus) roseicapilla, Vieill... 


374 
375 
376 

Supp. 
pi. 54. 

a 
377 

378 
379 
380 
381 

Supp. 
pi. 55. 

382 

383 
385 
384 


387 

388 
389 
390 
391 

392 

b 
393 

c 
394 


* # 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


> 


386 L 


* * 


# 


* 


s 


* * * 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


• 


* 


* 


* * 


* 


* 
*+ 


a— P. Z S., 1877, p. 351. c-P. Z. S., 1871, p. 433. 

b— Finsch. Papag. 1 p., 308. Hub. Queensland (Sclater). t? — C.triton. Tern. 


of new south wales. 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


193 


NAME OF SPECIES 


O u 


tip 


pecies No. in 
d's Handbook 1 
s of Australia o 
er References 


c 

*in 
en 

w 
•* 

m 


C 
(U 

a. 
rt 
U 

u_ 
O 


w 
C 
>« 

u 
a 

U 


n 
G 

J3 

be 
c 
'^ 
o 
o 


o 

VI 

'5 
o 

Q 

4-1 
Ih 

C 


u 

In 

G 
>, 

rt 
PQ 
i> 

T3 


Q 

U 


en 

13 


u 

o 

**. 
<u 


.2* 
o 
u 


.2" 

13 
t- 

3 

<; 

3 


.2 

3 
B 


.2 

13 

1/1 

3 

<i 

tn 


CI 

V 

c 
"3 
C 

a' 

*-• 

w 

o 


C0"3T3~ 
-. h. ^ 

5B° 


U 

0. 


"3 


fe 


3 


O 
C/5 


£ 


U 


451 

452 
453 
454 

455 

456 
457 

458 

459 

460 

461 

462 

463 

464 

465 

466 

467 

468 

469 

470 

471 

472 

473 

474 

475 

476 

477 

47S 


Licmetis nasica, Temm. 

(L. tenuirostris, Wagl.) 

„ PASTINATOR, Gould. 

Callocephalon galeatum, Lath. ... 

Calyptorhynchus banksii, Lath.... 

,, stellatus, Wagl. 

(C. rnacrorhynchus, Gould.) 

,, (siibsp. a.) naso, Gould. 

,, solandri, Temm. 

(C. leachii, Kuhl.) 

,, funereus, Shaw. 

,, (var.) xanthonotus, Gould. ... 

,, BAUDINII, Vig 

MlCROGLOSSUS ATERRIMUM, Gmel. ... 

,, (var . a. ) goliath, Kuhl. ... 

CALOPSITTACUS NOV.E-HOLLANDIJE, Gml. 
POLYTELIS BARRABANDI, SlvaillS. ... 

,, MELANURA, Vigors. 

,, ALEXANDRA, Goidd. 

Aprosmictus scapulatus, Bechst. ... 
,, (Las. nat.J insignissimus, Could. 
,, ( Ptlstes) ERYTHROPTERUS, Gml.... 

,, ( ,, J coccineopterus, Goidd. 
Platycercus barnardi, Vig . & Horsf. 
, , semitorquatus, Q. et Gaim . 
,, zonarius, Shaiv. ... 

, , PENNANTII, Lath. ... 

,, ADELAIPENSIS, Goidd. ... 

,. elaviventris, Temm. ... 

,, ELAVEOLUS, Gould. 

,, PALLIDICEPS, Vig. 


395 

396 
405 
397 
398 

399 
400 

401 
402 
403 
404 


* 


* 


-* 


# 


440 
406 
408 
407 
409 

a 
410 
411 
412 
413 
414 
415 
416 
417 
418 
419 


*+ 


* * 


-* 


* 


$ 


* 


# 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


• 


* 


-:):- 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


• 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


a— P. Z. S., 1875, p. 314. 


t Hab. Howell's Ponds, 16° 54' 7" S. 


194 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


479 

480 

481 
482 
4S3 

484 
485 
486 

487 
488 
489 
490 
491 
492 
493 

594 
495 
496 

497 
498 
499 
500 
501 
502 
503 
504 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


>> 


Platycercus amathusle, Bp. 
(P. cyanogenys, Gould.) 

,, brownii, Temm. 

(P. venustus, G. R. Gray.) 

,, eximius, Shaw ... 

,, (var.)s~Pimsm~DUS, Gould. 

mastersianus, Ramsay. 

ignitus, Leadb. ... | 

icterotis, Temm. 

spurius, Ktdd. ... 
(Pwpureicephalus pileatus, Vig.) 

PSEPHOTUS H^EMATOGASTER, Gould... 

(var. ) xanthorrhous, Gould. 
chrysopterygius, Gould. 
pulcherrimus, Goidd. ... 
multicolor, Temm. 

h^ematonotus, Goidd. ... 

Euphema venusta, Temm. ... e ,. 
(E. chrysostoma, Kuhl.) 

,, PULCHELLA, Shaw. 

,, ELEGANS, Goidd 

,, CHRYSOGASTRA, Lath. ... 

(E. aurantia, Gould.) 

,, PETROPIULA, Goidd. 

,, SPLENDIDA, Gould... 

,, bourkii, Gould 

Melopsittacus undulatus, Shaw. . . . 

Pezoporus formosus, Lath 

( Geopsittacus) occidentalis, Gould. 

Latiiamus discolor, Shaw 

Trichoglossus novte-hollandle, Gml. 
(T. multicolor, Gml.) 


B O. 
O- 

'3* 


o. 

Of 


o . 


be 
r. 


rt 


a u 


i/> 


*n 


(J 


« 


ni 


1/7 

W 


M 


« 


a 

o 


It 


u 


U) 


"3 


*rt 


=3 


HI 

c. 

1-1 

u 


o 

(U 

a. 


E 

U 

C 


'2 

HI 

Q 


G 

nj 


P5 
U 


"3 
en 


(LI 


o 
o 


4-1 
t/l 

3 

<: 


'5 

S 
c/l 


< 


O !_ 

>- X 


Q 


o 
"3 

o 


U 


u 
o 


It 

o 


IS 


5 


si 


>• 


3 
O 


H 


o 


420 

421 

422 
423 

a 

Vol. V, 
pi. 30. 

424 
425 

426 

427 
428 
429 
430 
431 
432 

436 
433 
434 

435 
437 
438 
439 
441 
442 
443 
444 


a— P. L. S , N. S. W., II, p. 27. 


• 


:■. 


# 


# 


* 


# 


w i w 


I 


* 


* 


* * 


* 
* 

* 


•i * 


* 


a 
t> 
c 

'3 

O 

o 
U 


505 
506 
507 
508 
509 
510 
511 
512 

513 
514 
515 

516 
517 
518 
519 
520 
521 
522 
523 
524 
525 
526 
527 
528 
529 
530 
531 
532 


of new south walhs. 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


195 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


o. in 
book to 
ralia, or 
ences. 


h/i 


'ir. 

VI 

w 


.5 

«j 
a 
i-i 
a 
U 
<*- 
o 


i~ 


to 

m 


5 


4-* 


i* 


.2 
c 

c 

4-» 

o 
> 


2 


rt 


03 
5 


pecies N 
d's Hand 
; of Aust 
er Refer 


> 

V 

o. 

U 


3 


0) 

C 
o 


- 

ID 


cd 
U 
<8 


55 


_o 
a 


3 

.c 

3 


1 

(0 


3 


S 

Goul 

Bird 

Oth 


O 


o 


Ph 


£ 


.G 
u 

(5 


O 


£ 


Trichoglossus RTJBITORQTJIS, F/(/. <fc iJ. 
,, CHLOROLEPIDOTUS, JTttM. 

( Ptilosclera ) versicolor, Vigors. 
( Glossopsltta) conctnnus, Shaw. 

( ,, J PORPHYROCEPHALUS, Z>^£7\ 

( ,, j pusillus, Shaw. ... 
Cyclopsitta coxenii, Gould. ...j 

,, MacLeayana, Ramsay. ■■■ 

{C. Maccoyi, Gould, t) 
Ptilinopus swainsonii, Gould. 
,, ewingii, Gould. 

,, superbus, Temm. 

(P. porphyrostictus, Gould.) 

Megaloprepia magnifica, Temm. ... 

,, (var.J assimilis, Gould. 
Carpophaga storfolciensis, Lath . . . 

, , spilorrhoa, G. B. Gray. 

LOPHOLAIMTJS ANTARCTICUS, ShaiO ... 

Chalcophaps chrysochlora, Wagl. 
,, (subsp.a.) longirostris, Gould. 

Leucosarcia picata, Lath 

Phaps chalcoptera, Lath. ... 
,, elegans, Temm. 

,, HISTRIONICA, Gould 

Geophaps script a, Temm. ... 
,, smithii, Jard. c0 Selb. 

LOPHOPHAPS PLUMIFERA, Gould. 

„ FERRUGINEA, GoiM. ... 

,, LEUCOGASTER, Gould. ..A 

Ocyphaps lophotes, Temm... 


* 1 * 


445 
446 
447 

448 
449 

450 

Supp. ! 

ul. 65. 


* 


* # 


* * 


a 

451 
452 

453 
b 
454 j 
455 
456 
457 
458 
459 
460 
461 

j 462 
463 
464 
465 
466 

' 467 
468 

Supp. 
pi. 69. 


* 


# ! # 


* 


* 


*- : * 


* 


* 


* I * 

* 
* 


■ •■•• * * 


* 

* 
* 

* 
* 1 * 
* 


469 


* 


* 


* 


* ; * 


* ' * 


* , * 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


a— M. Syd. Herald, Nov. 15,1874. P. Z S., 
1875, p. 602. t P. Z. S., April, 1875, p. 314;= 
C. leadbeateri, McCoy, Ann. & Mag of Nat. 
Hist., July, 1875, (4), XVI, p. 54. 


b— Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, (4), No. 74, 
p. 137. (See Remarks,) 


196 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


Species No. in 

Gould's Handbook to 

Birds of Australia or 

Other References. 


£ 

V) 

w 

H 

a 


A 

u 

CO 

V 

a 
i- 
a 
V 

O 

6 


M 

Q 

>* 

a 

n 

O 


Rockingham Bay. 

Port Denison. 

Wide Bay District. 

Rich. & Clar. R. Dis. 

N. S. Wales. 

Interior. 


Victoria. 
South Australia. 

Tasmania, 

West Australia. 

S. Coast N. Guinea. 


533 

534 

535 

536 

537 

538 

539 

540 

541 

542 

543 

544 

545 

546 

547 

548 

549 

550 

551 

552 

553 

554 

555 

556 

557 

558 

559 

560 

561 

562 


Petrophassa albipennis, Gould. ... 
Erythrauchena humeralis, Temm. 
Geopelia tranquilla, Gould. 

,, PLACIDA, Gould. ... ... j 

,, fStktopelia) cuneata, Lath ... 
Macropygia phasianella, Temm. ... 
Talegallus lathami, Gray. ... 

Leipoa ocellata, Gould 

Megapodius tumulus, Gould. 
,, assimilis, Masters. 

TURNIX MEL AN OG ASTER, Gould. .. 1 

,, varius, Lath. 

,, SCINTILLANS, Gould. ... 
,, MELANOTUS, Gould. ... 
,, CASTANOTUS, Gould 

,, velox, Gould. 

,, PYRRHOTHORAX, Gould. 

Pedionomus torquatus, Gould. 

COTURNIX PECTORALIS, Gould. 

Synoicus australis, Lath. ... 

,, DIEMENENSIS, Gould. 

sordidus, Goxdd 

,, cervinus, Goidd. ... 
Excalfatoria australis, Gould. ... 
Dromaius nov^e-hollandi^:, Lath . . . 

,, irroratus, Bartlett. 
Casuarius australis, Wall. 

EUPODOTIS AUSTRALIS, Groi) 

(Edicnemus grallarius, Lath. 

ESACUS MAGNIROSTRIS, Geoff. 


470 
471 
472 
173 
474 
475 
476 
477 
478 
a 
479 
480 
480a 
481 
482 
483 
484 
485 
4S6 
487 
488 
489 
490 
491 
492 
493 
494 
495 
496 
497 


9 
*• 

* 

* 
* 
* 


| 


t ... 


* 

* 
* 


... 


*##**•• 
*****•• 


• 4 * 


■ 1 * *••#•■• 

• * ? 

• * * ••• * ••• 
.1 


****#•• 
* **#*•• 


* 


* 


* 


* 
*+ 


***** l 


t= * * * * ••• 


#•"*•** A 


* 


* 


* * * * * 

# * * * * 


... 


•? 


*• 


* 


* 


* 


* * # * # • 
***** 


V 
* * * ...*.... 

9 


*? 

* • 
* 


*■ 

* 

*• 
* 


* 


* 
* 
* 


***** 

W TV * * TV 


# * * ••• * •■• 

* # # 


# ' 


a— P L. S., N S.W., vol. I, p. 59 
t I lab. North West Coast. 


% JIab. Islands Torres Straits. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


197 


563 

564 

565 
566 
567 

568 
569 

570 
571 
572 

573 

574 

575 
576 

577 
578 
579 
580 
581 
582 
583 

584 
585 
583 
587 

588 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


ILematopus longirostris, Vieill. ... 

,, unicolor, Wagl. 

(H. fidiginosus, Gould. ) 

, , opthalmicus, Castl. & Rams. 
Lobivanellus lobatus, Lath. 

, , miles, Bodd, ... 

(L. personatus, Gould.) 

Sarciophorus pectoralis, Cuv. 

Charadrius longipes, Temm. 
C. pluvialis orientalis, Temm. 

,, (Squatarola) helvetica, Linn. 

ElTDROMTAS ATJSTRALTS, Gould. 
,, VEREDUS, Gould.* 

^Egialitts geoffroyi, Wagler. 
Hiaticula inornata, Gould. + 

mongolus, Pallas. 
Hiaticula inornata, Gould. J 

mastersi, Ramsay ... 

bicinctus, Jard. & Selb. .. 

MONARCHUS, Geoff. ... 
NIGRIFRONS, CltV. ... 

hiaticula, Linn. ... 

ruficapillus, Temm. 
Erythrogonys cinctus, Gould. 

Totanus stagnatilis, Temm. 

,, BREVIPES, CUV. 

(T. griseopygius, Gould.) 
Actitis hypoleucos, Linn. ... 

ACTITURUS BARTRAMIUS, Wilson. 

Cinclus interpres, Linn. ... 
Tringa canutus, Linn. 

,, TENUIROSTRIS, Horsf. 


Co 2 
i/! a 3 

vy o 
o.ts 

on 


g 


til 

c 


ti 


>. 


c 


W 


^ 


P3 

n 


. 


<u 


£ 


> 


rt 


*j 


U 


o. 


h£ 


1* 


o 


U 


.* 


Q 


u* 


O 


£ 


3 

o 


UL 


498 
499 

a 
500 
501 

502 
504 

503 
505 
506 
511 


# 


c 
512 
508 
509 
507 
510 
513 
530 
531 

528 
514 
532 
525 
526 


P4 


* 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* I * 


* 


* * 
* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* * * 


* * 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


-X- 


* 


-:;-- 


-P. L. S. of N. S. W.. I. pp. 384, 385. 
E. veredus, Gould, is not identical with E. 
asiaticus, Pallas. See Ibis., 1870; p.p. 201, 
213. 


t Gould. Bds. Aust. VI, pi. 19 ; larger jig. 
I Gould. Bds. Aust. VI, pi. 19 ; smaller fig. 
b— Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 384, sp. 6. 
c— P. L. S. of N. S.W., vol. I, p. 135. 


198 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


589 
590 

591 
592 
593 
594 
595 
596 
597 
598 
599 
600 
601 
602 
603 
604 
605 
606 
607 
60S 
609 

610 
611 
612 
613 
614 
615 
616 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


So . 
., w 

.— o .5 u 

o£ £ <u 

■t- ~Z .- <- 
£-> a in ,4) 

u. 1 ' C >- 

o.bo 

OK 


w 

- 


>, 


k-i 


rt 


pq 


k* 


ii 


M 


o 


en 


Ci 


U 


O 
> 

o 

a 


<5 


5 

Q 


(5 

CQ 


<*4 


o 

o 


=4 


g 


V 


j> 


(J 


r» 


Si 


2 


k. 


c 

3 
•J 


o 

U 


Tringa (Tarekia) cinerea, Gmel. ... 

,, (Schamiclus) albescens, Temm. 
(Calidris australis, Cuv. ) 

,, ( ,, J subarquata, Gmel. 

,, ( Limnocinclus ) acuminata, Horsf. 
Glareola grallaria, Temm, 
,, orientalis, Leach. 

Recurvirostra rubricollis, Temm. 
Cladorhynchus pectoralis, Dubus. 
Himantopus leucocephalus, Gould. 
Limosa melanuroides, Gould. 

,, UROPYGIALIS, Gould. 

Glottis glottoides, Linn. ... 
Gallinago australis, Lath. 
Rhynch^ea australis, Gould. 
Numenius cyanopus, Vieill.... 

,, UROPYGIALIS, Gould. 

,, minor, Schhg. 

Ibis falcinellus, Linn 

Geronticus spinicollis, Jameson. ... 

Threskiornis strictipennis, Gould. 

Platalea melanorhyncha, Reich . . . 

P. regia, Gould. 

,, FLAVIPES, Gould 

GRUS AUSTRALASIAN US, Goukl. 

Mycteria australis, Lath. ... 
Ardea cinerea, Linn. 

,, SUMATRANA, Raffl 

,, pacifica, Lath. 

,, NOV.E-HOLLANDLE, Lath, 


517 


* 


520 


. 


521 


# 


529 


* 


527 
524 

523 

522 

515 
516 
519 
518 
517 
520 
521 
529 
533 
534 
535 
536 
537 
540 
538 
539 
541 

542 
543 
544 
545 
546 
547 
548 


* * * 


* 

* 


* * 


* * 


* 


* * 


* # 


* * 

* : * 

* ... 

* # 

* * 


* 


* 


* * * 
* 


* * 
*■ 


* * 
* 

* * 


* 

# 


* * 


* 

* 

* 
* 


* 
* 


* 


* 
* 


* 

* 
* 


* 


* 

* 


# 


* 

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 

* 
« 


* 

* 

* 

* 
* 


*■ * 


* 


# 


* 


of new south wales. 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


199 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


o >- 


hi) 


' 


Species No. m 
Lild's Handbook t 
ds of Australia, c 
ther References. 


c 

ID 
£ 

CO 

Q 


to 

■c 

n! 

*j 
C 

u 
a 

to 
U 

o 
is 


o 
>> 

V 

a 

to 
U 


to 
CQ 

a 

<0 
-C 
h« 
c 

15 

<J 
o 


c 
o 

'5 
tu 

Q 

■*-> 

o 


en 

5 

<0 

pa 

V 


5 
pi 

u 


"<0 

2 


c 


.2 
o 
tj 

> 


to' 
u 

I 

<< 

3 
O 


"2 

<0 

6 
t/) 

to 
H 


to 

u 
tn 

3 
< 


O.tQ 


£ 


3 

O 


ei 


£ 


5 


UJ 


617 
618 

619 

620 

621 

622 

623 
624 
625 
626 
627 
628 
629 

630 
631 
632 
633 
634 
635 
636 
637 
638 
639 
640 
641 
642 


Herodias alba, Linn. 

,, INTERMEDIA, V. HdSSelq ... 

(H. plumiferus, Gould. ) 

,, melanopus, Wagl. 

(?A. garzetta, Linn.) 

,, garzetta, Linn. ... 

(H. immaculalus, Gould.) 

,, PICATA, Gould. 

Demiegretta sacra, Gmel. ... 

D. greyly Gray ; D. jugularis, Forst. 

,, asha, Sykes. 

Nycticorax caledonicus, Lath. 

Botaurus poicilopterus, Wagl. 

BUTOROLDES FLAVICOLLIS, Lath. 

,, MACRORHYNCHA, Gould. 

,, javanica, Horsf. 

Ardetta minuta, Linn. 

(A. pus ilia, V.) 

Porphyrio melanotus, Temm. 

,, BELLUS, Gould 

Tribonyx mortieri, DuBus.i 

,, ventralis, Gould. 

Gallinula tenebrosa, Gould. 

„ RUFICRISSA, Gould. 
FULICA AUSTRALIS, Gould 

Parra gallinacea, Temm.% 
Hypot^enidia philippensis, Linn. . 
,, (Leivinia) brachipus, Swains 
Rallina tricolor, Gray 

EULABEORNIS CASTANEIVENTRIS, GUI, 
PORZANA FLUMINEA, Gould 


549 

550 
551 
552 

554 

555 
556 

553 

557 

558 

559 

560 

561 

562 

563 
564 
565 
566 
567 

Suppl. 
pi. 79. 

568 
569 
570 
571 
572 

Supp. 
pi. 78. 

573 


* * * 

* i * ! * 


"^F TW 


* * 


# * 

* * * * 


* * * 
* ... 

.. 


* * * 


* .. 


* * 


• * 


* 


* I* 

* * * 

* * * 


* * 


* * 


* * * 


* 


! 1 


; * 


* 


* # 


# * 


* ' * 


* * 


* 


* ; * 


* 


# * 


# 


* 


t T. gouldii, Sclater. 


X ? cristata, V. 


200 


the proceedings of the linnean society 

List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


o. in 
book to 
ralia, or 
ences. 


W 


*n 

rt 
c 
— 
rt 
U 


>> 

rt 


a 

o 


•J 


5 


u5 


.2 

o 

U 


rt 

"rt 


rt 


rt 

"rt 


cies N 
Hand 
f Aust 
Refer 


<8 


1* 

— 


E 
a 

a 


V 

Q 


2 

P3 


n 
U 


3 


o 

*> 


U3 

3 

rt 


c 

rt 

E 

rt 


< 


Spe 

Gould's 

Birds o 

Other 


u 

a 

Q 

■- 


o 

a 


U 


(J 

o 


o 

PL, 


0) 

■d 

it 


5 


IS 


!> 


3 
O 
C/5 


H 


V 

£ 


643 
644 
645 

646 
647 
648 
649 
650 
651 
652 
653 
654 

655 
656 
657 
658 

659 
660 
661 
662 
663 
664 
665 

666 
667 


PORZANA PALUSTRIS, Gould 

,, tabxjensis, Gmel 

,, CINEREUS, Vieill 

(P. quadristrigata, Horsf. 

Cygnus atratus, Lath. 

Cereopsis nov^e-hollandi^, Lath... 
Anseranas melanoleuca, Lath. 

Branta ( Chlamydochen) jubata, Lath 
Nettapus pulchellus, Gould. 

,, ALBIPENNIS, Gould. 

Tadorna radjah, Garnot. ... 
Casarca tadornoides, Jard. 
Dendrocygna vagans, Eyton. 
(D. gouldi, Bp.) 

„ (Leplotarsus) eytoni, Gould.. 

Stictonetta n^evosa, Gould 

Anas superciliosa, Gmel 

,, ( Virago* J castanea, Eyton. .. 
(A. punctata, Cuv.) 
Spatula rhynchotis, Lath.... 

,, clypeata, Linn 

Malacorhynchus membranaceus, Lh 
Nyroca australis, Gould. ... 
Erismatura australis, Gould. 
Biziura lobata, Shaio. 
Podiceps, cristatus, L. 

(subsp.; australis, Goidd. 

,, NESTOR, Gould. ... 

,, NOV^E-HOLLANDLE 

(P. gidaris, Gould.) 


574 
575 
576 

577 
578 
579 
580 
581 
582 
583 
584 
591 

592 

587 
585 
586 

58S 
589 
590 
593 
594 
595 

665 
G66 

667 


# 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


• #• 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* * 


* 


; ; 


* 


s 


* 


* 


# 


* ••• 


* 


* 
* 


* 


* * 


* 


# 


* 


* # 


* I * i * 


* * 


* * 


* * , * 


* i * 


# 


• Newton, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 65. 


t Gould. Handbook, p. 370. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


201 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES 


o ^ 


h'r 


:ies No. in 
Handbook t 

f Australia o 
References 


c 

1/5 

w 

£ 


.2 
a 
c 

a. 

in 

U 


u 

c 
> 

V 

a. 


m 
g 

.G 

be 

c 


o 
°2 
Q 


u 

to 
S 
>> 

PQ 


O 
Pi 

n! 
U 


05 

"5 


u 

'C 

a; 


.5 
o 
o 
> 


.2 

*-» 

yi 

3 
< 


2 

'H 

E 

1/5 


.2 

>-• 

w. 
3 


Spe 

Gould's 

Birds o 

Other 


a 
C 


O 

5 


u 


^4 
O 

o 


c 


5 


Z 


3 
O 
CO 


h 


<L> 


668 

669 
670 
671 
672 

673 
674 
675 
676 

677 
678 

<;:<) 

680 
681 

682 

683 
684 

685 
686 
687 
688 

689 
690 


Catarractes chrysocome, Lath. 
(Ghrysocome catarractes, Gmel.) 

EUDYPTULA MINOR, Forst. 

,, UNDINA, Goilld. ... 

Larus pacificus, Lath. 

,, (XemaJ nov.e-hollandi^e, Steph. 
(X. jamesonii, Gould.) 

,, ( ,, ) GOULDII, Bp 

,, ( ,, J longirostris, Masters... 

Stercorarius antarcticus, Less. ... 

Hydrochelidon hybrida, Pall. 
( H. Jluviatilis, Gould. ) 

Sterna caspia, Pall. ... 

,, anglica, Mont. 
( Gelocheliclon macrotarsa, Gould.^ 

,, media, Horsfield. 
(Thalassens bengalensis, T.torresii, Gd. ) 

,, bergii, Licht. 
pelecanoides, King ; poliocercus, Gould. 

,, dougalli, Mont. 

(S. gracilis, Gould.) 

,, frontalis, Gray. ... 
(S. melanorhyncha, Gould.) 

,, melanauchen, Temm. 

,, an.estheta, Scop. ... 
( Onychoprion panayensis, Gould. ) 

,, nigrifrons, Masters. 

,, fuliginosa, Gmel 

Sternula nereis, Gould 

,, sinensis, Gmel 

(S. placens, Gould. ) 

,, inconspicua, Masters. ... 
Gygis Candida, Gmel. 


668 

669 
670 
596 

597 

598 

a 

599 

610 

600 
608 

603 

J 601 
(602 

605 

604 

606 
612 

b 

611 
607 

c 

d 
609 


* 


* 


*■ 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# # 


* 


* 


# 


* 


# 


# 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


d-P. L.S., N.S.W., I, p. 63. 

J— Caught in Long. 119° E., Lat. 1853 y S. 


a— P. L. S., N. S. W., II, p. 113. 

b— P. L. S., N. S. W., I, p. 62. 

c— Gould, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), VIII, p. 192. 


202 


THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


List of Australian Birds, 

(Continued. ) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


Anous stolidus, Linn. 

,, tenuirostris, Temm. 
(A. melanops, Gould. ) 

,, melanogenys, Gray 

,, LEUCOCAPILLUS, Gould. 

,, (leruleus, F. D. Bennett. ... 
(Anous cinereus, Gould.) 

Diomedea exulans, Linn 

BRACHYURA, Temm. 

cauta, Gould. 

melanophrys, Temm. ... 

CULMINATA, Gould . 
CHLORORHYNCHA, Gmel. ... 

(Phoebetria) fuliginosa, Gmel. 

Fulm arus ( Ossifraga) gig anteus, Gm . 

,, (Majaqueus) conspicillatus, Od. 

,, (Adamastor) gelidus, Gmel. ... 
(A. cinerea, Gould.) 

Pterodroma macroptera, Smith. ... 

,, atlantica, Gould. 

,, SOLANDRI, Gould. 

,, (JEstrelata) lessoni, Gam. 
(P. leticocephala, Forst. ) 

,, ( ,, ) mollis, Gould. 

,, ( ,, ) leucoptera, Gould. 

, , ( , , ) cookii, G. R. Gr. . . . 

,, (Halobcena) c^erulea, Gmel. 

PUFFINUS NUGAX, Sol 

(P. assimilis, Gould.) 
(Nectris) brevicaudus, Brandt. 
(Nectris) carneipes, Gould. ... 


5 o. 

o- 


ax 

o 
O 


1- 


bin 

c 


« 


>> 


*-< 


l/l 


« t> 


C/1 


u V 


s 


1-1 

o 


M 


o 


5 

a 

a 


Si 


o 


ci 


CO 


i-i 


U 


>< 


u 


> 


a 
u 


3 


£ 


3 
< 


O ^ 


l-i 

3. 


o 

3 


U 


o 
o 

Pi 


=8 
2 


£ 


^ 


3 

o 
C/3 


u, 


55 


5 J 


a— Gen. Bds., Ill, p. 661, pi. 182 ; see P. Z. S., 

1876, p. 670. 


(513 
614 

a 
615 
616 

617 
618 
619 
622 
620 
621 
623 
624 
62.3 
626 

627 
628 
629 
630 

631 
632 
633 
634 
635 

636 


* i * 


t 


63 


* * ••■ 


* 


* 


# 


# 


n 


* 


# 


t North Australia. '! Gould. 
X North-East Coast. 


* 


# * 


* * 


* 
* 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 

# 
# 

* 


# 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


203 


List of Australian Birds, 
(Continued.) 


NAME OF SPECIES. 


.s3 

o 

fc'S 

o 

O 


I 8 

o i- 


o 


717 
718 
719 
720 
721 
722 
723 
724 
725 
726 
727 
728 
729 
730 
731 

732 
733 
734 
735 
736 
737 
738 
739 
740 
741 
742 
743 
744 


PlJFFINUS SPHENURTJS, Gould. 
FULMARUS GLACTALOIDES, Smith 

Daptton capensis, Linn. 
Prion turtur, Smith. 

,, ariel, Gould. ... 

,, banksii, Smith. 

,, VITTATA, For St.. . 

Procellaria nereis, Gould... 

,, (Oceanites) oceanica, Banks. 

,, (Fregetta ) melanogaster, Gould. 

,, (Pelagodroma) grallaria, Vieill 

,, ( ,, ) fregata, Linn... 

Pelecanoides urinatrix, Gmel. ... 
Phaeton ^ethereus, Linn. ... 

,, RUBRICAUDA, Bodd. 

(P. phcenicurus, Gmelin. ) 
Plotus nov^e-hollandi^:, Gould. ... 
Sula serrator, Banks. 

,, cyanops, Sundev. 

,, fiber, Linn. 

,, piscator, Linn. 

GRACULUS NOViE-HOLLANDI^E, Steph. 

,, varius, Gin. 

,, LEUCOGASTER, Gould. 

,, MELANOLEUCUS, Vieill. ... 

,, STICTOCEPHALUS, Bp. 

Pelecanus conspicillatus, Temm... 
Atagen (Tachypetes) acquilus, Linn 
minor, Gmel. 


)> 


638 
639 
640 
641 
642 
643 
644 
645 
646 
647 
648 
649 
650 

660 

657 
661 
662 
663 
664 
652 
653 
654 
655 
656 
657 
658 
659 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


* 


# 


* 


* 


* 


-* 


Sea Birds recorded in Gould's Handbook, from " Queensland," are noted in the " Wide Bay " column. 


204 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


Remarks on foregoing List of Australian Birds. 

The authority refers to the species name only. — The first column 
indicates the No. of the species in this list, for future reference ; 
the third, the No. of the species in Gould's Handbook, or 
references to other works ; the remainder show the distribution 
of the different species over Australia ; the last to the South 
portion of New Guinea, and has been compiled from collections 
made at Yule Island, Katow, Port Moresby, Fly River and 
China Straits, &c, by D'Albertis, Goldie, the Macleay Expedition, 
Pettard and Broadbent, and the Revs. Messrs. McFarlane and 
Lawes. Since the publication of Mr. Gould's Handbook in 
1865, the territorial boundaries of the different colonies have 
altered considerably, so that the range of the different species 
can be but indefinitely expressed by such, wide terms as "Victoria," 
" Queensland," " New South Wales," &c. ; large portions of the 
country formerly known as N. S. W., now belong to Queensland ; 
and many other changes have taken place. I have therefore 
given the particular localities in which most of our large 
collections have been made, purposely to show the spread of 
certain species. In instances, where the particular species has not 
to my knowledge been obtained in these localities, a more com- 
prehensive habitat, as the names of the Colonies in which they 
are found, has been resorted to. 

Where any confusion through the choice of names is likely to 
occur, that previously in use among Australian ornithologists has 
been given in italics. 

The small sketch map accompanying this list shows the boun- 
daries of the Colonies as they now stand, and the position of 
the other localities mentioned. 

The number of species enumerated in Mr. Gould's Handbook 
as inhabiting Australia in 1865 was 672 in all. This number has 
been increased of late years by the discoveries of new species, and 
by occasional visitors from other countries, to 744, most of which 
are enumerated from North-east Australia or Queensland. 


120 


\0 


\V 


tf> 


?>° 


& 


110 


135 Long 140 Ease 14,1 Green"'*i50 155 


204 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN 80CIETY 


1 

indi 

the 

refe 

of t 

porf 

mac 

Chii 

Pe« 

Law 

186, 

altei 

can 

"Qi 

cour 
and 
give 
colle 
cert* 
to m 
preh 
are f 

W 

occu 
been 

darie 
the o 

Th 

as in. 

been 

by oc 

are ejuumerateu num. i>urui-easD Australia or l^ueensianci. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 205 

But while not a few new species have been brought to 
light, we find only one strictly new genus — that of Scenopceus, 
belonging to the family of Boiver-huilders, among which may also 
be included the " Satin bird" Ftilonorhynchus ; Ailurcedus, Chla- 
mydodera and the " Regent bird" Sericulus melinus. 

Our knowledge of the range of many species, previously 
known, only from the locality in which they were first discovered, 
has been of late years, greatly augmented, by collections made 
by Messrs. Masters, Spalding, Thorpe, Rainbird, Pettard, and 
Broadbent ; during my own excursions in North East Australia, 
I was enabled to identify, nearly three hundred species from the 
vicinity of Rockingham Bay alone, which, from the diversified 
nature of its Flora, and style of country in general, is perhaps the 
richest district in Australia ; it is the only part of Northern 
Queensland, the scrubs of which at all approach, to those rich 
brushes or scrubs of the Richmond River. 

Small collections have been recently made at the Gulf of 
Carpentaria, and surrounding districts, by Messrs. Broadbent, 
Gulliver, and Inspector Armit ; but little or nothing has been 
added to our knowledge of the avifauna of the interior or North 
West Coast. One of Mr. Macleay's collectors, Edward Spalding, 
has done good work at Port Darwin, but as yet I am only aware 
of one new species having been obtained there. From Western 
Australia, since the publication of Mr. Gould's Hand-book, 
not a single new species peculiar to that region, has been obtained. 

As yet 1 have not seen the following, but judging from 
the descriptions alone, given in a newspaper report, of a paper 
read before the Philosophical Society of Queensland, I regret to 
say, they appear to me to have been all previously described. 
Acanthiza flavigaster, (Diggles) — Gerygone albogularis, (Gould). 
Cuculus brisbanensis, (Diggles) = young of Cuculus optatus, 
(Gould), (C. canoroides, Mull), Lamprococcyx modesta, 
(Biggies) = young of L. basalis. Milvus striatus, (Diggles) = 
Henicopernis longicauda, the Falco longicauda of Garnot.* 

* Mr. Diggles has kindly forwarded me the description and a drawing 
of his bird, which leaves no doubt in my mind as to its identity. 


206 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Eulabeornis griseoventris, Diggles. Cinnyris aspasioe, Ceyx 
solitarius, with Henicopernis longicauda, are said to have been 
obtained near Cape York, but are of doubtful origin. Mr. 
Cockerell's large collection was made at the Aru Islands, 
where these species were probably collected. We must have 
therefore, some more authentic proof of their being obtained on 
the Australian Continent, before they are admitted into our list 
of birds ; nevertheless it is not improbable that Henicopernis 
longicauda, Geyx solitarius, and Oinnyris aspasios may yet be 
found on the Australian Continent, as we have authentic speci- 
mens from Port Moresby, on the South Coast of New Guinea ; 
but until we have some further information on this point I do 
not consider it right that we should admit them as Australian, 
especially as the only collection in which they have been found, 
was undoubtedly from the Aru Islands, where these birds are 
common. 

Acanthiza buchanani ; Vig. 8f Horsf. Trans. Linn., Soc. XV., p. 227. 

I have never seen this species, nor can I find any bird answering 
the description given under this name ; no habitat is given with 
the description. 

Trichoglossus verreuxi, Bp. Rev. et. Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 157. 
G. B. Gray, List. Psitt. (1859), ^>. 61 ; Finsch, Papag. II, p. 846. 

This species, if a true species, is certainly not Australian, 
unless it be a gage-bird perhaps of T. concinnus, of which I have 
seen several, variegated with yellow on the breast, neck and back. 

Eopsaltria magnirostris, Ramsay. 
Eopsaltria clirysorrhous, Could ; fol, vol. III., pi. 11. 

The true E. australis, Musicapa australis of Latham, is confined 
to the South-eastern and South portion of Australia, and may be 
distinguished by the dull wax-yetlow of the rump. See P. Z. S., 
1868, p. 384. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) IV., pp. 108, 109. 

Malurus leuconotus, Goidd. Malurus callainds, Goidd. 

The habitat of these species is the interior of South Australia. 

AmytiS macrourus, Gould, is found in the central portion of 
Western Australia. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 207 

Malurus amabilis, Gould, is the adult male, of which Malurus 
hypoleucos, Gould, is the young male and the adult female 
plumage. 

In a list of birds from the Gulf of Carpentaria (see P. L. 8. of 
N. S. W., vol. IV., p. 379), received by Le Comte de Castelnau ; a 
typographical error was made in our remarks on this species, as 
the context and sense of the passage will show, for the word 
" female " young male should have been written. Our specimen 
in change of plumage from that of the so-called M. hypoleucos to 
that of M. amabilis could not possibly be a female. We have 
since obtained young birds, said to be females, in the brown 
plumage, characteristic of that sex of this genus ; they agree 
well with the plate of the female given by Mr. Gould in his Supp. 
to Bds. of Australia, pi. 29, but may be the females of a variety 
of M. lamberti, the figure representing the male is that of the 
young male of M. amabilis. 

Ptilotis gracilis, Gould. 
Ptilotis notata, Gould, Supp. Bds. Aust., pi. 41. 
Notwithstanding Mr. Gould's remarks respecting these species 
I consider them to be identical with P. similis, of MM. Hom- 
bron and Jacquinot, a very variable species both in size, and in 
the extent and shape of the yellow patch on the ear coverts, as 
well as in the length of the bill, and of the narrow yellow stripe 
from the angle of the mouth to under the eye ; in some 
of the numerous specimens examined, one from Rockingham 
Bay, has this stripe almost obsolete ; Mr. Gould mentions a 
specimen of P. notata from Dunk Island, which is opposite 
Rockingham Bay, but I find, that specimens from this district 
agree so well with the original description of P. similis of Homb. 
et Jacq. (Voyage au Pole. Sud., sp. 46), that there can be no 
doubt of all three being mere varieties of one and the same 
species, which will of course retain the name of Ptilotis similis. 
Its range extends from Rockingham Bay, north to New Guinea. 
The following are the measurements of one of the smaller speci- 
mens in the Dobroyde collection. Total length 5'2 in. to tip of 
bill ; bill 0-8, wing 27, tail 2*2, tarsi 07. 


208 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

I notice "?Astur cruentus, Gould ;" lias been reported by Salva- 
dori and D'Albertis from New Guinea. This will probably be 
A. approximans, of which there are several stages of plumage, or 
perhaps it may be a new species. I feel convinced it is not the 
true A. cruentus of Gould. 

Podargus niegaceplialus, Latham. I have never seen this bird, 
nor is it to be found in any collections in Australia. 
Apeosmictus insignissimus, Gould } P.Z.S., 1875 (April J, p. 315. 

This is merely a lus. not. of A. scapulatus (cyanopygius). 
I have frequently observed patches of yellow feathers in the 
plumage of this species. When last in the Richmond River district 
I shot one with a patch of yellow on the abdomen, and another 
with yellow feathers on the back of the head ; there is one now 
in the Australian Museum with a row of yellow feathers on the 
upper wing coverts, and another with a yellow tinge pervading 
the whole of the upper surface. Mr. Shaw, who shot the bird 
described by Mr. Gould, informed me that it had paired with a 
female in the ordinary plumage of that sex of A. scapulatus. 

Cacatua goffini, Finsch. 
There is no authentic record of this species having been 
obtained in Australia. 

Ptilinopds (Lamprotreron) poephyrostictus, Gould. 

Ann. arid Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 1874, No. 74>, p. 137. 

The females of Ptilinopus superbus of Temminck, agree exactly 
with the description of P. porphyrostictus, Gould, given in the 
Annals above quoted. I have also compared and examined a 
large series of skins of P. superbus, in all stages of plumage, 
from various localities ; from Port Denison, Rockingham Bay, 
Cape York, aud Duke of York Island, &c. ; the adult females 
are always alike, but the young of both sexes differ, particularly 
the young males. After a careful examination of over 200 skins 
of Ptilinopi from the above-mentioned places, I can find none 
answering to Mr. Gould's description, which can be separated 
from the females of Ptilinopus superbus, Temm. ; if Mr. Gould's 
bird, then, is really distinct, I can only say, his description fails to 
point out wherein it differs. 


of new south wales. 209 

Tribontx mortieri, Du Bus. 

Tribonyx gouldii, Sclater, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. xx., 

p. 123. 

Having examined a large series of this species from Tasmania, 
I can testify that Mr. Gould is perfectly correct in figuring the 
adult bird without any white markings on the wings ; the imma- 
ture birds (T. gouldii, Sclater) have white tips to the upper and 
under wing-coverts, but those on the upper coverts at least, are 
lost in the adult. With respect to the size of this species, I give 
the following measurements of an adult from Tasmania. Total 
length 16*8, wing 8*5, tail 4"5, tarsi 3 3, mid-toe without nail 29. 
There is no authentic record of the bird being found in Western 
Australia. 

Htpot^nidia australis, A. vonPelzeln; Ibis, 1874, pp. 4, 43. 

I regret to say I have no opportunity of consulting the 
number of the " Ibis " referred to, our copy being imperfect. 

Anas gibberifrons, Mull. 

I have never met with this species, although said to have been 
obtained both in North and South Australia,* which I think very 
improbable. 

I here transcribe Mr. Buller's description for the benefit of our 
readers, trusting, should any of them meet with the bird in the 
flesh, they will not fail to record the full 'particulars of its 
capture in our " Proceedings." 

Anas gibberifrons, Mull. 

Anas gracilis, Buller, Ibis, 1869, pp. 41, 42. 

" Upper surface dusky-brown with greenish reflections ; the 
feathers of the back and scapulars narrowly margined with 
fuscous white ; the outer portion of the upper wing-coverts pure 
white, forming a conspicuous bar across the wing ; the seconda- 
ries velvety black, narrowly tipped with fulvous, and a speculum 
of shining green occupying the outer vane of the three middle 
ones ; crown and nape blackish-brown, minutely marked with 

* "Ibis," 1869, Note pp. 42, 380; also 1870, p. 459. 


210 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

fulvous-white ; throat, fore neck, and sides of the head fulvous- 
white, the latter marked with saggitate spots of brown ; under 
parts light fulvous-brown, with obscure spots of a darker shade, 
especially on the breast and sides, each feather having a broad, 
central mark of blackish-brown ; throat and abdomen more or 
less tinged with bright ferrugineous ; bill dark brown, outer 
portion of the lower mandible, yellow ; feet, pale brown." 

"Length, 17 inches ; expanse, 25'5; wing from flexure, 8 ; tail, 
4 ; tarsi, T25 ; middle toe and claw, 175 ; bill, along the ridge, 
15 ; along the edge of lower mandible, 1'75. 

? Length, 15*5 ; expanse, 23*5 ; wing from flexure, 7'5 ; tail, 

35." 

Tpjnga canuta, Linn. 

Of this species I have examined three Australian shot indi- 
viduals, two from Wide Bay, and one from Victoria ; several 
others were reported to me, as having been observed in the Mel- 
bourne markets, along with Cliladorhynchus pectoralis and other 
scarce species. 

Hydrochelidon leucoptera Meisner 8f Schinz. 

Mr. Howard Saunders states (P. Z. S., 1876, p. 642), that 
this species has been obtained in Australia and New Zealand, 
but does not give any localities. 

I have never seen, or heard of the bird being found, on our 
coasts, and should be glad of more definite information on the 
subject. 

The bird which I refer to (sp. 681 ) as Sterna dougalli, agrees 
well with Mr. Gould's figure of S. gracilis, but has a longer tail 
and tho whole of the bill jet black, even to the very base. 


For corrections in the nomenclature I am indebted to valuable 
papers by the following gentlemen : Messrs. R. B. Sharpe 
(Hawks and Owls), J. E. Harting (Plovers), Howard Saunders 
(Terns), and to the following works : Sharpe's Catalogues of 
" Accipitres " and " Singes," Dr. Finsch's " Die Papageien" The 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 211 

" Ibis," Proceedings and Transactions of Zool. Soc, London, 
and the Transactions of the Linnean Soc, London. Our copies of 
the last three works however, I regret to say, are more or less 
imperfect, and in that of the "Ibis" large gaps appear, so that 
any corrections which my scientific friends may point out, will be 
very thankfully received. 

With respect to the localities and distribution of the species, 
notwithstanding Mr. Gould's great work, they have been com- 
piled chiefly from my own notes and those of Mr. George 
Masters, Curator of the Macleayan Museum, who has collected 
largely in nearly all parts of Australia. Mr. F. G. Waterhouse, 
Curator of the Adelaide Museum, has also kindly furnished me 
with data on Central Australian birds, and several rare species 
for examination. I may mention that out of the 744 species 
enumerated in this list, 725 have been personally examined by 
me ; of the remaining 19, five at least are varieties only, or 
doubtful species, the rest, chiefly Procellaridce, I have had no 
opportunity of examining ; their names, and the localities given, 
are for the most part taken from Mr. Gould's Handbook. 

Since the foregoing list has been printed off, Mr. Masters 
informs me that he has received from Port Darwin, a fine new 
species of Cracticus, allied to 0. quoyi, but having a larger and 
stronger bill, the description of this species, which has been 
named after its discoverer Cracticus spaldivgi, will be published 
in the next number of the Society's Proceedings. This brings 
the number of recognised Australian species to 745. 


Finding it necessary to separate the yellow- breasted Pachy- 
cephalia of Western Australia from those of New South Wales, I 
embrace the present opportunity of stating my reasons for so 
doing, and of pointing out the differences between these two 
species. 

While lately examining a large series of Pachycephalce from 
various parts of Australia, my attention was drawn by Mr. Masters 


212 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

to the deep rufous tint, on the under surface of the females of the 
Western examples, of the so-called P. gutturalis; and after com- 
paring a very large number of specimens from both New South 
Wales, and Western Australia, I have come to the conclusion that 
although closely allied, they are specifically distinct. Mr. Gould's 
description, and the plate of the P. gutturalis in his work, have 
evidently been taken from Western examples, from which the 
Turdus gutturalis of Latham may be easily distinguished. 

Pachtcephala occidentalis, sp. nov. 

Pachycephala gutturalis ; Gould Bds. of Australia, fol. Vol. II. 
pi. 64 ; id. Handbook, Birds Australia, I. p. 207. 

Adult male. Like Pachycephala gutturalis, Lath., but distinct, in 
having the tail grey without any wash of olive on the margins 
of the basal portion of the feathers, the blackish subterminal 
band, in width less than one-third of the total length ; the yellow 
neck band very indistinct, or broken on the back of the neck, 
the olive of the upper surface of a more greenish tint, and the 
yellow of the under surface slightly paler. 

Adult female. Like that sex of P. gutturalis, Lath., but having 
the lower part of the chest, flanks, the abdomen, and under tail 
coverts rufous-buff, under wing coverts light rufous-buff. 

Sexes alike in size ; total length 6*4 in., wing 3*55 in., tail 
3*1 in., tarsi 0'9 in., bill from forehead 0*6 in. 

In the Pachycephala gutturalis, Lath, of N. S. Wales, the male 
has the basal half of the tail grey, and always washed with olive, 
of the same tint as the back, and the subterminal blackish band 
extends towards the base for at least one-half of the total length ; 
the yellow neck-band is well-defined on the back of the neck. In 
the females the lower part of the chest is ashy grey, becoming 
white on the abdomen and under tail- and wing-coverts. These 
differences will at once serve to distinguish the two species. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 213 

On some new Oardbidce from Port Darwin, 
By William Macleay, F.L.S. 

By the Netherlands East Indian Company's steamer " William 
Mackinnon," which arrived here from Batavia about a week ago, 
I received from Mr. Spalding a large and valuable collection of 
Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, Fishes, Mollusks, Crustacea, Insects, 
and other animals, both terrestrial and marine, from Port Darwin, 
the capital of the South Australian Province of North Australia. 

The collection is extremely interesting, both in a zoological 
and geographical point of view, and will probably form the sub- 
ject of various Papers to be read before this Society. 

I propose to undertake, on my own part, an account of the 
Fishes, Lizards, and Snakes, but want of time makes me limit 
myself in the present Paper to a short notice of the Coleoptera 
in the collection belonging to the Family Garabidce. I select this 
Family, not only because it is to me the most interesting, but 
because it is of all the Coleoptera the best represented in the 
collection. There are 23 species of ground Carabidce alone, a 
number most remarkable, when we consider the almost entire 
absence of them at Cape York and the Islands of Torres Straits. 

But the chief attraction to me in this Port Darwin collection is 
that it makes me acquainted with several rare and beautiful 
things, described nearly 40 years ago, by Hope and Westwood 
as coming from Port Essington. The government station, formed 
there many years ago, has been long since abandoned, and there 
seemed very little probability of again coming across any of the 
very interesting Insects described from that locality. Port Darwin, 
however, though 150 miles south-west of the old settlement, seems 
to have a Fauna of a very similar character ; at all events, I can 
recognise in the present collection some very remarkable and 
conspicuous insects, which I never thought it would be my good 
fortune to possess. 

Among the Garabidce I would particularize Garenum sumptuosum, 
Westwood, the most gorgeously beautiful of a very beautiful group 


214 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

of the Scaritidae, and Delinius Essingtoni a very curious form of 
the Feronidae described by Westwood in the Proceedings of the 
Entomological Society of London for 1&64, p. 3. 

The following appear to me to be new : — 

Carenum Darwiniense. 

This species belongs to the group of which G. Spencei is the 
type — a group now so numerous that it may well be formed into 
a separate genus, characterized by short moniliform antennae, 
slightly securiform palpi, tridentate anterior tibiae, and foveated 
elytra. This last character is so strongly marked in all of the 
species that I would suggest for the genus the name ofLaccopterum. 

I have only one specimen ; it is seven lines long, of a subnitid 
coppery red on the elytra, thorax, and back part of the head, 
metallic green on the epi pleurae, and black everywhere else. The 
head is broad and flat, and the facial grooves are deep and curved 
outwards both before and behind. The thorax is a little broader 
than the head, and is broader than long, with the posterior angles 
rounded, and a short broad recurved lobe in the middle of the 
base ; the median line and the depression near each posterior 
angle are well marked. The elytra are moderately convex and 
slightly narrower than the thorax, with seven punctured striae on 
each elytron, and large foveae on four alternate interstices, these 
foveae are most numerous in the sutural, and least so in the fourth 
row, the other interstices are narrower and subcostate. There is 
a dense row of punctures on the lateral margin, and the epipleura, 
which is deep, is roughly punctured. The legs are moderately 
robust, and there are three teeth on the outside of the anterior 
tibiae, the upper one small. 

When I first saw this insect I fancied it might be the 
G. Gemmatum of Westwood, a species I had never seen, but 
which, like G. Sumjpiuosum, had been described as coming from 
Port Essington. I find, however, that beyond belonging to the 
same group there is little similarity between them. 

Carenidium Spaldingii. 

Fourteen lines long and of convex form. The head in front, the 
disk of the thorax, and a large patch in the centre of the elytra 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 215 

are black, the remainder of the upper surface is of a golden green 
and very nitid, and the under surface is black with a tendency to 
piceous on the tarsi, antennas, and palpi. The head is large and 
rather flat, the facial grooves are deep and diverge much behind, 
and the labrum is short, broad, crescent-shaped, and marked in 
front with six setigerous punctures. The thorax is slightly 
broader than the head, and much broader than long, broadly 
rounded at the sides and posterior angles, and truncate at the 
middle of the base, the median line is lightly marked, and the 
depressions near the posterior angles are rounded and shallow. 
The elytra are of an elongated oval form, scarcely so wide as the 
widest part of the thorax, and marked with seven shallow 
punctured stria?, and with a row of sub-distant larger punctures 
in each lateral margin. At the base of each elytron there is a 
depression marked with seven punctures in two obliquely transverse 
series — five in one and two in the other. The legs are rather 
slight for the genus. The fore tibiae are armed externally with 
two strong teeth, the intermediate tibiae are without external 
spine. 

I have named this handsome species after the very excellent 
collector who discovered it — Mr. Edward Spalding. 

Coronacanthus. New genus. 

Mentum three lobed, the middle one shorter than the two others 
and bilobed at the apex, the sides of the lateral lobes converging 
towards the base. 

Palpi, rather elongate — the maxillary with the terminal joint 
truncate, slightly trigonal, and of the same size as the third — 
the labial with the terminal joint truncate and trigonal. 

Mandibles, rather short and stout, and slightly toothed in the 
middle. 

Labrum as in Feronia. 

Antennae, of moderate length, slender and filiform ; the third 
joint very slightly longer than the others. 
Labrum square ; slightly emarginate in front. 


216 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Legs moderately robust ; the fore tibiae strong and armed on 
the inner apex, with a stout pointed curved spine, and with the 
emargination on the inner side rather small ; three joints of the 
tarsi of the male dilated. 

Body apterous, sub-elongate, and convex, separated from the 
thorax by a peduncle. 

Prosternum, flat between the coxa?, extending a little backwards 
and without margin. 

CORONACANTHUS SULCATUS. 

Of rather elongate form, about ten lines in length, and of a 
nitid black colour, with the sides of the thorax and elytra golden 
green, and the antennae, palpi, and tarsi piceous. 

The head is smooth, without facial grooves, of moderate size 
and not narrowed into a neck behind. The thorax is rather 
longer than the width, rounded at the sides and base, and very 
deeply and largely impressed near the posterior angles, which 
have a broad recurved margin. 

The elytra are each marked with three deep smooth striae, the 
space between the first and second being twice the width of the other 
interspaces, rather convex, and having an impressed puncture on 
its outer side not far from the apex. There are two rows of large 
punctures on each lateral margin, the outer one not continuous 
to the apex. 

I have received a number of specimens of this remarkable and 
beautiful insect from Port Darwin. It seems curious that a 
beetle, apparently so abundant, should have hitherto escaped 
observation, but I have searched in vain for any notice of it in 
any publication of recent date. 

I have named the genus from the curved form of the spine at 
the inner apex of the fore tibiae. 

COPTOCARPUS PLANIPENNIS. 

This insect very closely resembles G. Biverince, a species 
described by me a few years ago in Vol. II., p. 329 of the Pro- 
ceedings of the Entomological Society of New South Wales. It 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 217 

is, however, of a more elongate and flat form, less distinctly 
striated on the elytra, and much less spinose on the legs. The 
colour is black with the tarsi, antennse, and palpi reddish; the length 
is seven lines ; the head and thorax are without mark or impression 
of any kind — a faint median line on the thorax excepted ; the 
elytra are very faintly striated ; the scutellar stria is about 
three times the length of the scutellum and is very finely punctate, 
and there is an impressed puncture on the inside of the second 
interstice of each elytron just behind the middle ; the fore tarsi of 
the male have the three first joints strongly dilated, the third 
joint being the longest ; the hind tibiee and tarsi are long and 
slender. 

The other Garabidce in the collection are Catadromus Australis 
a species seemingly universally distributed throughout New Hol- 
land. Cratogaster sulcata Blanch ; two species of Pherojpsophus, 
one of them probably new ; four species of Chlcenius, all well 
known; a Pacilus ; an Omaseus; and five Harpali, one of them 
perhaps, H. inter stitialis, described by me from Port Denison many 
years ago, but seemingly a larger and more brilliant insect. 

But I must postpone, from want of time, the identification and 
description of these and the many other interesting things in the 
collection until some future Meeting of the Society. 


EXHIBITS. 


The Secretary exhibited a photograph of an Australian 
Native belonging to a peculiar tribe, entirely destitute of hair, 
and of a bright copper color, from a district near the Balonne. 


218 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 


■ 

MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 24th, 1877. 

< 
W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., President, in the Chair. 

DONATIONS. 

From Mr. J. Brazier, C.M.Z S. Synonomy of, and Remarks 
upon Tasmanian and other Shells, with their Geograph- 
ical distribution. 

From R. Tate, Esq., F.G.S. Belemnites and Saleina, from 
S. Australia. 

From Royal Society of N. S. W. The Rules, etc. 

From Dublin Museum Biological Society. Vol. I, No. 2, of its 
Proceedings. 

From Societe Ent. de Belgique. Serie II., No. 40, of its Compte 
Rendu. 

From F. M. Bailey, Esq., Queensland. Handbook of Ferns of 
Queensland. 

Also, 1 Packet of the Seed of Anthisteria membranacea 
(Lindley) Landsborough's Grass. Locality, N. Queens- 
land, but thrives well in cooler districts. Very superior 
for pasture or hay. 

2. Packet of the Seed of Danthonia elymoides (F. v. M.) 
Mitchell's Grass. Locality, Barcoo River. One of the 
finest pasture grasses of Queensland. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 219 

PAPERS READ. 

Notes on a Collection of Snakes from Port Darwin, 
By William Macleay, F.L.S. 

Among the many interesting and valuable things collected at 
Port Darwin by Mr. Spalding, not the least interesting to me 
are the Snakes. I have received of them about 30 good 
specimens, belonging to at least 12 distinct species. Some 
are of wide distribution and well known, or at all events well 
known to me — such as Morelia variegata, Tropidonotus pictu- 
ratus, Dipsas fusca, and Diemenia olivacea. The first of these 
is found everywhere throughout New Holland, the second all 
over Northern Queensland (a very variable species), the third 
also throughout the whole of tropical Australia, and of the last 
I bad previously seen several specimens from the Endeavour 
River. Others are, though described, very rare and in few 
collections, and were until a few days ago, only known to me by 
their descriptions. These are Nardoa Gilbertii, two fine speci- 
mens, Cerberus Australis, also two specimens varying very much 
in colour, and Pseudonaja nuchalis. Of this last I have only 
one specimen. It is of a lightish colour, but distinctly banded. 
There are 201 abdominal shields and 62-62 sub-caudals. Some 
specimens in the Australian Museum, labelled P. nuchalis by the 
late Curator, belong evidently to the other species P. affinis, 
Gunther, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1872, ser. -i, vol. ix., p. 35, 
pi. iv., fig. c. 

The species which appear to me to be new are as follow : — 

FORDONIA VARIABILIS. 

In the form and disposition of the head shields and the 
numbers of the scales and abdominal and sub-caudal shields, the 
three specimens which I have received from Port Darwin agree 
exactly with the description given by Dumeril and Bibron (Hist. 
Nat. de Rept., vol. 7, p. 884) of a species from Timor — Fordonia 
leucobalia Schlegel — the genus Remiodontus Dum. and Bibr. 


220 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

I can scarcely doubt however that they are of distinct species. 
Curiously enough Dumeril and Bibron describe three specimens 
of the Timor snake, all differing very widely in coloration, and I 
find exactly the same number of varieties in the Australian one. 

1st specimen. — White above and below, with occasional black 
scales, abdominal shields 144; anal large and bifid; sub-caudals 30 
(some entire.) Total length 2 feet 6 inches, tail 3| inches, 
diameter of body (widest part) 1| inches, scales in 25 rows. 

2nd specimen. — Black with sides and belly white spotted with 
black, abdominal shields 148 ; anal large, bifid ; sub-caudals 30, a 
few entire ; scales in 25 rows. Total length 2 feet 7 inches, tail 
3|- inches, diameter of body 1| inches. 

3rd specimen. — The whole upper surface black, the sides and 
belly white, a straight line of demarcation between the two 
colours ; abdominal shields 145 ; anal large, bifid ; sub-caudals 
26, nearly all bifid ; scales in 25 rows. Total length 2 feet 4 
inches, tail 3J inches, diameter of body 1 inch. 

Dendrophis olivacea. 

Abdominal shields 214, sub-caudals 130-130, scales in 13 rows. 
Total length 4 feet, tail 14 inches, head 1 inch. 

Of very elongate form, head narrow but broader than the 
neck and very flat, loreal shield nearly twice as long as the 
height, head and neck above very dark brown or black, the 
upper labials yellow ; all the rest of the upper surface of a 
pale olive brown, beneath greenish white. 

The collection contains several specimens of this species at 
various stages of their growth. 

. PSEUDECHIS DARWINIENSIS. 

Of more elongate form than P. porphyriacus. Head shields 
much the same as in that species, but the vertical is quite as 
broad as long, and much wider than the superciliaries. Scales 
smooth, oval, in 17 rows. Abdominal shields 212, sub-caudals 
49-^f . Total length 3 feet, tail 5J inches. The upper surface of 
the head is pale brown, and that of the body and tail reddish 
brown, the middle of each scale being of a lighter colour than 
the apex. The whole under surface is of an uniform yellowish 
white. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 221 

I received only one specimen of this Snake. It differs very- 
much from P. porphyriacus and Australia, the only two species of 
the genus mentioned in Krefft's Snakes of Australia, but another 
species under the name of scutellatus has been described by 
Peters in the " Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1867, p. 710" as coming from 
Rockhampton. As I have never seen the last mentioned species, 
nor even a description of it, I cannot of course be certain that 
it is not identical with the one now described from Port Darwin. 

Brachysoma simile. 

Not unlike B. diadema. Body more enlarged towards the 
middle, ventral shields flatter and more angled at each side ; 
vertical shields more elongate and perfectly triangular. Scales 
in 15 rows, abdominal shields 180, sub-caudals 54-54. Total 
length 16 inches, tail 3 inches ; the front of the head as far as 
the middle of the occipital shields is black, and there is a black 
bar on the nape of the neck ; with these exceptions, the entire 
upper surface is of a pale yellow, with the lateral margin of 
each scale of a reddish brown, giving the appearance of 13 
narrow undulating longitudinal stripes. The under surface is 
entirely pale yellow. 

Elapocephalus. — New genus. 

Body elongate, slender, cylindric. Tail rather long, slight, 
and tapering to a very fine point. Head high, and broader than 
neck, with short round muzzle. Eyes large, pupil round. Head 
shields as in Elaps. Scales smooth, in 15 rows. Anal shield 
entire. Sub-caudals in two rows. Fangs and poison glands 
large for the size. 

The large eye and elongate tail separate this genus from Elaps. 
The plan of the head shields is exactly as in that genus, hence 
the name. 

Elapocephalus ornaticeps. 

Head brown, each shield beautifully marked with variously 
shaped white margined black patches ; on the nape, and for a 
short distance on each side of the neck, there is a collar of a 
deep sulphur orange hue. The whole upper surface of the body 


222 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

and tail is of a pale slate colour, the apical half of each scale 
having a red tinge. The under surface is of a slatey white, ex- 
cepting the head and neck which are barred and spotted with 
black, and the extremity of the tail which is yellow. Abdominal 
shields 187. Sub-caudals 90-90. Total length 10 inches, tail 2| 
inches, head 5 lines. 

I have only one specimen of this very beautiful snake. It is very 
small and slender, and yet I think it is full-grown. The depth 
of its head and its lurid orange mantle give it a most formidable 
and venomous appearance, and the comparatively large size of 
the fangs and poison gland would lead to the belief that the 
appearance is not deceptive. 

The collection contains also two specimens of a Morelia of 
small size and reddish brown colour, with brown bands, which I 
cannot believe to be young specimens of M. variegata, but until 
I have seen more specimens at various stages of their growth, 
I will not attempt to characterise them as a species. 


Description of a species of Edoliosoma from New Ireland, sup- 
posed to be the adult of Ceblepyris schisticeps (Homb. et 
J acq.) 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c, &c. 

Edoliosoma schisticeps. 

Ceblepyris schisticeps, Homb. et Jacq., Voy. au Pole Sud., 
pi. X., fig. 1, juv. 

Adult male. — Forehead, crown of the head, nape and upper 
part of the neck shining lead-blue, lower part of the back of the 
neck brown, tinged with the same color, back and scapularies 
brown tinged with rufous, becoming deeper in tint on the rump 
and upper tail-coverts, which are light rufous or chestnut brown; 
wings blackish-brown, the upper-coverts and secondaries broadly, 
and the primaries narrowly, margined on the outer webs with 
chestnut; tail feathers obscure reddish-brown, almost blackish at the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 223 

base, the two centre feathers reddish brown, all tipped and margined 
with light chestnut, the outer ones to a greater extent than the 
inner, and having their outer webs all chestnut ; the throat and 
the whole of the under surface of the body, under wing- and tail- 
coverts light chestnut, the wing feathers below broadly margined 
with the same tint on their inner webs, but towards the base 
only on the primaries ; lores black, sides of the head and ear- 
coverts light chestnut margined with lead-blue, remains of a 
faint line of buff over the eye, but not extending beyond it ; eye- 
lashes buff. Total length 9*5 ; wing 4*7, tail 4*4, tarsus 0*9 ; bill 
from forehead 1 inch, from nostril 0*7, from gape 11 ; bill, legs 
and feet, black. 

Female. — The female differs only in being of a much lighter 
tint on the under surface, and duller above, and in having a well 
defined line of buff extending from the nostril above the lores 
and eyes to the back of the head ; the ear-coverts are washed 
with buff. 

Young male. — Of those specimens apparently young males, the 
under surface is nearly as dark as the adult male above 
described ; one has the throat and whole of the under surface of 
the body barred with transverse wavy lines of blackish, generally 
two lines on each feather ; in another more adult these lines are 
reduced to triangular shaped dots. The under mandible horn- 
brown at the base, the upper blackish, the legs and feet are of a 
bluish-grey. The measurements are about the same in all the 
specimens, the tail in one, being only 4*5 inches. 

This is I believe the Geblepyris schisticeps of Hombron and 
Jacquinot (Voyage au Pole Sud., pi. X., Jig. 1), and my only 
excuse for redescribing it here is, that the young only was pre- 
viously known, Dr. P. L. Sclater refers to a specimen (" Bdolio- 
soma, sp. inc. $ "), in his notes on Mr. Brown's collection from 
New Ireland (P. Z. S., 1877, p. 101), but if I remember rightly 
this was a young of the present species. 

Hab. Duke of York Islands and New Ireland. 

I trust the above descriptions, taken from a fine series in the 
Australian Museum, will prove of some use to Ornithologists. 


224 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The specimens in our Museum, I selected from the large collec- 
tion made by the .Rev. George Brown and Mr. Cockerell, in New 
Ireland, and the adjacent Islands. 


Description of a new species of Pachycephala from the Gulf of 
Carpentaria. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c, &c. 

Pachycephala pallida, sp. nov. 

Adult male. — All the upper surface dull slate-grey, lighter on 
the upper tail-coverts, and base of the outer webs of the tail 
feathers ; the wings and tail feathers blackish brown, margined 
with ashy white, a little broader on the secondaries and upper 
wing-coverts, the feathers of the crown of the head and forehead 
with a narrow line of a blackish brown down the centre ; throat 
to the chest white ; lower portion of the ear-coverts a line down 
the side of the neck, joining a narrow band of the same color 
across the chest, black ; remainder of the under surface white, 
faintly tinged with light cream color. 

The female is the same in plumage above, as the male, with a 
faint tinge of olive ; under surface white, washed with a light creamy 
tint on the breast and sides ; all the throat, sides of the face from 
the angle of the mouth, the chest, breast and flanks, strongly 
striated down the centre of the feathers with blackish brown, 
under tail-coverts white with a narrow line of brown down the 
centre of each feather. Both sexes are of the same dimensions. 
Total length 5*5 inches; wing, 3*5 inches; tail, 2*8 inches; 
tarsus, 0*8 inch ; bill, from forehead, 0'5 inch ; from nostrils, 
0*35 inch ; from gape, 0*7 inch. 

This species is undoubtedly closely allied to P. falcala of 
Gould ; it is, however, slightly smaller, and wants the rufous 
under surface of that species, and may at once be. distinguished 
from it by having the pectoral band extending upwards to the 
base of, and joined to, the ear-coverts, which Mr. Gould distinctly 
states is not the case in his P. falcata. 

Habitat. Gulf of Carpentaria and Southward to George Town. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 225 

AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 

New or little known Species. 

By Count F. De Castelnau. 

Plates II. and III. 


The Paper that I present to the Linnean Society of New South 
Wales contains the description of a number of Australian Fishes, 
which appear to me to be either little known or entirely new to 
science. It forms a succession to those I have published in the 
proceedings of the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society of 
Victoria for the years 1872 and 1873, and also in the Essays con- 
tained in the official reports of the Victorian Intercolonial Exhi- 
bitions for 1873 and 1876. 

Beryx affinis. 
Beryx affinis, Gunther Catal., vol. 1, page 13. 

Height of body, twice and a quarter in total length without 
the caudal ; head, twice and three-quarters in the same, eye 
nearly one-third of the length of the head, preeopercule, with a 
rather strong flat spine at its inferior angle ; the lower limb finely 
serrated ; the interopercule is strongly denticulated on its lower 
angle, and is finely serrated at its lower margin ; operculum has 
three strong spines, and its margin is serrated. 

The dorsal fin is low at its anterior part, very high towards 
its centre, and from thence becomes shorter to its extremity ; it 
has seven spines and twelve rays ; the first ray is the highest ; 
this dorsal fin is long, and begins on a line perpendicular to 
the centre of the base of the pectoral ; caudal very strongly 
forked ; its inferior lobe considerably shorter than its upper 
one ; anal formed of four spines and twelve rays ; ventrals with 
one strong spine and seven rays, pectorals with thirteen rays, 

] lateral line straight with six scales above and twelve below ; 
it extends over about forty-three scales. 

The general colour is of a most beautiful pink, with silver 
stripes on the body, the edges of the opercules of the last colour. 


226 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This fish is known in Sydney under the specific name of 
" Nanegai ; its usual length is about twelve inches, but some 
specimens attain twice that length ; it appears towards the 
middle of October, and lasts for about two months; it is highly 
esteemed for the table. It is with doubt that I describe it as 
affinis, as, on about two hundred specimens I have seen, nearly 
all had the inferior lobe of the caudal much shorter than the 
upper one ; two or three specimens only had the two lobes of 
equal length. 

Apogonichthys adspersus. 

Height of body contained three times in total length of fish 
with the caudal ; head twice and two-thirds in the same ; first 
dorsal formed of six spines ; the first very short, the second 
thickest of all, but not quite so long as the following : 2nd dorsal 
with one spine and nine rays ; caudal truncated ; anal with two 
spines (the 1st very short) and eight rays ; the lateral line 
extends over thirty scales. 

The specimen preserved in liquor, seems to have been reddish, 
and marked with irregular small brownish spots on most of the 
scales ; belly white ; it is four and a-half inches long ; and is 
from Rockhampton, where it bears the name of "Stinker." 

Therapon hillii. 

Teeth small, very numerous, villiform ; no canines ; a trans- 
verse line of teeth on the palate ; opercule with two spines, praa- 
opercule having its limb entirely and equally serrated ; the head 
is rather pointed ; the back straight ; the height is contained 
three times in the length without the caudal ; the head is three 
times and two-thirds in the same, and the diameter of the eye a 
little over four times and a-half in the length of the head ; five 
series of scales on the cheeks ; opercule covered with scales 
similar to the last, and much smaller than those of the body", 
these numbering sixty-one on the lateral line without counting 
five or six small ones on the base of the caudal ; this line passes 
over the 12th, and nearly twice as many extend below on the 
transverse line, but the inferior ones are very small ; all these 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 227 

scales are ciliated on their edge ; dorsal having a very long 
spinous portion composed of thirteen rays and a much shorter 
soft one having eleven rays ; the dorsal fin is received in a 
snlcate of the back ; caudal large, forked, scaley at its base 
and on the membranes between the rays on two-thirds of their 
length ; it has seventeen long rays ; anal formed of three large 
spines, the first of which is the shortest, and the two others 
about equal in length, but the second much thicker than the 
others ; it has ten rays ; the ventrals are very large, being more 
than two-thirds of the length of the head ; the pectorals smaller, 
of sixteen rays. 

The specimen preserved in spirits is uniformly of a dark 
yellowish colour ; a rather large rounded black spot is seen on 
the opercule near its upper spine, and seven or eight similar 
ones are dispersed on the back and sides of the body ; they are 
very distant one from the other ; the specimen is twelve inches 
long, and comes from Taroom on the upper Dawson River ; it is 
entirely a fresh water fish. I have dedicated it to Mr. Hill, the 
able Director of the Brisbane Botanical Gardens. 

THERAPON TERRjE-REGIKE. 

The height of the body is twice and a half in the total length 
without the caudal, and is equal to the length of the head ; the 
snout is shorter than the diameter of the eye ; praaoperculum 
rounded, and having a line of strong acute spines, becoming 
larger on the rounded part, but disappearing on the lower edge ; 
operculum with two spines, the lower one very acute ; dorsal 
with twelve spines, of which the two first are much shorter than 
the third, and the fourth is the longest ; soft dorsal of nine rays ; 
caudal bifurcated ; anal with three spines of which the middle 
one is much larger than the others ; it has eight rays at its soft 
part ; cheeks, with five series of scales, the lateral line extends 
over forty-five of them. 

The specimen is in liquor, and seems to have been entirely 
silvery ; there is the appearance of four narrow transverse bands 
which do not extend to the belly ; the fins have probably been 


228 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

red, and have no trace of spots or bands. The specimen is two 
and a half inches long, and was taken in a river in the northern 
part of Queensland — probably the Fitzroy. 

Note. — I have seen a specimen of this sort belonging to the 
Brisbane Museum, six inches long, from the above-named river. 
I had taken it for fasciatus, but it is certainly distinct, and I 
believe this latter is confined to the Western Coast of Australia. 

DlACOPUS SUPERBUS. 

The superior profile of this sort is strongly convex, and the body 
broad ; the height is twice and three quarters in the total length 
without the caudal fin ; the head is twice and a-half in the same ; 
the eye is contained four times and one quarter in the length of 
the head ; at the upper jaw there is in front on each side a very 
large canine, and on the lower one six or seven of different sizes ; 
the notch of the prseopercule is very distinct, and receives a 
slight knob of the interopercules ; below this notch are several 
arched spines directed forward ; the operculum ends in a point ; 
the body scales are large. 

The first dorsal has ten strong spines, of which the 4th is the 
longest ; caudal truncate ; anal with three spines and eight rays, 
the 1st spine is straight and short ; the 2nd, very large, arched and 
thick ; the 3rd, very little longer than the second, rather arched 
and slender ; the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th rays are the longest ; pectorals 
of seventeen rays ; the ventrals are far from reaching the base 
of the anal. 

This beautiful fish is brown on the back, with the centre of 
each scale obscure ; the lower parts are of a handsome pink 
colour ; dorsal, caudal and anal of a brilliant scarlet. Pectorals 
and ventrals pink. 

My specimen is twenty inches long, but it is said to attain a 
larger size. 

This fish inhabits Moreton Bay, and is called at Brisbane,. 
Red Bass ; it is said to be a v«ry good table fish. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 229 

The general form is very much like Lesson's figure of 
Diacopus Tiea (Voyage Duperrey, pi. 23), but the form of the 
caudal and of the spines of the anal and other characters do not 
allow me to unite the two sorts. 

Centropogon robustus. 
Centropogon robustus (Gunther Cat., vol. 2, p. 128.) 

This sort is very nearly allied to G. australis, but is easily 
distinguished by the pectorals which do not extend to the vent 
and the dorsal spines of which the 4th and 5th are the longest. 
Dr. Gunther is quite right in supposing that there is no cleft 
behind the fourth gill. I have little to add to his excellent 
description ; the colours are very similar to those of australis. 

The specimen, preserved in liquor, is eight inches long, and 
is from the Brisbane River. 

Beridia. 

This new genus belongs to the Triglidce, and its spinous dorsal 
being rather less developed in length than the soft, ought 
probably to be placed in the group Gottina, but the general form 
is very different from all the other fishes of Triglidw, and is 
more like some sorts of Gobiida. 

Head and body very compressed ; general form oval ; head 
very large, with its anterior profile strongly concave in front of 
the eyes, and convex below ; teeth very numerous, very small, 
granular ; none at the lower jaw nor on the palate ; two dorsals 
well developed, the first not quite as long as the second, of eight 
spines, the second with three spines ; caudal very long ; anal 
large, with one spine ; ventrals behind the pectorals ; pectorals 
large, with the upper ray branched and all the others simple. 

Beridia flava. 
Plate II. 

Head contained twice and one-third in the total length 
without the caudal fin ; lower jaw longer than the upper one ; 
eyes moderate, being five times and a half in the length of the 


230 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

head ; head, body, and all the membranes of the fins covered 
with very minute scales having the form of small tubercles ; 
opercules very much prolonged over the insertion of the pect- 
orals, and ended by two smooth points ; maxillaries not extending 
as far as the anterior margin of the eyes ; the body concave 
behind the first dorsal ; this fin is inserted over the eyes and is 
formed of seven spines, of which the third and fourth are the 
longest, the others decreasing in length ; the space between 
the first and the second dorsal does not exceed the diameter of 
the eyes; the length of this first fin is once and three-quarters in 
the length of the head, and it is about as high as long ; the 
second dorsal is formed of three spines and ten strong rays ; 
these extend rather further than their membranes, and are higher 
than the spinous dorsal ; this fin is about one-fifth longer than 
the first, and has a posterior membrane which almost unites it to 
the base of the caudal ; this latter is as long as the first dorsal 
and formed of twelve long rays rather prolonged, the second 
being branched, and the two lateral ones shorter than the others ; 
it is truncated, and there is also a supplementary very short fin 
on each side; the anal fin is similar to the second dorsal — it is 
formed of two spines and eight rays ; the ventrals are large, 
inserted one near the other, and formed of one spine and five 
rays ; the pectorals are very large, nearly as long as the head, 
with one upper branched ray and nine simple ones ; these 
rays are thick and rather prolonged ; the lateral line is con- 
tinuous, follows the back, and is bent downwards over the end of 
the pectoral ; the total length of the fish is about seven and a 
half inches long ; it is entirely of a beautiful orange colour ; the 
external part of the fins seem to have been rather obscure. 

This specimen was found in Portland Bay, on the Western 
Coast of the Colony of Victoria. Having received it in a dry 
state, I put it in warm water to extend some parts of the fins ; 
the water became almost immediately of the same beautiful 
yellow colour as the fish. 


of new south wales. 231 

Patjecus maculatus. 

Patcscus maculatus, Gunth. Catal., vol. III., p. 292. 

I believe this sort to be Dr. Gunther's species, but it presents 
some slight differences. 

The general form seems exactly the same, but the dorsal is 
not perfectly continuous, there being a rather strong notch at 
the insertion of the caudal ; there are a few very small scattered 
tubercles on the cheeks and opercules, and a series of flat warts 
forming a line on the lower part of the body ; the body is flesh 
colour with the head yellow — the latter in its greater part 
covered with irregular brown marmorated spots ; on the body 
these spots are rounded and not so numerous ; the fins are dark 
brown with a few transverse flesh colour narrow lines especially 
on the dorsal ; pectoral in great part brown, spotted and bordered 
with flesh colour. 

Total length of specimen, three and a half inches. 

This most interesting fish was sent to me by Mr. Yagoe from 
St. Vincent's Gulf. Dr. Gunther, who has only seen one single 
specimen says first, that it came from North Australia, and after- 
wards from Fremantle. It is probable the last locality is the 
correct one. 

Periopthalmus koelreuteri ? 

Ventrals united ; height of body contained five times and one- 
third in the total length without the caudal, head three and two- 
thirds in the same ; first dorsal with thirteen rays, none pro- 
duced ; colour, in liquor, very dark ; sides of the head with white 
dots, which may have been blue on the living specimen ; four 
rather broad black bands on the body which do not generally 
extend below the lateral line ; fins marmorated with black and 
yellow. 

The specimen is only a little over two inches long, and comes 
from the sea at the entrance of the Brisbane River. 

Dr. Gunther unites many of the author's sorts under this 
name, but I believe he goes too far in this way. The present 
specimen would, I believe, belong to Dr. Bleecker's Periopthalmus 
dip us. 


232 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

SlLLAGO TERRJE-REGIN^. 

The fish I here describe is very different from punctata and 
maculata by its uniform colour ; it cannot be united with ciliata 
on account of its prseoperculum being absolutely entire. I 
thought it might be Burrus of Richardson, A.nn. and Mag. of 
Nat History, vol. IX., p. 128, but this is said to be spotted like 
maculata, and that the head is one-third of the total length 
without the caudal. This burrus is only known by a drawing, 
and Dr. Grunther has very properly neglected it in his catalogue. 
I am inclined to believe that it is simply maculata, as it appears 
principally to differ from this by the absence of the longitudinal 
streak which may have been forgotten by the draftsman, S. bassinus 
is, as I have already said, probably a variety of punctata. Height 
of body contained a little less than four times in total length 
without the caudal fin ; head three times and one-third in the 
same ; diameter of the eye four times and a half in the length 
of the head, and twice m the snout ; the space between the eyes 
is one-half the length of the snout; preeopercule entire without 
spines or teeth of any sort ; operculum terminated by a strong 
spine ; the lateral line extends over sixty-four scales ; first dorsal of 
ten rays, the third being the longest ; second dorsal with one spine 
and eighteen rays ; the caudal very slightly concave ; anal with 
two spines and fifteen rays. The fish is silvery with the upper 
parts greenish ; on the body some very feeble transverse dark 
bands that disappear on the dried specimen. 

This fish is called Whiting at Brisbane, and is caught in 
large numbers in Moreton Bay. Its flesh is, as usual, in this 
genus, very savoury. The average size of the adult specimen is 
about twelve inches. 

SCLENA AQUILA ? 

The Scicena aquila is one of the European fishes that have 
been most particularly studied — a sort from the Cape of Good 
Hope named hololepidota, by Lacepede and Cuvier, and Gapensis 
by Smith, seems not to differ from it. When I published my 
first paper on Australian fishes in the Proceedings of the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 233 

Zoological Society of Victoria for 1872, I found that a large 
Australian sort, called King Fish, was very nearly allied to it, 
but having no specimen of the European sort to compare it with, 
I was led by the study of the best Ichthyological Works to con- 
sider it as different. Even on studying Dr. Gunther's Work I 
was led to doubt if it belonged to the genus. 

Since, Professor McCoy has told me that he had compared the 
Victorian Fish with a specimen of aquila in the Melbourne 
Museum and that he could find no difference between them ; the 
Victorian sort is always very scarce, and I had only seen two 
specimens of it in six years ; both were of very large size. 

During a late stay at Brisbane, Queensland, I was astonished to 
find that a Scicena was amongst the most common fishes of More- 
ton Bay, and is considered the best edible Gsh of the country. It 
is called Deiv-fish, on account of its beautiful silvery grey colour ; 
the lower parts are white, the first dorsal obscure ; the second 
with a yellow tinge ; the caudal dark ; ventrals and inside of 
the mouth, orange colour ; pectorals yellow, with their extremity 
obscure ; a black spot at the base of the pectorals It attains 
the weight of fifty pounds. During my stay in the months of 
June and July, numerous specimens of all sizes were caught 
every day ; the great majority were of a foot long, or even less ; 
the prasopercule is slightly denticulated. 

The colours, and particularly the one of the inside of the 
mouth, make me doubt of the identity of this fish with £. aquila. 

Note. — The caudal fin is pointed at its upper edge, and 
the lower part is rounded ; the two dorsals are united by a 
membrane nearly half as high as the last spine of the first dorsal. 

At Sydney this fish is common, and I have seen rather large 
specimens of it towards the end of summer. It is generally 
called Jew-fish 

KURTUS GULLIVEEI. 

Height of body contained twice and a half in the total length 
without the caudal fin ; head, not quite three times and one-third 
in the same ; the upper profile is convex in front ; very convex, 
and almost gibbous over the prseopercule, very elevated in front 


234 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

and below the dorsal ; from thence it forms a regular convex 
curve up to the caudal fin ; the lower profile is very concave up to 
the anal, and then runs straight ; the cleft of the mouth is very- 
oblique ; there is a series of eight spinous tubercules along the 
anterior part of the back ; dorsal truncated posteriorly with the 
last ray two-thirds as long as the first ; this fin has two spines 
and thirteen rays ; the caudal is large ; the anal has two spines 
and from forty to forty-two rays : on a considerable number of 
specimens, none have the anterior protuberance, believed to be 
sexual in Kurtus Indicus. 

Preserved in spirits, the fish is of a yellow flesh colour, but 
when alive Mr. Grulliver says it was entirely diaphanous ; he 
found this sort in a fresh water pond near the Norman River. 

The largest specimens are a little over four inches long. 

ECHENEIS NAUCRATES. 

Echeneis Naucrates, Linn. Syst. Nat., vol. I., p. 446. 

„ „ White, Voyage New South Wales, p. 296, 

pi. 64, f. 3. 

The fish of this genus are remarkable by a suctorial disk 
formed of numerous pairs of laminae situated at the hinder parfc 
of the anterior portion of the body, and by means of which they 
adhere to rocks, other fishes, &c. This sort inhabits the West 
Indies, Brazils, the China and Indian Seas. The specimen from 
Australia is about seven inches long, and is from Cardwell, in 
the north of Queensland. It was given to me by Mr. Duboulay. 

SCATOPHAGUS ARGUS. 

Ghoetodon argus, Linn. Edit. Grmel., p. 1248. 

This sort that I had frequently observed in India and China is 
met in considerable numbers at the mouth of the Brisbane River 
in Moreton Bay. It is often called by the fishermen Leather 
Jacket. When the thick skin has been removed it is sometimes 
used for food. 

The largest of my specimens measures near fourteen inches, 
and I find that the dorsal spines seem to become lower in those 
old individuals than in the others. In this specimen for instance 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 235 

the fourth dorsal spine is contained over three times in the 
height of the body, but I do not believe that Scatophagies ornatus 
of Cuvier and Valenciennes can be united with it on acoount of 
the difference of the colours. On the living specimen the 
general colour is of a light grey with the lower parts white ; the 
head is copper colour, and the numerous rounded spots on the 
body are of a dark grey. 

I have lately received through Mr. Gulliver a specimen of this 
sort caught at the entrance of the Norman River, in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria, and also a small one by Mr. Duboulay, from Card- 
well, in the north of Queensland. 

Note. — I have obtained a large specimen of Scatophagies mul- 
tifasciatus at Sydney in the month of September ; it measures 
fifteen inches long. 

PSETTUS ARGENTEUS. 

(Jhoeiodon argenteus, Linn. Amcen. Acad. IV., p. 249. 

Psettus argenteus, Richard, Ereb. and Terror, Fishes, p. 57, 
pi. 35. 

This pretty little fish which I had often observed at Singapore 
and Malacca is remarkable by its broad compressed form and 
the height of its dorsal and anal fins. It is of a fine silvery 
colour with the fins yellow ; the higher part of the dorsal and 
anal are partly obscure ; an oblique band of purple colour over 
the eyes ; the scales of the body fall off very easily. 

The specimens are, one three inches long and the other over 
six. They were caught in the Brisbane River, near its mouth, 
in salt water. This sort bears in Queensland the name of Sweep ; 
since, in the month of May, I have observed this fish in great 
numbers in the Sydney market. 

Platax VESPERTILIO. 
Ghoetodon vespertilio, Block, pi. 199, f. 2. 

I have received a specimen of this curious fish from Cardwell , 
Queensland. It was known to inhabit all the Indian Seas, and 
has been found on the coast of New Guinea, by Messrs. Quoy 
and Gairaard. It is higher than long, very depressed, with its 

\ 


236 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

dorsal, anal, and pectoral fins prolonged in long filaments. The 
colour is black, with the caudal and pectoral fins of a bright 
yellow. There is a rather broad light grey band behind the eye 
and extending below to the mouth. 

The specimen is about five inches long. It was given to me 
by Mr. Duboulay. 

Arius CURTISII. 

I have lately received from Moreton Bay a fish which is very 
nearly allied to Arius ; it is, perhaps, the same as Bagrus 
venations of Richardson (Ereb. and Terror, fishes p. 33.) The 
only point on which the description differs from my sort is in 
the number of the anal rays which are said to be about thirty. 
Dr. Grunther places it in his catalogue (Vol. V., p. 174) in his 
genus Arius of which it forms the G7th species. 

The head is large, smooth in front, but covered on the crown 
with strong granulations, or small tubercles disposed anteriorly 
on rather radiated lines ; occipital process extending to near the 
base of the dorsal spine, with a deep sulcate ©n the centre ; the 
sides of the head smooth, the nostrils are remote from each 
other, and do not carry barbels ; the upper jaw very broad, 
rounded in front, its breadth being equal to one-half the length 
of the head ; the upper jaw is rather longer than the other, and 
has, on each side, a rather long compressed barbel more than 
half the length of the head, and the lower jaw two shorter ones, 
equally on each side ; the palate is very smooth, but has on each 
side a small dental plate, which is much more visible on the 
young specimens than on the old ones, as in these the teeth take 
a more tubercular form ; the opercles end by a strong, rounded, 
flap ; the eye is inserted before the anterior third of the head ; 
dorsal spine as long as the pectoral one ; it is straight and ser- 
rated on both sides ; the rays of the dorsal are nine in number • 
on a very old specimen, principally the first is rather prolonged 
and attenuated. The distance between the adipose fin and 
the posterior edge of the root of the dorsal is equal to that from 
the extremity of the opercle to the anterior edge of the eye ; 
this adipose is as long as the soft part of the dorsal ; the caudal 


OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 237 

is large, forked and formed of two pointed lobes ; the anal is 
composed of fifteen rays, and extends a little further back 
than the adipose ; the ventrals are large, and placed in front of 
the last named fin ; they have six rays, between several of 
which are short, abbreviated ones ; the pectorals are considerably 
in front of the dorsal, they are formed of a strong spine, rather 
arched, and denticulated on both sides and of twelve rays ; the 
distance between the insertion of the pectoral to the base of the 
ventrals is equal to four-fifths ; the height of the body is contained 
three times and a-half in the length without the caudal fin ; the 
head forms a third of the same length. The body is covered 
with a rather loose silvery skin, with the upper parts of a dark 
blue ; the upper fins seem to have been reddish ; the throat 
white ; the caudal has in the dried specimens a yellowish olive 
tinge. 

I have several specimens, but all badly preserved ; the largest 
is nearly fifteen inches long, the others are about six inches. 
They come from Moreton Bay, in salt water, and were sent to 
me by Mr. Curtis, late of the Queensland Museum. 

Note. — The teeth are numerous, small, conical, pointed, placed 
at some distance from one another on an irregular line in front of 
the mouth ; behind these there is a broad band of small tubercular 
ones forming a sort of pavement, interrupted in the middle in 
front ; the basal bone of the dorsal has the form of an oblong 
nail truncated at the base. The large iiumber of the dorsal fin 
rays may add to the separation of this sort from Arius ; in that 
case I propose calling this genus Neoarius. 

Plotosus elongatus. 

Height of body eleven times in the total length, head seven 
times and a quarter in the same ; eye eight times and a quarter 
in the length of the head ; eight barbels, the upper ones about 
equal, their length being contained about twice and a half in the 
distance from the end of the snout to the base of the first dorsal, 
those of the lower jaw rather shorter ; teeth on the upper jaw, 
and on the vomer, molar like, a transverse line of longer 


238 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

ones in front ; these are quite blunt and, except in their length, 
of the same form as the others ; in the lower jaw there is a 
similar line of rather large but truncated teeth, behind which are 
numerous and rather large molar teeth ; the body is entirely naked, 
and the lateral line well marked. The spine of the first dorsal strong 
and straight, it is equal in length, to the distance between the end 
of the snout and the anterior edge of the orbit, the soft part is 
considerably longer than the spine, and formed of four rays ; the 
distance between the two dorsals is about equal to the space 
from the end of the snout to the anterior margin of the eye ; 
the dorsal, anal and caudal are united ; the latter is very acutely 
pointed ; ventrals about as long as the spine of the dorsal ; 
colour, after having been in liquor, of a very dark slatey brown, 
with the lower parts of a whitish yellow. Length nearly one 
foot. 

Found in the Brisbane River, in fresh water ; from the Queens- 
land Museum. 

This fish constructs a nest formed of a heap of stones in 
which the spawn is deposited, and round this heap is a circle of 
stones some as large as an apple ; the female fish is larger than 
the male, and keeps guard over the spawn, swimming round and 
round, as if on an axis, and rushing furiously after any fish that 
comes within the outer circle, serving the male fish in the same 
manner if it ventures near. There are many nests in the brooks 
round Brisbane, but they are never found in more than twelve 
inches of water on a fine gravelled bottom. These notes were 
furnished to me by Mr. E. C. Curtis, of Brisbane. The habits 
he mentions are very much like those of my Chromys lapidifera. 
Exped. Castel. Animaux rares ou Nouv. de l'Amer., p. 16, pi. 
VIII., fig. 1. 

Neosilurus. 

One very short dorsal fin with simple spine ; no adipose fin ; 
anal and caudal fins confluent and obliquely truncated ; barbels 
six — one to each maxillary and two to each mandible on each 
side ; teeth forming on the upper jaw a line of isolated, short, 
conical ones, with two larger in front on the palate and vomer ; 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 239 

numerous tubercular teeth placed at a distance one from the 
other ; on the lower jaw also conical teeth in front and isolated 
tubercular ones behind ; mouth small ; eyes rather small above 
the angle of the mouth ; nostrils remote from each other ; head 
and body covered with soft skin, the upper profile of the head 
oblique ; the dorsal fin is inserted before the ventrals ; these com- 
posed of twelve rays ; there is no adipose fin ; the lateral rays of 
the caudal extend a little over the tail, those of the caudal itself 
become almost immediately as long as two-thirds of the head ; 
they decrease in length after joining the anal, and thus give the 
caudal the form of a rather acute point ; the rays of the anal are 
very numerous, this fin extending to the vent which is a little 
behind the insertion of the ventrals. These fish have rather the 
form of Plotosus, but without the dorsal fin. This genus comes 

near Siluricthys. 

Neosilurus australis. 

Height of body contained rather less than five times in the 
total length, without the caudal ; length of head, four times and 
two-thirds in the same ; eye, seven times and one-third in the 
length of the head, the outside barbel of the maxillary longer 
than the others and nearly as long as half the head ; the lower 
jaw is shorter than the upper ; the interocular space is contained 
three times in the length of the head, and is covered with longi- 
tudinal lines ; the lateral line is well marked, continuous ; the 
ventrals are rather small and have twelve rays ; the pectorals 
are contained about one and a half times in the length of the head ; 
they are formed of one rather strong spine slightly arched and 
barbed on its inner side, and of nine rays ; the dorsal is 
narrow, rather high, with a slender simple spine and three rays. 
The fish in spirits, is of a dark slate colour with the belly 
rather white ; fins dark. 

The specimen is about eleven inches long ; it is from the 
fresh water lagoons of Rockhampton and is called Jew Fish. 

Belone ferox. 
Belone ferox, Gunth. Catal., vol. VI., p. 242. 
This sort is very nearly allied to my B. gavialoides, but in this 
latter sort the diameter of the eye is contained twice in the 


240 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

interocular space, when in ferox this diameter is two-thirds of 
the same space. These two gigantic sorts have also numerous 
other distinctive characters. B. gavialoides inhabits the West Coast 
of Australia and ferox the North-Eastern one. I have seen a 
fine specimen of the last in the Brisbane Museum, and I possess a 
head of a specimen, also from Queensland. 

Hemirhamphus breviceps. 

Total length of the head contained three times and one-third 
in the length of the fish without the caudal ; the beak is equal 
to the distance between the anterior end of the mandible and 
the posterior edge of the orbit ; the portion of the beak extend- 
ing in front of the upper jaw is contained twelve times in the 
length of the fish without the caudal ; the height of the body is 
six times and two-thirds in the same measurement ; the back is 
short, straight, and pointed at its extremity ; the diameter of the 
eye is less than the interorbital space ; the caudal is forked, the 
lower lobe rather longer than the other ; the dorsal is inserted 
rather behind the anal ; ventrals inserted nearer to the anal than 
to the end of the operculum ; pectorals rather longer than the 
inferior jaw, and rather longer than half the total length of the 
head ; body with a silvery lateral band surmounted by a blue- 
black streak ; the baok brown ; dorsal 15, anal 15, pectorals 12, 
lateral line 48 ; the end of beak is red. 

The specimens are about five inches long. They are from the 
mouth of the Brisbane River, in salt water. This fish is called 
Snub-gar at Brisbane ; it is generally found in great quantities 
with H. rnelanochir, the latter bearing more particularly the name 
of Gar-fish. 

Chatoessus erebi. 

Chotoessus erebi, Gunther Cat. VII., p. 207. 

„ ocme, Richards, Ereb. Terr., p. 61, pi. 38. 

A specimen, absolutely similar to the one figured by Richardson, 
has been sent to me by Mr. Staiger, as coming from the mouth 
of the Brisbane River, and as being known in the Brisbane 
market under the name of Sardine. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 241 

Note. — Mr. Gulliver has lately sent me a Ohatoessus from the 
Norman River on the Gulf of Carpentaria ; it is similar to the one 
from the Western coast of Australia, and so C. erebi would be found 
at Swan River, in Dampier's Archipelago, in the Norman and 
Brisbane Rivers ; and G. Bichardsoni would only inhabit the 
Murray River ; the first is easily distinguished by its more 
elongate form, and by the last ray of its dorsal extending to the 
end of the body. The Murray River species has a more convex 
profile, and its last dorsal rays covers very little more than 
half the distance to the base of the caudal. 

Elops saurus. 

Elops Saurus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1, p. 518. 
„ machnata, Forsk. Ruppel. 
„ purpurascens, Richards. 
„ capensis, Smith, Castelnau, olim. 

I had often seen this fish at Singapore and Malacca, and also 
at the Cape of Good Hope, and I was very much pleased when 
at Brisbane a fisherman brought me a fine specimen twenty-five 
inches long. 

The fish is of a fine silvery colour, with the back of a beautiful 
blue ; the upper part of the head almost black ; the opercles 
iridiated ; dorsal and caudal fins of an obscure yellow ; anal 
and ventrals white with a yellowish tinge ; the pectorals are black 
with the inner part white. 

It seems to be admitted that this Elops is found in almost all 
the warm or even temperate seas of the world. It has been 
observed on the coast of the United States, in the West Indies, 
at Zanzibar, at the Mauritius, in India, in China, and in Australia. 

Brisbania staigeri. 
PL III. 

In my Researches on the Fishes of Australia, published at 
Melbourne in 1875 in the Official Records of the Philadelphia Cen- 
tennial Exhibition, I mentioned that a drawing of a fish, caught 


242 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

in a Lagoon near Brisbane, had been sent to me by Mr. Staiger, 
and that by its absence of teeth and its general form, it seemed 
to belong to the Cyprinidce and to come near Leuciscus. 

The curious form, of this fish, and what was said of its re- 
markable edible qualities, had caused some interest at Brisbane, 
and when in the month of June, 1876, I went to that capital of 
Queensland, it was arranged between Mr. Staiger and the 
Director of the Botanical Gardens, on whose land the Lagoon is 
situated, that able fishermen should be called, and that the 
waters of the land should be thoroughly searched. During this 
operation, which proved a complete failure, and only produced a 
number of very large Mullets, it was found that the fish had 
been caught in the upper waters of the Brisbane River, and had 
been put in the Lagoon many years before. I had given up all 
hopes of being able to solve this little scientific mystery, when a 
fisherman who was in the habit of bringing me all the sorts he 
did not see habitually, brought me a specimen. I immediately 
recognised it as the so-much desired fish. It had been caught 
in the upper part of the Brisbane River. 

It was then easy to see that the fish had small teeth that had 
escaped the attention of the draughtsman, and that it belonged 
to the Glupeidce, and came very near to Ghatoessus. By its long 
tapering maxillary, it is also allied to Gnathobolus of Cuvier, 
which M. Valenciennes placed immediately before Ghatoessus, and 
Dr. Gunther unites with Pristigaster, near which the great French 
Naturalist had placed them. It seems by its characters to con- 
stitute a particular groupe in the family to which it belongs ; the 
genus can be characterised as follows : Mouth very wide, opening 
upwards, the lower jaw being much longer than the upper one ; 
maxillary very large, broad, moveable, rounded in form of a 
sword ; teeth fine, and very numerous on a line in the jaws ; they 
also extend on the vomer, and palatines, in three large patches of 
which the central one has the form of a heart, and the lateral ones 
are elongated ; the opercle rounded, the single dorsal is inserted 
a little behind the centre of the fish ; its lower ray is prolongated 
as in Ghatoessus, and Megalops ; it is formed of eighteen rays, of 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 243 

which the three first are simple ; the caudal fin is strongly bifid ; 
the anal is long with its anterior part much higher than the 
other ; the ventrals are placed a little in front of the dorsal, the 
pectorals below the end of the operculum ; the body is covered 
with large scales, and the abdomen is not serrated. The characters 
that we may consider as specific are the following : — body oval, 
elongate ; head nearly as long as the height of the body, and 
contained three times and two-thirds in the total length without 
the caudal ; eye, very large — contained three times in the length 
of the head ; the upper jaw much shorter than (nearly twice in) 
the diameter of the eye. 

The lateral line extends over forty-four scales, and is marked by 
a succession of fan-like strise ; on the transverse line the scales 
number eleven, the lateral line passing over the fifth. 

The dorsal is much higher than long, formed of eighteen rays, 
of which the fourth is the longest ; the others go decreasing in 
length ; the last is very long, arched, and attains to near the upper 
base of the caudal ; this latter has its lobes pointed, and three 
times longer than the centre ; the anal is nearer to the caudal 
than to the ventrals ; it is rather long, and formed of twenty- 
four rays, of which the three first are simple ; this fin is rather 
longer than one-half of the head, and its 4th, 5th, and 6th rays 
are higher than the length of the fin ; the others go on decreasing, 
and the central ones are only about one-third of the length of 
the others ; the two or three last are longer, and about one-half 
the height of the longest ; ventrals formed of one long slender 
spine, and of nine rays ; at the base of this fin, and also of the 
pectorals, there is a long-pointed, detached scale ; pectorals rather 
longer than the ventrals, formed of one long slender spine and of 
thirteen rays. 

The general appearance of the fish is very silvery ; the back 
is green ; the head has golden tinges ; the fins are green, with 
the exception of the ventrals, which are pink. 

My specimen is about sixteen inches long, but it is said that 
this fish sometimes measures two feet. 


244 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

MuRENHSOX CINEREUS. 

Murcena cinerea, Forsk. Descr. An., pp. X and 22 (according to 
Dr. Gunther. 

Ophisurus rostratus, Quoy&Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool., pi. 51, fig. 1. 
Conger oxyrhynchus, Eydoux & Soul., Voy. Bonite, pi. 9, fig, 2. 
Murcenesox bagio, Peters ; Kaup, Apod., p. 116, pi. 14, fig. 73. 

This fish, remarkable by the strange tricuspid teeth of its 
vomer, has very much the form of an Ophidian, but its fins, and 
particularly its pectorals, are well developed. The specimen I 
possess is from the Brisbane River, and is about thirty inches 
long. 

Note. — It is singular that in his Regne Animal, Cuvier con- 
siders this sort as belonging to the genus Ophisurus, with which 
it has so little resemblance. 

The specimen was sent to me by Mr. Curtis. 

Ophichthts episcopus. 

This sort has its teeth large and pointed ; the pectoral small 
but well developed ; the maxillary teeth in a double series, the 
mandibulary ones in a single series ; lips not fringed ; snout 
moderately produced. 

In this division of Dr. Gunther, which corresponds to the genus 
Herpetrichthys of Kaup, two species seem nearly allied to the 
Australian fishes regius and omatissimus, but in both the dorsal 
is spotted and the annular body bands seem to be of a different 
form ; the height of the fish is contained fifty-one times in its 
total length ; head fifteen times and a quarter in the same ; the 
pectoral is contained three and a half times in the length of the 
head, dorsal commencing behind the end of the pectorals ; 
general colour lilac, with twenty-three broad transverse bands of 
a darker colour ; they do not extend to the lower part of the 
body, which is white ; the space they cover is broader than the 
one they have between them; the interspaces immaculate, dorsal 
fin grey ; the head is covered with small purple spots, and there 
is a broad longitudinal band of the same colour, but of lighter 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 245 

tinge on the sides of the head, leaving a large oblong white spot 
on the posterior part of the head, which extends to the rest of 
the pectorals. 

From Moreton Bay. The specimen is nearly sixteen inches 
long. 

Note. — This species resembles Ophisurus alternans, Quoy and 
Gaim. Yoy. Freycinet Zoology, pi. 45, fig. 2. 

Triacanthus biaculeatus. 
Triacanthus biaculeatus, Block, p. 148, fig. 2. 

A specimen about four inches long of this curious fish was 
sent to me from Cardwell, in the north of Queensland. It is 
entirely of a silvery colour ; the anterior profile of the head is 
more elevated than Block's figure. 

This sort inhabits the Indian Archipelago, and Dr. Gunther 
quotes it from Port Essington. We see that it follows also the 
North East Coast of Australia. 

MONACANTHUS YAGOI. 

It is always with much reluctance that I describe a species 
of this genus as new, for it is stated that they are subject to 
great variations during their life. This is rendered probable by 
the fact that it is very rare that I can place the specimens I 
obtain under any of the species described by the authors, and it 
would be very desirable that large numbers of specimens were 
studied to well establish their specific differences. Unfortunately 
the Australian fishermen not only cannot be induced to collect 
them, but always throw away any Leather Jackets that they may 
get by chance. They are very rarely caught with the net, and 
they only take the hook with difficulty. They also generally 
inhabit the vicinity of rocks where the fishermen do not willingly 
carry their researches. The present sort is in form, nearly allied 
to Monacanthus variabilis of Richardson, but its anterior profile 
is much more convex ; the mouth is not protruded ; the dorsal 
spine is straight and is inserted over the centre of the orbit ; the 
body is velvety ; the centre of the tail is covered with short stiff 
slender spines, and behind these are two tubercular arms with 


246 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

four short spines directed backwards (two on each side) ; the 
ventral spine is very small ; the caudal is rounded ; the dorsal is 
formed of thirty-three rays and the anal of twenty-nine ; after 
having been preserved in liquor the colour is of a uniform light 
greyish yellow, with the belly and fins of a light yellowish green ; 
on the space between the mouth and the eye there are traces of 
rather numerous transverse light blue stripes running rather 
obliquely, and the lower parts have longitudinal lines of the 
same colour ; on the throat are rounded similar spots ; on the 
living specimens the colours seem to have been very beautiful, as 
Mr. Yagoe, who caught them in St. Vincent's Gulf, writes that 
" the colours were something magnificent, from orange to red, 
from the lightest to the darkest green, and from azure to purple, 
were all splendidly shaded." The total length is ten inches and 
a half, and the greatest height of the body four inches and two- 
thirds. 

MONACANTHUS SANTI JOANNI. 

Enters Dr. Gunther's division. " Anal fins with less than 
forty rays; dorsal spine with four series of barbs, the front series 
much closer together than the hinder series, and formed by small 
barbs." 

The profile of the head is rather concave in front and slightly 
convex towards the spine ; skin entirely covered with small 
tubercules, radiated at the base and terminated by a keel, trun- 
cated and rather crenulated at its extremity ; these tubercles 
are placed irregularly, but forming rather transverse than longi- 
tudinal lines ; the tail has no spines, and is like the other parts 
of the body ; the head is contained three times in the length 
without the caudal ; the height of the body is about one-half of 
the length ; the dorsal spine is nearly as long as the head ; it is 
straight and slender ; the posterior barbs are large and directed 
downwards, but they only occupy the lower half of the spine ; 
this last is inserted a little in front of the centre of the eye ; the 
pectoral is rather behind ; the second dorsal is formed of twenty- 
eight rays ; the caudal is rounded; the anal has twenty-six rays ; 
the ventral spine is rather large ; it is star like in front and bifid 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 247 

behind. I have only seen dried specimens, and can say nothing 
of the colours ; on the caudal there is a mark of a rather narrow 
black band placed obliquely on each lobe. 

This sort seems to be rather common in Hobson's Bay, and 
attains from ten to twelve inches long. The first specimen I saw 
was given to me by Mr. St. John, a most able taxidermist. 

MONOCANTHUS PERONII. 

I have obtained a specimen of this sort from Hobson's Bay. 
which would be according to Dr. Gunther a male ; it has on 
each side of the tail an elongated patch of long, straight, slender 
but very stiff bristles, having entirely the form of a tooth brush ; 
these bristles or spines are higher in the centre where they are 
nearly an inch long ; the specimen is near ten inches long, and 
has been dried ; in that state the colour is of a rather light 
brown, marked on the lower parts with light grey ; the skin is 
covered with very small tubercles. 

Note. — A careful comparison has satisfied me that my 
Monacanthus obscurus is identical with my M. margaritifer ; the 
differences observed are only due to the state of preservation of 
the specimens ; the first is dried and from Swan River ; the 
others were in liquor and from South Australia. 

TETRODON BtBRONI. 

Body naked ; snout obtuse and short ; eye nearer to the end of 
the snout than to the gill opening ; the interorbital space is flat ; 
its breadth taken at the centre of the eye, is equal to one-half the 
distance, from the end of the snout to the base of the dorsal ; it 
has no ridges ; all the upper part of the head is rugose ; the belly 
has a rugose appearance, caused by a quantity of very minute 
spines. The colour is dark purple with the lower parts white ; 
three broad black bands cross the upper part of the body, one over 
the eyes, one behind the pectorals, the other shorter, almost 
round, at the base of the dorsal ;fins white. 

The specimen is two inches and a-half long, and comes from 
the entrance of the Brisbane River, in salt water. 


248 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This sort by its nasal organ, very conspicuous, composed of one 
opening on each side, being a simple circular cavity, would enter 
the late Bibron's genus Monotretus. 

Tetrodon staigeri. 

Rather large spines cover the body, except the snout, and 
stopping just before the insertion of the dorsal fin, leaving all 
the posterior part naked ; these spines are numerous, but rather 
distant over from the other, and about one line long ; those of the 
upper part of the body have three roots, and those of the belly 
four ; the length of the orbit contained twice and a-half in the 
interorbital space which is convex ; length of the caudal fin 
equal to its distance to the posterior edge of the dorsal. The 
upper part of the body is of a dark slatey colour, with rounded 
black irregularly placed spots ; the lower part is white, a large 
obscure spot at the base of the pectorals. 

The specimen is not four inches ; it comes from the Brisbane 
River, where Mr. Staiger says it is called Toad Fish. 

This sort is very nearly allied to T. hispidus, and comes in the 
same division, but is very distinct by its spines being much longer 
and set considerably more apart. 


Description of a new species of Ianthcenas, from the 

Duke of York Islands. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F. L. S., &c. &c. 

Ianthenas pallidiceps, sp. nov. 

Like I. metallicus, Temm., but having the whole of the head 
and throat white. 

The whole of the head and throat white, with a faint opaline 
rosy tint in certain lights ; the quills of the wings and tail, the 
primary-coverts above, the under wing-coverts, outer series of 
the under tail-coverts, slatey black; the neck, and all the upper 
and under surface of the body, upper tail- and wing-coverts, 
slatey black at the base but broadly margined at the tips of the 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 249 

feathers, with a rich opaline rosy tint, greenish in reflected lights. 
The basal portion of the bill, bare space round the eye, and the 
cere red ; tip of the bill horn yellow ; legs and feet red ; claws 
yellow at the base, brownish at the tip. 

Total length 16 inches ; wing 9 inches, tail 5 inches, tarsus 1*1 
inches, mid-toe 1*6 inches, its claw 0*5 inch, hind-toe 075 inch, 
its claw 0*4 inch, bill from forehead 1 4 inches, from gape 1*5 
inches, from cere 075 inch. 

This beautiful species, previously referred to in my remarks on 
the Rev. Mr. G. Brown's collection of Birds from New Ireland, 
&c. ; comes close to Ianthcenas metalica of Temmink. The speci- 
men is not in quite full plumage, having a few of the old 
feathers on the head and throat and nape, showing that the 
feathers on these parts were previously dark brown with white 
tips ; the new feathers are altogether white (except at the 
extreme base) aud have a delicate opaline rosy tint, in certain 
lights. 

This specimen was the only one obtained and comes from the 
Duke of York Islands. 


MONDAY, October 29, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., President, in the Chair. 


VISITOR PRESENT. 

Dr. Hector, F.R.S., &c, Wellington, New Zealand. 

MEMBER ELECTED. 

Dr. Clive Belisario. 

DONATIONS. 

On some New Tasmanian Shells, and on a New Reversed Tas- 
manian Helix, by the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S. 

Report of the South Australian Institute, by the Institute. 

Geological Survey of New Zealand, 73-74, 74-76, 76-77. 

And Chromolithograph of Colorado Beetle, by Dr. Hector, of 
the Colonial Museum, Wellington, N.Z. 


250 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

PAPERS READ. 

On some Australian Shells, described by Dr. A. Gould, by the 
Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c, Cor. Mem. Lin. 
Soc, N. S. W. ; of the Roy. Soc, Tas. ; and Hon. Memb. 
Roy. Soc., N. S. W., &c. 

Many Australian Naturalists have no doubt been puzzled, as I 
have often been, to find the name of Gould as a reference after 
some Australian Mollusca, and though it is generally known that 
it is the name of an American conchologist, yet few have been 
able to compare any of his descriptions. As the works he wrote 
are extremely numerous and for the most part scattered through 
various American publications, I thought it might be a useful 
work to bring together, as far as they were accessible to me, all 
his descriptions of Australian species. They were for the most 
part contained in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of 
Natural History, but were continued through several volumes. 
I am not aware of any copy of this publication except in the 
Melbourne Public Library, and I availed myself of a visit to 
Melbourne last year to copy all the Australian references. This 
was done for my own use, but I think I shall be rendering a 
service to my scientific brethren and to the public, by publishing 
my notes, together with such information as I have been able to 
gather of the Australian species described by Dr. Gould, and of 
his own life and labours. 

He was born at New Ipswich, in the United States (New 
Hampshire County), on the 23rd April, 1805, and entered the 
American Cambridge University in 1821. After some time he 
was appointed a tutor in the same college, and having chosen the 
medical profession he became house student in the Massachusetts 
General Hospital. He graduated in 1830. From his youth he 
had manifested extraordinary industry, with a great taste for 
Natural History. Both these qualities were exhibited in his first 
work, which was a Monograph of the Cicindelao of Massachu- 
setts, published in 1834. This was quickly followed by a 
classified catalogue of 50,000 pamphlets in the collection of the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 251 

Boston Athemeum. From that time forward his tastes and 
studies took a decided turn for Conchology, and it would be a 
long work to attempt to give a list of the various essays, papers 
and work put forth by him on that subject during the rest of his 
extraordinarily active and useful life. In 1848 he was associated 
with the elder Agassiz in preparing a work on the principles of 
Zoology, and for many years issued certain essays of great 
value in his particular department of science named Otia Con- 
chologica. 

In 1846 he was employed by the American Government to 
report upon the shells collected in the U. S. Exploring Expedi- 
tion under Commodore Wilkes. This task was not completed 
for some years and was continued in the Proceedings of the 
Boston Society of Natural History through many volumes. The 
eminent career of this zealous scientific labourer was cut short 
in a very unexpected manner. Dr. Augustus A. Gould died of 
cholera, in Boston, after an illness of only 15 hours, on Sep- 
tember 15, 1866, at the age of 61. 

The following is a collection of all the descriptions of Aus- 
tralian Shells named by him. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol II., 
p. 142. 

Chiton quercinus. 

T. depressa, ovalis, vix carinata, quercina, maculis olivaceus 
nebeculata, valvis subrostratis, areis lateralibus vix elevatis, 
longitudinaliter, sulcatis, sulcis incumbentibus et sulco radiante 
bisectis, areis centralibus ad latera lineis rugosis longitudinaliter 
sculptis, ad dorsum punctatis ; valva anteriori sulcis concentricis et 
sulcis radiantibus ?emotioribus decussata ; valva posteriori prope 
marginem umbonata, margine lato, pumicoso, Jlavescente. Long. |-, 
lat. | poll. Hab. N". S. Wales. 

Allied to G. foveolatus Sowerby. 

Chiton jugosis. 

T. ovalis, carinata, tectiformis, nitida, coloribus pallide et 
saturate herbeis variegata, valvis planulatis, ad apices adunco 
acuminatis, areis lateralibus prominentibus et lineolis confertis 


252 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

parallelis viridibus longitudinaliter notatis, areis centralibus sulcis 

acutis parallelis longitudinaliter aratis, sed ad verticem simplicibus 

et minutissime punctatis, valva anteriori concentrice lineolata, 

valva posteriori umbonaia, prope marginem concentrice lineolata 

prater aream terminalem luteolam, margine granulato, fasciis 

cceruleis et viridibus limbato, intus pallide virescens. Long. 1, 

lat. f poll. Bab. N. S. Wales. 

Resembles C. siculus, which, however, has radiating lines on 

the lateral areas. 

Chiton fruticosus. 

T. ovalis, valde elongata, transversim arcuaia, omnino textiliter 
punctata, olivacea, maculis minuti?, saturatioribus fulgurantibus 
variegata, valvis haud rostratis, areis later alibus prominentibus et 
lineis elevatis interruptis ramosis, radi'itis, areis centralibus lineis 
longitudinalibus rugosis ad latera profundis, ad dorsum evavidis 
et .arcuatis sculptis, area posteriori magna, umbonata, lineis incon- 
spicuis interdum divaricaiis radiata, intus flavo-olivacea, Ugamentum 
latum, pallidum minutissime granulat am. Long. 1|, lat. f poll. 
Hab. K S. Wales. 

Resembles fig. 6 of Sowerby's Conchological Illustrations, 
which is said to be a variety of C. indicus, but which has 
no ramose structure on the lateral areas. 

Chiton platessa. 

T. parva, tenuis, elongato ovalis, transversim arcuata, citrino 
olivacea, ubigue minutissime punctata, areis lateralibus parvis, vix 
elevatis, lineis 2-3 inconspicuis, striatis, areis centralibus lineis 
confertis acutis, granidatis arcuatim decussatis ; valva postica 
magna, obscure radiata, margine virente, fusco tesselato, minutissime 
granulato, intus cceruleo virescens. Long. £, lat. -^ poll. Hab. 
N. S. Wales. 

Similar in its general aspect to G. fruticosus, but smaller, 
smoother, and the sculpture of the lateral areas and terminal 
valves entirely different. It is almost exactly like fig. 67 of the 
Conchological Illustrations. 

[The shell referred to is G. pusillus, Sow., S. America, our 
Chiton Australis, Lam. not. Sow. J. B. T. W.] 


of new south walks. 253 

Chiton incanus. 

T. sollda, oblong o ovalis, valde convexa, cinereo et nigro variegate 
concenfrice undulato striata, granulis sparsis nigris aspersa, a% 
dorsum subcarinata et longitudinaliter nigro bifasciata ; areis 
lateralibus vix distinctis, margins aculeis inequalibus curtis, curvatis 
nigris et canescentibus induta. bong, y 1 ^, lat. ~ poll. Hab. 
N.S. Wales. 

Like 0. piceus, Gray, and still more like G. petholatus, which 
has a hairy margin. 

(Page 151.) — Patella cinnamonea. 

T. ovalis, parva, convexa, tenuis, cinnamonea, cum striis 
radian tibus, tenuibus, confer tissimis imbiicato asperis ; apice acuto, 
antico, ad marginem valdo declinato ; apertura margins antsrior 
excurvato, intus costa alba marginali minuta. Long, i, lat. J-, 
alt. __?_ poll. Hab. N. S. Wales. 

Closely allied to P. galathea, Lamarck, which, however, is snow 
white, more circular, the apex more central, and the striae much 
coarser. 

[This diagnosis is obscurely brief, but appears to refer to a 
Svphonaria. — J. E. T. W.] 

Haliotis crispata. 

T. parva, tenuis, convexa, elongato ovalis, undidis obliquiis, 
angulatis, divaricantibus rugata, spiraliter striata, rubida ; sjpira 
elevata, submediano, foraminibus parvis, circularibus, confertis, 
ad septennis perviis, exirorsum canaliculatis, intus undulosa, nitida 
argentea. Long. If, lat. |- poll. 

With N\ Holland shells. About the size and form of H. 
stomatioB-formis, Reeve, but distinguished from all others by its 
crowded angular ripples arranged somewhat like- the colors of 
H. ziczac. No shell approaches it in this respect, except the 
very young of H. australis. 

[Very probably a young variety of H. ncavosa, of which H. 
australis is a synonym. In the shape and the undulations 
referred to that species is extremely variable. J. E. T. W.] 

(Vol. 3, Proceedings Boston Soc, Nat. Hist., p. 74, on the 
shells of Commander Wilkes' Exploring Expedition.) 


254 the proceedings of the linnean society 

Amnicola badia. 

T. rninuta elongata, ovata, turrita, badia, spira acuta, apic 
erosa; anfr. 5, convexiusculis, ultimo vix angulato, sutura impressa, 
apertura ovata, peristomate continuo, obtuso, fusco. Long. \, lat. 
fa, poll. Hab. Banks' Peninsula, New Zealand. 

A small elongated species, like A. Preissii of N. Holland. Its 
color and its dark obtuse peristome give rather a marked 
character to a shell so small and simple. 

[Appears to resemble the minute genus so common in the 
freshwater lakes and streams of Australia and Tasmania, and 
which is variously named Paludestrina, Bythinia, Hydrobia, Byth- 
inella, and Amnicola. I am of opinion that this shell has been 
redescribed in the Zoological Proceedings as Paludestrma saleana 
by M.Fischer. J. E. T.W.] 

Amnicola egena. 

T. minuta, tenuis, subperforata, elongato-turrita, epidermide vire- 
scente induta ; spira acuta ; anfr. 5, convexis, sutura profunda, 
apertura ovata, peristomate continuo, labro acuto, patente. 
Long, i, lat. fa, poll. Hab. Banks' Peninsula, New Zealand. 

More slender and less solid than A. badia, and of an entirely 
different color. It is very much like Paludina acuta of Europe. 

(Vol. 3, loc. cit. p. 90.) — Trochus sirius. 

T. parva, imperforata, pyramidata, dilute beryllnia, leviter cor- 
rugata ; spira anfr. 4, conicis, infra oblique plicatis, ad periphe- 
riam acutis et spinis compressis ad 18, armatis ; basi planulata, 
stellaris, liris concentricis muricatis ad 5 insculptis; regione collum- 
ellari arcuata, levigata, labro peroblique. Diam. \, axis -5^-, poll. 
nab. N. Holland. 

The multitude and regularity of the triangular projections of 
the periphery when viewed from below give the base a beautiful 
star-like form, much like T. stellaris. 

[This is only a young form of Garinidea squamlfera, which has 
the projections at the periphery, though it loses them in the 
adult state. The operculum is completed very early. J. E.T.W.] 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 255 

(P. 254) — PSAMMOBIA FLORIDA. 

T. transversa oblonga, tenera, polita, purpurascens, postice albo 
radiato, limbo epidermide flavo virescente induto, natibus postmedi- 
anis, inconspicuis, latere antico semi-elliptico, apice submediano, 
latere siphonali angustato, acute rotundato apice inframediano, 
margine ventrali rectiusculo, interior incarnata, sinu siphonali 
angusto prolong o ; cardine dentibus duobus minutis, divaricantibus 
in utraque valva instructo. Long. \\, alt. T 7 o, poll. Hab. Ilia, 
warra, N. S. Wales. 

A shell closely resembling in structure and exterior coloring 
Machcera costata. It has the form of P. vesper Una, except that 
the beaks are removed much further backwards. 

[A very distinct species, but rare in Port Jackson and on the 
East Coast.— J. E. T. W.] 

(Loc. cit. p. 292.) — Cyclas egregia. 

T. ventricosa transversa oblonga, subcequilateralis, concentrice 
tenue lirata, umbonibus parum elevatis, tumidis, epidermide viridi- 
corneo, fusco zonato, plerumque G. cornea similis. Long. |-, alt -§-, 
lat. i poll. Hab. N. S. Wales. 

It is larger, more rounded in outline, and more globose in 
form than G. cornea. The epidermis is less glistening, of a 
deeper green, and exhibits no traces of radiations. The ligament 
is shorter and more prominent. The beaks hinge and furrowing, 
and nearly the same in both. 

(Loc. cit. p. 293.) — Cyrena debilts. 

T. parva, tenuis, transverse ovata, postice ampliata et subtruncata, 
subo3quilateralis, concentrice liris confertis subreflexis arata, 
epidermide nitido superne olivaceo induta, umbonibus parum 
elevatis, erosis, absque lunula, intus violaceo, albida ; dentibus 
cardinalibus inconspicuis, dentibus lateralibus elongatis, striatis. 
Long. t 6 q, alt. -£q, lat. i poll. Hab. "New Holland ? 

Most like G. pusilla, but has no areola in front of the beaks, 
is less orbicular, and somewhat larger. In general, it resembles 
a Oyclas. 


256 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

(LoC. cit. Vol. 7, p. 139.) TORNATINA APICINA. 

T. minuta cylindracea, elongata, alba, lineis incrementi tenuissimis 
insculpta, apice mammilato ; anfr. 4, sutura canaliculata. Apertura 
\ long. testcB, perangusta, plica columellari obsoleta, labro lateraliter 
viso arcuato- Axis 5 millim., diam. 2. Hob. Sydney Harbour, 
N. S. Wales. 

The aperture is broader, and the pillar-fold less definite than 
T. fusiformis. 

[Very questionable if distinct from the last named, and as I 
think not distinct from T. brenleyii. Angas Zool. Proc. 1877. 
J. E. T. W.] 

(Loc cit. p. 140.) — Cylichna regtjlaris. 

T. satis magna, elliptica, elongata, alba, spiraliter insculpta, 
vertice obtuso, late perforato. Apertura perangusta, admodum 
antice ampliata, columella incrassata, vix incurvata, imperforata, 
ventre calloso. Axis 9, diam. 4 millim. Hab. Sydney Harbour, 
N. S. Wales. 

[We have only one Cylichna in N. S.Wales, G. arachis Q. and G., 
which seems the same as this shell. — J. E. T. W.] 

(Loc. cit. P. 163.) — Emarginula (clypidina) radiata. 

T. cinerea, elliptica, costis radiantibus imbricatulis ad 17, el 

costulis intermedials ad 3 ornata, prope apicem acutum, defleclum, 

submedianum clathrata, intus viride radiata, margine denticulata, 

Jissura curta, in canalem internum versus apicem producta. Long. 

12, lat. 8, alt. 7, millim. Hab. Sydney Harbour, N. S. Wales. 

[I doubt very much if this species is distinct from Emarginula 
australis, Lamk. J. E. T. W.] 

(Loc. cit. p. 324.) — Ringicula denticulata. 

T. ovata, acuminata, solida, lactea, striis confertis transversis, 
exilioribus (interdum intervenientibus) insculpta; anfr. 5, ventri- 
cosis, apertura angusta, labro admodum incrassato, intus denticu- 
lato fere ad sinum siphonalem interrupto; plicis acutis, transversis, 
callo modico, liaud oppresso, dente parietali modico. Axis 5, diam. 
35, millim. Hab. Port Jackson, N. S. Wales. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 257 

The numerous stride, denticulate labrum, and scantiness of 
callus about the siphonal notch mark the species. 

[We have two other species of the genus in N. S. Wales, both 
distinct from this. J. E. T. W.] 

(Loc. cit. p. 238.) — Nassaria curta. 

T. parva, elongata, ovato rhomboidea, solidula, straminea, ante 
suturam pallidiori et fulvo maculata ; anfr. 6, ventricosis, jilis ad 
8 volventibus, et plicis ad 15 longitud. ornatis. Apertura angusta 
ovalis, labro incrassato, intus denticulato, lamina columellari erecta, 
rostro modico, recto. Axis 10, diam. 6 millim. Hab. Port 
Jackson. 

It is smaller than any species in the Cuming collection and 
has a short beak. It is like N. carduus, Reeve, but has serrate 
delicate waves. 

(Loc. cit. p. 331.) — Nassa reposta. 

T. solida, ovato-conica, rudis, cinerea, plicis inconspicuis 12-14, 
demum carentibus, et filis remotes (superne 4t) ornata ; anfr. 7, 
convexis, postice suba?igulatis, apertura ampla, rotundato ovata, 
labro incrassato, expanso, intus denticulato, columella valde arcuata, 
lutea, vitrea, fauce fusco, rufo, postice luteo fasciata. Axis 12, 
diam. 7 mil. Hab. Sydney, N. S. W. 

[This appears to be only one of the many varieties to which 
Nassa pauperata, Lamarck, is subject, to which also I am inclined 
to refer N. Tasmanica, mihi. Angas appears to have named the 
shell N. labecula, Zool. Proc, 1851. J. E. T. W.] 

Nassa optata. 

T. subtenuis, ovata, conica, acuta, polita, albida, demum ferru- 
gineo variegata ; anfr. 7, convexiusculis, ad 12 plicatis, plicis ad 
anfr. ult. tandem carentibus, striis volventibus 5, quorum prtesutu- 
rali profundiore gemmulas efformante secantibus ; sutura profunda, 
apertura late ovalis labro intus Icevi, extus incrassato, rufo, varie- 
gato; columella admodum callosa. Ax. 10, diam. 6 millim. Hab. 
Sydney Harbour. 


258 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LTNNEAN SOCIETY 

Very closely resembles the figure of N. Grayii, Deshayes, of 
the Icon. Conch., which, however, is believed to represent a larger 
and more ventricose shell than that of Kiener. 

[This may be N. rufocincta, A. Adams, which, however, he 
states came from the Honduras, Port Jackson, and on all the 
N. S. W. coasts. J. E. T. W ] 

(Loc. cit. p. 337.) — Clathurella peregrina. 

T. avato-fusiformis solida, obscure fulva, plicis obtusis ad 18, 
filis transversis (ubi plicis decussantibus) ornata ; anfr. 6, ventricosis. 
Aperture |- totius longitudinis lineata, postice rotundata, labro acuto, 
intus lamellato, canali brevi, angusto, abrupte incepto. Ax 12, 
diam. 5 millim. Hab. Sydney Harbour. 

Closely allied to C. assimilis, but less colored, and the strise 
less crowded. 

[This shell is very common in Port Stephens, and appears to 
have been re-named lately in the Zool. Proc.) 

(Loc. cit. p. 3S6.) — Cerithium lacertinum. 

T. turrita fusiformis, tenuis, cinerea, fusco maculata; anfr. 10, 
convexiusculis, bene discretis, posticis plicatis, et fills granulosis 4, 
ad anfr. ult. demum simplicibus cinctis, minoribus plerumque inter- 
venientibus. Apertura semilunaris, labro acuto, rostro abbreviato. 
Ax. 13, diam. 4 mill. Hab. Sydney Harbour. 

Exceedingly like C. lima Brug. It has no varices, is less 
slender and differently colored. It is also like C. granarium 
Kiener. 

[This is evidently C. lawleyanum of Crosse, which must give 
way to Gould's name. J. E. T. W.] 

(Loc. cit. p. 409.) — Rissoina flexuosa. 

T. fusiformi, turrita, straminea, anf. 7, convexiusculis, plicis 
obtusis, fiexuosis circiter 15, clathratis et lineis volventibus nume- 
rosis cinctis, apertura satis magna, semicircular is, peritremate sim- 
plici expanso, antice effuso. Axis 6, diam. 2. Sydney Harbour. 

[This shell is not known to me, but may have been redescribed 
amongst our numerous species of the genus. J. E. T. W.] 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 259 

(Loc. cit. p. 407.) — Chemnitza circumdata. 

T. ovato-conica polita, straminea, vitta aurantacea cincta, amfr. 8, 
convexis et sutura vix indicatis, posticis, plicis numerosis indis- 
tinctis ornatis, ultimo hand insculpto, et vittis 5 ornato. Apertura 
angusta, peritremate acuto. Ax. 5, diam. 2 millim. Hab. Sydney 
Harbour. 

MONILEA APICINA (LoC. cit. Vol. 8, p. 15.) 

T. parva ovata-conica, tenuis, filis numerosis subcequalibus cincta, 
apice flammulis sparsls, radiantibus rosaceis; anf. 5, convexiusculis 
ad peripheriam obtusis ; sutura profunda, basi convexa, lineis in- 
crement nonnihil granidatis ; umbilico minuto, costa callosa et 
altera inter iori cincto ; apertura fere circularis. Axis 5, diam. 6 
millim. Hab. Port Jackson. 

[This certainly seems to be one of the Monileoz of E. Australia, 
probably M. australis ? of Angas.] 

Clanculus jucundus. 

T. parvula depressa, ovato-conica, ochreacea, vel rufescens; anfr. 5, 
convexis, prope suturum tesselatis, interdum omnino strigatis ; lineis 
inaiqualibus cinctis, ad anf. may. gemmatis ; sutura canaliculata ; 
basi rotundata, umbilico crenulato, dente columellari eminente, 
acuto ; labro intus sulcato. Axis et. diam., 5 mil. Hab. Sydney, 
N. S. W. About the size of C. minor. 

[This diagnosis is very general, and really would apply to 
many of our N. S. W. species. It would be difficult to determine 
it without seeing the type. — J. E. T. W.] 

Elenchus ocellatcjs. 

T. parva elevata, ovato-conica, polita, postice ex rufo virescens ; 
antice rubescens, lineis volventibus pallidis rufo-marginatis circiter 
4, et lineis Jlexuosis obliquis ornata ; anf. 7, vix convexis, punctis 
albis circiter 6 cinctis, ultimo ad peripheriam obtuse angulato ; basi 
convexa, apertura ovata, intus virescens, columella pallida, dente 
obsoleto albido instructo. Axis 12, diam. 7. Hab. Sydney, 
N. S. Wales. Allied to E. minor. 


260 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Elenchus EXIGUUS. 

T. minuta, lozvis, ovato-conica acuta, flavida, rosacea vel fulvida, 

plus minusve lineis saturatioribus vel vittis articidatis ornata ; anf. 

5, ventricosis, apertura rotundato-ovata, columella planata, decolo- 

rata, dente acuto, defiecto, minuto. Axis 2, diam. 1*5. Hab. 

Port Jackson. 

Cantharidus lineolaris. 

T. elevato-conica, perforata, aureo-viridis lineis angulatis luteis 
prope suturum dilatatis, ibi nigro maculatis, striis incrementi et 
striis volventibus subtillissimis reticulata ; anfr. 7, planulatis, 
idtimo angulato, apertura parva, subtriangularis. Axis 7, diam. 4. 
Hab. Sydney, K S. W. 

Thracia cultrata. 

T. parva, alba, tenuissima, ovato-rliomboidea, ventricosa, intus 
argentata antice semi-elliptica, late rotundata, umbonibus post 
medianis, acutis, margins dorsali posteriore, declivi, eztremitate 
truncata; angulo superiori acuto, declivitate umbonali acuta; mar- 
gine ventralis vix arcuata ; apophysi cardinali triangulari (Valva 
sinistra ignota^) Long. 8, alt. 6, lat. 4. Hab. Port Jackson, 
sandy mud, 8 to 15 fathoms. 

Lepton concentricum. 

T. ovato-triangularis, subplana concentrice concmne lirata 
(liris acutis) epidermide subrugosa marginem implicante induta : 
umbonibus post medianis acutis ; cicatricibus subelongatis, linea 
pallii emargine remota, dentibus minimis lateralibus utraque valva 
remotis, fere obsoletis ; valva dextrce dente cardinali unico ; v. 
sinistral dentibus duobus minimis margini contiguis. Long. 10, 
lat. 4, alt. 7. Hab. Sydney Harbour. 

This beautiful species is easily known by its minute teeth, 
concentric sculpture, and abundant epidermis. Its shape is 
unusually unsymmetrical, and not unlikely it belongs to a genus 
not yet established. 

Kellia Balaustina. 

T. minuta nitida rotundato-ovata, rubiginosa, subdiaphana, lineis 
concentricis creberrime insculpta, umbonibus submedianis eminen- 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 261 

tibus, margine ventrali valde arcuata, marginibus cardinalibus 
rubidis, valves altera dentibus card. 2, parvis, deniibus lateralibus 
brevissimis, postico fere obsoleto, valvce alterce dentibus lateralibus 
curtis, antico obsoleto, dente cardinali, unicovalido. Long. 2*5, 
alt. 2 mil. Hab. Sydney Harbour. 

MODIOLARIA VARICOSA. 

T. tenuis- compressa, ovato-lrapezoidalis, dilute viridis, lineis 
fuscis angulatis ornata, umbonibus terminalibus, extremitate antica 
acuta, marginibus arcuatis, divergentibus, extremitate postica rotun- 
data, arcis lateralibus striis frequentibus radiantibus impressis ; 
area mediana striis conceniricis vel etiam striis radiantibus solum 
inscidpta ; pagina interior iiacrea, lineis angulatis rufis perlucen- 
tibus. Long. 9, alfc. 6, lafc 2'5 mill. Hab. Sydney Harbor. 

Emarginula aspera. — (Loc. cit. vol. II., p. 154.) 

T. parva tenuis, depresso-conica, fuliginosa, costis elevatis, quad- 
ratis plerumque duplicibus ad 10, albidis, ad intervales striis 
crebris decussantibus exasperatis vertice subcentrali, acuto, recurvo f 
intus glauca, albido radiante margine denticulato, incisura angusta, 
profunda, intus in canalem versus apicem producta. Long \, 
lat. ™, alfc. ™ poll. Hab. Sydney. Much like E. rugosa, Quoy 
and G. in size and form, but differing in color, sculpture, and 
the larger size of the notch. 

Emarginula ossea. 

Is described as from the Fiji Islands, and was identified 
with Tugalea Tenisoni, nobis, but Dr. Gould distinctly says his 
shell is thick and coarse and allied to Emarginula australis Lam., 
while the Australian and Tasmanian shell is fine, thin and 
depressed. 

I have only to add that I have not interfered with Dr. Gould's 
Latin. This eminent naturalist it will be seen took many liber- 
ties with the classic language. 


262 the proceedings of the linnean society 

On some New Marine Shells. 

By Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc. 
N. S. Wales, Tasmania, Victoria, Corr. Mem. Linn. Soc, 
N. S. W., Ac. 

The following shells were dredged off Port Jackson Heads at 
a depth of 45 fathoms, and were handed to me for description 
by Mr John Brazier, C.M.Z.S. 

TEREBRA LAURETANiE, N. S. 

T. parva, pyramidata, turrita, opaca, liaud nitente, albida, 
maculis latis, quadratis, fulvis tesselata (in ult. anfr. maculis 2 
lin. distinct, zonatd); anf. (nucl. excluso) 8, planatis, Uneis incre- 
menti undulatis rugoso-striatis, superne valtde spiraliter canalicu- 
latis supra canalem obsolete granulans ; nucleo (\\ anfr?) natici- 
formis nitente, basi maculata, convexa, striata labro acuto, colu- 
mella nitente, exacte definita, canali recurvo, brevi, sutura acute 
impressa. Long. 20, lat. 6J mil. 

This Terebra resembles a good many of our Australian and 
Tasmanian forms in the distinct groove in the upper 3rd part of 
the whorls. It is most like T. Brazieri, Angas, but that shell is 
always longer, and has acute shining ribs. Until we are better 
acquainted with the younger forms of this and similar shells its 
specific value must remain doubtful. 

TURRITELLA INCISA, N. S. 

T. parva, pyramidata, turrita, spira acuta, subpellucida, pallide 
fulva ; anf. 13, utrimque late marginatis margine elevata, striata, 
albo fulvoque eleganter tesselata, intra margines bi-liratis ; 5 anf 
apicalibus translucidis et roiundatis; basi concava, lirata; apertura 
quadrata, labro acuto, sinu angusto, profunde insignito. Long. 11, 
lat. 3 mil. 

This remarkable little Turritella is distinguished by the narrow 
and very deep sinus in the outer lip. It has a raised tesselated 
margin above and below on each whorl, and the intervening 
space has two distinct lirae. The colour is pellucid, golden red- 
dish, aud the tesselations are red and white. We have one or 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 263 

two Australian Turritellas with a sinus in the outer lip (T. 
sinuata, &c), but the sinus is broad and shallow, while in this 
case it is a narrow deep cut of equal width extending some 4 
or 6 millim. into the shell. 

ClNGULINA TORCULARIS. 

This singular species is distinguished by its very prominent 
spiral keel on the centre of each whorl, which makes the shell 
appear like a small screw. The nucleus is smooth, white, and 
shining, not reversed but subvertical ; the base has three rounded 
keels, and the aperture is somewhat produced. It is larger than 
Cingulina australis nobis, has only one keel, while that shell has 
two. 

T. parva, subdiaphana, sordide alba, subnitente, pyramidata; anf. 
(nucleo excluso)4i } in medio valde unicarinatis, carina acuta elevata, 
sutura pro/wide impressa, nucleo Icevi, nitenie, subverticaliter sito ; 
basi conspicue tricarinata, periplieria altimi anfr. acuta, apertura 
circulari integra, extus conspicue quadricostata, labio tenui, leviter 
reflexo, labro antice producto. Long. 3^, lat. 1^ mil. 

Natica subcostata. 

T. parva, oblique elliptica, nitente, polita, alba auguste umbilicata, 
anf. 3, rapide decrescentibus, ultimo Icevi, striis tantum incrementi 
sparsim munito ; penultimo costis parvis regularibus radiatim ornato ; 
apertura semilunari, magna, labro acuto, labio recto ; umbilico callo 
parvo, spiraliter costiformi insignito. Major diam. 5, min. 3| mil. 

A small, smooth-shining Natica of oblique elliptical form, 
mainly distinguished by small, fine radiating ribs on the 
penultimate whorl. 

The next shell which I have to describe is of so rare and re- 
markable a genus that a few words concerning its generic history 
may not be unnecessary. The genus Raulinia to which it 
belongs was erected by Mons. C. Mayer (Jour, de Conch. 1864, 
p. 180) for small turbinated, oblong, oval, thin shells, with spiral 
grooves. Whorls rapidly increasing, convex ; the last very 
large. Aperture large, slightly oblique, oval oblong, entire, 


264 THE PROCEEDINGS OE THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

angular posteriorly, anteriorly sub-effuse. Columella broad, curved, 
flattened, and with one conspicuous tooth. The author says : 
" The shell for which I have erected this genus, although ex- 
tremely rare, has been long known to naturalists. It is the 
Eaulinia alligata, described by Deshayes, in his ' Desc. des. coq. 
foss d. environs d. Paris ' as a Tornatella, and finally placed by the 
same author in the genus Odontostomia, Having been so fortunate 
as to meet at Jeurres a fine specimen of this singular shell, I 
have been able to study it closely, and found myself under the 
agreeable necessity of erecting a new genus for it. For it seems 
to me that it cannot be placed with Odontostomia, because of its 
dimensions and unusual form, from its thin shell and transverse 
grooves, but above all from its flat non-twisted columella, carrying 
on the inside an independent tuberculous tooth, which is so very 
unlike the plait of the Odontostomia. By these characters it 
is associated with Littorina, and should be placed in the same 
family. There is in the Paris basin another shell with much the 
same character — that is Littorina monodonta. It differs from the 
type in its more elongated form, fainter grooves, and in the 
position of the tooth. But I believe it should be regarded as a 
Baulinia " 

It is very remarkable that a # living analogue of this curious 
shell should be found in Australia. It is rare ; but no doubt now 
that its peculiarities are published many more will be discovered. 
It has all the characters of the Paris fossils, and is another 
instance of how extinct forms of the Eocene (Galcaire grossier), 
and secondary formations have existing representatives in the 
Australian seas. 

Raulinia badia. 

T. parva, subpellucida turbinata, spira parum, elata, pallide badia 
saturata, nitrite; anfr. 4, rapide decrescentibus, spiraliter regula- 
riter carinata et liris obliquiis crebre cancellata; liris supra carinds 
transeuntibus ; carinis rotundatis, anfr. 13, apice Icevi, nitente, 
albo, diaphano ; apertura Integra, circularl, antia canaliculato ; 
labro tenui, acuto, postice globose arauato et producto ; labio 
recto, aouto, dente conspicuo munito, umbilico angusto, profundo 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 265 

margine rotundato spiraliter circumscripta. Long. 4, lat. 2| 
mil. Hab. Cape Solander, Botany Bay. J. Brazier. 

Shell small subpellucid, spire slightly exsert, saturated brown, 
shining, whorls 4, rapidly decreasing, spirally regularly keeled 
and thickly cancellate, with oblique lirae which pass over the 
rounded keels ; whorls 13, apex smooth, shining, white, diapha- 
nous aperture entire, circular, anteriorly unicarinate, outer lip 
thin, acute, posteriorly globosely arched and produced ; inner lip 
straight, acute, furnished with a conspicuous tooth, umbilicus 
narrow, deep, spirally circumscribed with a rounded margin. 

Drillia tricarinata. 

T. parva, elongato-fusiformi, angusta, turrita, spira quam apertura 
longiori, opaca, alba pallidissime fulva. zonata ; anf. 6 (nucleo 
tumide obtuso, \\ anfr. incluso) convexis, in spira tenuiter tricari- 
natis, interstitiis, latis, regulariter concavis, ultimo anfr. tricarinato 
ct lirato, sutura una carinarum insignita ; apertura ovata, postice 
late profundoque sinuata, labro incrassato, labio encausto, exacte 
definitOf canali lato, recto, sat brevi, basi concava, spiraliter multi- 
lirata. Long. 6, lat. 2 mil. 

A small banded shell without plaits, which is unusual in the 
genus, but it has three delicate keels, one of which is on the 
suture, and the spaces between are shallow concave grooves. 
The sinus is entirely posterior, is wide and deep, and the outer 
lip is thickened 

RlSSOINA CRETACEA, U.S. 

T. parva, turrita, pyramidali alba polita sed periostraca cretacea 
quasi obtecta ; anfr. 7, convexis, crebre plicatis ; plicis validis, acutis 
a sutura ad suturam pertingentibus ; suturis bene impressis ; apice 
Icevi tumido 1| anfr., apertura angusta, labio crasso ; basi IcBvi. 
Long. 6, lat. 1^ mil. 

I don't know any distinguishing character for this Bissoina, 
except its chalky periostraca. It is much smaller than H. nivea 
but larger than R. gertrudis, nobis; is neither pellucid nor 
margined at the suture. Hab. Off Port Jackson, 45 fathoms. 
J. Brazier. 


266 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

RlSSOINA CYLINDRACEA. 

T. minuta, cylindracea, alba subjpellucida, Icevi, poliia ; anfr. 5| 
elongaiis ; apice obtuso, sutura marginata ; apertura pijriformi, 
eversa, labro incrassato, labio inconspicuo. Long. 5, lat. 1^ mil. 

A small cylindrical form, differing from B. gertrudis, in being 
entirely smooth, and highly polished without any signs of plaits. 
The suture is margined, but the lip is inconspicuous with the 
lower part of the aperture everted. Off Port Jackson, 45 
fathoms. J. Brazier. 

EXHIBITS. 

Dr. Hector exhibited a series of 60 plates of the Fossil Flora 
of New Zealand, photo-lithographed from drawings made by him. 
He also gave a general account of the Stratified Rocks of New 
Zealand as distinguished and related by the organic remains pre- 
served in them. 


MONDAY, 26th November, 1877. 


W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., President, in the Chair. 


MEMBERS ELECTED. 

His Grace the Archbishop of Sydney. 
The Rev Dr. Forrest. 

James Hector, M.D., F.R.S., &c, of Wellington, New 
Zealand. 

The Secretary reported that the Council had elected F. M. 
Bailey, Esq., of Brisbane, to be a Corresponding Member. 

DONATIONS. 

Compte Rendu de la Soc. Entomologique de Belgique, Serie II., 

Nos. 41 and -42, by the Society. 
H. Alleyne Nicholson's Ancient Life History of the Earth, and 

F. P. Pascoe's Zoological Classification, by Hon. W. Macleay. 
Survey of Buller Coal Fields, New Zealand, by Dr. Hector. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 2G7 

PAPERS READ. 

On some Tertiary Fossils, from New Guinea. 
By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c. 

At a previous meeting this year (Aug. 27), I drew the atten- 
tion of the Society to some Echini, which had been obtained by 
Mr. Macleay in New Guinea. They were fossils, and the beds 
with their position and character were then described, I 
promised at the same time to refer to the Mollusca on a future 
occasion. Since then the whole collection has been carefully 
gone over by Mr. Masters, who has broken up all the larger 
portions and cleared away the matrix from the casts. The result 
has not revealed any new fossils, and no new casts of any definite 
character have been found. The consequence is that the material 
at my disposal is exceedingly small. There are casts in abun- 
dance, but for the most part of bivalves, and these, only internal 
casts are preserved from which even the genus can very seldom 
be ascertained. I proceed therefore to deal with what can be 
clearly described. The only shell is a Pecten, which appears 
to me to be a new species. It is a remarkable fact, as I before 
observed, that Pectens seem to have some singular power of 
resisting the dissolving action of water in limestone deposits. 
Pectens and Brachiopoda are the only mollusca preserved in the 
Mount Gambier limestones, though there are casts of others. 
Even the finest ornaments of the shell, and the most delicate 
tracery, is quite fresh and well preserved, while the large shells 
of other genera are entirely dissolved away. It would be really 
worth while to investigate the microscopic structure of these 
shells with a view to explain the cause of their permanent 
character. The following is the diagnosis of the new species. 

Pecten Nov^guin.e. 
P. shell regularly orbicular, equivalve regularly convex, but 
not globose, rather thick, equilateral and symmetrically rounded 
at the margin ; ears quite square, one* being a little obliquely 
indented at the edge,, but otherwise almost equal and rather 
large ; furnished with 12 to 14 large rounded radiate ribs, each 


268 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAX SOCIETY 

with two rather shallow radiate grooves and transversely striate, 
striae at the marginal end becoming scaly raised imbricateous, 8 
to 10 in number, interstices furnished with two to three con- 
spicuous, slender, granular ribs, umbones very acute, ears with 8 
to 10 very granular ribs. Long. 60, lat. 50. thickness of two 
valves 30 millim. 

The scaly margin gives this shell somewhat the aspect of P. 
pallium, but that has a generally depressed habit, and the scales 
cover the test. It cannot be mistaken for P. asper of South 
Australia, which has about 25 ribs, but the peculiar multiradiate 
form of the ribs allies it to that shell and the common Australian 
P. bifrons. It is something like P. radula, Linn, of the Philip- 
pine Islands, but the shape is different altogether. It is an 
Australian form, but with only remote resemblances, unless to 
one still existing in the neighbouring seas. 

There are three other casts of univalves in the collection 
which can be determined. One is a Phos, which appears to be 
new, but is hardly sufficiently preserved for description. The 
other is a Strombus, of the subgenus Monodactyles, probably also 
new, though allied in form to S. Novce Zealandice. The third 
can be identified with some certainty. It is 

Dolium costatum, Desh. in Lamarck, vol. X., p. 144. 
There is no other species known to me which has the peculiar 
subacute distant ribs and decidedly canaliculate suture, all of 
which, as well as the corresponding shape are well shown in the 
cast in Mr. Macleay's museum. It is a common form in the 
Indian Archipelago, and I believe specimens have been found on 
the coast of New Guinea also- 

These facts confirm the opinion I have already expressed, that 
we have in these deposits a very recent tertiary formation, much 
newer than any of the Murray River or Western Victorian beds. 
There are no fossils of any kind common to the New Guinea 
rocks, and those of Southern Australia and the general aspect of 
both is totally different. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 269 

Notes on a Collection of Birds from Port Darwin. 
By George Masters, Curator Macleayan Museum. 

The Birds enumerated in this Paper were shot by Mr. Spalding, 
at or near Port Darwin, during the months of May, June, July, 
August, and September of the present year. 

I find only one undescribed species, but a number of them are 
little known, and very rare in collections. I have fortunately 
been enabled, through the accurate observations of Mr. Spalding, 
to give some idea of the habits of many of the species, and of 
the apparent rarity or nonrarity of them all. For this reason 
I believe that these few notes will be acceptable to Australian 
Ornithologists. 

1. — Haliastur leucosternus, Gould. 
This species appears to be common near the coast, and is 
frequently to be seen hovering over the settlement. 

2. — Haliastur sphenurus, Vieill. 
Not very common ; generally seen about Lagoons. 

3. — Pandion leucocephalus, Gould. 
Seen occasionally ; not common. 

4. — Hieracidea Berigora, Vig. and Horsf. 
Not uncommon. The specimens obtained vary considerably 
in size and colour. 

5. — Astur approximans, Vig. and Horsf. 
One young male only ; rarely seen. 

6. — Baza subscristata, Gould. 
Two obtained ; two others seen ; frequents scrubs. 

7. — STRIX NOV^l HOLLANDLE, Steph. 

The specimen obtained was shot in a tea-tree swamp ; no 
others seen. 

8. — Spiloglaux Boobook, Lath. 

Common ; smaller in size and paler in colour than New South 
Wales specimens. 

9. — iEGOTHELES LEUCOGASTER, Gould. 

Plentiful, but difficult to obtain. 


270 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LTNNEAN SOCIETY 

10. — Podargus gouldii, Masters. 
Four specimens of this fine and distinct species were obtained, 
varying but little from the type which was shot in the Gulf of 
Carpentaria. 

11. — Eurostopodus guttatus, Vig. and Horsf. 
One obtained ; evidently not common. 

12. — Caprimulgus macrurus, Horsfield. 
Plentiful ; about bamboo jungles. 

13. — Dacelo cervina, Gould. 
Not uncommon, but very wary. 

14. — TODIRAMPHUS SORDIDUS, Gould. 

Common, and frequents dense mangroves. 

15. — TODIRAMPHDS PYRRHOPYGIUS, Gould. 

Rather scarce ; frequents forest country. 

16. — Cyanalcyon Macleayi, Jardine and Selby. 
Very common ; the specimens obtained are remarkably bright 
in colour. 

17. — Alcyone pulchra, Gould. 
Very rare ; only one obtained and another seen. 

18. — Artamus minor, Vieill. 
Plentiful during the months of July and August. 

19. — Artamus leucoptgialis, Gould. 
Very common. 

20. — Artamus cinereus, Vieill. 
Common during the months of August and September. 

21. — Pardalotus uropygialis, Gould. 
Plentiful ; excavates a hole in the ground for its nest, similar 
to P. punctatus of New South Wales. 

22. — Cracticus picatus, Gould. 
Not very plentiful. 

23. — Cracticus argenteus, Gould. 
.Rather more numerous than the last. 


of new south wales. 271 

24. — Cracticus Spaldingi, n. sp. 

All the upper surface of a dull black, margins of the feathers 
brighter, and with a slight glossy hue ; under surface, wings, and 
tail of a dull rusty-brown, under tail-coverts black ; bill, bluish 
black ; legs and feet of the same colour. Total length, 14 
inches ; wing, 7| ; tail, 6 ; tarsi, 1*7 ; bill from forehead, 2 4. 

At first sight this bird might be taken for Cracticus Quoyii, 
Lesson. 

The very much larger bill and tarsi, and the rusty-brown hue, 
will at once serve to distinguish it from that species. The base 
of all the feathers above and below are of a dull white, and not 
slaty-brown as in G. Quoyii. 

I have named this species after its discoverer, Mr. Edward 
Spalding. 

25. — Grallina picata, Lath 
Common everywhere. 

26. — Graucalus melanops, Lath. 
Very plentiful. 

27. — Campephaga rufiventris, Pucher. 
Common in the scrubs. 

28. — Campephaga htjmeralis, Gould. 
Common during July and August ; no adult males obtained 
or seen. 

29. — Pachycephala simplex, Gould. 
Pretty common. 

80. — Pachycephala falcata, Gould. 
A few obtained ; not plentiful. 

31. — COLLURICINCLA BRUNNEA, Gould. 

Very common. 

32. — COLLURICINCLA PARVULA, Gould. 

A few fine specimens obtained. 

38. — Chibia bracteata, Gould. 
Very plentiful. 

34. — Rhipidura drtas, Gould. 


272 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

35. — Rhipidura isura, Gould. 
Both very common. 

36. — Sauloprocta picata, Gould. 
Rare ; two obtained ; only two others seen. 

37. — Seisura nana, Gould. 
Common. 

38. — PlEZORHYNCHUS NITIDUS, Gould. 

Plentiful in the mangroves. 

39. — Myiagra concinna, Gould. 
Common. 

40. — MlCRiECA FLAVIGASTER, Gould. 

Rare ; generally found about mangrove creeks. 

41. — Gerygone chloronota, Gould. 
A few obtained ; not very plentiful. 

42. — Smicrornis flavescens, Gould. 
Common during August and September. 

43. — Malurus cruentatus, Gould. 
Rare near the coast ; more common inland. 

44. — Anthus Australis, Vig. and Eorsf. 
Very rare, and very diminutive in comparison with New South 
Wales specimens. 

45. — Ptencedus rufescens, Vig. and Horsf. 
Not common ; seen occasionally about long grass. 

46. — SPHENiEACUs galactotes, Temm. 
Not uncommon about long sedgy grass near water. 

47. POEPH1LA GOULDLffi, Gould. 

Very rare, and seen only upon two occasions. 

48. POEPHILA ACUTICAUDA, Gould. 

Three obtained, and the only ones seen. 

49. — POEPHILA PERSONATA, Gould. 

Also very rare. 

50. — DONACOLA CASTANEOTHORAX, Gould.. 

Very common. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 273 

51. — Pitta iris, Gould. 
Frequents thick* bamboo jungles. Scarce, and difficult to 
obtain. 

52. — Chlamydodera nuchalis, Jard. and Sell. 
Seen occasionally, but never very common. 

53.— Mimeta flavocincta, Vig. and Horsf. 
Very numerous. 

54. — Mimeta viridis, Lath. 

An occasional visitor. Generally in pairs. 

55. — Corvus australis. Gmel. 
Scarce, and very shy. 

56 — POMATOSTOMUS RUBECULUS, Gould. 

Frequents lightly timbered country, generally in small flocks 
of seven or eight. 

The nest is dome-shaped, of large size, outwardly composed of 
small sticks, and lined with fine soft grass. 

The eggs are thirteen lines in length by ten lines in breadth, 
are of a light brown, clouded with a darker tint, and streaked 
both longitudinally and transversely with wavy almost black 
lines. 

57. — Glyciphila fasciata, Gould. 

Frequents edges of jungles. Not uncommon. 

58. — Stigmatops ocularis, Gould. 

59. — Stigmatops subocularis, Gould. 
Both plentiful. 

60. — Stomioptera unicolor, Gould. 
Also very common. 

61. CONOPHILA ALBIGULARIS, Gould. 

Seen occasionally, not particularly common. 

62. — Myzomela obscura, Gould. 
Frequents flowering trees, pretty plentiful. 

63. — Myzomela erythrocephala, Gould. 
Not common, frequents high mangroves. 

64. — Entomyza albipennis, Gould. 
Rather scarce, generally seen in pairs. 


274 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

65. — Melithreptus albogularis, Gould. 
Common. 

66. — ZOSTEROPS LUTEUS, Oould. 

Rare, only two obtained. 

67. — Climacteris melanura, Gould. 

Frequently seen, but not very plentiful. 

Mr. Gould's description has been taken from a male, which 
has the whole of the throat white, each feather being broadly 
margined with black. The female differs from the male in 
having the chin and fore part of the throat white ; the hinder 
part is also white, but each feather is very broadly margined with 
a rich chestnut brown. 

68. — Sittella leucoptera, Gould. 
Rare, three specimens obtained. 

69. — Cacatua galerita, Lath. 
Very plentiful. 

70. — Cacatua sanguinea, Gould. 
During the month of July this species was to be seen in flocks 
of thousands. 

71. — Cacatua roseicapilla, Vieill. 
Rare, occasionally seen in small flocks. 

72.— Caltptorhynchus macrorhynchus, Gould. 
Common. 

73. — Ptistes coccineopterus, Gould. 
Common. 

74. — Platycercus venustus, Kuhl. 
Rather scarce, and very local. 

75. — Trichoglossus rubritorquis, Vig. and Horsf. 
76. — Ptilosclera versicolor, Vig. 
Both species very common. 

77. — Ptilinopus Ewingii, Gould. 
Plentiful, but rather difficult to obtain. 

78. — Myristicivora spilorrhoa, G. B. Gray 
A few seen. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 275 

79. — Phaps chalcoptera, Lath. 
Rare near the coast, common inland. 

80. — Geophaps Smithii, Jard. and Sell. 
Very plentiful. 

81. — Chalcophaps longirostris, Gould. 
Common in the brushes. 

82. — Erythrauch(ena humeralis, Temm. 

83. — Geopelia placida, Gould. 
Both pretty common. 

84. — Megapodius tumulus, Gould. 
Rather scarce. No recent mounds seen. 

85.— Synoicus sordidus, Gould. 
Seen occasionally. 

86. — Dromaius Nov^e Hollandle, Lath. 
Rare near the coast, plentiful inland. 

87. — (Edicnemus grallarius, Lath, 
Common. 

88. — Esacus magnirostris, Geoff. 
Not plentiful. Seen occasionally on the reefs. 

89. LOBIVANELLUS PERSONATUS, Gould. 

Common. 

90. — OCHTHODROMUS INORNATUS, Gould. 

91. — Glareola grallaria., Temm. 
Not plentiful. Both seen occasionally in small flocks. 

92. — HlMANTOPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, Gould. 

Rare. In the young the top of the head and the back of the 
neck are grey. 

93. — NUMENIUS UROPTGIALIS, Gould. 
94. — NUMENIUS MINOR, Mull&T. 

Rather plentiful about fresh water lagoons, also frequents the 
sea-shore and reefs. . 

95. — Parra gallinacea, Temm. 
Rare ; only seen about one lagoon. 


276 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

96. — Erythra quadristrigata, Horsf. 
One obtained, and the only one seen. 

97. — Grus Australasianus, Gould. 
Rather plentiful, but very wary ; an egg only of this species 
obtained. 

98. — Herodus picata, Gould. 

99. — Herodias melanopus, Wagl. 
Both kinds rather plentiful about the fresh water lagoons, but 
difficult to get. 

100. — Nycticorax caledonicus, Gmel. 
Not uncommon, but rarely seen. 

101. — BUTOROIDES FLAVICOLLIS, Lath. 

Not plentiful. 

102. — Nettapus pulchellus, Gould. 
Very common on fresh water lagoons ; ten fine specimens 
obtained. 

103.— - T adorn a radjah, Gam. 
Seen occasionally ; five obtained. 

104. — Phalacrocorax melanoledcus, Vieill. 

105. — Phalacrocorax stictocephales, Bonap. 
Not very plentiful, and frequent both salt and fresh water. 

106. — Plotus Novj; Hollandle, Gould. 
Not common ; one female obtained. 


A General Account of the Flora of Tropical Queensland. By 
F. M. Bailey, Esq., Botanical Gardens, Brisbane (Corres- 
ponding Member of the Society.) 

If we look back some thirty or forty years we can scarcely 
now believe that it was often then said that the Australian 
flowers were without beauty or fragrance, yet nevertheless such 
was the cry, as many of us can well remember. Of timber trees 
also we were said to possess but few, just Gums and Wattles, 
the wood of which was thought to be too heavy and hard ever to 
be brought into much use. But now what a change has taken 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 277 

place. Our Eucalypts and a few others of our timber trees are 
sought after for planting in all parts of the Globe, where there is 
the least chance of their succeeding. Tree after tree is now 
being brought into use, and as each becomes better known, 
growing the more appreciated. In our early days of colonial 
life little was really known of the flora of Australia, although 
many of the plants were named and classified. The writings of 
the few botanists who had approached the subject were scattered 
and confused. But, thanks to the persevering zeal of Baron von 
Mueller of Victoria, aided by a few others, these early writings 
have been brought together, and the Flora carefully collected 
and preserved, by which means the way has been paved for the 
grand work now in course of publication by G. Bentham, Esq., a 
gentleman of world-wide reputation as a botanist. With this work, 
the Flora Australiensis, at hand, together with the various writings 
of Baron Mueller, the botanical student of the present day has 
his path cleared of many troubles and perplexities. Yet he will find 
difficulties still in determining his plants, some being caused by 
the great diversity of form assumed by the same plant as found 
within or without the tropics. In the Orchids this is very 
marked. No one seeing for the first time Dendrobium tetrago- 
num, A. Cunn., in the tropics would think it was identical with 
the more southern plant ; the same may be said of D. tereti- 
folium, R. Br. ; both plants being so much finer in the north. 
It will be remembered that it was this deviation from the normal 
form which led Sir W. J. Hooker, when he first flowered our 
common variety of D. speciosum, Sin., to suppose it a new 
species. 

I also found on the ranges near Cardwell, a well-marked 
variety of this species, and under the impression of its being a 
distinct species described it under the name of D. fusiforme. 
This variety differs from all others in the whole plant being more 
lax in its growth. The stems vary from 3 to 12 inches in 
height, are quite fusiform, deeply corrugated, often of a dark 
color, and at times having a tendency to form pseudo-bulbs at 
their base ; the leaves are from 2 to 7, distichous at the summit 


278 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

of the stems, ovate-oblong, acuminate aud undulate, of a thin 
texture compared with other forms of D. Speciosum The 
flowers also are much more delicate. Our common Elkshorn 
fern, Platy cerium alcicome, Desc, on account of its fronds in the 
tropics being at times, and especially when found growing on 
logs near the ground, of a much thicker substance than else- 
where, has been thought to be a distinct species, and named as 
such in some of our gardens. It is this luxuriant growth which 
astonishes the traveller on first seeing tropical vegetation. Who 
can see a tree of Pittosporum rubiginosum, A. Ounn., with its 
bunches of large orange-coloured terminal fruit nestling in 
its magnificent foliage, which is so membranaceous that it 
waves with the least puff of wind, without admiration ? These 
fruits, although so tempting, are not fit to eat. But this 
is not the case with all our tropical fruits, several being 
excellent. A species of Antidesma, A. Dallachyanum, Baill., 
produces a fruit which will doubtless some day be collected, 
and be made into preserves for exportation. The tree is an 
abundant bearer, and the fruits are equal in size to the 
European Cherry. Another of this genus A. erostre, F. von 
M., bears a smaller fruit, resembling the Red Currant of Europe ; 
it possesses an agreeable acid, and would doubtless make a 
fine jelly. The shrub grows from 15 to 20 feet high, and 
when laden with fruit has a very pretty appearance. Making 
one's way through these northern scrubs, one is often amazed at 
the singular forms of vegetation there displayed. As for 
instance, the mode of flowering of Eugenia cormiflora, F. von M. 
The flowers of this tree are large, of a white or delicate pink 
color, but instead of being produced on the branches of the 
heart, they form a belt round the trunk — say, two feet wide, at 
about three or four feet from the ground, and often 20 feet below 
the lowest branch. The stems of the trees, as also the old logs 
of these scrubs, will be found of special interest to the botanist ; 
here he will fall in with his Epiphytes, Lichens and Fungi. Of 
these latter he will find many beautiful examples, for instance, 
the shining fungus Polyporus lucidus, Fr., which has the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 279 

appearance of only just having left the hands of the polisher; and 
this beautiful species may be met with at times 18 inches in dia- 
meter, though those of 3 or 4 inches are by far the most brilliant. 
A large species of Clavaria, resembling masses of coral, is sure 
to attract attention. This species will only be found where the 
scrub is dense and damp, and on logs which are much decom- 
posed. In this situation may often be seen a large white (when 
fresh) species of Hypoxylon. This and the last species are 
thought by C. E. Brooms, Esq., of Bath, England, a great 
authority on Fungi, and to whom T am indebted for most of my 
knowledge in mycology, to be new species. Here also the Jew's 
ears fungus, Exidia auricula Judce, Fr., will be seen in abundance. 
This species is said to be exported from Tahiti to China to be 
used in the preparation of soups. Himeola polytricha, Mont., is a 
somewhat similar fungus, but usually met with in more open 
country, and is easily distinguished by the velvety hairs of its 
upper surface. Among the beauties of this family must be 
reckoned the large goblet-formed Thelephora laniellata, B. and C, 
which at times will be found to measure near a foot across — bat 
nothing I think can surpass the beauty of a log covered with 
Lentinus descendens, Fr, This species is of a cream color, and 
has not the rough exterior of the several other Australian species, 
neither does it form so complete a funnel. Polyporus fruticum, 
Berk., is a most extraordinary fungus, that attaches itself to the 
small branches of the heads of some of our scrub trees, giving 
to them the appearance of being laden with fruit. This species 
is of a very light spongy substance, and from 1 to 4 inches in 
diameter. Before quitting this curious family of plants, I must 
point out a lovely little pure white-capped species to be usually 
found on the loose dark brown bark of Wormia alata, Laschia 
Thwaitesii, B. and Br. The many interesting representatives of 
this much neglected family in Australia will some day yield a 
rich harvest to the Mycologist. 

Among the many singular plants met with in Northern 
Queensland, none are perhaps more grotesque in appearance 
than the thick fleshy Hydnophytum formicarum. F. v. Muell., 


280 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

an epiphyte usually met with on the tea-trees. At first sight 
one would imagine he had fallen in with one of the fleshy 
stemmed Euphorbias, common to South Africa, but should he 
be fortunate enough to meet with it in flower he would at once 
find it to belong to the Rubiacece, an order to which belong 
many of our northern timber trees. The thick gouty stem, often 
hollow, and the close mat of roots, together with the loose bark 
of the tea- tree, its favorite support, are taken advantage of by a 
small black ant which makes it anything rather than pleasant 
to collect specimens of this vegetable curiosity. In close 
proximity to the last, but usually found on trees having a close 
hard bark, is often to be seen an interesting orchid Sarcochilus 
phjllorrhizus, F. v. Muell. So unlike indeed is this to a phseno- 
gamous plant, that while at Trinity Bay I got out my knife 
and began to cut it off the close bark of an Exccecaria for a 
Lichen before seeing my mistake. The flattened roots in no 
way resemble a leaf, but doubtless they perform all the functions 
of that organ. They adhere so closely to the bark as to be 
removed with difficulty, and resemble rather the thallus of a 
Lichen than the roots of an orchid. Speaking of curious 
epiphytes Dischidia nummularia, R. Br., and D. timorensis, 
Decaisne, must not be over-looked, as both are interesting. The 
flowers of the last-named have as yet not been seen, but the 
curious pitchers it produces in such abundance point it out 
as a most desirable plant for decorative purposes. The first- 
named species produces small white flowers in abundance, which 
mixed with its round fleshy white leaves have a pretty appearance, 
especially when growing on the dark stems of the Wormia alata, 
R. Br., and from the branches of which it may often be seen 
hanging down in long streamers. In notioing plants of eccentric 
habit the root parasite, Balanophora fungosa, Forster, should not 
be over-looked. This strange plant, often on a root no thicker 
than one's finger, will grow to a foot or more in diameter. No 
botanist should travel through our northern scrubs without 
looking up this extraordinary parasite. It is by no means 
difficult to discover, for in the dense scrubs bordering rivers, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 281 

where the soil is of a light sandy nature, its thick whitish head 
may be frequently seen coming through the surface like large 
heads of asparagus. With these few short notes on some of the 
peculiar forms of vegetation in Northern Queensland, I will 
now pass on to point out a few of her magnificent flowers. 
Of aquatics we have some of the finest known. Take, for 
instance, the grand Pythagorean Bean, Pink Water Lily as it 
is called here, Nelnmbo nucifera, Gaertn., which, in ancient 
days was so plentiful in Egyptian waters. What can equal 
in beauty the lagoons where this plant is in full bloom ? 
But I would draw special attention to the splendid white 
flowering water-lily of the lagoons off the Barron River, Trinity 
Bay. In growth and general appearance this superb aquatic 
differs widely from all others of the colony, and this difference 
may be noticed as far as the eye can reach. Its leaves, 
instead of lying flat on the water, and floating wide over the 
surface of the lagoon in which it is growing, often may be 
seen standing up some little distance above the water, and 
always in a close cluster immediately over the root, giving one 
the idea of their having been blown in a heap by a high wind. 
In size the leaf equals those of N. gigantea, Hook., but differs 
from that species in the edges being much more sharply toothed, 
the basal lobes ending in a sharp thorn often from \ to 1 inch 
long, and in the vascular structure being much stronger. The 
flowers are large, of a pure white, and beautifully double, and 
also very fragrant. Some float on the surface of the water, but 
the majority stand up like the Nelumbo. In removing the plants 
from the lagoons I failed to find any trace of the thick rhizome 
of N. gigantea, although I searched carefully for it at the time ; 
but this with all my care may have been left behind. As 
observed by the painstaking botanist of Victoria, Baron von 
Mueller, to whose persevering research I must again say the 
botanists of Australia are so deeply indebted, this and N. 
gigantea, Hook., approach very near to A r . Lotus, and in this I 
perfectly agree, and consider this white variety the nearest 
approach. The most common blue water-lily of Northern 


282 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINXEAN SOCIETY 

Queensland is N. coerulea, Savigny, a quite distinct species from 
either of the above, and for which it could only be mistaken in 
a dry specimen. A minute variety of this species I met with in 
some of the still shallow waters of the Barron River. This 
variety has light blue flowers, in size and form resembling an 
Ottelia ; the leaves are numerous, of a thin texture, and from 1 
to 2 inches in diameter. The pretty leaves, flowers, and close 
orowth of this aquatic would recommend it for cultivation in 
small aquariums, in company with another delicate aquatic Blyxa 
Boxburghii, Rich. On the low sandy land near these northern 
swamps will be noticed a few showy plants, such as Eurycles 
amboinensis, Loud., a fine bulbous plant, which should be more 
frequently seen in our gardens, for both flower and leaf are beau- 
tiful. In company with this will often be found Tacca j?i?inati- 
fida, Forst., the dichotomous ramifications of whose leaves make 
it a most conspicuous object. With these are also found a few 
terrestrial Orchids, as the pretty Geodorum pidum, Lindl., with 
its reflexed head of pink flowers and several kinds of Pogonias, 
the leaves of which are beautiful while they last, but usually die 
away before the plant comes into bloom. As the land rises and 
becomes more rocky the Phaius grandifolius, Lour., will be found 
in perfection, together with various Scitamineous plants as 
Alpinia arctiflora, F. von M., a species about 6 or 8 feet high, 
with soft velvety leaves and terminal panicle of rather large 
white flowers. Some other species of this genus will be seen 
with the genera Musa, Curcuma, Amomum, Elettaria, Gostus, and 
the noble Tapeinocheilos, which when growing strong attains 
the height of 7 or 8 feet, resembling a strong 'Carina,' but the 
stems are rather weak, and, failing the support of neighbouring 
shrubs, fall to the ground, take root at the nodes, and send up 
other stems to add to the mass of foliage. The spike of flowers 
does not, as stated in the Flora Australiensis, vol. VL, p. 267, 
terminate the main stem, but is borne on an independent stem 
of 1 or 2 feet. The spike of flowers is about 6 inches long and 
three through, the bracts recurved, and of a deep crimson, but 

the colouring is so rich that it passes description. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 283 

No botanist or lover of plants travelling in Northern Queens- 
land should lose an opportunity of examining the rocks in our 
close damp gullies. For a finer sight than one of these covered 
with Boea hygroscopica, F. v. Muell., in full flower, could scarcely 
be imagined ; the rich deep blue flower which it bears in such 
profusion contrasting so well with its soft green Grloxinia.-like 
leaves. It has often been a wonder to me that this plant has 
not been brought more prominently into cultivation. This may 
be caused by the want of knowing the proper situation for it in 
the plant house or garden. In its natural habitat it is found 
growing on the face or in the crevices of the perpendicular rock, 
in company with the plantain-like fern Antrophyum semicosta- 
tum, Blume, and the creeping ivy-like fern Humata pedata, J. 
Sm., with the beautiful feather-like Selaginella flabellata, Spreng. 
As my object in this paper is only to draw some little attention to 
the more curious or beautiful phenomena of our vegetation, and 
thus point out what a traveller through Northern Queensland 
should see, I only notice such trees or shrubs as produce fine, 
showy, conspicuous foliage, or are otherwise interesting and but 
little known in cultivation. Such a tree is Hedera australiana, 
F. v. Muell., which often flowers as a shrub. It has a terminal 
panicle of 3 or 4 feet diameter composed of pretty white flowers. 
The leaves are very long, and well supplied with large somewhat 
oblong pinnse ; and although of the same genus as the Ivy of 
Europe, to the unbotanical observer seems quite as distinct from 
it, as the Exocarpus from the European Cherry. In this order 
Araliacece is another conspicuous, tall, upright shrub of great 
beauty, Astrotriche pterocarpa, Benth. Its leaves are of a dark 
glossy green on the upper side, and white with a close tomentum 
on the under side. The unusual form (cordate-lanceolate), and 
length 10 inches, are sure to attract attention. It bears a large 
terminal panicle of dark purple flowers, seemingly speckled, on 
account of the numerous light yellow anthers. The two northern 
species of Harpullia have handsome foliage, H. alata has the 
rachis of its large leaf winged, and the pinnae of H. Wadwor- 
thvi, F. v. M., are abruptly truncate, giving a most curious 


284 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

appearance to the leaf. Weinmannia Biagiana, F. v. Muell., is a 
noble tree producing, especially when young, leaves of immense 
size and much divided ; these are also attended with broad 
stipules, which add much to the beauty of the object. The 
Davidsonia plum, Davidsonia prurens, F. v. M., now well known 
in our gardens, belongs to the same order, Sarifragese. 

A fine shade tree, Xanthostemon chrysantha, F. v. Muell., rather 
common on some of our northern creeks, will attract the 
traveller's attention. This tree would be a great acquisition to 
our gardens and pleasure grounds, in which, if once introduced, 
it would soon become a general favorite, both on account of its 
flowers and foliage. The climbing plants, which make our 
jungle scrubs almost impenetrable, are in many instances very 
beautiful, some on account of their flowers, others on account of 
their fruit. Who can have seen the delicate vines Eustrephus 
latifolius, R. Br., with its broad green leaves, star-like flowers, 
and orange colored fruit, some of which are often seen open, 
displaying the glossy black seeds, without a wish that it, with 
a great many more indigenous plants, were more frequently to 
be seen in our gardens ? The large Calamus cannot fail to be 
admired, especially should it be in fruit ; but I would advise 
a wide berth being given to its long tendrils. Two small 
climbing beans are sure to draw the attention of the traveller. 
The first, Ahrus precatorius, L., on account of its bright scarlet 
seeds, and the other, Rhynchosia Cunninghamii, Benth., for its 
brilliant blue seeds ; the pods of these two climbers open with 
age, and display their pretty bright seeds, held by their funicles 
for a considerable length of time, like many of the Acacias. 
Faraday a splendida, F. v. M., a verbenaceous rampant climber, 
bearing large white flowers, is thought by some the handsomest 
climber of the north. It usually flowers about September and 
October. 

Ferns will be found to constitute the greater portion of 
the plants with creeping stems that clothe the trunks of our 
scrub trees. In some of these the fronds will be found small, 
and adhering like a thin skin to the bark of the tree, as the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 285 

beautiful little Trichomanes peltatum, which I lately found on the 
trees in some of the deep gullies of the Trinity Bay Range. Of 
others, the fronds stand out from the tree, 3 or 4 feet, as in the 
case with the broad pinnatifid-fronded Selliguea pothifolia, J. Sra., 
and the equally beautiful pinnato-fronded Lomariopsis Briglitia, 
F. v. Muell., and Stenoclilcena scandens, J. Sm. Pothos, Rliap- 
hidophora, Piper, &c , are plants having similar habits, and will 
be found mixed with the above. Many of our tropical mari- 
time trees and shrubs possess great beauty, and might, with 
advantage, be introduced into arboriculture ; but there seems to 
be a strong belief that plants of the sea-coast, and especially 
those of coast swamps, will not thrive, but in similar situations. I 
may take this opportunity to state in contradiction to this 
generally received opinion, that while at Port Mackay a few years 
back, I collected out of a salt-water swamp some young plants 
of Heritiera littoralis, Ait. (Red mangrove), and brought to 
Brisbane, where they were potted, and kept in a bush house for a 
season, and afterwards planted out in a comparatively dry situa- 
tion, where they are now, after two or three years, looking strong 
and healthy. The same success has attended the introduction 
of the Wormia alata into our gardens. It is probable that equal 
success might attend the introduction of the following coast 
plants: Toumefortia argentea, Linn, f., a large growing succulent 
shrub densely covered with a silvery tomentum, the flowers are 
small, white, in large terminal panicles : Guettarda speciosa, 
Linn., a small rounded tree, with roundish leaves, 6 inches in 
diameter, and showy white flowers that are succeeded by globular 
fruit, somewhat similar in appearance to the fruit of the Oalo- 
phyllum: Acanthus ilicifolius, L., a shrub of 6-7 feet, with large 
holly-like leaves and terminal spikes of bright blue flowers. The 
leaves of this shrub are most variable at times, being quite entire 
on the same plant with leaves bordered by sharp prickly teeth : 
Sccevola Kcenigii, Vahl., a large succulent shrub often met with 
along the sandy beach. It at times goes by the name of Native 
Cabbage. Its large rich green foliage and pretty axillary flowers 
are sure to attract attention. 


286 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

I cannot close this paper without noticing one more coast 
plant, Entada Scandens, Benth., for to see the trees covered 
with this immense climber, with its long beans often 4| feet 
long hanging from their branches, is a sight that will not easily 
be forgotten. 

In conclusion, I may hope that although only a very short 
sketch has been taken of our North Queensland plants in this 
paper, enough has nevertheless been said to show that a wide 
and glorious field is open for the botanist and others who delight 
to contemplate " the works of an Almighty hand." 


Descriptions of three supposed new species of Birds from the 

New Hebrides. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 
I purposed this evening to give an account of a small collec- 
tion of Birds made by Dr. Mackinlay, containing about 20 spe- 
cies, from some of the seldom visited Islands of the New 
Hebrides Group, but finding less time on my hands than I anti- 
cipated, and rather than hurry over the matter, I shall confine 
myself to describing two or three of those which appear to me 
to be new. At our next meeting I hope to give a complete list 
of all the species obtained. 

Macropygia mackinlayi, sp. NOV. 
The whole of the upper surface dark ashy brown, darker in 
the wings, the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th primary quills with an uncon- 
spicuous uarrow line of white on the edge of the outer web, 
the rump and upper tail-coverts, wing-coverts and scapularies 
minutely freckled with ashy white, giving a powdery appearance 
to those parts ; the under surface is of a light ashy brown, 
blackish in the centre of the chest feathers which are forked ; 
the throat and the whole of the under surface minutely freckled 
with a light ashy tint, under wing-coverts and inner webs of 
quills ashy white ; tail ashy brown, lighter below the outer 
feathers, above blackish, with the tips ash white and an oval 
cream-colored patch occupying the central portion of the feathers 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 287 

and extending over the outer web to the base ; the blackish 
colour from the inner web extends in a wedge-shaped stripe 
along the shaft ; the next feather similar, but without the whitish 
mark on the outer web ; an oval oblique spot of cream color on 
the inner web only on the third quill, the 4th, 5th and 6th 
without spots and of a uniform ash brown ; under tail-coverts 
creamy white ; tarsi olive brown ; bill black. 

Total length, 12 inches ; bill, from forehead, 0'6 inch ; from 
base of nostril, 05 inch ; wing, 6*1 inches ; tail to central 
feathers 6*8 inches, to outer 3*6 inches ; tarsi 0*85 inch ; middle 
toe and nail, 105 inches. 

Sex. Female. 

Hob. Island of Tanna. 

This interesting species has the peculiarity of having the 
feathers of the chest forked, as in some of the Ptilonopi. 

I have named it in honor of Dr. Mackinlay, of H. M. S. 
Nymphe, an officer much attached to the science and the study 
of ornithology, and to whom the Museum is indebted for many 
fine specimens collected in the S. S. Islands. 

Macropygia rufa, sp. NOV. 

The whole of the upper surface chocolate brown ; the tail- 
quills washed with ashy brown ; primary coverts; primary and 
secondary quills, dark ashy brown ; tail above washed with the 
same ashy tint ; the axilliaries, under tail and wing-coverts, and 
inner webs of the quills towards the base deep chocolate red ; 
all the under surface chocolate brown, paler on the throat ; 
minutely freckled on the chest and sides of the neck and face, 
with ashy ; the feathers on chest slightly forked. The outer tail 
feathers have a transverse oblique slate-colored band towards 
the tip, extending on the inner web towards the base ; the 2nd 
and 3rd similar to the 4th has some ashy slate-colored shadings 
on the inner web towards the tip ; bill black, legs and feet greyish 
flesh color. 

Total length, 11 inches ; wing, 57 ; tail, 6*1 ; tarsi, 08 ; bill 
from forehead, 0*65; from base of nostril, 0*5; middle toe and 
nail, 1 inch. 


288 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Hab. Havannah Harbour, Sandwich Island. 

Notwithstanding the great differences in the coloration between 
this and the previous species (M. Mackinlayi) from Tanna, they 
may hereafter prove identical ; the style of markings are very 
similar ; but the bill in M. rufa is stronger and more rounded 
at the tip ; both have comparatively weak bills, and on the whole 
are very slightly built birds. 

Chalcophaps chrysochlora, Sandwichensis Var. 
This variety is in plumage like C. chrysochlora, but my speci- 
mens have no white on the shoulders, the bands on the rump are 
narrower ; the interscapular region, the back of the head and 
neck, of a darker and duller chocolate brown ; the lower part 
of the breast and the abdomen washed with a more ashy tint ; 
and the coloration on the whole duller. In size the bird is 
smaller by one inch in the total length. Bill and legs reddish. 

Total length, 8*5 inches; wing, 5*3 inches; tail, 32 inches; 
tarsi, 1 inch; bill, from forehead 0*8, from base of nostril 0'6 
inch. 

Sex. — ? 

Hab. Vela Harbour, Sandwich Islands. 

I subjoin the measurements of an average-sized specimen of 
Chalcophaps chrysochlora from N. S. W. for comparison. 

Total length, 9 inches ; wing 6, tail 3*6, tarsi 1*1 inches ; bill 
from forehead 0-86, from base of nostril 0*7 inch. 

This is probably the species from Tanna referred to as 0. 
chrysochlora, var. by Dr. Gray, in P. Z. S., 1859, p. 1.65. See 
Catalogue of Birds of the Tropical Islands of the Pacific. 

EXHIBITS. 

Mr. Ramsay exhibited the new Birds referred to in his paper. 
Mr. Masters exhibited two Volutes — V. Turneri and V. flavicans, 
and two strange-looking sponge-bearing Crabs of the genus Maia. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 280 

MONDAY, 3 1st DECEMBER, 1877. 


The Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S., in the Chair. 


Dr. O'Connor, of Wagga Wagga, was elected a Member of 
the Society. 

DONATIONS. 

From Dr. Hector, F.R.S., F.G.S., <&c, of Wellington, a large and 
valuable donation of Publications referring to the Geology 
and Natural History of New Zealand, viz. : — 

Reports of Colonial Museums aod Laboratory, from 1866-76 ; 
Paper on the Geographical relations of N. Z. Fauna, by Cap- 
tain Hutton ; on N. Z. Coleoptera, by F. P. Pascoe ; on 
Cnemiornis Calcitrans, by J. Hector ; on Cnemiornis, show- 
ing its relation to Natatores, J, Hector ; on a Fossil Crab ; 
Report on Oyster Cultivation in N. Z., 1877 ; on the Anthri- 
bidse of N. Z., by Dr. Sharp ; on Priocella Antarctica, and 
on N. Z. Ichthyology, J. Hector ; Geology of N. Z., Hoch- 
stetter and Petermann ; Coal Deposits, J. Hector ; Geolo- 
gical Report on Lower Waikato, Captain Hutton; Geological 
Survey and Exploration, &c. ; Catalogue of N. Z. Exhibits 
and Awards, 1865, with Appendix on Minerals ; Meteorolo- 
gical Reports, 1868-75 ; Phormium Tenax, as a Fibre Plant ; 
Mollusca, by Martens ; Marine Mollusca, Captain Hutton ; 
Land Mollusca ; Whales and Dolphins ; Echinodermata ; 
Stalk and Sessile-eyed Crustacea, by Miers ; List of Insects, 
Capt. Hutton ; List of Birds, Capt. Hutton ; List of Fishes, 
Capt. Hutton and Hector ; New Zealand, Hochstetter ; Par- 
liamentary Papers ; State Forests ; Analysis of Metalliferous 
Rocks ; Introduction of Californian Salmon ; Report of New 
Zealand at the Philadelphia Centennial Exhibition, 1876 ; 
on Fossil Reptilia, J. Hector ; on Early Forms of Stone 
Implements ; 3 Geological Maps of New Zealand ; 7 Vols., 
with Index, of the Trans, and Proceedings of the New Zea- 
land Institute. 

From Professor R. Tate, Adelaide, 2 New Helices, from S. Aus- 
tralia. 


290 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

PAPERS READ. 

Descriptions of three new species of Helix, from South Australia. 
By Professor Ralph Tate, University of Adelaide. 

Helix induta. 

Shell umbilicated, somewhat conoidly depressed, rather thin, 
covered with a dull brown epidermis, raised into reticulate or 
scaly lamellae, beneath which the test is coarsely and irregularly 
striated and distantly granulated ; under surface, moderately 
glossy, pellucid and striated ; spire slightly elevated, widely 
conical, obtuse ; whorls 5, flattened, slightly imbricated and 
margined at the suture ; last whorl rounded, rather depressed 
above, and angulated at the periphery ; aperture rotundately 
lunate ; peristome simple, thin, and straight ; columella reflected 
over Jd. of the moderate umbilicus. 

Animal. — Foot with grey granulations and black interspaces, 
under side greyish ; tentacles and muzzle black, darker than 
foot, but the collar of the same color as foot ; color of shell with 
containing animal black-brown. 

H. induta is related to H. Lincolniensis, Pf., from which it 
differs most particularly in its angulated whorls. 

Dimensions. — Diameters "51 and "5, Height '35 of an inch. 

Habitat. — Among rocks and under stones about the north Para 
River, and ascending to the summit of Kaiserstuhl (about 2000 
feet elevation). Many examples. 

Helix pictilis. 

Shell umbilicated, globosely-conical, keeled, thin, ornamented 
with distant, strong, unequal, regular curved ribs ; the interstices 
crossed by minute and close raised lines, which produce in certain 
positions a satiny lustre, colored above with light chestnut and 
pale horn or colorless segments ; spire broadly conical obtuse ; 
whorls 5, flattish, the last angulated, the carina denticulated ; base 
slightly sloping, finely ribbed, colored as above ; aperture angular, 
broadly lunate ; peristome thin, simple ; columella slightly 
reflected, umbilicus small. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 291 

This species closely resembles H. Penolensis, Cox, but differs 
particularly in its coarser ribbing, in its coloration and by the 
presence of transverse strias. 

Dimensions. — Diameters '15, and 1-4, height '125 of an inch. 

Habitat. — Among herbage on the slopes of the Cape Nor- 
thumberland cliffs ; also fossilized in the same rocks which are 
indurated blown sands of Pleistocene age. Numerous examples. 

Helix arenicola. 

Shell umbilicated, depressly-globose ; spire moderately raised, 
ornamented with strong and somewhat regular curved stria?, 
passing into ribs, very minutely transversely striated and 
granulated ; color semi-transparent horn ; whorls 4|, rounded, 
gradually increasing, suture impressed ; aperture rounded, entire ; 
lip simple, columella margin everted ; base convex, slightly 
shining, striated ; umbilicus broad, exposing all the whorls. 

Seems to have some affinity with H. Microsmos, Cox, but 
differs in its wide umbilicus ; it closely resembles the European 
H. rupestris, but the spire is more elevated, the whorls rounder, 
of smaller size, and the riblets not so coarse. 

Dimensions. — Diameters '085 and '08, Height '065 of an inch. 

Habitat. — About roots of shrubs on the sand-dunes, Holdfast 
Bay, and Surveyor's Point, Yorke's Peninsula ; and among rocky 
debris, River Murray cliffs at Mannum. Numerous examples. 


292 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

On the Bxtratropical Corals of Australia. 

By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., Cor. Mem. 
Linn. Soc, N. S. W. ; Hon. Mem. Royal Soc, N. S. W., 
Victoria, Tasmania, &c., &c. 

Plates IV., V., & VI. 

The Madreporaria or stony corals have two very distinct and 
very diverse habitats. One is for the most part tropical, the corals 
forming immense masses or reefs which form barriers, islands, 
fringing reefs, &c., of such extent as to occupy a very large and 
important portion of the surface of the Globe. The other is the 
home of small, simple or compound corals which live on the floor 
of the ocean in areas remote from coral reefs, and at all tempe- 
ratures and depths even as much as 800 fathoms. The dredgings 
of the " Lightning," " Porcupine," " Challenger," and that of 
M. de Pourtales in the Gulf Stream, have made known a great 
number of these hidden forms of life. They have also cleared 
up many of the obscurities which a limited knowledge of species 
necessarily gave rise to. They have largely increased the list of 
both genera and species of corals. They have shown some of 
the extent to which variation affects those already known, thus 
uniting many forms hitherto regarded as distinct. Up to this 
time however, all these discoveries have had but little effect on 
the knowledge of Australian forms. It is true that the " Chal- 
lenger" has visited these seas, but with what result may not be 
known for a long time. I may say that the extratropical Madre- 
poraria of Australia have been literally untouched. Yet a special 
interest is attached to them on account of what has been made 
known through geological researches. It has been ascertained 
that our Eocene and Lower Miocene strata are particularly rich 
in the kind of corals with which we have to deal. As a test for 
the age and relations of the deposits no fossils could be more 
suitable. So far as they had been studied they have led to 
remarkable results. We have to thank Professor Duncan for 
being the first to enter upon the field. His industry and pains- 
taking care, together with his almost unrivalled knowledge and 
experience in this department have been devoted to the subject, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 293 

aud Australian science is deeply indebted to him for what he has 
effected. But while the fossil organisms have thus received such 
attention, the living forms have remained unknown, and this 
anomaly was the more unsatisfactory as consequently no satis- 
factory conclusion could be formed as to the age of the beds. 
Except a few forms of a wide range which had been dredged up 
in tropical seas, none of our corals were known to be living, and 
whether any or all of them might not be found still living in 
Australian seas there were no data upon which even to found a 
guess. It is true that some Australian corals had been cited by 
Messrs. Edwards and Haime from the explorations of various 
naturalists, most of all Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard, but none of 
them were deep-sea forms, and only very few Australian, New 
Zealand being the place where the most abundant collections 
were made. Professor Duncan has with great care extracted all 
the corals referred to as Australian from various works, princi- 
pally however from the Histoire Nat. des Gorallaires of Messrs. 
M. Edwards and Haime. This list, as I shall show hereafter, 
gives no reliable information. Naturalists have had a custom of 
noting as Australian all the species that were found there. This 
would convey no more information than if a species were labelled 
Africa. The result is that tropical and reef building forms have 
been confounded with simple and extratropical Madreporaria, 
which does not give the slightest help towards elucidating the 
relations of our Australian fossil forms. We must add to this 
the confusion arising from geographical mistakes, very common 
among the older French naturalists. The species are often 
called Australian, which come from the South Pacific Islands, and 
" Terre de Van Diem an" of North Australia has been cited as 
Tasmania. I need hardly say that with my limited opportu- 
nities for comparison, &c, I did not think of approaching the 
subject with a hope of throwing any light upon it, or lessening 
the confusion. In my geological and zoological studies extend- 
ing over 23 years of a life in Australia, I have often met speci- 
mens of corals both living and fossil ; some of them I sent home 
to men of science, and some I have kept by me or presented to 


294 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

museums. I was not aware of the extent of the knowledge thus 
acquired until I compared my own notes and specimens with 
Professor Duncan's list {Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, 1870, p. 311.) 
Then I found that I had considerable material, but which I 
scarcely knew how to use. If I could have sent it all to London 
I should have served the interests of science better than I can 
do now ; but this was out of the question, for many of my notes 
and drawings referred to specimens in public museums or private 
collections which I could not dispose of as I wished. At this 
time the Hon. W. Macleay placed at my disposal for examination 
and description his small though interesting and valuable collec- 
tion, and this made me decide upon trying to draw up the 
present monograph. It will be due to men of science to mention 
the only works I have been able to consult in preparing this 
monograph. They are as follow : Histoire Nat. des Corallaires, 3 
vols., and Atlas of Mess. Ed. and Haime ; the monographs of the 
same authors in the Palasontographical Soc. publications ; the 
monographs of Professor Duncan in the same, as also all his 
papers in the Journal of the Geological Society ; all the papers 
of various authors in the Annals of Nat. Hist. ; the Proceedings 
and Transactions of the Zool. Soc. London ; the Annales des 
Sciences Nat. ; the Voyage de PAstrolabe; Voyage de laCoquille; 
Sir W. Thomson's Depths of the Ocean ; Dana's Coral Reefs ; 
Darwin's Coral Reefs ; Ellis and Solander's Zoophytes ; Gosse's 
Actinologia Britannica ; Juke's Voyage of the Fly ; Voyage of 
Rattlesnake ; Lamarck His. Nat. des Ani. s. vertebres, 2 edit., 
par Deshayes ; Gray's Brit. Museum Catalogues and a few Articles 
in Nature ; Prof. Verril's essays in the Amer. Jour. Science and 
Art, the Geological Magazine, and a few other serials. 

A study of the Australian living forms has shown that some of 
the fossil species thought to be extinct are still existing. They are 
Trochocyathus Victories, Sphenotrochus variolaris, nobis. There are 
also forms which have a remarkable relation with extinct species, viz: 
Gonocyathus zelandice, Duncan, which was not known as Australian, 
and which bears a strong resemblance to the extinct European 
Miocene form, C. sulcatus. There are two if not three species of 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 295 

Conocijathus amongst our fossil corals. There are two new species 
of Deltocyathus amongst the M adreporaria Aporosa; I have found 
only one species of Balanophyllia which is all the more remarkable 
as the genus is so abundantly represented in the Muddy Creek 
and Geelong strata. But I have been able to add a new species 
to each of the remarkable and rare genera, Endopachys and 
Heteropsammia. It would be almost useless to form any conclu- 
sions from the very few observations which have resulted in the 
discovery of a few new species, yet I may say that what we have 
discovered after a very few dredgings, show us plainly what 
might be expected from an extended series of operations. So far 
as we have learned the coral fauna of ISTew Zealand is very 
distinct from the Australian. If the observations of Messrs. 
Quoy and Gaimard are to be relied upon, the northern end of New 
Zealand possesses forms which are never found out of the tropics 
in Australia, and very far within the tropics as well. I refer to 
Porites Gaimardii and Polyphyllia pelvis. If they were not found 
alive I should doubt if they were not brought from some of the 
Pacific Islands. Among the simple corals, Conocyathus zelandice 
is the only form which I know of as common to both Australia 
and New Zealand. We have no data for showing what relation 
there is between Tasmania and Australia in the coral fauna ; 
but as most of the simple corals have a wide range and do not 
seem to be restricted by a cold temperature, there is probably 
very little difference in the species. 

The only corals on the south and S.E. coasts of Australia which 
could in any sense be called reef-building forms, are one or two 
species of Stylaster, and one or two of Plesiastrcea. Both of these 
are littoral, and grow in tufts or small masses, but never in any- 
thing more than the merest patches. Stylaster, though not 
uncommon about Port Jackson, has not been found as far as I am 
aware on the south coast, while Plesiastrcea seems to extend from 
Port Jackson right round to South Western Australia. 

Amongst the new species here described there are two for 
which I have been obliged to erect two new genera. One is a 
parasitic coral of minute size which has grown on the base of 


296 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

that singular Polyzoary named by Prof. Busk, Lunulites cancellata. 
The other is a form which approximates to Geratotrochus but 
differs in the absence of any special ornamentation on the ribs and 
the wide deep calice, with a very large hispid and spongy 
columella, and a broad attachment. 

In referring to these corals as extratropical, I must define what 
I mean by the term. The reef-builders are not exactly confined 
to the tropics in N.E. Australia ; they extend a little beyond it 
and may be found as low as lat. 28° S., or even lower. It seems 
to me that there was formerly a prolongation of the Barrier Reef 
to the south. If the map of N.E. Australia be consulted it 
will be seen that to the north of Moreton Bay there is a large 
island jutting out somewhat east of north. This is marked on 
the maps as Great Sandy Island, but is locally known as Frazer's 
Island. It is separated from the coast line on the south, by Wide 
Bay. The land on both sides seems to consist of immense drifts 
of red and yellow sand irregularly stratified. To the north the 
island ends in a coral reef called Break-Sea Spit, and then the 
reefs are continued with long interruptions in islands and coral 
shoals, including Lady Eliot's Island, Bunker's group, Capricorn 
group, &c. until the Barrier Beef is reached. Strictly speaking, 
Wide Bay may be said to be the commencement of that inner 
channel which continues inside the Barrier Beef right up to Cape 
York, a distance of about 1200 miles. It would be more con- 
venient therefore, in the study of Australian corals, to designate 
as belonging to the extratropical fauna, all south of Breaksea 
Spit. Of the west side I can say little or nothing. The shell 
fauna of Perth has certainly more of the Indian Ocean in its 
fades, than Australia ; and the raised beaches of Freemantle are 
unquestionably tropical in their fauna. I should incline to the 
opinion that the extratropical fauna should not be made to extend 
beyond the south west cape, Cape Leuwin. The coral reefs of 
Houtmans Abrholhos are iii lat. 28*59. 

I must add a few words as to the classification of corals which 
I am sure will become daily a greater matter of difficulty, as the 
variation of different species comes to be better understood. In 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 297 

spite of the immense work that has been done by Messrs. Dana, 
Milne Edwards and Haime, and the careful elaboration that has 
followed from such industrious observers as Professors Duncan, 
Verrill, Messrs. Grosse and Wall, there is a very great deal of 
confusion and obscurity attached to the subject. It will be seen 
in this essay that the classification is founded on the presence or 
absence of pali, columella, costas, epitheca, endotheca, synapticulas ; 
the structure of the wall and character of the endotheca, the 
edges of the septa and the mode of division or spreading. Now 
the nature and offices of the various organs first enumerated, 
are not understood, and the organs themselves are not defined in 
a satisfactory manner. Pali may be regarded by some as lobed 
septa, or vice versa ; epitheca is a mere external secretion to 
protect against injury, an organ often present and absent in the 
same species ; the septa united in the centre may be called a 
columella, or it may then be stated to be absent. Endotheca and 
synapticulas may graduate into one another, and synapticulse may 
result from the union of granules on opposite septa, and thus two 
such widely sundered groups as Turbinolida3 and Eongidae, be 
united.* The costaa also are subject to great variation, and in a 
species of Gylicia to which reference will be hereafter made, one 
of the many calices had a series of buttress-like costaa thrown out 
on the outside of the epitheca. All these things show that a 
sound classification of the Madreporaria, is yet to be found. The 
work of Messrs. Edwards and Haime is a wonderful monument 
to their genius and industry ; but like the beautiful and apparently 
simple system of Linnasus, is too artificial to be practically useful as 
the knowledge of the subject increases. 

The greatest difficulty with me has been the pali. Professor 
Duncan (in the Proc. Zool. Soc. fur 1876, p. 435), says: — "There 
is some difficulty in classifying certain species on account of the 
very arbitrary manner in which certain modifications of the 
internal parts of the septa are decided to be pali. Pali, in the 
strict and proper sense, should arise from the internal base of the 

' This has actually occurred ; one species of Heterocyathus^being removed to Stephanoseris 
because of the granules of the opposite septa uniting. 


298 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

corallite and should be placed between certain septa and the 
columella, or the anal space, when this last is deficient ; they may 
adhere to the septa, but in either case the ornamentation and 
general arrangement of the sclerenchyma of the pali differ from 
those of the septa ; a row of pali infers an extra row of tentacles. 
But the term pali is given to prominent dentations of the inner 
margins of septa, or to the inner margins when their dentation 
differs from the rest of the septa as in Phyllangia, for instance. 
This is not correct ; such structures may be called papillose, but 
this will not permit of the corallites being classified as having 
pali." In another place, the same author says, (p. 432) : — " The 
importance of deciding the true character of the structures is 
great, for whilst the septal spine may be of specific importance, 
the presence of the pali as independent structures is generic, for 
it involves the presence of other tissues ; such for instance, as 
an extra crown of soft tentacles. Every one who has seen many 
of the small sessile corals usually called Astrangia, Phyllangia and 
Ulangia, amongst the Astrav giacea: must have felt this difficulty. 
In some, the spinose character of the false palus is evident, but 
in other species an arbitrary custom appears to have decided that 
such and such are not septal structures but pali." 

It seems to me that there is almost the same difficulty in a 
different way as to the columella, as I have before remarked, and 
so also as to the costae which are sometimes clearly only extra 
mural septa, and sometimes quite distinct from other tissues. 
A good many of the difficulties might be met for the present by 
most exactly defining the terms and introducing a few new ones. 

I propose to follow up this paper by another on the corals of 

the Chevert Expedition, which will principally include tropical 

forms. 

The Class Polyps, to which Corals belong, comprises radiated 

aquatic animals which have only one orifice which is surrounded 

with tentacles, the body being hollowed out, and forming open 

and intercommunicating cavities in which are contained the 

reproductive organs. 

The class is divided into sub-classes, namely — 1. Cnidaria,* 

* From icvidri, applied by Aristotle to the Jelly Fish, which he also 
called a.Ka\r)<fn]. 


' OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 299 

animals with tubular tentacles disposed in a crown, and commu- 
nicating with the visceral chamber ; and 2. Podactinia. 

The Cntdaria are divided into two orders — 1. Alcyonaria, 2. 
Zoantharia, which latter have simple tentacles or ramifying irre- 
gularly and increasing with age. 

The Zoantharia are again divided into three sub-orders, viz.: — 

1. Actinia, always soft in every part; 2. Antipatharia, with a 
coriaceous axis and a tissue full of spiculae ; 3. Madreporaria, with 
a stony calcareous axis. 

The Madreporaria are known by the stellate structure of their 
polypodom, which arises from the septa or divisions of the 
visceral chamber. We distinguish in each chamber — 1. The 
septa ; 2. The calice or cup-like depression of the summit ; 3. 
The columella or central mass or column independant of the 
septa and springing from the base ; 4. The wall or partition 
which bounds the whole chamber ; 5. The casta ov ribs outside 
the wall which often seem identical with the septa, but generally 
are quite distinct from them. Madreporaria are divided into five 
sections — 1. Aporosa, or those on which, the tissue or scleren- 
chyma is compact ; 2. M. Perforata : sclerenchyma perforated ; 
3. .If. Tubulata : tubular ; 4th. M. Tabulata : visceral cavity subdi- 
vided by stages or floors, and the septa rudimentary or hexa- 
meral ; 5. M. rugosa: sclerenchyma tabulated, but the septa well 
developed and tetrameral. 

By far the greater portion of our stony corals belong to the 
first section of Madreporaria Aporosa, indeed they include the 
larger portion of the whole class. It should be borne in mind 
therefore that in this section the visceral chamber is open or free, 
being only transversely subdivided by irregular projections. The 
septal apparatus is well developed, and the sclerenchyma or 
stony matter of the wall, &c, is compact. 

This section includes eight principal groups — 1. Turbinolidce ; 

2. Dasmidce (fossil) ; 3. Oculinacece ; 4. Stylophorince ; 5. Echi- 
noporince : 6. Astreidce ; 7. Merulinacece (one genus only) ; 8. 
Wungidce. 


300 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The first family concerns us the most. It is composed entirely 
of solitary corals. The wall is quite imperforate and not covered 
by any outer sheath (epitlieca) , though sometimes there is a sort 
of basilar sheath. The septa are free laminae with entire edges, 
and often granular, which granules never unite from side to side 
to form what are termed synapticidce ; there is no inner sheath 
(endotlieca) so that the chambers are open for all their extent to 
the base. In many species the columella is absent or the septa 
unite in the middle (Conocyathus zelandice of Australia), but some- 
times it exists, and between it and the septa there are certain 
laminae arising from the base or the inferior portion of the septa. 
These are called pali. In the Turbinolidce the pali have an exist- 
ence independant of the cycles though they are in the line of 
their prolongation. They are generally absent from the septa of 
the last cycle. 

This peculiarity gives ground for subdividing the large family 
into two subfamilies — 1. Caryophyllince, with one or many circles 
of pali ; 2. Turbinolince, from which pali are completely absent. 
The first subfamily is again divided into — 1. Oaryophyllacece : 
one circle or crown of pali ; 2. TrocliocyathacecB : many circles or 
crowns of pali. 

Genus Caryophyllia, Lamarck, 1801. 

Corallum attached and simple, with one row of pali ; wall 
bare, more or less raised ; columella crisped ; pali broad ; costae 
simple. 

Professor Duncan regarded a fossil coral from Muddy Creek 
as belonging to this genus, but the specimens sent to him were 
imperfect. A large series of well-preserved fossils has induced 
me to refer this species to the genus Beltocyathus. We have no 
true Caryophyllia known in the Australian seas, though the genus 
is well represented in the Atlantic and British seas. We have 
none fossil though simple pedicellate corals are also well repre- 
sented, but they are intimately related to the existing forms, 
and more in alliance with extinct European fossils than with 
what survives in Northern seas. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 301 

Genus Conocyathus, D'Orbigny, 1849. 

Coral simple, trochoid, straight, without trace of adherence ; 
costsa sublamellar ; septa exsert and laterally granular ; no colu- 
mella; pali penultimate and well developed. 

This genus was known by one species hitherto, described from 
the Miocene of Mayence, but said to be identical with one very 
common at Port Jackson (Sow and Pigs reef, about 16 fathoms.) 
I do not believe that the species are identical, but the diagnosis 
of M. Milne Edwards is so very meagre that I give the specific 
name with my notes for other naturalists to follow up. " Cono- 
cyathus sulcatus, d'Orbig. in M. Ed. 8f H., Poly. foss. des. terr. 
palceoz., p. 20, 1851, also a" Orb. Trod, de Faleont. torn. 3, p. 145, 
1852. M. Ed., remarks that this species resembles Turbinolia 
dispar exteriorly, except that the costse are a little less thick and 
fewer ; three complete cycles ; septa unequal, somewhat thick ; 
six broad and thick pali, in front of secondaries." Hist. Nat. 
des. Cor., Vol. 2, p. 25. My diagnosis is : — Corallum of regular 
conical form, not much elongated ; base less than half the width 
of the calice ; transverse section perfectly circular throughout ; 
costaa numerous, forming four cycles closely set, equal, some- 
what projecting, the secondaries arising from the base and being 
with the first thicker at their origin, becoming sharp and thin 
higher up, tertiaries arising a short distance from the base, but 
those of the fourth order at about a third and the fifth in the 
upper half of the corallum ; intercostal furrows about width of 
costaa, not very deep, with a regular single series of rather dis- 
tant pores (?) ; scarcely any perceptible calicular fossa ; columella 
undistinguishable as the septa all unite in the centre, but there 
are two small lobes visible in a depression in the centre of the 
pali ; septa in six systems of three cycles, and there are none to 
correspond with the fourth cycle of costse. The secondaries are 
thinner until united with their pali, which rise in high falcate 
crests round the centre, being much more exsert than any of the 
septa ; the primaries are more exsert and larger in size than the 
secondaries, and the tertiaries bend regularly round and unite 
with the pali, being thickened at the point of junction ; pali 


302 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

before the secondary septa only, and some almost styliform and 
more exsert than others ; they are with the septa only faintly 
granular occasionally and never spinously granular (echinule) as 
stated in the case of G. sulcatus. 

Seven specimens of this very interesting coral were dredged 
by Mr. Macleay, off Port Stephens, at 71 fathoms. The average 
size of all the specimens, 6| millim., with a diam. at the calice 
of 3-|.* It is in all respects a Turbinolia with pali, instead of a 
columella. It most resembles T. Fredericiana, Ed. and H. in 
the form and in the costse being a cycle in advance of the septa, 
but the junction of the tertiary with the secondaries is not by 
sloping towards them, but by bending round and thickening. It 
is, as already observed, common at Port Jackson. 

Conocyathus cyclocostatus, nobis. See Proc. Boy. Soc, N. S.W., 

1877. 

Conocyathus fenestratus, nobis, loc. cit. 

Conocyathus compressus. n. s. Plate V, fig. 1, a & 6. 

Corallum cuneiform, very much compressed at the base, which 
is sometimes pointed. No trace of adhesion. Calice narrowly 
elliptical and shallow ; septa in six systems of four cycles, very 
slightly exsert, rounded and almost grooved and serrated at the 
edges ; all the orders quite straight, primaries and secondaries 
equal ; pali equal, tall, thin, rounded and before all the orders 
except the last, and form a compact mass in the centre with the 
septa ; costas distinct to the base and in cycles corresponding 
to the septa; primaries and secondaries distinct to the base, 
tertiaries arising a very short distance above them, fourth and 
fifth orders a third of the height from the base ; all smooth or 
very faintly granular. Intercostal spaces shallow, not apparently 
pitted. Alt. 8-10. Maj. axis 6^-7, min. axis 3^-4. mil. Off Port 
Stephen's, 71 fathoms. W. S. Macleay. 

* I have since met specimens double the size given. Professor Duncan has named 
the New Zealand specimens C. Zealandia', and I have no doubt they are identical with 
ours. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 303 

Two specimens of this very interesting coral are in the Mac- 
lea j an Maseum. It differs very much in the form of its pali and 
in general shape from all our other species, and is more like 
Deltocyathus viola. But the pali do not unite to one another, 
though they are united to the septa, being little more than lobes. 

Trochocyathace.e. — Pali in many circles round the columella. 
Genus Trochocyathus, M. Ed. and H., 1848. 

Corallum simple, pedunculate or subpedicellate, or with only 
faint traces of adherence ; columella well developed, composed 
of bundles or series of prismatic or twisted processes ; pali well 
developed, entire, free to a great extent, unequal according to 
the cycles to which they belong, and present before all the cycles 
except the last ; septa exsert, broad, and laterally striate ; wall 
bare, or with only a rudimentary epitheca. 

All the known species are fossils extending from the Lias to 
the Pleistocene, but most numerous in the Miocene. There are 
two fossil species in New Zealand, figured, but not described in 
the Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, Vol. 6, 1850, p. 331, pi. 28, fig. 18 and 
19. Milne Edwards doubts if they can be arranged under the 
genus (see Nat. Hist. des. Cor., Vol. 2, p. 46). They are both 
from Pleistocene beds in Onekakara, New Zealand, and are named 
Trochocyathus hexagonalis, and T. Mantelli, Ed. 8f H. ut supra. 

2. — Trochocyathus Meridionalis. Duncan. 

The corallum is short and hemispherical in shape, marked 
externally by subequal costas, and a depression at the base, small, 
and circular in outline. The costa3 are separated by distinct 
intercostal spaces, are very prominent at the calicular margin, and 
faintly marked with wavy swellings, and their external surface 
near the base has a row of rounded granules. The primary and 
secondary are slightly larger than the tertiary, and the higher 
orders are smaller than the latter. The calice is circular in 
outline, and shallow. The septa are distinct, unequal, distant and 
smaller than the costas. They are broad extrnally, and exsert, 
but they soon become narrow, granular laterally, and depressed 
below the circular margin. There are four cycles in six systems : — • 


304 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

the primary are the largest, and are connected with the largest 
and most prominent costs© ; the secondary are smaller ; and the 
smallest septa, i.e., those of the fourth and fifth orders, only unite 
with the tertiary far inwards. The granules are large, and 
appear to increase in size towards the columella. There are pali 
before all the septa except those of the last cycle ; and the upper 
edges of the septa pass upwards and inwards to reach the pali, 
which are small, long and granular. The tertiary pali are more 
external than the others ; and all are united laterally by a spongy 
tissue, so as to form a ring higher than the septa in the body of 
the calice. The ring occupies much space, forms the outside of 
the columella ; and within the ring is a deep fossula, at the bottom 
of which the hard and flat centre of the columella is seen, 
Height of the corallum, -^ inch; breadth of the calice, -^ inch. 
Locality, No. 7, 2\ miles east of the river Gellibrand. 

Trochocyathus victoria, Duncan. 

The following is Prof. Duncan's diagnosis of the fossil form. 
Corallum subturbinate, compressed base elongate and nearly in 
shape of a ridge ; calice elliptical, shallow ; costs© slightly waved, 
distinct, subequal, prominent, rounded, ornamented on free 
surface by circular disks with a central boss-like swelling or by 
moniliform swellings, covered with a pellucid structure, which, 
when worn, represents the outside of the disk ; slightly granular 
laterally ; calicular margin broad, wall stout, septa smaller than 
costse, rather exsert, soon becoming thin, granular laterally, 
rather wavy, long, wide apart, unequal, higher orders long ; 
turned towards the tertiary near the columella, four cycles, six 
systems ; pali slightly broader than septal ends, long and 
granular, before all septa except 4th and 5th orders ; columella 
essential, spongy, small. Alt. -j%, calice long. \% lat. -^ of an 
inch. Loc. Strata 2J miles east of river Gellibrand. A taller 
variety with base filled up with sclerenchyma, longer costaa, and 
more distinct ornamentation. Worn fossils present very distinct 
costse and an uneven free surface, occuring in a dark shale in 
numbers together. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 305 

This species occurs living between Port Jackson and Port 
Stephen's of double the size mentioned here. The costae are in 
cycles corresponding to the septa. It is very rare. 

There are slight differences between Prof. Duncan's description 
and the living form. The ornamentation of the costae is sub- 
spinous, and the columella is a linear series of very granular 
papillae which send off processes to the septa. The pali are in 
reality only deep lobes of the septa. This is a case where, 
according to Prof. Duncan these processes should not be regarded 
as pali at all, yet I have very little doubt that these single lobes 
perform the offices of these organs and that there is an extra 
crown of tentacles on the animal. Some of the primary septa 
send forth transverse spinous processes at the origin of the pali. 

New Genus Dunocyathus. 

Corallum simple, parasitic ; base and side entirely immersed 
in calcareous foreign body ; one row of pali. 

This genus is erected for the reception of immersed and 
parasitic corals of the Caryophyllian group of simple Turbinolidae ; 
consequently it possess pali, but as it is immersed nothing can be 
said about the costae, base, &c. The name was taken from &i, V ui, 
immersed or sunk. Only one species has as yet been found, but 
the necessity of a separate genus for its reception is quite obvious, 
The appearance of the entire pali and columella would place it 
close to Paracyathus. 

DtJNOCYATHUS parasiticus, n. s., PL 5, Fig. 4, a & b. 

Corallum entirely immersed in the base of Lunulites cancellata, 
Busk, the wall being slightly curved outwards. Calice circular 
and shallow ; septa in six systems of three cycles ; primaries and 
secondaries of equal size, very slightly salient but sloping away 
from the sides ; the edges denticulate or set with irregular lobes 
and points, and both surfaces set with very coarse projecting 
granules. Columella with a papillary summit united below to the 
pali which are indistinct, confluent and sending forth horizontal 
traverses to the septa so as to form irregular horizontal laminae 
from which the columella rises. Diam. 2 millim. Off Port Jack- 
son, 45 fathoms. J. Brazier. 


306 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This singular coral is not unlike Paracyathus Thulensis, Gosse, 
except that it has only three cycles. Set in the base of a Lunulites 
it makes the conical polyzoary not unlike a complete Turbinolian, 
but the calice does not fill up the whole of the base, and is not 
usually symetrically placed. 

Oenus Deltoctathus. M. Edw. 8f H., 1848. 

Corallum free and without trace of adherence, calice shallow, 
columella pluripartite ; pali entire, highly developed, principally 
those of the penultimate cycle which is directed towards the anti- 
penultimate so as to form chevrons or deltas. There are none 
before the last cycles. Costa? granular and distinct to the base. 

Deltoctathus italicus. M. Edw. 8f H. 

Corallum a short cone ; calice circular ; septa very slightly 
exsert, thickened exteriorly, of four complete cycles and six 
systems ; columella fascicular ; pali thick and very unequal ; 
costge in cycles regular and granular. This occurs fossil in the 
Italian Miocene, and still exists in the Carribean Sea. It is not 
uncommon in the Geelong aud Cape Otway beds, but has not been 
found at the Muddy Creek, Mount Gambier, or in Tasmania. 

Deltoctathus viola. Woods & Duncan. 

This species was long mistaken for a Garyophyllia, because 
when worn the deltoid pali became eroded, looking like a single 
circle before the tertiaries. I have described and figured a 
perfect specimen in the Proc. Boy. Society, N. S. Wales, 1877. 

Deltoctathus rot^formis. n. s., PI. 5, Fig. 2, a & b 

Corallum circular, depressed, with perfectly flat base which is 
coarsely granular and so thin that it is frequently worn through 
and shows the radiating septa; calice circular in outline, fossa very 
slightly sunk ; septa in six systems of three cycles ; primary 
and secondary equal but the former much more exsert and pro- 
jecting high above the calice ; tertiary short and without pali. 
All granular ; pali united to the inner edges of the first and 
second cycles and throwing out thick transverse processes at their 
junction. Columella papillary ; granules of the base vermicular 


Or NEW SOUTH WALES. 307 

costee springing from the edge of the base and quite distinct, 
straight, flat, broad or circular and seen from above look like 
pillars, very finely granular equalling the interstices in thickness 
and projecting above the edge of the calice forming protuberances 
which alternate with the costoe, being equal in number with them. 
The wall is quite distinct from both septa and costse. Diam. 4-6. 
Alt. 3-4f mil. 

Six specimens of this remarkable species were dredeged up at 
71 fathoms off Port Stephen's by Mr. Macleay. It departs very 
much from all our other species in its shape and in the wall, the 
pali and in the peculiar costse which alternate with the septa. 

Sub Family TurbinolinjE. Pali entirely absent. 

Genus Sphenotrochus, M. Edw. fy H., 1848. 

Corallum simple, free, and without trace of adherence, straight 
and cuneiform ; calice elliptic ; columella lamellar, extending 
horizontally along the greater axis of the cup ; septa few and 
exsert ; costse broad, either smooth, crisped or papillary. 

Sphenotrochus variolaris, Nobis. 

This species has been fully described and figured by me as a 
fossil in the Proceedings Roy. Soc, N. S. Wales, 1877. It exists 
on the South East coast, three specimens having been dredged 
up by Mr. Macleay, off Port Stephens, at 71 fathoms, and Mr. 
Brazier has obtained others. 

Sphenotrochus australis, Duncan. 

This name was given by me to a specimen sent to England in 
1864. It is described and figured by Professor Duncan in the 
Jour. Geological Society for 1870, p. 297. It is rather a common 
fossil in the Muddy Creek beds. It is not known to be living. 

Corallum compressed, angular and deeply excavated inferiorly, 
long axis double the length of minor ; costee broad, wavy, well- 
defined and descending to ends of lateral processes ; calice not 
shallow, elliptical ; columella long, lamellar ; primary and secon- 
dary septa joined to columella, not exsert, smooth ; all septa 


308 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

well developed in three cycles and six systems, not corresponding 
to the costse. In some specimens there are a few septa of a fourth 
cycle. Alt. 6 to 10, long. 3 to 5, lat. 1| to 2 mil. 

Sphenotrochus excavatus, n. s., PI. 4, Fig. 1, a, b, c. 

Corallum tall, broadly cuneiform, only slightly narrower and 
more compressed at the base ; calice elliptical, the axis being as 
4 to 3 ; ends of major axis somewhat depressed below minor ; 
septa moderately exsert, smooth, except a granular exterior 
margin, sending forth many long processes into the fossa which 
sometimes curve upwards and at the base unite with the colu- 
mella ; in six systems of three cycles, primaries and secondaries 
nearly equal, tertiaries almost rudimentary, but very thick and 
becoming stouter outside the wall ; fossa very deep and open ; 
columella a narrow short lamellar plate projecting very little 
above the base of the calice, scarcely extending horizontally one- 
sixth of the length of the major axis ; costse in systems corres- 
ponding to the septa, the primaries and secondaries suddenly 
thickening and becoming very coarsely granular and rugged to 
the base, especially laterally, where they almost assume the form 
of crests or ridges ; tertiaries continuous and simple, desisting at 
about one-fourth from the base ; all very granular and almost 
crested. Port Jackson, rare. J. Brazier. Alt. 10, major axis 6, 
minor 4 \, at base 5 and 2 \. 

Genus Smilotrochus, M. Edw. 8f H., 1851. 

Corallum simple, straight, cuneiform, free and without trace of 
adherence ; no columella ; septa finely granular, a little exsert ; 
wall bare, showing simple distinct costse. Further on I have 
given reasons why this fossil should be considered the type of a 
new genus. 

Smilotrochus vacuus, nobis. 

This is a fossil species from the Muddy Creek which has been 
described by me and figured in the Proceedings of the Roy. Soc, 
N. S. W., for 1877. All the known species have the septa 
united or confluent at their inner edge, but this species has a 
deep well in place of the columella. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 309 

Genus Ceratotrochus, M. Edit), 8r II., 1848. 

Corallum simple, subpedicellate, in the adult state columella 
highly developed and fascicular ; septa broad and exsert ; wall 
bare, with costre distinct to the base, the principal of which are 
variously ornamented. 

Ceratotrochus penestratus. 

Is a species described by me in the Boy. Soc. Proc, N. S. W., 
loc. cit., but which now I have considerable doubts whether it 
should not be regarded as a Dasmia. I shall return to the 
subject shortly in a future paper on our fossil corals. 


New Genus Crispatotrochus. 

Corallum broadly adherent ; septa small ; fossa broad and 
deep ; columella highly developed, crispate ; costae simple, dis- 
tinct, granular. 

Differs from Ceratotrochus in being broadly adherent with very 
simple costse, broad and deep fossa and small septa. 

Crispatotrochus inornatus, n. s. PI. 6, Fig. 2, a, b, c. 

Corallum turbinate, constricted above the base, which is two- 
thirds the width of calice ; transverse section subcircular, com- 
pressed laterally ; costee corresponding to septa, broad, flat, sepa- 
rated by a finely depressed line, but becoming more distinct and 
separate at the edge of calice with many not very prominent 
granules ; calice broadly elliptical ; axis as 10 to 8 ; septa in six 
systems, four cycles, little salient, thick externally, granular and 
slightly flexuous internally, those of the 3rd order especially ; 
primaries and secondaries equal, scarcely larger than the tertia- 
ries, while the fourth and fifth orders differ a little in size ; all 
the orders somewhat exsert, but the 1st and 2nd especially; fossa 
wide and deep ; columella very large, crispate, of spongy, twisted 
tissue, or broad rounded lobes more like the centre of a cauli- 
flower. Alt. 12, maj. axis 10, min. 8, diam. of constriction 5, of 
base 7, mil. 

One specimen only in the Macleayan Museum, dredged at 80 
fathoms, off Port Stephens. 


310 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This coral is distinguished by the small number of cycles (in 
which respect it resembles Paracyathus crassus, Ed. and H.) by 
the depth of the calice, and the septa being so slightly salient, 
which makes the columella a very prominent feature. It is more 
like the fossil species than any at present living. In this speci- 
men one half the cup is covered and obliterated by a silvery 
Millepore (?) 

Second Division Flabellace.e. 

Wall entirely covered by a pellicular epitheca. 

Qemis Flabellum, Lesson, 1831. 

Corallum simple, straight, compressed ; calicular fossa narrow 
and deep ; columella represented by a few spiniform processes on 
the internal edge of the septa ; the latter numerous and sub- 
equal, so that the cycles and systems are very difficult to dis- 
tinguish ; they belong to six primitive systems ; they are 
not exsert, and have well-marked radiated series of granules, the 
wall often furnished with crests or spines. M. Edwards adds 
that they never have radiciform processes. 

Flabellum spinosum, M. Ed. fy H. 

Corallum much compressed, deltoid, of somewhat less than a 
right angle, and bearing on each edge, about the middle, a long, 
stout spine which is projected outward and downward ; the ends 
of the greater axis of the calice depressed one-third of the 
height ; septa thin, in five cycles, the three first of which are 
equal and the fifth rudimentary. Alt. 13, major axis 16 J, minor 7 
mil. 

Princess Charlotte's Bay. It has also been found in the China 
Seas. Said to occur also at Moreton Bay. 

Flabellum affine, M. Edw. Sf H. 
Corallum adherent in its young state but becoming subse- 
quently detached, and having a large basilar scar ; very much 
compressed, the lateral edges being simple, slightly concave, and 
forming an angle of about 65° ; lateral outline of the calice very 
convex, so that the slightly angular edges of the greater axis are 


OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 311 

depressed about half the height ; septa thin, narrow, with rather 
large granulations in six cycles, and the first four being equal, 
give them the appearance of being in 48 systems of three cycles. 
Rather numerous on the N. E. coast, within the tropics, and 
in the Gulf of Carpentaria, at depths varying from 10 to 30 
fathoms. Moreton Bay (?) 

Flabellum candeanum, M. Edw. ty H. 

Corallum moderately compressed, the lateral costae forming an 
angle of about 45°, each furnished with three strong spines 
directed outward and downward, one near the base, the other 
near the centre, and the third at the edge of the calice ; the 
ends of greater axis in a pointed arch, and very little below the 
plane of the short axis ; columella fossa deep ; septa in five 
cycles, but the fifth not seen in one half of the middle systems ; 
first and second orders equal. 

In the Chinese Seas, and found fossil in Australia, in the 
Muddy Creek, Greelong and Murray beds. 

Flabellum distinctum, M. Edw. & H. 

Corallum subpedicellate, but becoming free in the adult state, 
having scarcely any scar as the pedicel is finely pointed, where 
it is much compressed, lateral costse forming rather more than a 
right angle ; calice somewhat compressed, and the edges rising 
from the ends of the greater axis so as to make almost a half 
circle ; septa in six cycles, the three first equal, giving the 
appearance of 24 systems composed of seven septa each. Alt. 
25, major axis 33, minor 18 mil. 

Japan and a Miocene fossil in Australia (Muddy Creek and 
Geelong.) It has been dredged at 70 fathoms on the E. coast, 
Cape Three Points. Dr. Rayner. 

Flabellum rub rum, Quoy tip Gaimard. 

Corallum always attached, much compressed ; costse hardly 
distinct under the folds of the epitheca ; calice deep, the summits 
of the lesser axis a little above the major axis, and slightly 
re-entering ; columella (?) formed by somewhat thick and 


312 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

irregular processes ; septa very thin and broad in five cycles, which 
by the irregularity of the three first orders have the appearance 
of 24 systems. 

New Zealand is the habitat given by Messrs. Q. and G., at 
24 fathoms, but I have seen specimens stated to have been found 
in Australia, but as they were in collections with N. Zealand 
shells I am doubtful of the habitat. 

Flabellum Gambierense, Duncan, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, 1870, 

p. 299. 

Found as a fossil at Muddy Creek ; a tall, narrow, pedicellate 
form, curved, with long tapering pedicel, concave sides, and often 
small spines nearer the calice than the pedicel ; compressed 
epitheca, strong, in arched finely linear folds ; calice oval-ellip- 
tical ; septa in six systems of four cycles, primary and secondary 
equal, stout, granular, enlarged internally to form by their ends 
a rudimentary parietal columella ; other septa smaller and 
granular ; the septa are continuous with depressions between the 
intercostal spaces which are marked with chevron lines on the 
epitheca, and are in a certain sense costse. 

Height of coral about 16 mil ; diam. about half ; min. axis 
only slightly different. Fossil at Cape Otway. 

Flabellum victorle, Duncan, loc. cit. 
A small stout almost circular species with large basilar scar 
and two spinous processes at each side of the base like radiciform 
appendages. Muddy Creek and Geelong, fossil. Coral tall, 
compressed below, sides slightly concave, epitheca with faint 
markings ; angle of sides about 20° ; calice elliptical, end slightly 
depressed ; fossa shallow except at the centre where it is deep, 
narrow and long ; wall thin ; septa? delicate, not exsert, very little 
rounded ; granules large, unequal, and in series in six system of 
four cycles ; primary and secondary equal ; costse faint, continuous 
with the septse. 

Flabellum duncani, Nobis. Proc. Roy. Soc, Tasmania, 1876, 

p. 115. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 313 

Flabellum irregulare, n. s., PI. 4, Fig. 2. 

Corallum long, narrow, a compressed cone, attached to a shell, 
but the basilar attachment about half the major axis ; the summit 
of the calice a narrow oval, the major axis being only very 
slightly lower than the minor ; calice deep, with no trace of any 
columella; septa unequal according to the orders, not exsert, 
thickly covered with small granules, in six systems of five cycles, 
but incomplete at the two central systems ; costee quite hidden by 
the dense epitheca which rises into high crests near the summit, 
or is marked by deep furrows on the lower part ; lateral crests 
very % irregularly furnished with long irregular spines which do not 
correspond on the opposite sides. Thus there is one at one side 
of the base, and a long curved one half way above it, but there is 
only a little process at the other side, and- above there is another 
and somewhat longer. Two small Myochama are attached to the 
sides ; the septal edges do not appear to be undulating, but they 
have small projecting processes which, however, do not seem to 
unite at any part of the fossa. Alt. 25, maj. axis 18, min. 9|, 
base 11, min. ax. 5 mil. Off Port Stephens, 70 fathoms. 

A single specimen of this curious coral is in the Macleayan 
Museum. Its long narrow shape and the very irregular spines 
sufficiently distinguish it. No doubt some of the irregularity 
is caused by the adherent mollusca, but one at least must have 
taken its place when the coral was nearly its present size as it is 
high up on the cup. I have seen some specimens of what I con- 
sider is F. pavoninum, Lam., quite as narrow and long as this 
species, so that mere shape could not be a sufficient distinction. 
But the generally neat appearance of most Flabella is in very 
strong contrast to the irregular and sordid aspect, and yellowish 
white color of the one described. We are not as yet sufficiently 
acquainted with the laws regulating the growth of spines or 
their use to be able to determine their specific value. 

KOILOTROCHUS, GEN. NOV. 

Corallum simple, free, without trace of adherence ; no epitheca ; 
costae simple, distinct and prominent ; columella rudimentary 
confined to a few papillary projections at the base of the deep 
and wide calicular fossa ; septa four, slightly exsert. 


314 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

This genus is allied to Ceratotrochus and Platytrochus. It differs 
from the former in its rudimentary columella and simple small 
septa ; from the latter in its simple costee and septa, and from both 
in the extraordinary depth and width of the calicular fossa, 
whence the name from KoiXas, a cavity. 

There is a fossil species from Muddy Creek named by me in 
the Proc. Boy. Soc, p. 1877, Smilotrochus vacuus, which I think 
should be referred to this genus. 

Genus Placotrochus, Edw. & H., 1848. 

Corallum simple, straight, compressed, pedicellate with a basilar 
scar : columella lamellar with a horizontal and crenulate edgre ; 
septa exsert. 

Placotrochus candeanus, D'Orbigny. 

Corallum elongate, with almost parallel lateral costas, with ru- 
diments of crests on the inferior half and close to the broad 
basilar scar two small compressed spines ; calice regularly elliptical 
with almost horizontal edges ; fossa not very deep ; columella 
very extended ; septa thin with frilled edges and very granular, in 
four cycles ; first and second equal, third differing slightly. N.E. 
Australia, Princess Charlotte Bay, also found in the China seas. 
I believe that it extends outside the tropics. 

Placotrochus elongatus, Duncan, Quart. Jour. Oeol. Soc, 1870, 

p. 300,^. 20, fig. 3. 

The following are the notes of Professor Duncan on this 
species: — "The coral is very tall in relation to its breadth, straight, 
greatly compressed, especially inferiorly, finely pedicellate and 
cuneiform. The sides are rounded and slightly swollen out here 
and there, and form an angle of about 15 to 20, or are sharp and 
slightly spined, but the spines do not project much beyond the 
epitheca (in old specimens) ; the anterior and posterior surfaces 
are flat ; the calice is small elliptical and rounded at the sides ; 
it has slightly exsert septa, which are rounded, thin, delicate, and 
unequal, and in six systems of four cycles ; the fossa is central, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 81 


K 


shallow, and long ; the columella projects from the bottom of it 
as a distinct straight lamella, stout in the body of the coral and 
thinner at its free edge, is essential and marked by distinct 
papillse at the junction of the septa ; septa delicate, highly gran- 
ular, and often wavy at the inner margin ; minor axis of calice 
higher than the longer ; costee faintly marked, or distant and 
linear ; epitheca in strong curved folds or in festoons between 
the costse. Height from 20 to 25, length of calice 8 to 10, width 
6 to 8 millim. Fossil only ; common at Muddy Creek. Found at 
Mount Gambier, but as a cast only. Very common and large at 
Table Cape, Tasmania. 

Placotrochus deltoideus, Duncan. 

Coral deltoid, finely pedicellate, compressed ; calice wide and 
long ; costas somewhat distinct ; epitheca strong in arched ridges ; 
columella long, sharp, thin, and faintly papillate ; septa not 
exsert, feebly arched, delicate, granular, with flexuous inner 
margin, in six systems of five incomplete cycles ; angle of sides 
about 60°. Alt. varying from 30 to 40 mil. ; maj. axis little less 
than height, and minor about one-third. Very common as a 
fossil at Table Cape, Tasmania ; less common at Muddy Creek, 
and River Grellibrand, Victoria, where it is also smaller. 

Placotrochus elegans. Nobis. See Proc. Roy. Soc. N. S. W., 

1877. 
A very small species with coronate edge . 

Family Oculinid^, Edw. & -ET., 1849. 

Corallum compound, dendroid, growing by lateral buds, ccenen- 
chyma highly developed and very compact, on which the costae 
are represented by striae or granulations ; visceral chamber with 
few traverses but gradually filling up from below ; septa few, 
well developed, imperforate, and without synapticula. 

This family for the most part includes living species, but there 
are a few tertiary and secondary forms, though none older than 
the Oolite. There are very few Australian species. 


316 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Genus Amphihelia, Edw. 8f H., 1849. 

Septa few, unequal ; no pali ; septal edges entire, slightly 
exsert ; corallum dendroid ; corallites alternate ; columella rudi- 
mentary ; costoe visible at the edge of the calice only. 

Amphihelia venusta, Edw. 8f H. 

Branches tending to develope on the same vertical plane ; 
calices alternate : short costal grooves in the neighbourhood of 
the calices, which are deep and without a columella ; septa in 
three cycles, a little exsert, thickened exteriorly, a little bent, 
unequal according to the orders, but sometimes in the same 
order ; tertiaries rudimentary. Width of calices 3 millim. 

Not uncommon in many places on the east coast at moderate 
depths, from 10 fathoms. 

Amphihelia incrustans, Duncan, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, 1870. 

Corallum flat, encrusting ; calices arising like crateriform pro- 
cesses ; surface irregular, with undulating, subequal, bifurcating 
costaa passing more or less obliquely to the outside of the calice ; 
calices very minute, crateriform ; margins sharp ; fossa shallow ; 
septa in six systems of three cycles with the rudiments of a 
fourth, not exsert, and smaller than costae ; columella small and 
projecting. 

Professor Duncan proposes to place the genus Amphihelia 
amongst the Turbinolidse, because the calices do not fill up from 
below, and the visceral chamber is quite free. It remains to be 
seen if this arrangement will be accepted. With so highly 
developed a coenenchyma, and a dendroid growth, the genus 
would certainly be an anomalous one amongst the Turbinolidee, 
while its connexion with other Oculinidas seems in all but the 
absence of endotheca to be most natural. I have, however, in 
my possession a fossil from Aldinga, in which some of the calices 
on the same branch fill up from below, and some are quite empty 
to the base of the fossa. This fossil will be figured and described 
shortly. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 317 

Genus Stylaster, Gray, 1831. 

Corallum dendroid, alternately but somewhat irregularly bud- 
ding ; ccenenchyma highly developed with occasional little points 
or vescicular tubercles ; columella styliform, placed deeply in the 
visceral chamber ; septa equal, not projecting much, imperfectly 
developed and few. 

Stylaster gracilis, Edw. St H. 

Corallum fan-shaped ; branches fitted somewhat closely, packed 
but not coalescent, of a rose orange, with the exceptions of the 
last ramifications, which are white ; the main trunk has a smooth 
surface; the branches have microscopic striae, and are all covered 
with subspinous tubercles ; the calices in an opposite vertical 
series on both sides of the branches in general somewhat pro- 
jecting; 12 to 13 rather thin septa, which are very exsert in the 
terminal calices. None of them exceed § millim. in diameter. 

Not common on the east coast, north of Botany Bay. 

Stylaster sanguineus, Valenciennes. 

Corallum subflabelliform, the principal branches almost white, 
the thinnest of an intense blood red ; vescicular tubercles 
gathered in small groups presenting radiated costse, and separated 
by little pits ; calices the same as the last, but some scattered on 
the surface of the branches, somewhat projecting, § millim. in 
diameter and with 12 septa. 

Rather uncommon on the east coast. 

Stylaster granulosus, Edw, Sf H, 

Branches irregular, of a rose purple, the surface covered with 
very distinct papilliform granules ; tubercles small, few, radiately 
costulate, slightly projecting ; calices on the surface of the 
branches scattered, circular or oblong, with indistinct margins. 
1 millim. wide. 

The habitat of this species is given as Australia, but I don't 
remember to have seen anything like it, except an imperfect 
fragment which came from Port Stephens. 


318 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Fam. Astreid^. Dana, 1846. 

Corallum compound, tissue imperforate or almost so, interseptal 
chambers divided by traverses which are disconnected with those 
of other chambers so as not to form floors ; this endotheca gives 
the lower part of the visceral chamber a cellular structure which, 
however, is never developed into a compact tissue ; septa more 
or less imperfect on the outer edge, but never perforate through- 
out ; no cosnenchyma ; the walls of the calices being united to 
one another or confluent by means of the costse, which have 
also intercostal traverses. Sometimes there is a false ccenenchyma 
(peritheca) formed by traverses between the walls of contiguous 
calices. 

Some little connection exists between this family and Turbino- 
lidse in such genera a Ccelosmilia, Lophosmilia, and Cowsmilia, in 
which the endotheca is rudimentary ; but all the family have 
transverse interseptal subdivisions. It is divided into two subfamilies, 
viz : — Eusmilinw or Astreai with entire and sharp edges to the 
septa, and Astrceince with septal edges divided or spinous. 

These again are subdivided into — 1st, Trochosmiliaceoz, or those 
which have the corallum simple; 2nd, Euphylliacece, or those which 
are compound, but multiplying by fissiparity ; 3rd, Stylinacece, 
compound and multiplying by budding. 

Sub. family Edsmilin^;. First Div. Trochosmiliace^. 

Genus Consomilia. Duncan, 1870. 

Corallum simple, pedicellate, conical ; columella of one or more 
twisted laminae which extend from the base upwards ; endotheca 
scantily developed ; septa with apparently simple margins and 
variable with regard to the number of primaries. 

Of these corals Prof. Duncan says that they are the most in- 
teresting our tertiary beds possess, having a curious union of 
abnormal peculiarities. " A simple coral with pellicular epitheca, 
having a beautiful herring-bone ornamentation, with an essential 
twisted serialaire columella with endothccal dissepiments and 
with plain septa which have the hexameral arrangement in some, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 319 

and the octameral in others, is a form containing the elements of 
several classificatory systems." Dune, in Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, 

1876, p. 309. 

I have already given in the Proc. Hoy. Soc. of N. S. W., for 

1877, a synopsis of the genus which includes only fossil species. 
They are G- elegans, G. anomala. G. striatula, G. lituolus, all de- 
scribed by Duncan as above, and C. bicyla, nobis, loc. cit. 

Second Div. Euphylliace^. 

Genus Euphyllia. Dana, 1846. (pars). 

Corallum tufted or subfoliaceous, the base developing very 
little with age ; the corallites in multiplying become free above, 
or remain united in a more or less lengthy series, but then this 
series is always free in the costae and the calicinal centres which 
are always distinct ; there is no trace of a columella ; septa very 
numerous, excessively thin, bare, almost smooth below, and cos- 
tulate in the vicinity of the calice ; endothecal traverses abundant 
though the septal chambers are somewhat deep. 

Euphyllia glabrescens. Ghamisso. 

This is strictly a tropical species which Prof. Duncan gives in 
his list as Australian. It is not, however, known in this country. 
Milne Edwards describes it as coming from Raddak Island, 
Australia. There is no such island off Australia, but probably 
the island of that name which is one of Marshall's group, in 
Polynesia, is meant. 

Second sub-family, Astreinj;. 

Turning now to the second sub-family of Astreidj;, that is, of 
those which have septa deeply lobed or furnished with spines, we 
find them divided into two sections- 1, Lithophylliaceai or 
Astrece which are simple corals or increasing by fissiparity the 
corallites disposed in crested tufts or in linear more or less con- 
fluent series. 2, Astrceacea, which are massive compound corals 
multiplying by budding and never serial. There is an inter- 


320 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

mediate sub-division called Faviacecs, where the corallites 
multiply by successive fissiparity, but are soon individualized and 
are grouped without order in a massive coral. 

Among the simple Lithophylliace^, (Mussaceoe) we have one 
which Prof. Duncan has referred to his genus Antillia. It is a 
discoid form whereas in the definition of the genus, {Quart. Jour. 
Geol. Soc Vol. 20, p. 28), it is said the coral is short, turbinate, 
and pedicellate. I subjoin the Professor's definition of the 
species which is a fossil, but as I have met another species it may 
be desirable to separate the discoid forms into a distinct genus. 

Antillia lens, Duncan. 

Coral is the shape of a Cyclolite (Fungidce) ; the base is 
circular in outline, nearly flat, the concavity being very slight ; 
the epitheca is pellicular and faint ; the costse are seen as radi- 
ating flat elevations, those corresponding to the smallest septa 
being the smallest ; the margin of the base presents slightly 
exsert equal processes, which are the septa ; the upper surface 
of the coral is convex and nearly hemispherical, the depression 
for a small essential columella, formed by processes from the 
base and septal ends being slight ; the septa are in six systems 
of four cycles ; the primary and secondary septa are equal, and 
the tertiary are nearly as large ; those of the fourth and fifth 
orders are somewhat less ; all are very convex superiorly, and 
less so and nearly straight externally ; the laminae are thin, and 
are very strongly marked by sharp ridges, which radiating from 
the basal part of each septum are more or less parallel, and give 
at the free margin a laterally dentate appearance ; this appear- 
ance is less marked in the smaller septa ; there is often a pali- 
form process on the larger septa, near the columella, and the ter- 
minations of the ridges give the dentate character to the free 
margin of the septa; the endotheca is scanty, stout, and inclined. 
Breadth -^ inch, height -f^ inch. 

Locality Hamilton, Victoria, S. Australia. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 321 

Genus Homophyllia, Bruggemann, 1877, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1877, 

Vol. 20, p. 310. 

Coral neatly turbinate, with a narrow somewhat expanded 
base ; outside of wall covered almost to the edge with a thin, 
closely adherent epitheca, through which the costse are distinctly 
perceptible ; costae crowded, perfectly equal, prominent, minutely 
denticulate ; calice circular, deep ; septal edges crowded with 
narrow subequal teeth; columella very small, rounded in outline, 
closely tubercular. 

The author remarks of this genus that it is established for the 
reception of Oaryophyllia australis of Milne Edwards. It is dis- 
tinguished by its scanty endotheca, which makes the calice deep, 
and the structure of the costse and septa. He observes that if 
these peculiarities would not justify generic separation it would 
be necessary to unite all the simple Mussacece into one genus. 

Homophyllia australis, Edw. 8f H. (as Oaryophyllia.) 

Septa moderately prominent, rather thin, uniform in thickness, 
scabrous from small pointed granules ; systems quite distinct in 
six cycles, the last incomplete, primary and secondary equal ; 
teeth much crowded, middle-sized, narrow, straight, rather 
obtuse, those in the middle generally longest, decreasing towards 
circumference and centre ; tertiaries narrow, with fewer and 
longer teeth, fourth cycle similar and not reaching the columella, 
fifth and sixth cycle half as long and scarcely dentate ; columella 
much reduced and low, surface subpapillose. Very young speci- 
mens, 4 to 8 mil. in diameter, are broadly attached and very 
shortly cylindrical, almost discoid, epitheca present from the 
beginning. Adult 20 mil. alt., diameter of calice as much as 30. 

Hab. Port Lincoln, Australia, and Chinese Seas ? 

" M. Edwards (says Dr. Bruggeman) has mistaken this coral for 
the young of a West Indian Isophyllia ; the description of Iso- 
phyllia australis (Hist. Nat. Cor., vol. 2, p. 375) has nothing to 
do with the species under consideration. The latter is found 
growing socially on rocks, and occasionally it happens that two 


322 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

neighbouring specimens touching each other become intimately 
united by their walls. This spurious compoundness is caused by 
contact and not by fissiparity. There can be no doubt that 
Hornophyllia remains solitary at all ages." 

It occurs to me that there is a close relation between the 
genus thus described and Gylicia of the Astrangiacese, of which 
already three species are described from South Australia. 

Third Division Astrceacea or Astrcea which have a massive 
corallum whose corallites intimately united by their costaa or 
walls multiply essentially by budding, the individuals being dis- 
tinct from their origin though sometimes budding in another 
calice or near the central fossa, thus giving rise to a kind of 
false linear arrangement. 

Genus Cyphastr^a, Ed. fy H., 1848. 
Corallum a convex and gibbous mass broadly adherent ; costas 
and exotheca much developed and forming a compact and very 
dense tissue with a granular or hispid surface ; edges of calices 
free and round ; columella papillose, conspicuous ; septa very 
exsert, narrow ; laminee at the wall and divided into processes in 
their internal moiety, with fine teeth which are largest near the 
columella ; budding extra-calicinal. The very compact structure 
at the muro-costal region, and the lax open tissue at the central 
region easily distinguish this genus. The species are all small. 

Cyphastkjea micropthalma, Lamarck (Animal, s. vert., 2nd ed. t. 

2, p. 408.) 

Corallum gibbous, calices close, circular, salient; costae slightly 
so ; interstices strongly granular ; columella papillose ; two 
cycles with a third in two or four systems in which the seconda- 
ries equal the primaries, so that there are in appearance 8 to 10 
simple systems ; septa slightly exsert, thick at the wall, thin 
within, toothed with a little paliform tooth near the columella ; 
in section it is seen that the wall and exothecal dissepiments are 
thick and horizontal, but often lost in the general compactness 
of the tissue; septa deeply divided into three long and ascending 
teeth; endothecal dissepiments very thin, simple, close and hardly 
sloping. Calices 1 } 2 mil. in diameter. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 323 

CyphastrjEA muelleri, Ed. Sr H. 

Less hispid than the preceding ; columella rudimentary, septa 
unequal and exsert, probably only a variety. 

Both the above species are probably found on the S. E. coast, 
near Port Jackson, though I have no well-authenticated habitat. 

Genus Plesiastr^a. Ed. fy H., 1846. 

Corallum a convex mass, rising from a costulate plateau ; calices 
shallow, circular, edges free ; columella spongy ; costse and 
exotheca well developed ; septa exsert, stout, continuous, and 
denticulate ; pali well developed before all the septa except the 
last, budding always in the intercalicular spaces. The genus dis- 
tinguished from all the Astreacaja with free calicular margins by 
the presence of pali. 

Plesiastr^a urvillei. Ed. fy H. Syn. Astrea galaxea. 
Quoy 8f Gaimard. Voy. de V Astrolabe, Zooph. p. 216, pi. 17, 
/. 10-14 

Corallum somewhat flat with sub-lobed edges ; epitheca on the 
edges rudimentary ; calices very slightly salient, close but 
distinct, circular or sometimes a little deformed ; columella rudi- 
mentary ; three cycles, but a fourth in two systems where the 
primary equal the secondary, thus giving the appearance of eight 
systems of three ; septa rather broad, hardly exsert, thin, finely 
and regularly dentate, striate, and granular ; pali broad, little 
exsert, rather thin, the primaries the strongest. In section the 
exothecal dissepiments are almost horizontal, 1 mil. apart ; 
columella of a very lax tissue, scanty and formed of lamellar 
processes ; endothecal dissepiments extremely thin, sometimes 
wavy, not always parallel, sloping inwardly, J mil. apart ; wall 
compact, rather thick, seldom or only slightly united to others. 
Diam. of cal. 4 to 5 mil. In shallow places King George's Sound. 
Messrs. Q. and Gr. say that the animal is confluent and of a 
beautiful grass green. 


324 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Plesiastrjja peronii. Ed. fy H. 

A gibbous corallum ; calices unequal, from 3 to 5 mil. in diam., 
close, unequally salient, edges very distinct, generally circular ; 
three cycles complete, rarely a few septa of a fourth ; septa strong, 
feebly denticulate, slightly exsert, very unequal according to the 
orders. Common from Port Stephens southwards on the E. coast 
through Bass Straits. 

Division Astranqiace^. 

This is a fifth group of the Astrcea, established by Messrs. 
Edwards and Haime, to receive those forms which multiply by 
buds on a basilar expansion and whose corallum is always very 
short and creeping. 

Genus Ctlicia. Ed. 8f B., 1851. 

Corallum spread over submarine bodies composed of coralites 
altogether independant of one another but grouped together ; 
they are produced by budding on a base which does not harden ; 
they are largely adherent, extremely short, subcylindrical, a little 
oblique and surrounded by a complete epitheca ; calices subcircular, 
excavated, and deep ; septa thin, rather close, not exsert, the 
principal have a subentire edge, the others very deeply toothed ; 
columella papillary and well developed. 

When these corals are found dead the connecting expansion has 
disappeared and they look like a close association of numerous 
calices irregularly scattered over the rock and encrusted with 
Polyzoa. 

Ctlicia rubeola. Quoy and Oaimard, (as Dendrophyllia). Voy. 
Zooph. p. 97, pi. 15, /. 12-15. Angia rubeola. Ed. fy H., 
Ann. Sci. Nat. 

Corallites very short, a little inclined ; epitheca projecting as a 
thin entire edge; calices circular or subcircular ; fossa wide and 
deep ; columella well developed, formed by the styliform lobes of 
septa or undistinguishable from them, they gradually lengthen 
towards the edge ; three cycles in six systems, but the third 
wanting in two systems, giving the appearance of five ternary 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 325 

systems ; septa very thin, rather close, finely granular, primaries 
broad and subentire for half the length and then like all the 
others deeply lobed into styliform processes ; tertiaries bent 
towards the secondaries and uniting with them close to the 
columella. Alt. 5, diam. 4, depth of calice 4. 

The original species of this pretty coral came from the Thames 
River, N. Zealand. Another species named C. Verreauxi, Ed. 
& H., was described as from New Holland. This differs from 
the foregoing in having the three cycles complete in all the 
systems with the rudiments of a fourth. Prof. Tate has sent me 
specimens from Port Adelaide, which bridge over the differences 
between the species as there are the rudiments of a fourth cycle, 
and the systems are not complete, and some specimens from 
King's Island have the systems complete but with only three 
cycles. All the specimens I have met are united by polyzoa 
(Gellepora and Lepralia) and their cellular structure in fragments 
at the base of the calices might easily mislead one into the 
notion that there was a reticulate coenenchyma. 

Gy cilia tenella is said to come from Australia, but Messrs. Ed. 
and H. refer it to the Cape. It is distinguished by its incon- 
spicuous columella and three complete cycles. 

Gylicia Smithii, also referred to Australia has a finely granular 
epitheca, well developed papillary columella, and four complete 
cycles ; the calice is very shallow. I have not seen either of 
these two species. Prof. Duncan refers all, except the first 
species, to the Cape. There is evidently some confusion about 
both the species and the habitats which I have not been able to 
clear up. 

Ctlicia magna, n. s. PI. 4, Fig. 3, a, b, c. 

Corallum large, broadly and obliquely turbinate, and largely 
adherent ; epitheca very solid in rugged concentric folds through 
openings of which the slender close costae are seen at intervals ; 
calice roughly circular, either open and shallow or narrow and 
deep ; septa of five cycles in six systems all complete except in 
young individuals where the higher orders are rudimentary in 
some systems, not exsert, but sloping away from the epitheca, 


326 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

which slightly overlaps the edge of the wall ; primaries and 
secondaries equal in thickness and reaching the columella ; ter- 
tiaries very nearly reaching it ; fourth and fifth orders very thin 
towards the centre, but reaching fully two-thirds of the distance 
to the centre ; fifth cycle very thin and small and reaching about 
a fourth of the distance or even less. All orders entire for a 
fourth of their length, and undulating, then deeply and narrowly 
lobed, the fourth cycle dividing into narrow, tall, styliform pro- 
cesses ; all very granular ; columella very little prominent and 
consisting of a few broad and irregular granular lobes quite at 
the bottom of the calice, easily distinguished from the septal lobes 
being more closely granular and of more solid form ; endotheca 
confined to a very few dissepiments between the higher orders 
and primaries near the edge of the calice ; costsa (where visible 
through the incomplete epitheca) quite laminar, corresponding to 
the septa and slightly lobed, intercostal spaces deep, exotheca 
rather abundant in horizontal or carved and inclined dissepiments. 
Alt. 12 to 15, lower edge a third less ; diam. of calice 13 to 17, 
millim. Depth about |- of alt. 

St. Vincent's Gulf, S. A. These specimens were sent to me by 
Prof. Tate, F.G.S., who has not recorded anything of the stolon 
or mode of increase, but I have no doubt that they should be 
referred to the Astrangiaceae, though from the definition of Dr. 
Bruggeman's genus Homophyllia, it does not seem easy to dis- 
tinguish from descriptions alone, what that learned author most 
relies upon as generic and specific in character. Perhaps it would 
be better to remark that the septa in his genus are exsert, and 
the teeth never become separate lobes. Of course this is sup- 
posing there is no means of ascertaining the presence or absence 
of a stolon. 

Cylicia quinaria, n. s. PI. 5, Figs. 3, a, b, c, d, e. 

Corallum cylindrical, adherent by its entire breadth ; height 
equalling or exceeding the diameter ; costae, when present, thin, 
with styliform lobes, and not corresponding with any of the 
cycles, but quite irregular and separated by wide, smooth, inter- 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 327 

costal spaces, not very salient, but from about the middle down- 
ward developing into long buttresses which are adherent to the 
support ; calice circular, deep, margin in one plane or very 
slightly inclined ; septa not exsert, but sunken, in five systems of 
four cycles complete in each system ; they are close, thin, the 
three first nearly equal, irregularly lobed and granular, the third 
orders often, the 4th and 5th always represented by a series of 
oblique styliform projections from the wall ; primaries and secon- 
daries descending perpendicularly ; in the centre two or three 
styliform processes quite similar to the lobes of the septa from 
the columella. Alt. 6, diam. from 3 to 6 millim. 

This singular coral which is referred to the genus Cylicia, was 
found amongst the collections of the late W. S. Macleay, with no 
locality indicated. But as all the specimens, about 15 in number, 
were encrusting a small piece of sandstone of the kind found at 
Port Jackson, and as there were many species of Polyzoa upon 
the stone, such as are living in the same place, I have very little 
doubt that the specimens came from somewhere near Sydney 
Harbor. Among all the specimens only one of them showed the 
remarkable buttress-like ribs. This gave it a resemblance to the 
British Paracyathus pteropus, Gosse. Even in this case they were 
only on half the corallum. The rest of the specimens were so 
encrusted with Polyzoa, (chiefly Lepralia) that these interesting 
organs could not be made out on them. It is further worthy of 
remark that the costse though not corresponding with any of the 
septa were lobed like them ; the styliform character of the higher 
orders of septa made their separation from the columella difficult, if 
not merely arbitrary. 

Fifth Family of Madeporaria aporosa. — FuNGiDiE. 

In the previous groups we have been dealing with families in 
which the interseptal spaces were open throughout, (Turbinolidce, 
Dasmidce) or were crossed at regular distances by lamellar 
traverses (Oculinidce, Asireidce). The Fungidce have a different 
character which is that the lateral faces of the septa develope 
bosses or tubercles which approach the opposite septum and a 


328 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

fastened to it so that the visceral chambers are traversed by bars 
or barriers, often of considerable extent and height, but never 
completely closed by them. These organs are called Synapticulce. 
They are generally accompanied in most of the family by vertical 
or slightly oblique ridges of compact sclerenchymatous tissue on 
the faces of the septa from which the synapticulse arise. This 
tissue is sometimes continuous and equal, but sometimes it is 
interrupted at regular intervals. The Fungidce are divided into 
two subfamilies : 1, Fungince, with the wall or common plateau 
porous and generally roughly tubercular or subspinous ; 2, Loph- 
osorince, with the wall neither perforate nor tubercular. 

In the first division of this family we have none of the genera 
in extratropical Australia. Polypliyllia pelvis, is said by Messrs. 
Quoy and Gaimard to occur in New Zealand, which is very 
singular as we have no Fungidce in similar latitudes on the 
Australian coasts. The genera Fungia and Polypliyllia are both 
very well represented in N.E. tropical Australia, and I believe 
most of the Pacific species are found in the Barrier Reefs. 

In the second division we have two species, but only found 
within a very few degrees of the tropics and scarcely straying 
outside them ; they are both in the genus Cycloseris. 

Genus Cycloseris. M. Ed. 8f H., 1849. 

Corallum discoid, simple, without a trace of adherence ; wall 
horizontal with finely granular numerous costae and no epitheca ; 
septa very numerous, (5 to 8 cycles) the smaller united to the 
larger by the thin inner edge and the superior edge of all finely 
serrated. 

Cycloseris cyclolites. Lamarck. 

Corallum an ellipsoid, thick, and rising in the centre to a height 
of about half the major axis, concave beneath, where it is granular 
in the centre ; costee numerous, close, fine, in cycles, the higher 
orders smaller and arising near the edge when they are prolonged 
and lamellar ; central fossa narrow, deep, generally extended in 
the direction of the major axis ; seven to eight cycles the last not 
present in all the systems ; septa elevated, the three first orders 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 329 

thicker internally and often united to the smaller for a great part 
of their surface, granular in radiate lines ; very numerous and 
giving the edges of the septa quite a mossy aspect ; columella 
and papillos at the bottom of the fossa ; synapticula3 numerous 
but not easily seen as the septa are so close. Long. 50, lat. 85, 
alt. 25 millim. 

Lady Eliot's Island, Harvey's Bay, (lat. between 27 and 26), 
and so up to the Barrier Reef, though rare. Common in New 
Caledonia. 

Cycloseris sinensis. M. Ed. fy E. 

Corallum nearly circular, very thin, slightly exsert, and a little 
concave beneath ; costee in cycles but very uniform in size, close, 
very small, the higher orders and a small part of the centre being 
only a series of granules ; fossa open, more or less extended in a 
line of the slightly longer major axis ; columella conspicuous ; a 
crowded mass of long almost circular papillae ; septa in eight 
cycles not always complete in some of the systems, the higher 
orders of the last being wanting or rudimentary ; all very thin, 
very granular, the primaries and secondaries being just a shade 
thicker and more raised at the fossa ; edges not serrated but 
irregular ; synapticulee irregular, not numerous, solid ; granules 
subspinous and giving the laminee a mossy appearance as seen 
from above ; the septa of the higher orders are often fenestrated 
and often unite by their inner edge to the older. At their base, the 
synapticulae appear as solid ridges. Diam. from 20 to 30, alt. 
5 to 8 mill. Scarcely 2 millimetres difference between the major 
and minor axis. Localities same as preceding. Very common 
at Darnley Island. Rare outside the tropics. 

Cycloseris tenuis. Duncan. 

Corallum circular and very thin, slightly convex in the centre ; 
fossa shallow, elongate ; concave below with numerous costag ; 
septa distinct, distant, slightly dentate, in six systems of five 
cycles. Diam. 12, alt. 6 mil. River Gellibrand, Victoria. Fossil 
only. Prof. Duncan's definition is somewhat brief. The five 
cycles, however, sufficiently distinguish the species. 


330 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Oenus Pal^oseris. Duncan, 1870. 

This genus was founded by Prof. Duncan for a fossil which he 
had formerly described as Troehoseris Woodsi, but a minute 
examination induced him to place it among the Lophoserince as 
it was found to possess syuapticulee. 

The corallum is simple, turbinate, and pedicellate ; septa 
numerous ; columella rudimentary ; epitheca complete, dense, 
covering costse. 

Pal.eoseris woodsi, Duncan. 

Corallum with small pedicel, cylindrical, conical, turbinate ; 
calice wide, circular, shallow, margin thin ; septa delicate, 
crowded, subequal, not exsert ; six systems and five cycles with 
half of a sixth in each system ; smaller septa generally joining 
the larger which reach the central fossula ; laminae marked 
laterally by synapticulee. Alt. 16, lat. 13 mil. Muddy Creek. 

Mjsandroseris Australia, L. Bousseau, 1854, and Favia 
Bowerbanhii, Val. are species which I believe belong to the 
tropical regions of Australia, amid the islands of the great 
Barrier Keef, though cited simply as from Australia by 
authors. To these must also be added Prionastrwa australiensis, 
and Merulina ramosa. Echinoyora rosularia, Lamarck, is a reef- 
building form which is cited as coming from " Terre de Van 
Dieman." From this circumstance it has been attributed to 
Tasmania. It must be, however, that the Terre de Van Dieman 
in North Australia is meant, because no such coral is known 
outside the tropics in Australia, and therefore certainly not in 
Tasmania, formerly known as Van Dieman's Land. As far as I 
can gather, the term Terre de Van Dieman as applied to part of 
North Australia, is only used by old French geographers. It is 
thus distinguished on the map prefixed to the work of De Brosses. 
The coral occurs at the Seychelles and Feejee. I have also seen 
specimens from the northern parts of the Barrier Reef. Rhodaraia 
calicularis, Lamarck, is another tropical reef-building form which 
is cited generally as from Australia. It is a Porites without a 
columella. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 331 

Genus Lophoseris, M. Ed. Sf 5., 1849. 
Corallum compound, adherent, foliaceous in crests or irregular 
lobes, covered with radiate and coufluent calices ; columella 
tuberculous and sometimes rudimentary ; the common surface 
destitute of epitheca and finely striate. The very thin expansions 
of this coral with calices on generally both sides distinguish it 
from all the other Fungidse. 

Lophoseris cristata. Ellis fy ^olander. 

Corallum in a tuft of erect crested thin expansions with calices 
on both surfaces ; the expansions are much thinner in the edges, 
are raised and coalesce with, many vertical ridges ; calices cl >se, 
and the septacostal rays elongated ; fossa distinct and somewhat 
deep ; columella a little tubercle or absent ; septa in three cycles 
the last wanting in one or two systems ; secondaries nearly 
equalling primaries ; tertiary very thin all slightly toothed at the 
edge and somewhat granular, principally developed vertically 
though a little bent ; calices about 3 millim. 

Manly Beach, Port Stephens, The Solitaries, Cape Byron, 
Moreton Bay. 

LOPHOSERIS FRONDIFERA. Lamarck. 

This species has the calices a little smaller than the last, with 
16 to 18 very thin septa, close, alternately exsert, and scarcely 
serrated ; the corallum is very small. If I am correct in my 
identification this is not very uncommon on the coasts of Queens- 
land as far south of the tropics as Wide Bay. 

Second order, Madreporaria perforata. Corals formed almost 
entirely of porous or reticulated coenenchyma ; septa very distinct 
in character, composed primarily of six elements, but sometimes 
represented by a series of little bars or processes ; transverse 
divisions, rudimentary, never forming floors or tabulae ; the wall 
which constitutes the greater portion is always perforated and 
does not develope costal laminee ; visceral chamber open from 
the base to the summit, and has neither traverses nor synap- 
ticulae nor floors ; there are two divisions in this section: 1st, 
Madreporidce ; mural system well developed and simply porous ; 


332 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

principal septa slightly, or not perforate ; 2nd, Poritidce ; en- 
tirely composed of reticular sclerenchyma ; septa represented 
by little bars or processes. 

The Madreporidse are again subdivided into three families : 
1. Eupsammince ; no independant coenenchyma. 2. Madreporince ; 
coenenchyma abundant, six principal septa, two of which are 
much greater than the rest. 3. Turbinarinee ; septa six, equally 

developed. 

First Fam., Eupsammike. 

Septa well developed and forming many cycles ; primaries 
equal but the last cycle bent towards the preceding order, so 
that the calice has not the radiate appearance of most corals ; 
wall formed of distant vertical sclerenchymatous nodules, united 
only at their points of contact so as to leave perforations which 
occasionally become obliterated below only. They are simple or 
compound corals ; the corallites nearly always cylindro-conical 
without exotheca or peritheca ; wall feebly costulate, scarcely ever 
with a complete epitheca,* the tissue being shagreened or velvetty 
in aspect; cycles 4, 5, rarely the rudiments of a 6th; the last 
cycle of whatever number, never forms straight rays but bent 
according to a simple law, thus : — If it be of four cycles, the fourth 
order diverges from the primary, and the fifth order from the 
secondary, until they meet or nearly meet in front of the tertiary, 
with which they are intimately united below. If there are five 
cycles it is the 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th orders which diverge. Each 
half of the system will then resemble an entire system of four 
cycles ; on one side the 6th system diverges from its adjoining 
primary, and the 8th from the tertiary, to unite together, and 
with the fourth which is between them ; on the other side the 7th 
diverges from the secondary, and the 9th from the tertiary, to 
unite with the 5th which they bound on the left and right. 
Sometimes the penultimate bends towards the tertiaries and the 
tertiaries towards the secondaries, so that the primary alone is 
free ; this peculiarity though always present is feebly manifest in 
some genera such as Leptopsammia, Endopsammia, and Dendro- 

* Dandrophyllia epithecata. Duncan, a fossil of Tasmania, is a solitary exception. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 333 

phyllia, the last cycle is always more developed than the imme- 
diately preceding, to which also the same genera are an exception ; 
the higher orders are also reticulate or incomplete in their tissue 
so as to be perforated or honeycombed; there is always a columella 
(except in some species of Stereopsammia) , and it is of spongy 

texture. 

Genus Endopachys, Lonsdale, 1845. 

Corallum simple, straight, much compressed below ; no trace 

of adherance ; base keeled or with aliform appendages ; costas 

distinct, straight, formed by series of granules ; columella little 

developed ; septa exsert and granular ; only two species hitherto 

known ; one living, habitat unknown ; and an Eocene fossil from 

Alabama, N. America. 

Endopachys Australia, n. s. PI. 6, fig. 1, a, b, c. 
Corallum elegantly cuneiform, somewhat tumid until close to 
the base, where it becomes much compressed ; the edges of the 
major axis slope away from the summit until about two-thirds 
of the whole length and then suddenly bend towards a very fine 
point, leaving two somewhat aliform obtuse angles ; the sides of 
the minor axis are convex but slightly more on one side than 
another ; costaa finely granular, distinct, raised, rounded, corres- 
ponding to the septa ; a few of the higher orders uniting with 
older at the compressed part, and the outer ones becoming curved 
round and ceasing at the alas, the rest gradually tapering and contin- 
uous to the basilar point ; interseptal spaces narrower than thecostas 
and perforated ; calice broadly elliptical, the ends of the major 
axis being a little lower than the rounded minor axis on which 
the septa make conspicuous projections ; septa spinously granular, 
in six systems of four cycles ; first and second conspicuously 
exsert ; the fourth and fifth uniting with the third order about 
half way, and these again uniting with the secondaries close to 
the columella so that the primaries are alone free ; all uniting 
with the columella which is reduced to a thin open almost laminar 
tissue. There are rudiments of a fifth cycle in the four systems 
at the end of the major axis, and here also the septa are crowded 
and irregular. Wall very conspicuous though thin. Alt. 15, 
maj. axis 13, min. 10 mill. Off Port Jackson, 80 fathoms. 


334 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Genus Balanophyllia, Searles Wood, 1844. 

Corallum simple, fixed by a large base or pedicellate, more 
porous than Dendrophyllia ; no costal appendices ; costae fine, 
close, subequal ; columella well developed, but never projecting 
from the bottom of the calicular fossa ; septa thin, close, the last 
cycle well developed and complete ; the distinct costee and the 
complete development distinguish this genus, which is well repre- 
sented both as a living and fossil form in Europe. In our Aus- 
tralian tertiaries it had a large development, but so far, I am 
only acquainted with one living species in our seas. 

Balanophyllia buccina, n. s. PL 5, figs. 5, a, b, c, d, & PI. 4, fig. 5. 
Corallum narrowly pedicellate and generally clasping a small 
shell, subcylindrical or compressed : broad at the summit and 
rapidly tapering, rarely straight, nearly always curved in the 
direction of the shorter axis ; calice elliptical, lower at the ends 
of the longer axis ; epitheca moderately developed, extending 
about half way up the calice, or appearing in a series of very 
undulating, disconnected, concentric rings, which are thick, pro- 
jecting, and corrugated ; costas in series of scattered granules, 
and sometimes hardly traceable under a uniform worm-eaten 
appearance ; the wall is very open and honeycombed ; fossa one- 
third the depth of the whole corallum, and having a broad 
flaring appearance ; columella very loosely spongy and rather 
broad ; septa slightly exsert, granular and porous, the higher 
orders almost as loosely reticulate as the columella, in six 
systems of five cycles, the sixth and eighth orders uniting in 
front of the fourth, and the seventh and ninth in front of the 
5th, close to the wall, and both the laminae thus formed again 
uniting in front of the third at or close to the columella ; prima- 
ries and secondaries free, evenly rounded, 6th order the most 
developed and very thick and jagged at the columella. Fully 
developed specimens, 25 to 30, major axis 18 to 23, minor axis 11 
to 14, mil. In smaller specimens only four cycles ; costae very 
distinct, epitheca faint, in pellicular translucent rings near base. 
Two young specimens, sometimes cemented together. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 335 

Cape Three Points and off Port Stephens, 70 fathoms. Worn 
specimens sometimes washed up at Manly Beach and Wol- 
longong. Always attached to shells {Bittium, Turritella, and 
small Mitres) except when the pedicel was broken. A species 
very distinct from any of our tertiary fossils. Its broad and 
solid cup and generally curved form are very characteristic. 

It will be remarked that I have figured one of the specimens 

with a conspicuous boss on the side. This may be a bud, and if 

so the species will have to be transferred to Dendrophyllia. The 

general character of the corallum and the septa is not in favor 

of such a conclusion. 

Balanophyllia seminuda, Duncan. 

The corallum has a wide base with a constriction immediately 
above it, and is cylindrical, but slightly wider at the calice than 
elsewhere ; the epitheca is very dense for half the distance up 
the corallum and is wanting elsewhere ; the costas, invisible 
below, are distinct where the epitheca does not exist above ; they 
are formed by vermiculate projections. ; the calice is circular in 
outline ; its margin is thin, except at the origin of the primary 
and secondary septa, where it is thick and cellular, and its fossa 
is very deep ; the septa are unequal, exsert, curved above, and 
more or less vertical at their inner edge ; they are marked with 
ridges, which are directed inwards and upwards, and with endo- 
thecal ridges crossing the first kind ; the primary septa are stout 
and very exsert, and the secondary septa are smaller and less 
prominent ; the tertiary septa, after their union with those of the 
fourth cycle are very stout and reach the columella ; the septa of 
the fourth and fifth orders join the tertiary about half way to 
the columella; the columella is small and spongy, and is situated 
very deeply in the fossa. Height of the corallum 8-10 inch, 
breadth of the calice 3-10 inch. 

Locality : Hamilton Tertiaries, Victoria. 

Balanophyllia armata, Duncan. 
The corallum is subcylindrical, tall, compressed, and armed 
with a wing-like projection immediately above either side of the 


336 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

base ; the base is moderately large, and presents evidences of 
attachment to some substance during life ; there is a slight con- 
striction above the base ; the epitheca is imperfect, and surrounds 
the corallum here and there in many lines ; the costee are dis- 
tinct, wide, equal, and covered with spiny granulations ; they are 
more or less continued over the small lateral wing-like projec- 
tions ; the calice is elliptical in its outline, shallow, and with a 
sharp, narrow, and slightly cellular margin ; the columella is 
large, long, and spongy ; the septa are unequal, not exsert, stout 
and granular ; there are four cycles of septa in six systems ; the 
septa of the first, second and third orders reach the columella, 
and those of the higher curve towards and meet the tertiary 
midway between the wall and the columella. Height of corallum 
1 2 -10th inch, breadth of calice \ inch. 
Locality : Hamilton Tertiaries, Victoria. 

Balanophyllia selwyni, Duncan. 

The corallum is subcylindrical and slightly compressed, and 
has a large base with a slight constriction above it ; the costae 
are distinct, flat above and rounded midway, and below finely 
granular superiorly, and marked with one series of large granules 
inferiorly ; the epitheca is absent ; the wall is moderately 
developed ; the columella is large and long ; the septa are very 
stout ; there are four cycles of septa, in six systems, and the 
higher orders unite with the tertiary at about one-fourth of the 
distance from the wall to the columella ; the calice is com- 
pressed and elliptical. Height 1 inch, greatest length of the 
calice J inch. 

Locality : No. 3, upper coralline beds, near C. Otway, Victoria. 

Balanophyllia fragilis, Duncan. 

The corallum is long and conico-cylindrical in shape, twisted 
and curved ; the epitheca is quite rudimentary, in the form of 
slight transverse bands ; the costae are flat and marked with one 
series of small, distinct, sharp, spiny granules, or with a ridge ; 
the wall is very thin and hardly cellular ; the columella is very 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 337 

small ; the septa are plain, long, slender, and irregular ; the 
higher orders unite with the tertiary close to the wall ; there are 
four cycles in six systems, the fifth order being occasionly absent ; 
the endotheca is tolerably developed. Height of corallum, f inch ; 
length of calice, J inch. Locality: Muddy Creek, Hamilton 
Tertiaries, Victoria. 

Balanophyllia australiensis, Duncan. 

The corallum is pedicellate, long, cylindrical, tapering and 
curved ; the calice is elliptical ; the fossa is shallow ; the septa 
are not exsert, are thin, marked with arched ridges ; and there 
are four cycles in six systems, with a very few laminae of a fifth 
cycle ; the higher orders unite with the tertiary close to the wall 
which is very thin ; the columella is large ; the epitheca is scanty, 
and surrounds the corallum at certain parts only ; the costaa are 
vermiculate, and slightly spinous. Height of corallum, If inch ; 
length of calice, -^ inch. Locality: Muddy Creek, Hamilton 
Tertiaries, Victoria. 

Balanophyllia cylindrica, Michel, sp. Var.A. 

The corallum is cylindro-turbinate and curved at the base, 
which is not pedicellate but sharp ; the calice is large, shallow, 
and very open ; the epitheca is complete and covers the faintly 
distinguishable costae ; the wall is moderately stout and cellular ; 
the columella is moderately developed ; the septa are stout ; and 
there are four cycles in six systems ; the higher orders unite with 
the tertiary about midway. Height of corallum, t 7 q inch ; breadth 
of calice, -^ inch. Locality, No. 1, If mile west of Cape Otway. 
Variety B. Corallum more slender, and columella larger than in 
variety A ; the same locality. 

Balanophyllia ulrichi, Duncan. 

The corallum is cylindro-conical, slightly curved, has a small 
pedicel and a large open calice ; the epitheca is dense and 
complete inferiorly ; but above the costae are uncovered and very 
well marked, equal, rather prominent, separate, and finely 
granular ; the columella is small ; the septa are slender ; and 


338 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

there are four cycles in six systems ; the fossa is deep and the 
margin thin. Height of corallum 6-1 Oth inch, breadth of calice 
3-10th inch. Locality No. 1, 1| mile west of Cape Otway, -Vic- 
toria. 

Balanophyllia tubuliformis, Duncan. 

The corallum is tall, cylindrical, and tubular in shape ; there 
is no epitheca ; the costae are equal, flat, vermiculate, and sep- 
arated by distinct spaces ; the calice is circular in outline, rather 
less in calibre at the margin than elsewhere, very deep, and it has 
a wide margin ; the wall is stout and cellular ; the columella is 
small, and at the bottom of the deep fossa ; the septa are stout, 
and very granular ; and there are four cycles in six systems ; 
there is a very slight in-bending of the higher orders ; and the 
septal arrangment has very little of the Eupsammian type. 
Height of the corallum, 6-10th inch; breadth of the calice, 3-10th 
inch. Locality : Muddy Creek, Hamilton Tertiaries, Victoria. 

Balanophyllia campanulata, Duncan. 

The corallum is pedicellate, has a slight constriction imme- 
diately above the small base, and expands regularly into an 
elongate bell-shape ; the epitheca exists inferiorly, but it is very 
delicate and permits the flat costae to be distinguished ; the calice 
is elliptical, and the margin is slightly everted ; the wall is 
moderately developed ; the columella is large, long, spongy, and 
prominent ; the septa are stout ; there are four cycles ; and the 
septa of the fourth and fifth orders unite with the tertiary mid- 
way between the wall and the columella ; the tertiary septa, after 
the junction with the orders, are as large as the primary and 
secondary septa; the laminae are granular; the costae, where un- 
covered, are separated by distinct intercostal spaces with numerous 
foramina ; they are slightly unequal, and have both granulations 
and foramina on their flat external surface ; there are rarely more 
than two rows of granules, and they are scarce. Height of 
the corallum, 8-10th inch ; breadth of calice, 3-10th inch. Loca- 
lity No. 4, clay beneath " coralline beds," near Cape Otway. It 
is associated with Trigonia semiundulata. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 339 

Genus Heteropsammia, Ed. 8f H., 1848. 
Corallum simple, straight, fixed in a univalve shell which it 
completely envelopes continuing to grow at the base during life- 
time ; no epitheca ; no costa?, but the exterior surface covered 
with fine stria? and closely marked with short twisted vermiform 
ridges composed of crowded granules ; columella spongy and well 
developed ; septa thickened exteriorly and spongy. 

Heteropsammia michelini, Ed. 8f H. 
This coral is very short and has a large rounded swollen base, 
much larger than the calice which is a figure of 8. Specimens 
of doubtful locality have been brought to me. I am sure, however, 
that it occurs within the tropics of N.E. Australia, and of much 
larger size than the specimen figured by Milne Edwards, being 
as much as 20 mill, high, 25 long, and 20 broad. 

Heteropsammia elliptica. n. s. PI. 6, figs. 3, a, b. 
Corallum approaching cylindrical, sloping somewhat towards 
the base which is very wide and encrusted with serpulae, polyzoa/ 
&c, so that the enclosed shell is not visible ; no epitheca, but the 
surface densly covered with fine points or elongated granules, the 
irregular lines between which are somewhat wider than in the 
last species, the lines of the septa and the spongy texture is only 
seen near the calice but the whole surface is visibly perforated and 
velvety ; calice elliptical, the sides of the long axis parallel, the 
short sides rounded, wall spongy and thick, principal septa con- 
spicuously exsert ; fossa one-third depth of columella, at the base 
on which the loose spongy broad columella is very visible ; septa 
in six systems of five cycles, the 6th and 7th orders bending 
towards one another in all the systems, not uniting, but curving 
a little back ere uniting with the columella ; these orders are 
thin and much expanded at the base of the fossa ; the primaries 
and secondaries of equal thickness and expansion throughout ; 
above they are the most conspicuous orders, but below the 6th 
and 7th. quite eclipse them ; tertiaries but little distinguished ; 
4th and 5th orders very inconspicuous, all faintly granular, ridged 
and serrated at the edge. Alt. 28, maj. axis 21, min, 13, depth 
of fossa 9. 


340 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Port Jackson, 16 fathoms. A larger specimen but greatly 
worn, cast up on the beach at Manning River. Many doubtful 
young specimens from dredge at Sydney Harbor. 

Genus Dendrophyllla, Be Blainville, 1830. 

Corallum compound and generally branched ; corallites cylin- 
drical or cylindro-turbinate, arising from buds ; costae fine 
vermiculate formed of grains always more simple near to the 
calice, where also they are straighter ; calice tubercular ; fossa 
deep ; columella more or less developed and prominent ; septa 
thin, close, not exsert. 

M. Edwards separated from the genus all Dendrophyllioe which 
had the last cycle incomplete, but Prof. Verrill, and after him 
Dana, has shown that this peculiarity is sometimes present or 
absent in the same species, and therefore the genus Camopsammia 
must be abandoned. There are species of the genus recent 
and fossil in Australia, the latter hitherto only found in Tasmania. 
D. axifuga, D. coccinea, D. Gaimardi, and D. Urvillei are reported 
as existing in New Zealand. They are not known to me as 
Australian. Capt. Hutton, the well known naturalist at Dunedin, 
assures me that they are not found in New Zealand. My own 
opinion is not only in this, but in many similar instances, that the 
specimens of the voyage of the Astrolabe got mixed, and that the 
many tropical corals quoted by Messrs. Q. and Gr. as from Aus- 
tralia and New Zealand, really came from the Pacific Islands 
within the tropics. Certain it is that very few of their Australian 
or New Zealand habitats can be verified. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


PLATE IV. 

Fig. 1. a. Calice of Sphenotrochus excavatus, enlarged. 

b. Side view of septum, enlarged. 

c. Side view of corallum, enlarged. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 341 

Fig. 2. Flabellum irregulare, nat. size. 
Fig. 3. a. Corallum of Ctlicia magna, nat. size. 

b. Another specimen, nat. size. 

c. Calice of fig. 1, a., enlarged. 

Fig. 4. One system of Balanophyllia buccina, much enlarged. 


PLATE V. 

Fig. 1. a. Conoctathus compressus, corallum enlarged. 

b. Calice, much enlarged. 
Fig. 2. a. Deltocyathus rot^formis, corallum enlarged. 

b. Calice, enlarged. 
Fig. 3. a. Cylicia qtjinarium, enlarged. 

b. Calice, enlarged. 

c. Secondary septum, much enlarged. 

d. Septum of fourth order, much enlarged. 

e. Tertiary septum, much enlarged. 

Fig. 4. a. Dunocyathus parasiticus, immersed in Lunulites 
CANCEllata, Busk., much enlarged. 
b. Side view of Lunulite, enlarged 4 diam. 
Fig. 5. a. Balanophyllia buccina, nat. size. 

b. Another specimen, nat. sixe. 

c. Another specimen, nat. size. 

d. The same seen across minor axis, nat. size. 


PLATE VI. 

Fig. 1. a. Endopachus Australia, major axis of corallum nat. size. 

b. Minor axis of same, nat. size. 

c. Calice, much enlarged. 

Fig. 2. a. Crispatotrochus inornatus, corallum enlarged 2 diam. 

b. Calice, much enlarged. 

c. Costai, much enlarged. 

Fig. 3. a. Heteropsammia elliptica, corallum nat. size. 
b. Calice, enlarged. 


342 the proceedings of the linnean society 

On the Echini op Australia. 

Supplemental Note to the Paper on the above subject. 
By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., &c. 


Since my paper on the Echini of Australia was in type I have 
found some additions to our fauna in this department, which I 
note in the following list. 

Temnopleurus toruematicus, Klein. 

This species is found in all the Australian seas, temperate as 
well as tropical, but the extratropical specimens are small. Prof. 
Tate has sent me specimens from St. Vincent's Gulf (near 
Adelaide) obtained at a depth of two fathoms. It also occurs, 
though rarely, at Port Lincoln, and generally on the south and 
south-west coast. 

Echinus angulosus, Agassiz. 

This species is also found near and about Port Adelaide and 
St. Yincent's Gulf. Sometimes, though very rarely, washed up 
at Port Fairy, Western Victoria, and Hobson's Bay, Melbourne. 
It is thus described : — Test small, neat, thin, and compact-look- 
ing, very slightly depressed ; on median I. space one principal 
vertical row of somewhat small tubercles, the rest small, irregu- 
larly scattered in neither vertical nor horizontal lines, but more 
closely packed between main row and poriferous zone. Seconda- 
ries and milliaries most numerous towards median line. In the 
A. space the arrangement is similar, median vertical rows com- 
posed of small secondaries, scarcely larger than those forming 
the vertical line in the poriferous zone. The zone itself is broad 
with one to three indistinct vertical rows of small secondaries. 
G. ring narrow ; two 0. plates reach the A. system, which with 
the 0. plates is rather large. Secondaries on G. plate near the 
anal edge small, and anal plates but little tuberculated. There 
are three to four much larger A. plates the rest are small, dimi- 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. • 343 

nishing in size to the A. opening. Actinal cuts marked, but not 
deep ; spines slender, tipped with violet ; shafts all shades 
between lightest yellow and violet. Diam., 34 to 52 ; alt., 16 to 
28 ; mil. 

Heterocentrotus trigonarius, Lamarck. 

I have lately been able to compare specimens of this urchin 
from the Mauritius, and am now convinced that it does not occur 
in Australia, and those specimens regarded as such are only 
varieties of H. mammillatus , with slightly angular spines ; the 
true H. trigonarius has the spines tapering, much more slender 
and longer, and are very conspicuously angular, of a dark olive 
green color, edged with red. 

Genus Schizaster, Agassiz, 1836. 
Test thin, elongate, apex posterior ; anterior and posterior 
pairs of ambulacra differing greatly in size, the odd ambulacrum 
in a deep groove ; petals sunken, divergent, anterior nearly 
parallel with odd groove ; G. pores from two to three ; 
peripetalous fasciole angular, close to petals ; a narrow lateral 
fasciole starting from anterior ambulacra and passing under A. 
system with elongate triangular swellings ; posterior lip of mouth 
prominent, beaked and curved back. 

Schizaster ventricosus, Gray. 

Test thin, outline from above broadly elliptical, angular 
anteriorly ; apical system subcentral, posterior with vertex 
immediately behind on the flat sloping space of medium 
interambulacra ; petals narrowed almost to a point at apex ; 
posterior pair of G\ pores large, round ; anterior small, forming 
an irregular square. Posterior petals concave outwardly, 
anterior arch only at the extremity, lateral ambulacra remarkably 
broad, the odd one in a deep flat rectangular groove with steep 
sides, forming a high keel in the median anterior A. space 
extending nearly from apex to peripetalous fasciole ; the latter 
angular, broad, especially at extremity of anterior petals, 
re-entering on the median I. spaces ; posterior extremity broad, 


344 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

nearly vertically truncated, flat ; A. system small, covered by 
plates, decreasing uniformly towards opening. Lateral fasciole 
running obliquely to ambitus from the middle of the anterior 
ambulacra towards posterior extremity ; posterior extremity of 
actinal plastron lost in rounded posterior edge of test ; tuber- 
culatum within peripetalous fasciole coarse, closely packed in 
all the I spaces, except the odd one. Long. 65 ; lat. 57 ; alt. 
36 millim. 

Habitat, East Australian coast, generally both within and 
outside tropics. I have seen a well authenticated specimen from 
Port Jackson. 

Salmacis bicolor, Agassiz. 

In the list of the Echini of Australia, at p. 161, there is a 
description of the genus Salmacis. At the head of the page the 
name of Salmacis bicolor has been omitted, to which the 
subsequent description, beginning at the first line, refers. 


The Fishes of Port Darwin. 

By William Macleay, F.L.S. 

The collection of Fishes made for me at Port Darwin by Mr. 
Spalding during the last six months numbers about 120 species. 
It is interesting not only as regards the new species — 21 in 
number — which it contains, and the many additions which it 
makes to the Australian Fauna of other previously known species, 
but also in the light which it throws on the geographical distri- 
bution of the Fishes of the Indian and Pacific Oceans. Almost 
all the species mentioned by Sir John Richardson as having been 
received from Port Essington nearly 40 years ago, seem to be 
found also at Port Darwin, and it is evident that the affinity of 
the Fish Fauna of North-Western Australia is much more to 
that of the Dutch East Indian Archipelago than to that of Torres 
Straits and North-Eastern Australia, which partake more of the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 345 

Polynesian character. As I am anxious to avoid swelling out 
this paper to an unnecessary bulk, I shall not give all the syno- 
nyms and references to each individual species I may require to 
notice. I think it will be sufficient to give references only to 
such well-known works as " Cuvier's and Valencienne's Histoire 
Naturelle des Poissons," Gunther's " Catalogue of the Fishes in 
the British Museum," and Dr. Blecker's " Atlas Ichthyologique 
des Ind. Or. Nederl." These are books which no ichthyologist 
should be without ; indeed Gunther's Catalogue is absolutely 
indispensable to any one engaged in the study of Fishes. 

Family PERCIDAE. 

1. — PSEUDOLATES CAVIFRONS. 

All. and Macl. Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. W., Vol. I., p. 262, 
pi. III. 

There are several specimens of this fish — one 30 inches long, 
the rest small. They were all taken in salt water, but I have 
little doubt that like its congener Lates nobilis, Cuv. and Val., it 
enters rivers. 

2. — Lates Darwiniensis, n. sp. 

D. 7 l/n, A. |, L. lat. 60. 

Body compressed, narrow; height one-fourth of the total 
length, head one - third of the same ; mouth moderate ; 
forehead narrow between the eyes, the space being much 
less than half the diameter of the orbit ; operculum with 
one acute spine visible ; coracoid with four denticulations ; 
praeoperculum serrated on the posterior edge and armed with a 
large flat acute spine at the angle, and with three small teeth 
pointing backwards on the lower limb ; the third dorsal spine is 
much the largest ; the anal spines are all small ; the fins, with 
the exception of the base of the pectorals, are nearly black, and 
are mostly covered with small scales, the soft dorsal most dis- 
tinctly so on its lower half ; the coloration is dark on the back 
and silvery yellow beneath. 

I have only one specimen 9 inches long, and in bad condition. 
It was found dead near the sea. 


346 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

3. — Serranus merra, Bl. 

Cuv. & Val. Pois., Vol. II, p. 243. 

Serranus hexagonatus, Gunth. Cat. Pish., Vol. I, p. 141, Var. 
B. Merra. 

Epinephelus Merra, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl., 
p. 55, Perc. Tab. 23, fig. 2. 

Dr. Bleeker says that this species is identical with S. faveatus, 
trimaculatus and nigriceps of Cuvier and Valenciennes. 

4. — Serranus fuscoguttatus, Bupp. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 127. 

Epinephelus fuscoguttatus, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl., p. 57, Perc. Tab. 29, fig. 3. 
Identical with S. horridus, C. and V. 

5. — Serranus crapao, G. 8f V. 

Hist. Nat, des Poiss., Vol. Ill, p. 364; Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. 
1, p. 137. 

Epinephelus pantherinus, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl., p. 61, Perc. Tab. 8, fig. 1. 

Dr. Bleeker makes this species identical with Cuvier and 
Valencienne's species pantherinus, maculosus, bontoo, and suillus. 

6. Srrranus corallicola, C. & V. 

Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. II, p. 251. 
Serranus altiveloides, Bleek. Gunth. Cat. Fish.; Vol. I, p. 127. 

Epinephelus corallicola, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl., p. 53, Perc. Tab. 30, fig. 1. 

7. — Serranus pachtcentrum. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. II, p. 219 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 116. 

My only specimen is about six inches long. 

8. — DlPLOPRION BIFASCIATUM. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vol. II, p. 101, pi. 21 ; 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 174 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl., p. 71, Perc. Tab., 68, fig. 3. 

Only one specimen. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 347 

9. — Myeiodon waigiensis, Q. and G. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 175. 

Gentropristes scorpcenoides, Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, 
Vol. Ill, p. 36. 

Centrogenys'waigiensis^leek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl., 
p. 68, Perc. Tab. 19, fig. 1, (not good). 

This fish seems to be very abundant about Port Darwin. 

10. — Mesoprion carponotatus. 

Rich. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, Vol. IX, p. 28. Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 190. 

11. — Mesoprion johnii. 

Cuv. andVal. Hist Nat. des Poiss.,Vol. II, p. 335 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. I, p. 200. 

Lutjanus johni. Bleek. Atl, Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl., 
p. 49, Perc. Tab. 60, fig. 3. Dr. Bleeker merges in this species 
the unimaculatus, flavipinnis, yapilli, and caudalis of Cavier and 
Valenciennes, and also puts down the Serranus pavo of C. and V., 
and Gunther as the young of the species. 

It seems abundant about Port Darwin. 

12. — Apogon ruppellii. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 236, pi. 15, fig. 8. 
Apparently not an uncommon species. 

13. — Apogon opercularis, n. sp. 

D. 7 1/9, A. 2/8, L. lat. 29. PI. VII., fig. 1. 

Height of body one-third, and length of head more than 
one-fourth of the total length ; head broad, flat, and slightly 
arched between the eyes ; the maxillary bone extends to 
below the posterior half of the orbit ; praeoperculum very 
finely serrated ; third dorsal spine rather longer and 
stronger than the fourth ; second anal spine long but not 
quite so large as the rays ; scales very large ; color dull vinous 
red with the fins, except the pectorals, more or less black ; there 


348 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

is a black mark extending from beneath the orbit to the angle of 
the prseoperculum, and on the operculum there is a margaritaceous 
patch with a black patch above it. 

I have many specimens of this fish, averaging nearly 4 inches 
in length. 

14. — Apogon hyalosoma, Blkr. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 231 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. 
Or. Nederl., p. 96, Perc. Tab., 31, fig. 1. 

15. — Apogonichthys polystigma, Blkr. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 246 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. 
Or. Nederl., p. 181, Perc. Tab., 44, fig. 4. 

16. — Therapon servus. 

Cuv. andVal. Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. Ill, p. 94; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. I, p. 278. 

Therapon jaroua, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl., p. 
112, Perc. Tab. 34, fig. 32. 

17. — Therapon Cuvieri, Blkr. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 282 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. 
Or. Nederl., p. 117, Perc. Tab. 37, fig. 2. 

Identical with Therapon quadrilineatus, C. and V., and P elates 
sexlineatus, quadrilineatus and quinquelineatus, of the same 
authors. 

My specimens are all young. 

18. — Therapon caudovittatus. 
Richards. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., Fishes, p. 24, pi. 18, fig. 3-5 ; 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., p. 284. 

19. — Helotes sexlineatus. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat, des Poiss., Vol. III., p. 112, pi. 56 ; 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., p. 285 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl., p. 118, Perc. Tab. 64, fig. 5. 

Two specimens, 7 inches long. 

20. — Pristipoma hasta. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. V, p. 184 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. I, p. 289, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 349 

Pomadasys hasta, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl., p. 
28 ; Perc. Tab. 47, fig. 3. 

Identical with P. Kalcaan, commersoni and clirysobalion of Cuv. 
and Val. 

21. — DlAGRAMMA MULTIVITTATUM, N. SP., PI. VII, fig. 2. 

D. 12/20, A. 3/ 7j L. lat. about 65. 

Height of body 2| in the total length, length of head 3| 
times in the same ; diameter of eye one-fourth of length of 
head ; lips fleshy with six pores beneath ; maxillary bone 
not reaching the vertical from the anterior margin of the 
orbit ; preeoperculum densely denticulated behind ; caudal fin 
slightly emarginate ; fins spotless, spinous dorsal yellowish at 
the base, soft dorsal and anal darker and scaly, the 2nd 
and 3rd anal spines strong and of equal length ; colour 
bluish silvery, becoming yellowish beneath the head and 
thorax. There are three or four irregular, longitudinal, pale, 
dark-edged stripes on the side of the head, and eighteen or 
twenty indistinct, subparallel yellowish stripes extending from 
the head and thorax obliquely backwards and upwards to the 
dorsal fin and back of the tail. 

Two specimens, about 11 inches long. 

The affinity of this fish is evidently to D. hoematochir, or poly- 
tcenia, Bleeker, but it is very distinct from both. In colouring it 
appears to approach D. chrysotoenia, Bleeker, but in other respects 
it differs more from that species than from D. polytcenia. 

22. — SCOLOPSIS PERSONATUS. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. V, p. 259 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish,, Vol. I, p. 360 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl. Spar., p. 9, Perc. Tab. 63, fig. 4. 

23. — Scolopsis longulus, Rich. 

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., IX, 1842, p. 380 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., 
Vol. I, p. 363. 

Apparently common. The specimens vary from 8 to 3 inches 
in length. 


350 the proceedings of the linnean society 

24. — Gerres punctatus. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. VI, p. 480 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 260. 

I am not at all satisfied of the identity of this species. The 
descriptions of it are poor and unfortunately it is not figured in 
Bleeker's splendid atlas. 

25. — Gerres profundus, n. sp., PI. VII, fig. 3. 

D. 9/io, A. 3/ 7j L. lat. 42. 

This is the deepest shaped Gerres I have seen. The 
height of the body is one half the length without the 
caudal fin ; the forehead between the eyes is flat, depressed, 
and less than the diameter of the orbit; first dorsal spine 
very small, the third is longer than the second and is 2\ 
times in the height of the body ; the second and third anal spines 
are about equal ; caudal fins broad and furcate ; the pectorals 
reach to the commencement of the anal rays ; colour bright 
silvery, a faint spotted band along the middle of the dorsal fin. 

Two specimens 7 inches long. 

Family MULLID^E. 

26. — Upeneoides tragula. 

Richards Ichth. Chin., p. 220 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 
398. 

I have some doubts about this species. My specimen is 5 
inches long. 

Family SPARIDJG. 

27. — Lethrinus fusciceps, n. sp. PL VIII, fig. 1. 

D. 10/9, A. 3/ 8j L. lat. 47. 

Height one -third of total length ; profile straight ; two 
diameters of the orbit between the eye and the muzzle, and 
rather more than four diameters in the length of the head ; 
mouth narrow ; teeth conical with two distinct canines 
in the lower jaw ; tail emarginate ; dorsal spines rather slender, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 351 

the connecting membrane opaque and yellowish at the base ; scales 
uniformly yellowish ; head brown and without scales except on 
the operculum and a single row behind the eye. 

One specimen 9 inches long, and of a very compressed aspect. 

28. — Lethrinus punctulatus, n. sp. PI. VIII, fig. 2. 

D. 10/ 9j A. 3/ 8j L. lat. 45. 

Height of body rather over one-third of total length ; 
profile straight ; snout about 1J diameter of the orbit from 
the eye ; teeth sharply conical, canines small ; dorsal fin 
rather high, the 4th, 5th, and 6th spines longest ; tail slightly 
emarginate ; 3rd anal spine longer and weaker than the 
2nd, and shorter than the rays ; 2nd ray of pectoral reaches to 
the commencement of the anal ; dorsal and anal fins indistinctly 
clouded or spotted with black, the other fins immaculate and of a 
blackish hue ; general colour dark with a black patch between the 
pectoral fin and the lateral line, and a series of vertical patches 
of black, formed of clusters of small spots, along the entire length 
of the body. I have a number of specimens of this species 
averaging from 5 to 6 inches in length. Some of them are of a 
much paler appearence than the one I have selected for description, 
but they are all evidently of the same species, and do not answer 
to any of those described by Gunther or figured by Bleeker. 

29. — Chrysophrys hasta, Bl. 

Chrysophrys longispinis, Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. 
VI, p. 116. 

Chrysophrys hasta, Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 490. 

Sparus hasta, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl. Perc. 
Tab. 67, fig. 3. 

Family CH^TODONTIDJE. 

30. — Ch^todon oligacanthus, Blhr. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 34. 
A number of small specimens under two inches long. 

31. — Chaetodon aureofasciatus, n. sp., PI. VIII, fig. 3. 
D. 11/21, A, 3/ 16 , u lat. 40. 


352 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Height of body equal to the length without caudal fin ; 
snout short ; mouth very small ; dorsal and anal fins 
rounded behind, the last four dorsal spines almost entirely 
hidden by scales ; colour brownish yellow, with a golden band 
from the commencement of the dorsal fin through the 
eye to the breast, and another from near the back along the 
posterior edge of the operculum and through the base of the 
pectorals to the belly. Length 5 inches. 

I have a number of very small specimens, perhaps the young 
of this species, but they are much darker in colour, and have 
a double band across the root of the tail. 

31. — Chelmo rostratus, L. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. VII, p. 66 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. II, p. 36 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl. 
Chaetod. Tab. VII, fig. 2. 

32. — Chelmo marginalis, Richards. 

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, Vol. X, p. 29 ; Gunt. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. II, p. 36. 

Apparently very abundant about Port Darwin and very dis- 
tinct from G. rostratus. 

33. — Heniochus macrolepidotus, L. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. VII, p. 70 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. II, p. 39. 

Taurichthys macrolepidotus, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. 
Nederl. Chaetod. Tab. V, fig. 1. 

34. — Holacanthus sexstriatus. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. VII, p. 145 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. II, p. 49 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl. 
Chaetod., Tab. X, fig. 2. 

35. — Holacanthus Duboulati, Gunth. 
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3rd Series, Vol. XX, p. 67. 
I have four specimens of this beautiful fish, the largest about 
eight inches long. The yellow reticulations on the brown part 


OF NFW SOUTH WALKS. 353 

of the body vary much ; in one specimen they run longitudinally, 
in two others they form a network on the anterior portion, and 
one is reticulated throughout. 

36. — SCATOPHAGUS MULTIFASCIATUS. 

Richards. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., p. 57, pi. 35, fig. 4-6 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 60. 

37. — SCATOPHAGUS TETRACANTHUS, Lacep. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 60. 

Scatophagies fasciatus, Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss.VII, 

p. 109. 

38. — Drepane PUNCTATA, L. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. VII, p. 99, pi. 179 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 62. 

Harpochirus punctatus, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl. 
Choetod., Tab. Ill, fig. 4. 

39. — Platax orbicularis, Forsh. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. VII, p. 174 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish. Vol. II, p. 490. 

40. — Psettus argenteus, L. 

Richards. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., Fishes, p. 57, pi. 35, fig. 1-3 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 488. 

Psettus rhombeus, Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. VII, p. 

184. 

Family SCORPAENIDAE. 

41. — Scorpaena bynoensis, Richards. 
Voy. Ereb. and Terror, Fishes, p. 22, pi. 14, figs. 3-4 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 113. 

Abundant, averaging 6 inches in length. 

42. — Scorpaena Diabolus, G. & V. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. IV., p. 229 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. II, p. 117. 

Family TEUTHIDIDAE. 

43. — Teuthis notostictus. 
Richards. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1853, Vol. XI., p. 172 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 320. 


354 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Family BERYCIDAE. 

44. — HOLOCENTRUM RUBRUM, Rupp. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. I, p. 35 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. 
Or. Nederl. Trachyen., Tab. Ill, fig. 4. 

Holocentrum orientate, Cuv. and Val., Vol. Ill, p. 147. 

„ marginatum, C. and V., Vol. Ill, p. 161, 

Family POLYNEMIDAE. 

45. — POLYNEMUS C(ECUS. N. SP., PI. IX, fig. 1. 

D. 7 1/14, A. 2/i 5j L. lat. 83. 

Four pectoral appendages, the lowest little more than half the 
length of the others, and all shorter than the pectoral fin ; 
anal spines scarcely visible, colour silvery, becoming darker 
towards the back ; all the rays of the pectoral and caudal fins 
tipped with black, the latter long and much forked ; a dense 
subopaque membrane covers each side of the head, through which 
the eyes are dimly traceable. 

I have two specimens of this remarkable fish, each about 18 
inches in length. Apart from the eye covering mentioned above, 
a peculiarity I have not seen mentioned as having been observed 
in any of the genus — this fish differs in many respects from the 
descriptions of P. tetradactylus, the only species to which it can 
be compared. 

Family TRICHIURIDAE. 

46. — Trichiurus savala, Cuv. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Pois. VIII, p. 184, pi. 224 ; 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 347. 

My only specimen of this beautiful fish is about 30 inches in 
length. 

Family ACRONURIDAE. 

47. — ACANTHURUS GRAMMOPTILUS. 

Richards. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, Vol. XI., p. 176; 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 335. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 355 

Family CARANGIDAE. 

48. — Caranx hippos, L. 
Gunth. Cat,. Fish., Vol. II, p. 449, and Gunth. Fisch. des Sudsee, 
Journ. Mus. Godef, Heft, V, p. 131, Taf. LXXXIV. 

Caranx paraspistes; Richards. Ichth. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., p. 
136, pi. 58, fig. 5-7, and synonymous according to Dr. Gunther 
with C. fallax, sem, Fosteri, sexfasciatus, Peronii, Lessonii, and 
Belenqerii of Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. IX. 

This species seems to be abundant. I have them of all sizes. 
49. — Chorinemus lysan, Forslc. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 471. 

Chorinemus Fosteri, Richards. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1843, 
Vol. XI, p. 24, and said to be identical with C. commersonianus, 
lyzan, Farkharii, and aculeatus of Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des 
Poissons, Vol. VIII. 

Family TRACHINHLE. 
50. — Opisthognathus darwiniensis, n. sp. PI. IX, fig. 3. 

D. 28, A. 15. 

Height one-fourth of total length ; maxillary reaching nearly 
to the preeopercular angle ; space between the eyes not more 
than one-third of the diameter of the orbit ; colour yellowish, 
closely spotted with brown ; a large oval black spot between 
the 3rd and 7th spines of the dorsal fin ; the rest of the fin, as 
also the anals, ventrals and caudal, yellow with black bars ; 
pectorals finely spotted. 

This species is evidently very distinct from 0. nigromarginatus, 
Rupp, the 0. Sonneratii of Cuv. and Val., described as being 
in height only one-sixth of the length, in having only 24 
rays or spines to the dorsal, and in having a remarkable black 
band on the maxillaries, in all which it differs from the present 
species. 

Family BATRACHID^E. 
51. — Batraches diemensis, Les. 

Richards. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. X, p. 352, and Voy., 
Ereb. and Terr.,p. 17, pi. 8, figs. 1, 2. Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill 
p. 170. 


356 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Batraclius quadrispinis, Cuv. and Val., Vol. XII, p. 487. 
Seemingly very numerous. 

Familt PEDICULATI. 

52. — Antennaries urophthalmus, Bleek. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 192. 

Chironectes caudimaculatus, Richards. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., p. 
125, pi. 60, figs. 8, 9. 
A very common species. 

53. — Antennarius commersonii. 
Cuv. and Val., Vol. XII, p. 426 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, 
p. 192, and Journ. Mus. Godef. 

Family COTTINA. 

54. — Platycephalus inops, Jenyus. 

Zool. of the Beagle, Fishes, p. 33 ; Gunth Cat. Fish., Vol. II, 

p. 180. 

55. — Platycephalus nematophthalmus. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 184. 

I have two specimens, the largest over a foot in length, of what 
I believe to be this species, but I only make out 7 dorsal spines 
instead of 8 as described. 

Family GOBIID^E. 

56. — Gobius ornatus, Uupp. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 21. 

Identical with centralis, C. & V., inter stindus, Richards., and 
periophthalmoides, Bleek. 

57. — Gobius giuris, Buch. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 21. 

Said to be the same as G. Kolcius, Russellii, catebus, Kora, and 
celebicus of Cuv. and Val. 

58. — Gobius criniger. 
Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. XII, p. 82 ; Richards. 
Ichth. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., p. 2, pi. 1, figs. 3, 4 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 29. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 357 

59. — GOBIUS MAXILLARIS, N. SP. PI. IX, fig. 2. 

D. 6/n, A. 1/9. 

Height of body nearly five times in the total length ; length 
of head nearly one-third of the same ; mouth large, the under 
jaw longest, the maxillary reaching nearly to the angle of 
the prseoperculum ; eyes lateral but very close together ; spinous 
dorsal higher than the body ; the first spine much the 
longest ; the general colour is a pale reddish or yellowish brown, 
with a few indistinct crossbars of a deeper brown ; the fins have 
a blackish tinge but are without spots ; the opercles are dotted 
with minute spots. 

Length about 2| inches 

60. — GOBIUS ALBOPUNCTATUS. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. XII, p. 57 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 25. 

61. — Apocryptes bivittatus, n. sp. PI. IX, fig. 5. 

D. 6/is, A. 16. 

Height one-fourth of the total length ; length of head one- 
fifth of same ; snout short, about the diameter of the orbit 
from the eye ; mouth nearly horizontal ; maxillary reaching 
to the anterior third of the eye ; tail rather pointed ; dorsal fins 
nearly continuous ; two canines in the lower jaw curved and hori- 
zontal ; space between the eyes flat and wider than the orbit ; 
colour yellowish with a dark vitta from the muzzel through the 
eye and continued more or less distinctly to the back near the tail, 
and another from the lower jaw through the root of the pectoral 
fin to the root of the tail ; the fins are unspotted but the dorsal 
and anal are slightly washed with black. Some specimens are 
obscurely marked with transverse bands. 

Length about 4 inches. 

62. — GOBIOSOMA GUTTULATUM, N. SP. PI. IX, fig. 6. 

D. 5/26, A. 25. 

Height one-twelfth of the total length ; head one-seventh 
of the same ; head rounded in front ; eyes small, superior 
and not their diameter apart ; mouth horizontal ; teeth acute ; 


358 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

those in the upper jaw longer for the most part than those 

of the lower ; on each side beneath the mandibles a row of about 

eight minute pointed fleshy appendages, skin without scales, but 

closely covered with minute papillae. The general colour is of a 

pale lead hue, with minute and very distant spots of brown on 

the side of the head, pectoral fins, upper part of the side and 

back, and on the soft dorsal. There are also 3 or 4 narrow, 

short, transverse blue or black bands on each side. The first 

dorsal has the third spine elongate, and all extremely weak ; 

its colour is darkish, the other fins are yellowish ; the soft dorsal 

and anal very low, and the caudal long, pointed, and with 

about three narrow bars of brown. 

The average length of this curious looking fish is about 3 

inches. 

63. — Periopthalmus Koelreutert, Valent. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Yol. Ill, p. 97. 

I have this fish of all colours and sizes. I believe also that I 
have a new species among the Port Darwin things, but the speci- 
mens seem to be very immature. 

Eleotris compressus, n. sp., PI. IX, fig. 7. 

D. 7 1/8, A. l/io, L. lat. about 30. 

Height one-fourth of total length ; of compressed form ; 
mouth small, subvertical ; eyes half the diameter of the orbit from 
the maxillary, and three diameters apart ; the first dorsal 
terminating in filaments, and scarcely so high as the second 
dorsal ; tail not pointed ; colour pale reddish brown, the soft 
dorsal and caudal fins minutely spotted, anal fin black edged. 
Length over 3 inches. 

The short, deep, compressed form makes this fish look very 
unlike an Eleotris. 

Family BLENNIIDAE. 

65. — Salalias Spaldingi, n. sp., PL IX, fig. 4. 

D. 12/20, A. 21. 

Height of body about one-sixth of the total length ; head 
vertical in front, with a long, skinny crest on the occiput and 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 359 

a single fine tentacle over each eye ; dorsal fin quite continuous 
and without any notch; the first few rays of the anal fin 
prolonged into filaments ; colour greenish yellow, with more 
or less distinct double vertical brown bands over the whole body 
and with the dorsal fin spotted with brown. 

Many specimens averaging three inches in length. The 
straight, unnotched dorsal fin will at once enable this fish to be 
distinguished from S. biseriatus, Cuv. and Val., and S. geminatus, 
All. and Macl., both of them species which in other respects 
much resemble the present one. 

66. — NOTOGRAPTUS GUTTATUS. 

Gunth. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1867, Series III, Vol. XX, 
p. 64. 

I have two specimens of this curious fish, about four inches 
long. I would add to Dr. Gunther's description, that there is a 
small skinny flap at the extremity of the upper lip, and that the 
spots on the head have a narrow white ring round them. 

Family TRICHONOTIDAE. 

67. — Trichonotus setigerus, BleeJc. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. XII, p. 316 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 484. 

I have several specimens of this fish 7 inches in length. It 
differs somewhat from the descriptions of the species inasmuch 
as there are no brown blotches on the back. 

Family SPHYRAENIDAE. 

68. — Sphyraena langsar, BleeJc. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. II, p. 340. 
I have a number of this species averaging 5 inches in length. 

Family MUGILIDAE. 

69. — Mugil waigiensis, Q. fy G. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 435. 

Synonymous with M. macrolepidotus and melanochir of Cuv. 
and Val. 


360 the proceedings of the linnean society 

70. — Mugil Peronii. 
Cuv. and Yal., Vol. XI, p. 138 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. Ill, 

p. 452. 

71. — Mugil dobula. 

Gunth. Oat. Fish., Vol. Ill, p. 420. 

72. — Agonostoma Darwiniense, n. sp., PI. IX, fig. 8. 

D. 5 1/8, A. 7, L. lat. 36. 

Broad and depressed towards the head, compressed towards 
the tail ; height of body at the root of the pectorals about equal 
to the width and 4| in the total length. Length of head 'S\ in 
the same ; forehead broad ; lips rather thin, the maxillary extend- 
ing to the vertical from the middle of the eye ; gape slightly 
descending, the lower jaw rather the longest; teeth small and 
numerous ; tail rounded, with numerous small clear spots, and 
with the outer rays white tipped ; the soft dorsal and anal 
fins have the terminal rays longest ; the first of them is 
spotted like the caudal, and has the rays tipped with white ; the 
anal is without spots and is tipped with yellow ; the general 
colour is blackish, but many of the scales of the sides have 
pearly centres ; the abdomen is yellow ; a large broad anal 
papilla. Average length 8 inches. 

Apparently a common fish. I am not confident that I am 
right in referring it to Agonostoma. 

Family POMACENTRIDAE. 

73. — Amphiprion tricoloe. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV, p. 8. 

74. — Amphiprion Clarkii, Benn. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. IX, p. 504 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. IV, p. 5. 

75. — Amphiprion bictnctus, Bnij^p. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. IX, p. 505 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. IV, p. 8. 

76. — Amphiprion melanopus, Blceh. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV, p. 8. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 361 

77. — Amphiprion bicolor, Casteln. 

Proc. Zool. Soc, Vict., Vol. 2, p. 92. 
One specimen about two inches in length. 

78. — Dascyllus fasciatus, n. sp., PI. X, fig. 2. 

D. 13/i3, A. 2/13, L. lat. 24 

Height one-half the length without caudal fin ; form com- 
pressed ; body and fins blackish yellow, the first with five rather 
indistinct vertical black bands, the first on the head the last on 
the tail ; the dorsal fin, which is without notch, is clouded and 
blotched with black. Length about 2 inches. 

A single specimen. 

79. — POMACENTRTJS SCOLOPSIS, Q. fy G. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV., p. 28. 

Pomacentrus taeniops, Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. V, 
p. 423. 

80. — Pomacentrus littoralis, K. fy H. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. V, p. 425 ; Gunth. Cat. 
Fish., Vol. IV, p. 32. 

P. pristiger, Cuv. and Val., Vol. IX, p. 506. 

81. — Pomacentrus Bankanensis, BIJcr. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV, p. 26. 

In all my specimens there are two blue dots on each scale, so 
that in referring them to this species I may be wrong. 

82. — Glyphidodon coelestinus. 

Cuv. and Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss., Vol. V, p. 464, and Vol. IX, 
p. 508 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV, p. 38. 

Glyphidodon rapti, Cuv. and Val., Vol. V, p. 456, and Vol. IX, 
p. 507, Cont., <fec, &c. 

Family LABRIDAE. 

83. — Chcerops cyanodon, liichards. 

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1843, Vol. XI, p. 355, and Voy. 
Ereb. and Terr., Fish., p. 131, pi. 55, f. 5-7; Gunth. Cat. Fish., 
Vol. IV, p. 96 ; All. and MacL. Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, 
Vol. I, p. 244. 


362 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

84 — Chcerops notatus, All. 8f MacL. 
Proc Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales, Vol. I, p. 344, pi. 16, fig. 1. 
85. — Chcerops schonhinii, BTkr. 

Atl. Ichthyol. des Ind. Or. Nederl., p. 163, Labrid. Tab. 46, 

fig. 1. 

86. — Platyglossus Dussumieri. 

Cuv. and Val., Vol. XIII, p. 478, pi. 387 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., 
Vol. IV, p. 143. 

Halichaeres nigrescens, Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol., p. 118, Tab. 37, 

fig. 4. 

87. — Platyglossus immaculatus, n. sp., PI. X, fig. 1. 

D. 9/i2, A. 3/i2, L. lat. 26. 

My only specimen of this, a clearly undescribed species, is 
under three inches in length and of a compressed form. The 
height of the body is one-fourth the entire length, the snout is 
one diameter of the orbit from the eye, and the mouth is very 
protractile. The colour seems to be a perfectly uniform yellowish 
brown, and the fins are without spot or mark of any kind. 

Family OPHIDIDAE. 

88. — CONGROGADUS SUBDUCENS, Rich 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV, p. 388. 

Macliaermm suhducens, Richards. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 
1843, Vol. VII, p. 175, pi. 6, and Voy. Ereb. and Terr., Fish., p. 
72, pi. 44, figs. 1-6. 

Several specimens over a foot in length. 

Family PLEURONECTIDAE. 

89. — PSEUDORHOMBUS RUSSELLII. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. IV, p. 424 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol., Vol. 
VI, p. 9, Tab. 233, fig. 2. 
A species of very wide range. 

90. — Plagusia guttata, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 3. 
Dorsal rays about 100 ; no nostril visible ; height of body one- 
fourth of total length ; rostral hook extending beyond the lower 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 363 

eye ; three lateral lines on the left side ; colour pale brownish 
yellow, with very many small whitish spots. 

Several specimens from 3 to 4 inches long. Probably young. 

91. — Synaptura sclerolepis, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 4. 
D. 88, A. 75. 

Pectoral fin minute on the blind side ; none on the other ; the 
height of the body is more than one-third of the total length ; 
scales densely cileated and very rough ; colour brownish yellow 
with numerous specks and spots of dark brown. 

One specimen 7 inches long. 

Family SILURIDjE. 

92. — Aritjs thalassinus, Bupp. 

Gunth. Cat. Pish., Vol. V, p. 139. 

Arius nasuius, Cuv. and Val., Vol. XV, p. 60. 

Netuma thalassina, Bleek. Atl. Iehth. Silur., p. 28, tab. XIII. 

93. — Cnidoglanis megastoma, Rich. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. V, p. 27. 

Plotosus megastomus, Richards. Voy. Ereb. and Terr., Fish., p. 
31, pi. 21, figs. 1-3. 

94. — Plotostjs anguillaris, Bl. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. V, p. 24. 

Plotosus Uneatus, and castaneus, Cuv. and Val., Vol. XV, p. 412 
and 421. 
Plotosus arab, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Silur., p. 98, tab. 95, fig. 2. 

Family SCOMBRESOCID^E. 

95. — Belone melanotus, Bleek. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish.,Vol. VI, p. 238 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Scombres., 
p. 47, tab. 10, fig. 2. 

96. — Belone caudimacdlata, G. 8f V. 
Cuv. and Val., Vol. XVIII, p. 452 ; Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VI, 
p. 245. 

Mastaoambekis strongylums, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Scombres., p. 45, 
tab. X, fig. 3. 


364 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

97. — Hemirhampus amblturus, Bleek. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VI, p. 273. 

Zenarchopterus amblyurus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Scombres., p. 61, 

tab. IV, fig. 1. 

98. — Arrhampus sclerolepis. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VI, p. 277. 

Several specimens from 6 to 8 inches in length. 

Family CLUPEID^. 

99. — Clupea tembang, Bleek. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VII, p. 426. 

Clupea gibbosa, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Clup., p. 106, tab. VIII, fig. 
6. 

100. — Megalops cyprinoides, Brouss. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VII, p. 471 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Clup. 
p. 87, tab. XII, fig. 4. 

Family MUfLENID^. 

Of this family there are two species in the collection, one 
evidently an Ophicthys, and the other a Moringua. There is but 
a single specimen of each, and these are so hardened and distorted 
that I am unable to make out the species. 

Family SYGNATHID^S 

101. — ICHTHYOCAMPUS ANNULATUS, N. SP. PI. X, fig. 6. 

D. 14, osseous rings 16, 29. 

Snout four times as long as the diameter of the eye and a 
little curved downwards ; a small occipital ridge, a short oper- 
cular ridge ; height of body little more than the width and one- 
fiftieth of the total length ; body and tail quadrangular, the 
angles strongly marked ; the lateral line strongly ridged and 
running into the lower ridge of the tail ; a well-marked ven- 
tral ridge extending to the vent ; pectoral and caudal fins small 
but distinct ; tail nearly twice the length of the body, quad- 
rangular and tapering ; the egg pouches on each side of the 
ventral lace of the tail, extend from the vent over about 12 of 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 365 

the caudal rings, and form 17 divisions ; the colour is dark 
brown or almost black, with a number of more or less distinct 
whitings rings less numerous than the osseous rings ; the fins are 
spotted. Length about 12 inches. 

I have three specimens of this curious little fish ; the fully 
developed egg pouch of the male shows that they have attained 
their full size. 

Family SOLERODERMI. 

102. — MoNACANTHUS CH1NENSIS, Bl. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 236 ; Bleek. Atl. Ichthyol., 
Vol. V, p. 125, tab. 222, fig. 2. 

103. — OsTRACION CUBICUS. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 260. 

Ostracion tetragonus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Ostrac, p. 39, tab. 1, 
fig. 2, and tab. 3, fig. 2. 

Family GYMNODONTES. 
104 — Tetrodon virgatus, Rich. 

Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Fish., p. 62, pi. 39, figs. 8, 9 ; Gunth. 
Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 291. 

Grayracion manillensis, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Gymnod., p. 69, pi. 4, 
fig. 2. 

This species is placed by Dr. Gunther as a variety of T. 
inmiaculata, Bloch. I believe it to be quite distinct. 

105. — Tetrodon patoca, Ham. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 288. 
Leiodon patoca, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Gymnod., p. 76, tab. 6, fig. 2. 

106. — Tetrodon fasciatus, n. sp. PI. X, fig. 5. 

Head and body from the eyes to the pectoral fins broad and flat ; 
the nostrils between and rather in front of the eyes with two 
openings on each side opposite one another, and in a prominent 
papilla; from behind the eyes to opposite the middle of the 
pectorals the flat upper surface is densely covered with small two 
rooted spines ; the ventral surface from the chin to the vent is 
similarly armed ; the sides and back are of a blueish colour, and 


366 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

the under surface yellow, with a rather sharp line of demarcation ; 
a broad black band extends between the eyes, another broader 
across the back between the pectorals, a third across the back at 
the dorsal fin, and a fourth on the back of the tail. 

This species judging from the number in the collection, must 
be very common at Port Darwin. They average about 4 inches 
in length. 

107. — DlODON MACULATUS, LdCep. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 307. 

Paradiodon novemmaculatus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Gymnod., p. 57, 
tab. 2, fig. 3. 

Paradiodon quadrimaculatus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. Gymnod., p. 
58, tab. 8, fig. 2. 

Family CARCHARID^E. 

108. — Carcharias hemiodon, Mull. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 362. 

I have two specimens of what I take to be this shark ; a large 
one with the tips of all the fins quite black, and a small one with- 
out any trace of such marking. 

Family SCTLLIID^]. 

309. — Scyllium maculatum, Bl. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 401. 

Family RHINOBATIDiE. 

110. — Rhinobatus granulatus, Bl. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 443. 
A young specimen. 

Family TRYGONIDJE. 
111. — Trygon uarnak, Forsh. 

Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 473. 

My only specimen is without any trace of a spine on the tail, 
and yet in every other respect it answers exactly to the descrip- 
tions given of the species. 

112. — Trygon pastinaca, L. 
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Vol. VIII, p. 478. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 367 

EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


PLATE VII. 

1. Apogon oporcularis, nat. size. 

2. Diagramma multivittatum, J nat. size. 

3. Gerres profundus, \ nat. size. 

PLATE VIII. 

1. Lefhrinus fusciceps, under \ nat. size. 

2. Lethrinus punctulatus, -| nat. size, 

3. Clioetodon aureifasciatus, f- nat. size. 

PLATE IX. 

1. Polynemus coecus,± nat. size. 

2. Gobius maxillaris, nat. size. 

3. Opisthognathus Darwiniensis, ^ nat. size. 

4. Salarias Spaldingi, nat. size. 

5. Apocryptus bivittatus, nat. size. 

6. Gobiosoma guttulatum, nat. size. 

7. Eleotris compressus, nat. size. 

8. Agonostoma Darwiniense, f nat. size. 

PLATE X. 

1. Platyglossus immaculatus, -| nat. size. 

2. Dascyllus fasciatus, nat. size. 

3. Plagusia guttata, nat. size. 

4. Synaptura selerolepis, -§■ nat. size. 

5. Tetrodon fasciatus, -f nat. size. 

6. Ichthyocampus anmdatus, £ nat. size. 


368 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition, by 
J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Memb. Roy. Soc., Tas. 

Sub Family FUSING. 

1. FuSUS PROBOSCLDIFERUS. 

Fusus proboscidiferus, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 126. 

„ „ Lam. (Deshayes) edit., vol. 9, p. 447. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 4, sp. 15. 

„ „ Chenu. Manuel de Conch., p. 139, fig. 596. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the outer 
reefs, specimen from 18 to 24 inches long. 

Family PLEUROTOMID^. 
Sub Family PLEUROTOMINtE. 

2. — Pleurotoma spectablis. 
Pleurotoma spectablis, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 6. 
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 20 fathoms, sand. 

3. — Pleurotoma tigrina. 
Pleurotoma tigrina, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 95. 
„ marmorata, Lam. Encyclop., pi. 439, f. 6. 

„ tigrina, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 1, sp. 3. 

Hab. Princess Charlotte Bay, North East Australia, 14 fathoms ; 
Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 30 fathoms, sand bottom. 

4. — Pleurotoma crispa. 
Pleurotoma crispa, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 95. 

„ „ Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 2, sp. 11 a, b. 

Hab. Daruley Island, Torres Straits, 20 fathoms, sandy mud. 

5. — Pleurotoma marmorata. 
Pleurotoma marmorata, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 95. 
„ „ Var. maculata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 

sp. 21a. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits, 25 fathoms. 

Family TEREBRIDA. 

6. — Acus muscaria. 
Terebra muscaria, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 285. 
„ subulata, Lam. Encyclop., pi. 402, f. 2a, b. 
„ muscaria, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1, p. 154, pi. 42, 
fig. 41. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 369 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the sands in- 
side the reef. 

7. — ACUS SUBULATA. 

Buccinum subulatum, Linn. Syst. Nat., edit. 12, p. 1205. 

Terebra subulata, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert., tome 7, p. 242. 
„ „ Sowerby, Thes. Conch., yoI. 1, p. 156, pi. 41, 

fig. 16. 

Buccinum subulatum, Hanley, Ipsa, Linnaei, Conchylia, p. 259. 

Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits. Found on the reefs in- 
side the reefs. 

Family CERITHIID^}. 

8. — Cerithium (Colina) coarctatum. 

Cerithium coarctatum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 3, Thes., 
pi. 290, fig. 321, 322. 

Hab. Bet Island, Torres Straits, 11 fathoms, coral and sand, 
very rare, only one specimen found. 

Family CAPULID^E. 

9. — HlPPONYX BARB ATA. 

Hipponyx barbata, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1835, p. 5 ; Thes. 
Conch., vol. 1, p. 369, pi. 73, fig. 26, 27. 

Hab. Cape York, North Australia, 5 fathoms, one dead speci- 
men brought up in the dredge. Anse Yata, near Noumea, New 
Caledonia. (Brazier.) 


Notes and remarks on Mollusca recently found in Port Jackson 
and New Caledonia, by J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Roy. 
Soc, Tas. 

1. — Haliotis parva. 

Haliotis parva, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1256. 

„ „ canaliculata, Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert, tome 6, 

second part, p. 217. 

Haliotis parva, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 15, fig. 53b. 


370 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Padollus canaliculars, Chenu, Manuel de Conch., part 1, p. 368, 
fig. 2748, 2749. 

Padollus (Sulculus) parvus, Angas. Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, 
p. 184. 

Hab. "Bottle and Glass Rocks," Port Jackson. Found under 
a large stone, very rare. (Brazier.) St. Vincent's Gulf, South 
Australia. (G. F. Angas.) 

This fine species 1 collected some ten years ago, but overlooked 
it through the dorsal surface being covered with a fine coral-like 
substance. We have at present in all five species found in New 
South Wales, these are Haliotis ncevosa, Martyn. Haliotis 
Hargravesi, Cox. Brazieri, Angas ; cocco-radiata, Reeve ; and 
parva, Linn. 

2. — Dentalium lubricatum. 

Dentalium lubricatum, Sowerby, Junr. Thes. Conch., vol. 3, 
p. 97 ; Dentalium, pi. 3, fig. 56. 

Hab. Off Port Jackson Heads, 45 fathoms, hard sand bottom. 
(Brazier.) 

This fine shell was obtained when H.M.S.S. Challenger 
dredged one day off Sydney Heads. Other genera were obtained 
at the same time, and described by Mr, G. F. Angas, in Proc. 
Zool. Soc, London, 1877. 

3. Broderipia iridescens. 

Scutella iridescens, Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1834, p. 48. 

Broderipia iridescens, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 2, p. 832, 
pi. 173, fig. 32, 33. Chenu, Manuel de Conch, part 1, p. 364, 
fig. 2718, 2719. 

Hab. Isl. Nou, New Caledonia. (Mr. R. C. Rossiter.) Grim- 
wood's Island, Pacific Ocean. (Cuming.) 

The specimen sent by my kinsman from New Caledonia is a 
most magnificent one ; the silvery iridescent nacre which lines 
the inside of the shell, contrasted as it is with the less brilliant but 
lively coloured margin, is almost dazzling. The dorsal surface 
is mottled with white and rose colour. The genus Broderipia 
was established in 1847, by Dr. J. E. Gray, after the late Mr. W. 
J. Broderip. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES 371 

4. — AUATINA AnGASI. 

Periploma Angasi, Crosse et Fischer Journal de Conch., 18G4, 
vol. 12, p. 349; 1865, vol. 13, p. 427, pi. 11, fig. 1. Anatina 
Angasi, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1865, p. 644. 

Hab. Off Chowder Bay, Port Jackson, 10 fathoms, mud. 
(Brazier.) Hard wick Bay, Spencer's Gulf, South Australia. 
(Angas.) Tasmania. (W. P. Petterd.) 

5. — Panopjea australis. 

Panopma Australis, Sowerby, Genera of Shells, pi. 40, fig. 2. 
Lam. Anim. Sans, Vert. (Deshayes' edit.) tome 6, p. 67. Chenu, 
Manuel de Conch., part 2, p. 26, fig. 114, 115. 

Hab. Near the " Sow and Pigs " bank, Port Jackson. 
(Brazier.) 

This species is very rarely found in a living state. Some 
three weeks ago, I obtained one while hunting through mud and 
sand brought up in the Government dredge working on the east 
side of the bank. The length of the siphon when taken from the 
sea was 9 inches ; when placed in spirits, 6 inches ; length of 
valves, 4 inches ; from umbones to margin, 2 inches. I believe 
that it is the first recorded specimen ever found in New South 
Wales. I have frequently received dead and worn valves from 
Mr.. W. F. Petterd of Tasmania. 


Description of a new species of Ehipidura, from Torres Straits ? 
and of a new species of Eopsaltria, from the Rockingham 
Bay district, with remarks on some rare Queensland Birds, 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

1. RHIPIDURA EPISCOPALIS, Sp. 710V. 

Adult. — Forehead, lores, sides of the head, ear-coverts, throat, 
sides of the neck and the chest, jet black ; crown of the head 
blackish, becoming olivaceous brown on the back of the head ; 
neck, back, and rump dark brown ; a line over the eye from the 
forehead, a somewhat quadrilateral spot on the sides of the neck 


372 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

below the ear-coverts, and the breast and upper part of abdomen 
snow white ; the lower chest feathers spotted with white ; a 
narrow line of black feathers surrounds the superciliary stripes ; 
under wing-coverts white ; shoulders and upper wing-coverts 
black, with a roundish white spot at the tip of each of the 
feathers, wings dark olivaceous brown, becoming blackish on 
the secondaries ; tail black ; the ends of all the feathers largely 
tipped with white ; under tail-coverts black, with a faint trace 
of white on the tip of the greater series ; sides of the breast 
flanks and lower part of the abdomen dark brown ; under 
surface of wing quills brown ; bill black above, white below ; legs 
black ; bristles black, strong and long, reaching nearly to end of 
the bill. 

Total length, 6*5 inches ; wing, 31 inches ; tail, 3*9 inches ; 
tarsus, 0*85 inch; bill from forehead, 0*7 inch; from gape, 
0*8 inch ; breadth, 0"35 inch ; bristles, 06 inch. 

This beautiful species was obtained, I believe, on the south 
coast of New Guinea, or on some of the islands in Torres Straits ; 
it is closely allied to Muscylva {Rhipidura) pectoralis of Homb. 
et Jacq. and R. maculipennis of G. R. Gray ; but it differs from 
both in having a large white patch on the sides of the neck ; 
and from R. pectoralis in being of a much darker hue on the 
upper parts; the sides, abdomen, and under tail-coverts are not ashy 
grey as in R. pectoralis, nor is there any white stripe on the throat 
from the angle of the mouth, as is figured in that species ; while 
no mention is made of the white spots on the wing-coverts 
and shoulders which are conspicuous in the present species 
R. episcopalis. It is quite possible, however, that this may be 
the fully adult male, and Muscylva pectoralis (Homb. et Jacq.) 
the young or female of the same species ; but I know of no 
instance, where the sexes of birds of this genus so differ in their 
plumage. 

2. — EOPSALTRIA NANA, sp. nOV. 

Eopsaltria capito, Ramsay. List of Australian Birds ; P.L.S., 
N.S.W.,11, j?. 183, sp. 192. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 373 

]t was this species I alluded to, under the name of E. capito 
of Gould, as coming from Rockingham Bay in the list above 
quoted. I first noticed it on the Lower Herbert, and afterwards 
obtained it in the dense scrubs at Dalrymple's gap, about 14 
miles from Cardwell ; but it was not until Mr. Broadbent had 
forwarded to me adult specimens, shot from the nest, that I 
became aware of its being a distinct species ; and although very 
closely allied to Eopsaltria capito (Gould), of our N. S. W. 
Brushes, it may at once be distinguished, by the rufous tint on 
the lores and round the eye. 

Adult male. — Head and neck dark brown ; ear-coverts and hind 
neck of the same color, but of a lighter and more ashy tint ; 
lores and ring nearly surrounding the eye, white, the tips of the 
feathers distinctly tinged with light rufous or rusty red ; bristles 
long, strong and black ; throat and upper part of the chest 
white ; back rump and upper tail- and wing-coverts greenish 
olive ; wings and tail brown, margined on the outer webs with 
olive ; breast, abdomen, and remainder of the under surface, and 
the under tail-coverts yellow, deepest on the abdomen, and tinged 
with olive on the sides ; on the under side of the wing is a white 
patch at the base of the primaries, and below it a large patch of 
brown joining the base of the wing quills ; the inner webs 
of the quills towards the base is conspicuously margined with 
white, which being a little wider on the secondaries forms a 
triangular patch of the under surface of the wing ; the under 
wing-coverts and axilliaries light yellow ; on the upper surface 
of the wings the narrow olive margin on the outer webs of the 
quills is somewhat broken about the middle, giving the appearance 
of a shadowy dark mark across the wing ; the outer margin of 
the tail feathers inclines to olive brown above, the inner below, 
and the tips of the feathers are more or less narrowly margined 
with white or very light fulvous. Bill black, feet and legs 
yellowish flesh color. 

The sexes are alike in plumage, but the female has the white 
of the throat not extending on to the chest, and the bill a trifle 
smaller. 


374 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Total length, 4*45 inches ; wing, 2*88 inches ; tarsi, 0*78 inch ; 
hind toe (without nail), 0'4 inch ; tail, 2*1 inches; bill from the 
forehead, 0*6 inch ; from gape, 0*7 inch ; from nostril, 0*35 inch ; 
its breadth at nostril, 0'24 inch ; width at gape, 0*4 inch. 

The tail in this species is shorter in proportion than that in 
any other species I have met with, and the wings reach nearly to 
its tip. 

In habits, E. nana resembles all others of the genus ; building 
a similar nest and laying eggs closely resembling those of 
E. capito, but smaller. The nest is placed in the fork of a vine 
or horizontal bough of a tree ; and is a remarkably neat structure ; 
one before me is perfectly round, open above, about 1*8 inches 
inside diameter; 2*8 inches outside; depth inside, 1*4 inches to 
bottom of nest outside, 1*6 inches to 2*5 inches; it is built in 
the angle formed by a leaf of a species of Calamus and the 
upright cane, and supported by the branching leaflets or pinnas ; 
it is composed of rootlets, narrow stripes of withered palm 
leaves, and skeletons of leaves, &c, and ornamented on the 
outside with green mosses and scales of the bark of moss grown 
scrub trees. 

The eggs are two to three in number, of a dull greenish 
yellow, greenish buff, or greenish grey-brown, blotched and 
spotted with yellowish umber, buff, and reddish-brown, with 
freckles of a slaty grey tint ; the larger spots and blotches 
forming a zone at the thicker end. Length, 0*85 inch ; breadth, 
056 inch. 


Notes on a specimen of Arses teles copthalmus (Gam.), from Cape 
York ? Arses kaupii (Gould) ; and the young of Cracticus 
quoyi, Less, 8fC. 

Having recently had an opportunity of examining a fine series 
of Arses kaupii, collected by Mr. Kendall Broadbent, in the scrubs 
bordering the Barron River at Trinity Bay, I thought a few 
notes on this hitherto rare species would be acceptable. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 375 

I find that the adult males have the chin, throat, upper part 
of the chest, the nape, back and sides of the neck, pure white ; 
the adult females have a patch on the nape, and back of the 
neck and the throat white ; the sides of the neck being black, 
not white as in the male ; both sexes have a broad black band 
across the chest, which also extends over the back and shoulders ; 
there is also a small black spot on the chin in some of the 
females. 

The young males, after the first year, attain the plumage of 
the adult ; during the first year the white feathers of the sides 
and back of the neck and throat are narrowly margined with 
black ; and the feathers of the black chest band are margined with 
white. 

Total length of adult male, 5 inches ; wing, 3*1 inches ; tail, 3 
inches ; tarsus, 0'85 inch ; bill from forehead, 0*6 inch ; from 
nostril, 0*86 inch; breadth at nostril, 0*2 inch. 

Adult female, total length, 5*2 inches ; wing, 3*05 inches ; tail, 3 
inches; tarsus, 0*85 inch; bill from forehead,0*58 inch; from nostril, 
031 inch ; breadth at nostril, 0"2 inch. Bill, bluish horn color 
at the base, whitish at the tip ; legs, bluish lead color in the 
young ; black in the adult. 

I have lately seen in Mr. Macleay's collection a specimen of 
Arses telescopthalmus, said to have been obtained at Cape York by- 
Mr. K. Broadbent during September, 1875 ; this is a fine male, 
with the chin black ; in some New Guinea specimens the black 
of the chin is extended on to the throat ; in others, it is scarcely 
noticeable I believe this is the first instance on record of this 
species being found on the Australian Continent — and I am 
glad to be able to add another species to our avifauna.* 

I wish to draw attention to a very beautifully Gracticus, which 
I believe to be the young of Gracticus quoyi, Less. 

The feathers of the head are black centred with light cinnamon 
brown. The remainder of the upper surface, interscapular region 

* Since the above was written I have enquired of Broadbent, who informs me that he 
has no recollection of ^having obtained this bird at Cape York ; on the other hand, 
Mr. Masters (Curator of the Macleay Museum) assures me he bought it of Broadbent, at 
Cape York, with other birds in 1875- 


376 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

and back is light rufous brown ; the feathers margined with black 
or blackish brown, giving the whole a strongly striated appearance; 
on the lower part of the back and rump, the markings are not so 
well defined, and the margins of the feathers are of a dull brownish 
tint ; the upper tail-coverts are more rufous ; the median ones 
somewhat barred, the outer series rufous ; tail rufous, washed 
with brown on the two centre feathers ; under tail and wing- 
coverts, and the bases of the quills rufous or rich cinnamon 
color ; wings above brown, margined with light rufous ; the throat, 
chest, and abdomen, light brown, washed with cinnamon of a 
rufous tint on the sides of the chest ; bill, bluish horn color ; 
iris brown. In size it is about the same of G. quoyi. Total 
length from base of bill, Ll*5 inches; wing, 6*8 inches; tail, 
5*8 inches; tarsi, 1*7 inches; bill, 2*2 inches ; height at nostril, 
0*75 inch ; width at nostril, 0*45 inch. 

The only thing in favor of this bird being a distinct species, is 
the fact that on six different occasions, some of our best 
taxidermists have collected during the whole season in districts 
in which G. quoyi is plentiful, without once having met with any 
bird in a similar stage of plumage. 


Notes on the Australian Cassowary, G. australis (Wall). 

PL XI. 

Mr. White, of the Reed Beds, Adelaide, while passing through 
Sydney on his way home, last week, has kindly allowed me to 
examine some fine adult specimens of the Australian Cassowary 
which he obtained while collecting at Trinity Bay. Mr. White 
drew my attention to a marked peculiarity in the shape of the 
helmet of the males ; the hinder part of the top ridge is wrinkled 
and bent over to the right, as if the growth on the hinder margin 
had been retarded while that of the front had overgrown, and 
caused it to be wrinkled and curved. The accompanying plate 
will show this peculiarity, which Mr. White informs me 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 377 

he found to be the case with all the males he had seen. When 
I presented a half-grown bird of this species to the Zoological 
Society of London in 1874, I offered four more living specimens 
for sale at cost price, having bought them expressly for the 
Society. I very much regret that the Society did not see its way 
to purchase these specimens, as being young, healthy birds, valu- 
able notes might have been made on the growth of the helmets 
and changes of plumage, had the Society complied with my 
request. I must say, that I was not a little surprised and 
disgusted when I ascertained the Society refused to secure them 
after all the trouble and expense I had beeD to respecting them ; 
for I now find this fine species is becoming rarer and rarer every 
day, and will very probably soon be exterminated. 

Note on Garpophaga luctuosa (Temm.) 

I take the present opportunity of correcting a mistake made in 
the number of rectrices of this species given in my paper on the 
birds collected by the Rev. George Brown in New Ireland and 
Duke of York Islands.* I find the right number to be 14, and 
not 12, as there stated. Curiously enough, all our Museum 
specimens have only twelve, but on closer examination I find one 
on either side has been lost from every specimen. 

EXHIBITS. 

By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. The birds alluded' to in the 
above paper, and also a fine series of the following scarce species : 

Arses (Ophryzone) Kawpii. {Gould.*) Males, females & young. 

MachcerirJiynchus flaviv enter. Males, females & young. 

Sittella albata (Ramsay). 

Bhipidura episcopalis. Sp. nov. 

Eopsaltria nana. Sp. nov. 

Pachycephala occidentalis. Sp. nov. 
Pardalotus assimilis — pointing out the distinction between this 
species and P. afinis from Tasmania, which is stated was a 
very rare bird in New South Wales, while the P. assimilis arrives 
to breed in large numbers. 


* Proc. L. S.,N.S.W., I. p. 373. 


378 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Ptilorhis victories. Adult male and female, and several young 
of both sexes. 

Gyclopsitta Macleayana. A large series of both sexes. 

Philemon buceroides — remarking that in this species the back 
and sides of the neck are always naked in the adult, while the 
feathers on the nape of the neck are reversed, forming a frill or 
ruffle. These particulars seem to have been overlooked, both in 
the figuring and describing of this species by Mr. Grould. 

By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S. A complete specimen of Panopoea 
Australis, and the various species referred to in his papers. 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 379 

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING. 


MONDAY, 28th JANUARY, 1878. 


W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., President, in the Chair. 


The President delivered the following address : — 
Gentlemen, — When, at the commencement of the year now 
elapsed, the members of this Society conferred upon me the 
distinguished honour of election to the chair of President, it was 
with much diffidence and hesitation that I brought myself to 
accept such a position among naturalists of far greater specific 
knowledge than myself. I considered, however, that any 
member of such a Society as ours, who is unanimously called 
upon to hold an office, and who feels himself in any degree 
reasonably competent to discharge its functions, is bound to 
submit to the will of the electors, and to accept the tasks and 
responsibilities imposed upon him thereby. I had further the 
assurance of assistance from more competent members, which 
aided in lightening for me the painful sense of insufficiency 
which I could not but entertain. I hoped also to be able to 
spare from my necessary business more time for the service of 
the Society than has eventually proved possible. Upon these 
grounds, and in all humility, I accepted the position in which 
your kindness placed me. And it now becomes my duty to 
follow the precedent set by my predecessor, in laying before you 
a brief abstract of the operations of this and kindred societies 
in Australia, together with a summary of such works or papers 
bearing upon the natural history of the country as have been 
published in Europe, America, or elsewhere. It is not to be 
expected that such a list should be exhaustive. It is enough 
that it should give to students, in search of particular infor- 
mation, a clue which they may follow to the desired source. 


380 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The Papers read before this Society during the past year 
stand as follows : — 

1. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

2. Description of a a new Murex, collected at Port Darwin, by 
Mr. Bednall. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

3. The Mammals of the Chevert Expedition, Part I. By 
E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

4 Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

5. Description of three new species of Shells from Australia 
and New Guinea. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

6. On a new species of Platycercus, from the interior of New 
South Wales. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

7. Description of a new species of Pelodryas, from New 
Ireland. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

8. Note on a species of Echidna, from Port Moresby. By 
E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

9. The Ophidians of the Chevert Expedition. By William 
Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 

10. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

11. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

12. Description of a new species of Gerygone. By E. P. 
Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

13. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

14. The Lizards of the Chevert Expedition : Part I. By 
William Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 

15. Note on the Monacanthus Cheverti. By William Macleay, 
F.L.S., &c. 

16. Remarks on Poephila Gouldice and P. mirabilis. By E. P. 
Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

17. On a new species of Acanthophis from North Australia. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 381 

18. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Che vert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

19. On some Australian species of Trochocochlea. By the Rev. 
J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c. 

20. The Lizards of the Chevert Expedition, Part 2. By 
William Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 

21. Description of new species of Birds from New Britain, 
New Ireland, Duke of York Island, and South East New 
Guinea. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

22. On the nests and eggs of some Australian Birds. By E. P. 
Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

23. Note on Brachysoma triste. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 
24 On Bruchigavia longirostris, a new species of Gull from 

King George's Sound. By George Masters. 

25. The Araneides of the Chevert Expedition. By H. H. B. 
Bradley, Esq. 

26. Description of two new species of Helix from New Guinea 
and the Louisiade Islands. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

27. On a new species of Necera. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- 
Woods, F.G.S., &c. 

28. On a Tertiary formation at New Guinea. By the Rev. 
J. E. Tenison -Woods, F.G.S., &c. 

29. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

30. The Batrachians of the Chevert Expedition. By William 
Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 

31. Notes on some Birds from Savage Island, Tutuela, &o. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

32. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition. 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

33. Echini of Australia. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, 
F.G.S., &c. 

34 Tabular list of the Birds of Australia, &c. By E. P. 

Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 
35. On some new Carabidce from Port Darwin. By William 

Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 


382 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

36. Description of new species of Ianthcenus from Duke of 
York Island. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

37. Notes on a collection of Snakes from Port Darwin. By 
William Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 

38. Description of a new species of Edoliosoma from New 
Ireland. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

39. Description of a new species of Pachycephalia from Gulf of 
Carpentaria. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

40. On a variety of Trigonia Lamar ckii. By the Rev. J. E. 
Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c. 

41. New or little known Australian Fishes. By Count F. de 
Castelnau. 

42. On some Australian Shells described by Dr. A. Gould of 
America; and on some new Marine Shells, dredged off Port 
Jackson by Mr. Brazier. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, 
F.G.S., &c. 

43. On New Guinea Fossils of the Chevert Expedition. By 
the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., &c. 

44. On some Birds from Port Darwin. By George Masters. 

45. On the Tropical Vegetation of Queensland. By Mr. F. M., 
Bailey, Corresponding member of the Society. 

46. On some new species of Birds from the New Hebrides. 
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. 

47. On some new South Australian Helices. By Professor 
R. Tate, South Australia. 

48. On the recent and fossil Corals of the Australian Seas. 
By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., &c. 

49. On a collection of Fish from Port Darwin. By William 
Macleay, F.L.S., &c. 

50. Continuation of the Mollusca of the Chevert Expedition; 
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

51. Notes on Mollusca recently found in Port Jackson and New 
Caledonia. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 

52. Description of new Birds. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 383 

The following papers have been contributed to the ROYAL 
SOCIETY, N.S.W., during the past year. They are placed in 
the order in which they were read : — 

1. On the sphenoid cranial bones, operculum, and supposed ear 
bones of Gtenodus. By W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S. 

2. On the scapula, coracoid, ribs, and scales of Gtenodus. By 
the same author. 

3. On Dromornis Australis, a new fossil gigantic bird of Aus- 
tralia. By the Rev. W. B. Clarke, F.R.S., F.R.G.S., &c. 

4. On the Liernur Sewerage system, and its application to 
hospitals and towns. By Alfred Roberts, M.R.C.S. 

5. On Australian Tertiary Geology. By the Rev. J. E. Teni- 
son- Woods, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., &c. 

6. On some new species of Polyzoa. By the same author. 

7. On the occurrence of true Chalk in the Pacific Islands. By 
Professor Liversidge, E.C.S., F.G.S., &c. 

8. On a new method of extracting gold, silver, and other 
metals from Pyrites. By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S. 

9. The palasontological evidence of Australian Tertiary forma- 
tions. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., 
&c. 

10. A synopsis of Australian Tertiary Fossils. By R. Etheridge, 
jun., F.G.S. 

11. OtenacantJms, a spine of Hybodus. By W. J. Barkas, 
M.R.C.S. 

12. A system of Notation adapted to explaining to students 
certain electrical operations. By Hon. J. Smith, CM. G., 
M.D., LL.D., &c. 

13. Guano and other Phosphate deposits, Maldon Island. By 
W. A. Dixon, F.C.S. 

14. Notes on the meteorology, natural history, &c, of a Guano 
Island. By the same Author. 

15. Australian Tertiary Corals. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- 
Woods, F.G.S., F.R.G.S., &c. 

16. Some notes on the recent opposition of the planet Mars. 
By H. C. Russell, B,A., F.R.A.S. 


384 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

17. A new and remarkable variable Star, in the constellation 
Am. By John Tebbutt, RRA.S. 

18. A dental peculiarity of the Lepidosteidce. By W. J. Barkas, 
M.RC.S. 

19. Notice of a new fossil extinct species of Kangaroo, Sthe- 
nurus minor (Owen). By the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., 
F. RS., F.R.G.S., &c. 

20. Notes on the recent Barometrical disturbances. By H. C. 
Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 

In the President's address to the members of the Microscopical 
Society of Victoria, I observe a notice of the large species of 
Vallisneria, common in our waters, and highly advantageous for 
microscopical observation. This plant was collected and culti- 
vated many years ago for the same purpose by Mr. Alfred 
Roberts, M.R.C.S., in Sydney. 

A paper on Microscopical Rock Sections was contributed to 
the same society by A. W. Howitt, Esq., of Gippsland. One on 
Iron in Vegetable Tissues, by the President (Dr. Ralph). On 
Desmids and Confervoids, by C. W. Mapleston, Esq., of Tarna- 
galla. On Infusoria, Rotatoria, and Entomostraca, by the same 
author. The President drew attention to the best methods of 
working with the microscope, and the preliminary knowledge 
requisite to make the use of that instrument both interesting and 
useful. 

The papers read before the Royal Society of Victoria are 
chiefly, as usual, upon Astronomy and Physics. But the Rev. J. 
E. Tenison- Woods supplied an account of various new marine 
Mollusca, and Mr. Etheridge an article upon Palaeozoic Actinology 
in Australia. 

The following Papers, more or less bearing upon the Natural 
History of Australia, have appeared in the Proceedings of 
various learned Societies, viz. : — 

The Linnean Society, London. 

Mr. R Bowdler Sharpe on the Birds of New Guinea, collected 
by Dr. James. Part 2. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 385 

On a new Australian Crustacean, Actceomorpha erosa. By Mr. 
E. J. Miers. 

Description of Genera and Species of Australian Phytophagous 
Beetles. By Dr. Joseph S. Baly. 

Contributions to the Ornithology of New Guinea. Part 3. 
By Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe. 

The Zoological Society, London. 

Remarks on a collection of Mammals, Birds and Insects, 
found by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.Z.S., in Duke of York 
Island. By Mr. Sclater. 

Description of a new Helix, from South Australia. By George 
French Angas, F.L.S. 

On the Birds of New Ireland, New Britain, and Duke of York 
Island. By P. L. Sclater, M.A., F.R.S., &c. 

On a collection of Cheiroptera, from New Ireland, New 
Britain, and Duke of York Island. By G. E. Dobson, M.A., 
F.L.S., &c. 

On the Rodents and Marsupials of New Ireland, New Britain, 
and Duke of York Island. By Edward R. Alston, F.L.S., 
F.Z.S., &c. 

On a collection of Reptiles and Fishes from New Ireland, New 
Britain, and Duke of York Island. By Dr. Albert Gunther, 
V.P.Z.S. 

On the Crustacea of Duke of York Island. By Edward J. 
Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. 

On the Echino&ermaia of Duke of York Island. By Edgar 
A. Smith, F.Z.S. 

On some Lepidoptera, from Duke of York Island and its 
neighbourhood. By Robert Salvin, F.R.S., and F. Ducane 
Godraan. 

On the Coleoptera of New Ireland, New Britain, and Duke of 
York Island. By H. W. Bates, F.Z.S. 

The Entomological Society, London. 

Descriptions of twenty new Species of Coleoptera, from various 
localities. By Charles O. Waterhouse. 


386 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Phytophagous 
Beetles, of the family Gryptocephalidoe, with diagnosis and 
remarks on previously described Genera. By Joseph S. Baly, 
F.L.S., &c. 

Monograph of the Australian Species of the Coleopterous 
family Lycidce. By C. 0. Waterhouse. 

The Geological Society, London. 
On new Species of Belemnites and Salenia, from the middle 
Tertiaries of S. Australia. By Ralph Tate. F.G.S. 

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History we note the 
following Papers relating to Australasia : — 

On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea, by the Rev. 
0. P. Cambridge, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &c. 

Mr. H. N. Mosely on Peripatus Novce Zealandice, of Captain 
Hutton, Otago Museum. 

Description of new Genera and Species of New Zealand 
Coleoptera. Part IV. By Francis P. Pascoe, F.L.S., &c. 

On a new Species of Naultinus, described by Dr. Buller, 
C.M.G., President of the Wellington Philosophical Society, 
New Zealand. 

Additions to the Coleopterous Fauna of Tasmania. By Charles 
0. Waterhouse. 

Description of a new form of Ophiurid, from New Zealand. 
By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S., Zoological department, British 
Museum. 

Notes on New Zealand Ichthyology. By James Hector, F.R.S., 
C.M.Z.S., &c. 

Revision of the Lepidopterous genus, Clio. By Arthur G. 
Butler, F.L.S., &c. 

On the Elateridce of New Zealand, Part 1. By D. Sharp. 

Description of three new species of Lizards, from the Islands 
of Torres Straits. By Dr. A. Giinther. 

Notes on Stony Corals in the British Museum. By. Dr. F. 
Briiggeman. 

New Coleopterous Insects from Queensland. By Charles 
O. Waterhouse. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 387 

Description of some African and Australian Lepidoptera in the 
British Museum. By Arthur G. Butler, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. 

On the Materidce of New Zealand, Part 2. By D. Sharp. 

On a small collection of Orthopterous Insects of the families 
Phasmidce and Mantidce from Australia and New Britain. By 
Professor J. Wood-Mason, Deputy Superintendent, Indian 
Museum, Calcutta. 

Description of new species of New Zealand Myriapoda. By 
Captain F. W. Hutton, Professor of Natural Science, Otago 
University. 

Characters of new genera and species of Phytophagous 
Beetles. By Joseph S. Baly, F.L.S. 

In the Journal des Museums Godeffroi, Dr. Giinther continues 
his description of South Sea Fishes, and there are also contained 
in No. 12 ; 

1. Paper on new Birds from Fiji, Samoa, &c. By Otto 
Finsch. 

2. On a new species of Branchipus from Peak Downs. By 
Dr. F. Richters. 

3. Description of new species of Reptiles from Australia. 
By Dr. A. Giinther. 

4. On the Australian Paussidce. By Dr. C. A. Dohrn. 

5. On the Australian Formicidce. By Dr. Gustav Mayr. 

6. A notice on Polynesian Craniology. By Dr. J. W. 
Sprengel. 

In the Bulletin de Moscou, Baron de Chaudoir, in a memoir 
upon the Truncatipennes, describes several Australian species ; 
while in the Annali del Museo Civico, Dr. R. Gestro, of Genoa, 
continues his description of the Coleoptera, collected by Signor 
d'Albertis in New Guinea and North Australia. 

The Fossil Mammals of Australia, by Professor Owen, will 
undoubtedly prove a work of incalculable value and interest to 
Australian Zoologists. And the same high authority is about to 
publish a work upon the Extinct Wingless Birds of New 
Zealand, which will present the student with all that is at 
preseut ascertained upon the subject. 


388 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The description by Professor L. G. de Koninck of a large 
collection of Palaeozoic fossils, forwarded to him for that purpose 
by our venerable and distinguished fellow-colonist, the Rev. 
W. B. Clarke, has resulted in the full corroboration of the views 
which he has so long and so stoutly maintained against adverse 
opinion. 

The third part of the Australian Orchids, by Mr. Fitzgerald, 
has now been issued from the Government Printing Office, and 
fully supports the reputation earned by the preceding numbers. 
It is a subject for congratulation that the description of these 
fleshy and perishable organisms should have been commenced in 
the country where alone they can be profitably examined. And 
it is to be hoped that the undertaking will ultimately lead to the 
accomplishment of a Monograph dealing with the whole subject. 
Mr. Bentham himself feels the difficulty of dealing properly with 
the Orchids from examination of dried specimens only, and sees 
that the work must be done upon the spot. 

The seventh volume of the Flora Australiensis (being in the 
press) is not as yet accessible to the Australian public. I am 
enabled, however, by the kind assistance of Dr. Woolls, who has 
had the privilege of reading the sheets as issued, to inform the 
Society that, in this volume, the following orders are (among 
others) described, viz. : — Liliacece, Juncacece, Gommelynece, Zos- 
teracece, Naiadacece, Palmacece, Pandancece, Aracece, Typhacece, 
Eriocaulacece, Restiacece and Cyperacece. The whole work, useful 
and comprehensive as it undoubtedly is, suffers from the circum- 
stances under which it has been composed. No amount of 
knowledge, acuteness, or ingenuity will altogether obviate the 
disadvantages under which the botanist who describes from dried 
specimens only must inevitably labour. And though the assist- 
ance of Baron von Miiller and others have placed Mr. Bentham 
in a far better position for the work than he could otherwise have 
obtained, it remains evident that much has to be done by 
botanists resident in the country, in order to complete this 
account of the Australian flora. The genus Eucalyptus (Vol. 3), 
and the Orchidacece (Vol. 6) are allowed by Mr. Bentham him- 


or NEW SOUTH WALES. 389 

self to be still in a very unsatisfactory condition. And I am 
informed by Dr. Woolls that no Zoster a is recorded from New 
South Wales, though our bays and saltwater rivers abound in (at 
least) two genera. Several other aquatic and marsh plants are 
noted from Victoria and Queensland without reference to the 
intervening district in which they are equally common. It will 
be, however, a comparatively easy task to correct and supplement 
the work. The principal portion of the labour is effectually done, 
and the details may now be left to inferior hands. 

The tenth volume of Baron von Miiller's Fragmenta Phyto- 
graphle Australia is nearly complete. Most of the matter 
contained in the preceding parts has been incorporated with the 
descriptions given in the Flora Australiensis ; but the present 
volume contains, in addition to a vast amount of information 
respecting the geographical distribution of plants, descriptions of 
many new and interesting species of the following genera, viz. : — 
Eucalyptus, Swainsonia, Cassia, Goodenia, Prostanthera, Wehlia, 
Acacia, Galandrinia, Helipterum, &c. The author has been 
exposed to much foolish ridicule on the ground that his work is 
in Latin. But it may be safely asserted that the Fragmenta have 
done more to make Australian plants known throughout conti- 
nental Europe than any work which, has appeared since the days 
of R. Brown. 

In»the middle of last year a pamphlet of 48 pp. was published 
on " Timbers of Victoria," — being a descriptive catalogue of the 
specimens in the Industrial and Technological Museum of 
Melbourne, revised by Baron von Miiller. This little book 
contains much useful information, but must be regarded as 
only an instalment. 

In 1874, a volume was published by the same author, under 
the direction of the Geological Survey of Victoria, entitled 
" Observations on the Vegetable Fossils of the Auriferous Drifts." 
The work has been continued from time to time as fresh dis- 
coveries have occurred, throwing much light upon the^ tertiary 
flora of this country. The last plate (No. 13), published in 1877, 
is that of Wilhinsonia bilaminata, which may have been the fruit 
of some species of Sapindacece. 


390 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The same author has, during last year, commenced a series of 
lithographic illustrations of the genus Eucalyptus. Ten of these 
have already appeared, of species from all parts of Australia, and 
clearly figuring the flowers, seed vessels, seeds, &c. of forms 
described in the Flora Australiensis and Fragments. This work 
will, when completed, have done much to clear up the mystery 
which surrounds the genus, and set before the world the true 
character of its component species — a task which the " Flora " 
cannot be said to have achieved. 

We cannot omit reference to a lecture delivered by the Baron 
in the Presbyterian Church of West Melbourne in August last, 
in which he earnestly advocates the advancement of the Natural 
Sciences through the aid of Ministers of the Christian Church. 
The lecture contains a synopsis of the growth of Natural Science, 
which cannot but be interesting to all. 

The same author has also published a School Botany for 
Australia, which, though a valuable work and excellently 
illustrated, is of too technical a character for the particular 
service for which it is intended. 

A work has been lately published in San Francisco upon 
" Forest Culture and Eucalyptus Trees," which shows the 
importance attached in California to the cultivation of those 
trees which Australians are too carelessly destroying in their 
original habitats. 

In New Zealand, where the national importance of Natural 
Science is better understood than in the Australian Colonies, the 
9th, 10th, and 11th Reports of Geological Explorations during 
the years 1874-1877 have been recently published. They 
contain a vast amount of exact information, which may become 
of very great importance in the determination of the isochronism, 
as yet little known, of the Australasian formations. 

The attention of the Scientific world has now for several years 
been almost absorbed in subjects in which demonstration is pro- 
bably impossible, and of which the discussion has as yet produced 
more excitement than conviction. There is certainly manifest 
among scientific men a degree of violence in argument, and an 


OF NEW SOUTH WALKS. 391 

impatience of opposition, which was not common twenty years 
ago, and which is mainly due to the discussion of such subjects 
as those to which I refer. And though hard words are said to 
break no bones, they may nevertheless cause serious internal 
injury to science. The 'dry light' by which we ought to work 
is apt to be so tinged by the fire of passion and self-assertion, 
kindled in these encounters, that no object can be viewed in its 
true colour or proportion. This polemical spirit, however, has a.t 
least effected a great concentration of observation and thought 
upon the important and allied branches of Embryology and Pake- 
ontology. What the precise nature of their alliance may be we 
have at present no positive grounds to determine ; but that there 
is some connection between the two sets of phenomena thus 
investigated is certain. It is to be observed that the gaps in the 
geological record, which are plausibly accounted for, are balanced 
by leaps in the developement of the individual organism, of 
which no explanation, as far as I am aware, has as yet been 
attempted. Continuity of Creation in some way or other seems 
to be clearly indicated. But the exact mode of operation is 
invisible, and, as I believe, inconceivable. The theory of Evolution 
by Mechanical or Chemical causes only, advocated so hotly, and, 
I must say, so intemperately, by Haeckel, is quite distinct from 
the far more cautious and limited propositions of Darwin ; but 
there are not wanting signs that Haeckelism is already beginning 
to devour its own parent. At least one observes that the language 
and tone of the former author are far more generally imitated, 
especially by those persons who style themselves Scientists, than 
the dispassionate and laborious logic of his master. 

Closely allied to these inquiries is the question of Spontaneous 
Generation. The burden of proof here evidently lies upon the 
shoulders of those who maintain this hypothesis, inasmuch as all 
experiment, as well as all experience, tends to support, with daily 
increasing energy and weight, the now venerable maxim " Omne 
vivum ex vivo. Few besides fanatical evolutionists will venture 
to join Haeckel in his assertion that the other supposition of 
Autogeny, as he calls it, must of necessity be regarded as true, 


392 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

even though it be not proved (nay, even if it be confessedly 
incapable of proof,) because, if it be not received, we shall be 
obliged to admit, though, indeed, only for a single stage of the 
process of world-formation, the otherwise gratuitous and quite 
unscientific hypothesis of the intervention of a Creator. Still in 
the same obscure ground, where our observation, through the 
imperfection of our senses and instruments, becomes less and less 
certain as enquiry proceeds, we find the Germ theory of disease 
confronted by a counter hypothesis of Glandular poison. Few 
besides the actual combatants will take a positive side in the 
dispute. I would only remark that the first hypothesis allies 
itself at once with that knowledge which we do possess of the 
lower forms of animal and vegetable life, while the latter enters 
upon a field of quite unknown material. But it may well be 
doubted whether any kind of positive demonstration is possible ; 
and, if it were, whether any practical result would follow. The 
phenomena of disease will remain the same, and the methods of 
defence will continue to be studied, as now, irrespective of hypo- 
thesis such as for many centuries enabled physicians to kill 
secundum artem, and with impunity. 

As the object of our Society is not only the advancement, but 
also the diffusion of scientific observation of nature ; and as the 
improvement of any art or science varies directly with the num- 
ber of intelligent persons engaged therein, I have thought that 
I may be pardoned for drawing the attention of the Society, on 
the present occasion, to a branch of our subject, which, though 
very humble, has a special interest for myself, and will be 
admitted to be of great, if not of national importance. We aim, 
as a matter of course, not only for ourselves, but for society in 
general, at the cultivation of habits of accurate observation of 
phenomena, and their rational classification according to generic 
or common relations on the one hand, and particular or specific 
differences on the other. We desire to establish legitimate induc- 
tion in the place of rash speculation, careful generalization 
instead of reckless hypothesis ; and, in short, to see humanity 
somewhat more free than at present from dangerous ignorance, 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 393 

stupid indifference, or overweening self-confidence, from bound- 
less scepticism and unlimited credulity in every portion of the 
domain of human knowledge. I am almost ashamed to repeat 
the trite remark that those sciences which are capable of mathe- 
matical demonstration or direct experimental proof, leaving as 
they do no room in their propositions for doubt or contradiction, 
fail to develope the judicial faculty of the intellect, while the higher 
or more abstruse questions of philosophy, theological, moral, or 
metaphysical, are so far beyond the reach of ordinary understand- 
ings, that their very difficulty causes them to be handled with 
the perilous audacity of the ignorant. The study of natural 
science, therefore, standing by virtue of its subject and its method 
midway between these two extremes, seems especially indicated 
as the remedy for these intellectual diseases. And, in order to 
obtain its continuous exercise, we must begin with the young, 
whose curiosity is lively, eyesight keen, and memory tenacious, 
and whose zest in the contemplation of the wonders of creation has 
not been dulled by years of alienation from all mental exertion 
which does not promise a tangible reward. And that such 
training may be as wide as the evil which it is especially calcu- 
lated to counteract, we must lay its foundation in the common 
or primary schools of the country. It must not be confined to 
any class or portion of the community, but be freely open to all. 
The poor are as capable of this study as the wealthy. A host 
of examples might even be alleged to prove them more so. 

Many attempts have been made, with more good will than 
success, to introduce Natural History as a staple subject in many 
of the higher English schools. The causes of this failure, though 
well worthy of consideration, are for the most part outside our 
present inquiry, which is to determine the method by which 
Natural History may be made an integral portion of the general 
training of the young. One cause, however, is the same every- 
where, and must not be overlooked. It is rare to find among 
teachers, however skilful in other respects, an intimate acquaintance 
with natural science; while the persons duly qualified by knowledge 
have seldom the patience or the practice requisite for effectual 


394 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

teaching of the young. They have not gained by long and 
painful experience that faculty of gauging inattention and 
forgetfulness without which nothing can be sufficiently taught to 
the majority. Even where they win a temporary attention they 
will find that the memory as easily loses its impressions as it 
seems to receive them. Their methods are moreover abstract 
and scientific, not homely, practical, and elementary. The 
teaching of Natural Science in short, like that of reading, writing, 
and arithmetic, ought to be in the hands of the common school- 
master, as the person best trained in the communication of 
elementary knowledge. But he is for the most part either quite 
ignorant of the subject, or has only book knowledge, which 
though interesting to the individual, is useless for the teacher's 
purpose. The remedy must be gradual, but may be much 
expedited by the establishment of a definite method, with suitable 
hand-books for teachers, by which they may improve their own 
powers without detriment to their pupils. Mere lecturing is 
utterly useless, and learning by heart from manuals no more 
profitable, though much more laborious. Up to the age of ten, 
the pupil should only be instructed by pictures and stories in the 
external forms, names, habits, and geographical distribution of 
animals and plants, in the manner now commonly adopted 
There should be no tasking of the memory, and no attempt at 
scientific teaching. All that can be reasonably desired is that 
the children of the primary school should have, at ten, as general 
an acquaintance with " birds and beasts and fishes " as all of us 
obtained in the nursery by the aid of toys, picture-books, and 
pets. Objective scientific teaching should then commence and 
continue, under the limitations to be hereafter mentioned, to the 
age of fourteen, when elementary education may be considered 
to be complete, and higher cultivation to begin. It is for these 
four years only that adequate primers are required. There is an 
abundance of books fit for the lower, and many suitable for the 
higher course, but none, so far as I am aware, for the important 
period now under consideration. The essential basis is that the 
earning should be from the thing itself, and not from a book 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 395 

about it, and that neither classification nor physiology shall be 
touched upon, except so far as the senses of the pupil can, without 
artificial assistance, check or corroborate the words of the teacher. 
It is not, of course, meant to exclude from any portion of the 
school course readings or lessons about natural objects. Stories 
of lions and tigers, and the like, are capital reading, being both 
intelligible and interesting. But they afford no scientific culture. 
A sufficient hand-book of Botany might perhaps be drawn up 
on the following principles: — The plants, indigenous or introduced, 
which are most generally distributed over New South Wales, and 
are most prominently notable for size, beauty, economic value, 
poisonous or medicinal properties, oddity of appearance, or other 
peculiarity, should alone be admitted. Those selected should be 
described with the utmost possible preciseness and accuracy, but 
in the vernacular and not the botanical dialect, except where the 
technical term is absolutely necessary. Thus we should not 
speak of racemes, corymbs, panicles, or cymes ; still less should 
we use such terms as monoehlamydeous, monocotyledonous, 
diceceous, hermaphrodite, or hypogynous. But we should adopt, 
of necessity, the words calyx, corolla, stamen, anther, and the 
like. No lesson should ever be given without a specimen before 
the eyes of the class, or immediately accessible, and consequently 
no systematic order of lessons is possible, but each must occupy 
a separate and independent position It will often be necessary, 
for want of specific knowledge, that the teacher should take 
generic forms, as in the case of Eucalyptus, Acacia, Gasuarina, 
Orders, as in Seaweeds and Mosses, or even Alliances, as in the 
Fungi. But, whenever possible, a single, true, well-known, and 
easily recognised species {e.g., Passiflora edulis), should be 
selected as the subject. In the plants which have varied to a 
large extent under cultivation (e. g., Brassica oleraceob), attention 
should be drawn to as many different, but familiar, forms as 
possible. The selected plants would be somewhat as follows : — 
Maize, wheat, barley, and oats, millet, &c, to represent the 
Grasses ; the potato, tobacco, and tomato for the Solanacece ; the 
apple, pear, or quince for the Pomece; and the apricot, plum, 


396 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

cherry, peach, or almond for the Drupaceous family. The Gucur- 
bitacece, Cruciferce, Vitacece, Gompositce, Umbelliferce, Moracece, 
Labiatce, Leguminosce are easily illustrated by cultivated examples 
in almost all parts of the colony ; while Palms, Musacece, Auran- 
tiacece, are common in the coast districts only, and must, there- 
fore, be omitted in the inland schools. The Myrtles, Proteads, 
Acacias, and Loranths are to be found everywhere. It is hardly 
necessary to repeat that these are not to be all studied through- 
out. The Handbook would only direct the teacher in the particular 
opportunity which presents itself. Possibly half-a-dozen groups 
would be enough in any one school, differing in arrangement 
according to the climate and soil of the neighbourhood. The 
groups, though numbered for the purpose of reference, would 
have no necessary connection or order. 

There is fortunately little difficulty for Australians in the 
nomenclature of immigrant plants. Such names as Bathurst 
Burr, being only used for the same species, although involving a 
mistake, do not cause confusion ; while the plants which have 
been purposely introduced have naturally arrived under their own 
proper names. But the bewilderment caused in the learner's 
mind by the use of such terms as Gum tree for Eucalyptus, Tur- 
pentine for Syncarpia, Apple tree for Angopkora, Oak for Gasu- 
arina, Tea tree for various genera of Myrtacece, and twenty other 
misnomers, is a more serious matter, and can only be met by a 
resolute insistance upon the technical, or still better, the abori- 
ginal names. Thus Waratah has fortunately superseded the 
earlier " Tulip " or " Dahlia "; and the prefix " native" may be 
understood to warn the hearer that the plant does not belong to 
the family of its name. Thus, the native Rose is a Boronia, the 
native Fuschia sometimes an Epacrid, sometimes a Boronia, or 
Gorrea, sometimes a Blandfordia ; the native Snowdrop a Lotus, 
and the native Hop a Do&oncea. I have dealt with considerable 
length upon the Botanical Primer, because the materials for its 
construction are ready at hand, requiring only selection and adap- 
tation to fit them for their proper position in the edifice. 

In like manner the Mammals, Birds and Reptiles of Australia, 
have been pretty thoroughly worked out, and offer no serious 


OP NEW SOUTH WALES. 397 

difficulty to the editor. The Zoological Primer would compre- 
hend (of the mammals) the genera Man, Dog and Gat, Hog, 
Ox and Sheep, Horse, Rat, and Rabbit. Of these the den- 
tition and osteology may be generally demonstrated under the 
names used in human anatomy, may be readily verified by the 
pupil, and when once learned will be retained in the memory by 
continuous observation. The indigenous fauna may be studied 
as specimens present themselves, under five groups. 1. The 
Kangaroos, including the wallaby and rat kangaroo. 2. The 
Phalangers, including the 'possum, native bear, and flying 
squirrel. 3. The Peramelidae (bandicoot, &c.) 4. The Dasyu- 
ridse (native cats). 5. The Platypus and Echidna. As in the 
botanical register, the names of domestic animals, being foreign 
to the soil, are correct. Many Marsupials, on the contrary, 
having received their names from persons of excessive ignorance, 
are known by most misleading appellations. Not to speak of 
native Cat, native Bear, &c, which may be excused on the same 
plea as native Rose, we have 'Possum for Phalanger, Tiger Cat 
for Dasyure, Bandicoot for Perameles, Flying Squirrel for 
Petaurus, Water- Mole for Platypus, and Porcupine or Hedge 
Hog for Echidna. The last four misnomers may be extirpated ; 
the others must, I fear, be tolerated. 

The Birds, Reptiles, and Batrachians present in this respect no 
difficulty of importance, although we have Turkeys, Curlews, 
Woodpeckers, &c, in the wrong places, and dignify a harmless 
Gecko with the appalling title of Rock-scorpion. Selecting as 
before the most familiar types for specimens, we should note 
among the Birds, first — Barn-door Fowls, Geese and Ducks, 
Pigeons, Parrots, and Cockatoos. By use of these all the 
elementary principles of Ornithology may be established, nothing, 
as before, being taught which is not capable of verification to 
the naked eye. Next some of the wild birds, as Crows, Hawks, 
Laughing-jackass, Mopork, as being common and conspicuous. 
The Emu and Bustard may be added, chiefly on account of their 
size. But no more should be attempted. 


398 THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

The Reptiles offer considerable practical difficulties in the way 
of demonstration ; so that lessons should perhaps be confined to 
the Fresh-water Tortoise, the Black Snake, Carpet or Diamond 
Snake, and the so-called Iguana or Gohanner. 

The metamorphosis of the Batrachians can be illustrated by- 
examples of any species. 

As almost all our larger Fishes are popularly known by 
most erroneous names, and the same fish may have as many 
aliases as it has habitats, while the same name is applied to 
different fish in different waters, there is urgent need for an 
attempt, at least, to overcome this enormous confusion. In the 
meantime we may select two well-known species for illustration 
— the Snapper for the coast districts, and the Murray Cod for the 
interior. Examples may also be obtained to illustrate the Mul- 
lets, Eels, Scombers, Herrings, Sharks, and Rays. But the 
careful study of some few forms must suffice for the present. In 
the Annulose sub-kingdom, the Crustaceans would be illustrated 
by the (so called) Lobster of the coast, and the Miami of the 
interior. But any good-sized Crab might be used in the object 
lesson. The Barnacles, Entomostraca, &c, would have to be 
passed over, as creatures whose true structure and relationship 
are outside the sphere of common observation. 

The Insecta furnish an abundant store of specimens in all 
parts of Australia, and of all families. They are readily preserved, 
and are, in all respects, except that of size, especially suitable for 
our purpose. Among the Coleoptera, I should propose as objects 
any large examples of the Carabidse, Lamellicorns, Buprestids, 
and Curculios. Distinctions of family alone should be observed, 
but the general coleopterous conformation precisely and carefully 
studied, so far as is possible without adventitious aid. The 
common Bee, the Blowfly, any large Moth or Butterfly, any large 
Cicada, the common Cockroach, any Grasshopper or Dragonfly 
will afford the means of identification of their respective orders. 
The Myriapoda and Spiders seem beyond the grasp of our method, 
as also the Echinodermata and Hydrozoa. 

The Mollusca must only be represented by any available Cepha- 
lopod, any Helix, any marine Gasteropod, and any Conchifer, the 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 399 

investigation of internal structure being contrary to our method. 
It is of little consequence what and how many of these selected 
forms shall have been gone through by the conclusion of the four 
years. The more, perhaps, the better; but the main point is that 
whatever has been studied has been learnt thoroughly and 
accurately. Not indeed technically, nor systematically ; but still 
in the proper sense of the word, scientifically. The pupil is 
therefore well prepared to prosecute a regular course of botanical 
and zoological research with all the aid that books, instruments, 
and lectures can afford And whether he formally continues his 
studies or not, he can never altogether lose the advantage of the 
training both of sense and intellect which this elementary process 
had given him. No portion of the present common school 
education is an adequate substitute for this ; and none, except 
reading, writing, and arithmetic, which are retained by continual 
and necessary exercise, has any chance of being borne in the 
memory as an available possession of the mind. What becomes 
of the smattering of geography, history, Euclid, and perhaps a 
little Latin, which the diligent pupil carries away with him at 
the end of his course ? Why, in five years' time there is hardly 
a shred left. The training undergone in these studies is no doubt 
still effective, but not in a lively or vigorous manner, because 
there is little or no opportunity for the daily renewal of their 
impressions. I have thrown these few observations together to 
indicate a practicable mode of introducing scientific study into 
the schools of the country, partly because there is apparently a 
strong and increasing feeling of its desirability, accompanied by 
a complete misunderstanding of the conditions under which it is 
possible. Physiology, as I have said above, cannot be studied in 
schools. It is certainly capable of being 'crammed,' but to no 
useful purpose. The " laws of health," if the phrase be allowable, 
may very well be learnt by heart without any knowledge of their 
grounds, and with much permanent advantage to the learner. 
But physiology i.e., the investigation of the origin, microscopical 
structure, functions, and relations of the various component- 
parts of an organised body — is a distinctly professional study, a 


400 THE PROCEEDINGS OP THE LINNEAN SOCIETY 

smattering of which is of no educational use whatever, though it 
may be interesting and in a way instructive to the cursory reader. 
How any sane person could ever have dreamt of attempting to 
train mere children by such means I cannot understand. 
Chemistry is little better. To learn chemistry (as they phrase 
it) from book is less improving than to commit to memory the 
ballad of John Grilpin. To study it experimentally, except so far 
as the daily experience of combustion, &c, serves for illustration, 
is impracticable. Natural science alone offers the desired 
opening, and for this the method has still to be developed. It 
may be observed that I have omitted all reference to Geology, 
which is a branch of natural history often attempted in primary 
education, and, of course, attempted in vain, because taught from 
books. A boy or girl may well learn by the age of fourteen to 
distinguish between sedimentary and igneous rocks, between 
calcareous, silicious, and aluminous minerals. But this is so small 
a matter that I did not think it worth mentioning in its proper 
place, and only allude to the subject now, to emphasise my 
protest against Book-learning in Elementary Science. Nothing 
should be studied second-hand, that is to say, from the observations 
of another, which is capable in any way of being brought under 
the direct observation of the learner. The value of literary 
training, which depends entirely upon books, is quite beside the 
question. It is a branch of education which scientific men are 
rather apt to underrate, in return perhaps for the contemptuous 
attitude maintained by the learned towards them. But it is to 
the loss of both parties, and of the world in general, that such 
mutual dislike should be perpetuated. And the Philistines on 
both sides ought to be made to feel that they concentrate upon 
themselves the united hostility of all who desire to see the even 
and harmonious developement of every human faculty. It is 
certain, from our experience of the scientists, that science, by 
itself, is insufficient as a means of higher culture, while literature, 
even in its ancient and laudable association with mathematics, is 
imperfect as a true means of education. It must be now-a-days 
supplemented by some science of observation, or it will fall into 
most undeserved and undesirable contempt. 


OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 401 

I think I am right in saying that when this Society was first 
designed it was intended to form a sort of Club for mutual assist- 
ance in the observation of the phenomena of Nature, as well as a 
means of printing and publishing original researches. It seems 
to me that this purpose has been somewhat lost sight of, and 
that it would be to the advantage of members, each and all, if 
expeditions with the distinct object of study were, once a month 
or so, made into the neighbouring country, collections formed, 
and the results reported, exhibited, or discussed at the next 
monthly meeting. There is a danger that the detachment might 
convert itself into a mere party of pleasure for the purpose of 
fishing and feasting. This peril may be met by the establishment 
of strict sumptuary laws, which should hold for all the regular 
meets. Off-days should be free of all restriction. I have detained 
you, gentlemen, longer than I had intended, and conclude with 
the expression of my obligations to Mr. Macleay and Dr. Woolls 
for their assistance in bringing together the information which I 
have been, by their help, enabled to lay before you. 

On the motion of Dr. Forrest it was resolved — "That the 
President's Address be printed with the Proceedings." 

The Treasurer presented his Accounts, Balance Sheet showing 
receipts amounting to .£295 10s. 10d., and disbursements of 
£201 19s. 7d., leaving a Balance to the Credit of the Society 
of £93 lis. 3d. 

The following gentlemen were elected Members of the Council 
for 1878:— 

President— W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A. 

Vice-President — The Hon. Sir William Macarthur, M.L.C. 

Hon. Secretary — Commander Stackhouse, R.N. 

Hon. Treasurer — H. H. B. Bradley, Esq. 

COUNCIL. 

The Hon. William Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S. 

H. G. Alleyne, Esq., M.D. 

E. P. Ramsay, Esq., F.L.S. 

P. Mackay, Esq. 

C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.G.S. 

James Norton, Esq. 


INDEX TO VOL. II. 


• ♦» 


PAGE 

Ablepharus paecilopleurus ... 61 
Abrus precatorius ... ... 284 

Acus muscaria v . ... ... 368 

subulata ... ... ... 369 

Acanthiza apicalis ... ... 185 

Buchanani ... ... 206 

Diemenensis ... ... 185 

inornata ... ... 185 

lineata... ... ... 185 

magna ... ... ... 185 

nana ... ... ... 185 

pusilla... ... ... 185 

pyrrhopygia ... ... 185 

uropygialis ... ... 185 

Acanthogenys rufogularis . . 190 

Acanthophis laevis ... ... 40 

praelongus ... ... 72 

Acanthorhynchus superciliosus ... 190 

tenuirostris ... 190 

Acanthurus grammophilus . . . 354 

Acanthus ilicifolius ... ... 285 

Accipiter cirrhocephalus... ... 177 

torquatus 177 

Actitis hypoleucus 197 

Actiturus Barkamius ... ... 197 

Actaeon flammeus... ... ... 75 

Adamastor cinerea ... ... 202 

Aegialites bicinctus 197 

Geoffreyi 197 

hiaticula ... ... 197 

Mastersii 197 

monarchus ... ... 197 

mongolus ... ... 197 

nigrifrons ... ... 197 

ruficapilla ... ... 197 

Aegotheles leucogaster ... 178,269 

Novae Hollandiae ... 178 

Agonostoma Darwiniense 

Ailursedus crassirostris 

maculosus 

Smithii ... 108, 


360 

187 
187 
187 


Alcyone Azurea . . . 
Diemenensis 
pulchra . . . 
pusilla . . . 
Alpinia arctiflora . . . 
Amathina tricarinata 
Amaurodryas vittata 
Amblypneustes formosus 
griseus 
ovum 
pallidus 
Amnicola badia ... 
Egena . . . 
preissei 
Amphihelia incrustans 

' venusta 
Amphiprion bicinctus 
bicolor 
Clarkii 
melanopus 
tricolor 
Amytis Goyderi . . . 
macrourus 
striatus 
textilis 
Anas castanea 

gibberifrons 
gracilis 
punctata 
superciliosa 
Anatina Angasi 
Anellobia lunulata 

mellivora 
Angaria Delphinus 
Anous cinereus 

cceruleus . . . 

leucocapillus 

melanogenys 

melanops . . . 

stolidus 

tenuirostris 


148, 


P\GK 

... 179 
179 
179, 270 
... 179 
... 282 
... 5 
... 183 
... 163 
... 163 
163 
164 
254 
254 
254 
316 
316 
360 
361 
360 
360 
360 
184 
206 
184 
... 184 
... 200 
... 209 
... 209 
... 200 
... 200 
... 371 
... 190 
... 190 
... 42 
139, 202 
... 202 
... 202 
... 202 
... 202 
... 202 
... 202 


184, 


11. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 


PAGE 


Anseranas melanoleuca ... 


... 200 


Astur cruentus 


177, 208 


Antennarius Commersonii 


... 356 


leucosomus 


... 177 


urophthalmus 


... 356 


Novae-Hollandiae 


... 177 


Anthochaera camnculata 


... 190 


radiatus 


... 177 


inauris 


... 190 


Atys Cheverti 


... 85 


Anthus Australis ... 


186, 272 


cylindrica ... 


... 85 


Antidesma dallachyanum 


... 278 


Darnleyensis .». 


... 85 


erostre 


... 278 


densa 


... 86 


Antillia Lens 


... 320 


dubiosa 


... 86 


Antrophysum semicostatum 


... 283 


elongata 


... 85 


Aplustra pulchella 


... 79 


monodonta 


... 87 


Aplustrum aplustre 


... 79 


naucum 


... 84 


f asciatum 


... 79 


nitida 


... 87 


thalassiarchi . . . 


... 79 


pulchra ... ... ' 


... 86 


Aplysia sp ? 


... 89 


solida 


... 85 


Aprocryptes bivittatus . . . 


... 357 


tortuosa 


... 87 


Apogon hyalosoma 


... 348 


Auricola angulata 


... 129 


opercularis 


... 347 


angulif era 


... 129 


Ruppellii... 


... 367 


auris f elis 


... 129 


Apogonichthys adspersus 


... 226 


auris Judae 


... 130 


polystigma 


... 348 


Brownii ... 


... 132 


Aprosmictus insignissimus 


... 208 


coffea 


... 129 


scapulatus ... 


... 208 


dactylus ... 


... 131 


Acpiila audax 


... 177 


Dunkeri ... 


... 131 


morphnoides 


... 177 


f elis 


... 129 


Arachinoides placenta 


... 172 


fusca 


... 129 


Ardea cinerea 


... 198 


Judae 


... 131 


novae-Hollandiae ... 


... 198 


meridionalis 


... 26 


pacifica ... 


... 198 


pulchella 


... 133 


sacra 


... 142 


regulata ... 


... 130 


sumatrana ... 


... 198 


rugulata ... 


... 130 


Ardetta minnta ... 


... 199 


Sabrepta... 


... 129 


pusilla ... 


... 199 


Sandwichiensis . . . 


... 132 


Argyrodes vittata... 


... 115 


semisculpta 


... 131 


Arichia clamosa ... 


... 185 


Sowerbiana 


... 130 


rufescens ... 


... 185 


Bagrus venaticus ... 


... 236 


Arius Curtisii 


... 236 


Balanophora f ungosa 


... 280 


thalassinus ... 


... 363 


Balanophyllia armata 


... 335 


Arrhampus sclerolepis 


... 364 


Australiensis 


... 337 


Arses Kaupii ... ... 


... 182 


buccina 


334, 341 


telescophthalmus . . 


... 374 


campanulata 


... 338 


Artamus albiventris 


... 179 


cylindrica 


... 337 


cinereus ... 


179, 270 


fragilis 


... 336 


leucopygialis . . . 


179, 276 


Selwynii . . . 


... 336 


melanops 


... 179 


seminuda ... 


... 335 


minor 


179, 270 


subuliformis 


... 338 


personatus 


... 79 


Ulrichi 


... 337 


sordidus... 


... 179 


Balistes aeuleatus 


... 70 


snperciliaris 


.. 179 


Barita destructor ... 


... ISO 


Astropyga radiata 


... 154 


Batrachus Diemenensis ... 


... 355 


Astrotriche pterocarpa . . . 


... 283 


Baza subcristata ... 


177, 269 


Astur approximans 177 


208, 269 


Belideus Ariel 


... 12 


cinereus 


... 177 


Belone candimaculata 


... 363 


INDEX. 


... 
ill. 


PAGE 


FAGE 


Belone ferox 


... 239 


Bulla solidula 


• • • 


76 


gavialoides 


... 239 


strigella 


80 


melanotus 


... 363 


thalassiarchi 


... 


79 


Beridia flava 


... 229 


tortuosa 


87 


Beryx affinis 


... 225 


trifasciata ... 


• • • 


83 


nanegai 


... 226 


vitrea 


• • • 


84 


Bivonia sp. ? 


2 


voluta 


... 


82 


Biziura lobata 


'. '.'.'. 200 


Bullaea angasi 


... 


88 


Blyxa Boxburghii 


... 282 


Schraeteri 


• • * 


88 


Boa amethystinus 


... 34 


Butoroides flavicollis 


199, 


276 


Boea hygroscopica 


... 283 


Javanica 


. . . 


199 


Botaurus pcecilopterus . 


... 199 


macrorhyncha 


199 


Brachysoma diadema 


... 221 


Cacatua galerita ... 


192, 


274 


simile 


... 221 


Goffini ... 


192, 


268 


triste 


... 113 


gymnopis 


... 


192 


Branta jubata 


... 200 


Leadbeateri 


... 


192 


Breynia Australasiae 


... 174 


roseicapilla 


274 


Brisbania Staigeri 


... 241 


sanguineus 


192, 


274 


Brissopsis Luzonica 


... 174 


Cacomantis castaneiventris 


... 


192 


Broderipia iridescens 


... 370 


dumetorum ... 


. • . 


192 


Bruchigavia Jamesonii . 


... 113 


flabelliformis 


192 


longirostris . 


... 113 


insperatus 


... 


192 


Buccinulus affinis ... 


... 77 


pallida 


• • • 


192 


glaber 


... 76 


Calamanthus campestris . . . 


• • ■ 


186 


nitidulus 


77 


f uliginosus . . . 


... 


186 


solidulus 


76 


Calamita aganea ... 


138 


suturalis 


77 


Calamites cceruleus 


... 


138 


Bulimus auris-felis 


129 


Calamoherpe Australis ... 


. . . 


186 


auris-Judse 


... 130 


longirostris... 


186 


solidulus 


76 


Calidris Australis 


198 


variegatus 


76 


Callocephalon galeatum . . . 


• • • 


192 


Bulla amplustre ... 


79 


Calornis metallica ... 


• • a 


188 


ampulla 


83 


Calopsittacus novae-Hollandiae. . . 


193 


angasi 


88 


Calyptorhynchus Bankii... 


... 


193 


angustata ... 


.. 83 


Baudinii 


... 


193 


aplustre 


79 


funereus 


. * ■ 


193 


arachis 


79 


Leachii 


... 


193 


auris-Judse ... 


... 130 


macrorhynchus 


Australis ... 


... 83 


193 


274 


biplex 


82 


naso . . . 


... 


193 


bizona 


81 


Solandri 


... 


193 


concentrica ... 


80 


stellatus 


193 


cylindrica ... 


85 


xanthonotus ... 


193 


decussata ... 


80 


Calyptraea aculeata 


... 


4 


elongata 


85 


cicatricosa 


4 


f usif ormis ... 


82 


saccharimeta ... 


4 


gracilis 


82 


Campephaga humeralis . . . 


181, 


271 


naucum 


84 


Jardinii 


... 


181 


nitida 


87 


leucomela ... 


181 


papyrus 


83 


Karu 


... 


181 


poluta 


82 


rufiventris ... 


181, 


271 


Schraeteri ... 


88 


Cantharidis lineolaris 


260 


solida 


85 


Caprimulgus macrourus . . . 


178, 


270 


IV. 


INDEX. 


Capulus Danieli . . . 


PAGE 

... 4 


Chceaetssus crebi ... 


PAGE 

. 240 


Caranx hippos 


... 355 


ocme 


. 240 


Carcharias hemiodon 


... 366 


Richardsoni 


.. 240 


Carenidum Spaldingii 


... 214 


Chaetura caudacuta 


. 178 


Carenum Darwiniense . 


... 214 


Chalcites basalis ... 


. 192 


geminatum 


... 214 


minutillus 


. 192 


Spencei ... 


... 214 


osculans 


. 192 


sumptuosum . . 


... 213 


plagosus 


. 192 


Carinidea squamif era 


... 254 


russata 


. 192 


Carpophaga luctuosa 


... 377 


Ohalcophaps chrysochlora 195, 288 


microcera 


... 140 


longirostris 195, 275 


norfolciensis 


... 195 


Charadrius helvetica 


. 197 


spilorhoa 


... 195 


longipes 


. 197 


Casarca tadoroides 


... 200 


pluvialis orientalis . 


. 197 


Casuarius australia 


.. 196 


Cheletropis Huxleyi 


. 144 


Cassidula angulifera 


... 129 


Chelmo marginatus 


. 352 


auris-felis 


... 129 


rostratus ... 


. 352 


coffea ... 


... 130 


Chemnitza circumdata ... 


. 259 


decussata 


.. 130 


Cheramaeca leucosternum 


. 179 


f elis 


... 129 


Chibia bracteata ... ... 18' 


I, 271 


rugulata 


... 130 


Chiton Australis ... 


252 


Sowerbeana 


... 130 


elongatus ... 


. 75 


Cassidulus Chemnitzi 


... 129 


foveolatus 


. 251 


f elis 


... 129 


fruticosus ... 


. 252 


Catadromus australis 


... 217 


incanus 


. 253 


Catarractes chrysocome .. 


... 200 


Indicus 


. 252 


Cavolina longirostra 


... 144 


jugosis 


. 251 


quadridentata . 


... 144 


piceus ... ... 7' 


I, 253 


Ceblepyris schisticeps 


... 222 


pictus 


. 74 


Centropogon australis 


... 229 


platessa 


. 272 


robustus 


... 229 


pulcherrimus 


. 75 


Centropus macrourus 


... 192 


pusillus 


. 252 


melanurus 


... 192 


quercinus ... 


. 251 


phasianus 


... 192 


siculus 


. 252 


Centrostephanus Rodgers 


ii 148, 154 


Chitonellus fasciatus 


. 75 


Ceratotrochus fenistratus 


... 209 


oculatus 


. 75 


Cerberus australis 


... 219 


Chlamydodera cerviniventris . . 


. 188 


Cereopsis Novse-Hollandi. 


le ... 200 


guttata ... 


. 188 


Cerithium coarctatum 


... 369 


maculata 


. 188 


granarium 


... 258 


nuchalis ... 18! 


S, 273 


lacertinum 


... 258 


occipitalis 


. 188 


Lawleyanum . 


... 258 


Chorinemus Lysan 


. 355 


lima 


... 258 


Chromys lapidif era 


. 238 


Certhionyx leucomelas . 


... 190 


Chrysocome catarractes ... 


. 201 


Ceyx solitarius 


... 206 


Chrysophrys hasta 


. 351 


Chcerops cyanodon 


... 361 


Chthonicola sagittata 


. 186 


notatus ... 


... 362 


Cincloramphus cantillans 


. 186 


Schomnii 


... 362 


cruralis ... 


. 186 


ChaBtodon argenteus 


... 235 


Cinclosoma castaneonotum 


. 187 


aigus ... 


... 234 


castaneothorax 


. 187 


aureof asciatus . 


... 351 


cinnamomeum 


. 187 


oligaeanthus . 


... 351 


punctatum ... 


.. 187 


vespertilio 


... 235 


Cinclus interpres ... 


.. 197 


INDEX. 


V. 


Cingiilina Australia 


PAGE 

263 


Cracticus cinereus 


PAGB 

180 


torcularius 


. . . . . 


263 


leucopterus 


180 


Cinnyris aspasia ... 


286 


nigrogularis 


180 


f renata ... 


. . . 


191 


Quoyii ... 180, 


211 


271 


Circus assimilis 


. . . . . 


177 


picatus ... 


180 


270 


Gouldii 


. . ■ ■ • 


177 


robustus 


t t 


180 


Cisticola exilis 


. . . . . 


185 


Spaldingi 


211, 


271 


Isura 


. . 


185 


torquatus 


. . ■ 


180 


lineocapilla 


. . . 


185 


Craspedophora Alberti . . . 


191 


magna ... 


185 


magnifica 


• . . 


191 


ruficeps ... 


. . . 


185 


Cratogaster sulcata 


217 


Cladopoda sp. ? 


. . . 


2 


Crispatotrochus inornatus 


309, 


341 


Cladorhynchus pectoralis 


198; 


210 


Cryptoblephanus Burtonii 


61 


Clanculus ganosus 


• a • • • 


43 


Leschenaultii . . . 


61 


jucundus 


. . • . • 


259 


Peronii 


. . > 


61 


Clathurella assimilis 


. . • • 


258 


Cryptoplax fasciata 


■ ■ • 


75 


peregrina 


• • ■ • • 


258 


oculata 


. . 


75 


Climacteris erythrops 


. . . . . 


191 


Cryptothele verrucosa ... 


• • • 


115 


leucophaea . 


■ • * • • 


191 


Cuculus Brisbanensis 


■ • • 


205 


melanotus 


• * • 


191 


canoroides 


192, 


205 


melanura 


.. 191, 


274 


optatus ... 


192, 


205 


pyrrhonota . 


• • • • 


191 


discus brevicaudatus 


• • • 


12 


ruf a ... 


• • • 


191 


chrysorrhous 


> . . 


11 


scandens 


• • * • • 


191 


maculatus ... 


• . . 


11 


Clubiona alveolata 


• • • > • 


120 


ochropus ... 


• ■ ■ 


11 


robusta ... 


• > . . • 


120 


Cyanalcyon Macleayi 


> . ■ 


270 


Clupea tembang ... 


364 


Cyclas cornea 


• • • 


255 


Cnidoglanus megastoma . 


. . . . 


363 


egregia 


. . . 


255 


Collocalia spodiopygia 


. 


141 


Cyclopsitta Coxenii 


195 


terrae-reginae . 


■ • • 


178 


Maccoyi 


195 


Colluricinela brunnea 


181, 


271 


Macleayana ... 


. . . 


195 


harmonica . 


. . • 


181 


Cycloseres cyclolites 


. . . 


328 


parvissima . 


. 


181 


sinensis 


329 


parvula 


.. 181, 


271 


tenuis ... 


329 


rufigaster . 


* • • • 


181 


Cygnus atratus ... 


... 


200 


rufiventris . 


• • • ■ 


181 


Cyclopharus Macleayi ... 


122 


Selbyi 


• . ■ 


181 


Cyclophurus Beddomei ... 


122 


superciliosa 


181 


Cylichna arachis ... 


79, 


256 


Conger oxyrhynchus 


. . . 


244 


concentrica 


80 


Congogradus subducens . 


• • • • 


362 


decussata 


80 


Conocyathus compressus. 


302, 


341 


minuta ... 


... 


80 


cyclostatus. 


302 


regularis 


256 


f enestratus . 


• . • • 


302 


strigella ... 


80 


Conopophila albogularis . . 


. 190, 


273 


Cylicia magna 


325, 


341 


ruf ogularis . 


• • • • 


190 


quinaria ... 


326, 


341 


Constrictor Amethystinus 


\ 


35 


rubeola 


324 


Coptocarpus planipennis. 


. 


216 


Smithii 


325 


riverinae 


• • • • 


216 


tenella 


325 


Corcorax melanorhampus 


. . . 


188 


Cyphasttraea microphthalma 


322 


Coronacauthus sulcatus . 


216 


Muelleri 


323 


Corvus Australis ... 


.' 188, 


273 


Cypselus pacificus ... 


178 


Coturnix pectoralis 


. 


196 ' 


Cyrena debilis 


255 


Cracticus argenteus 


. 180, 


270; 


pusilla 


... 


255 


VI. 


INDEX. 


Dacelo cervina ... ... 179, 

gigas ... 

Leachii 
occidentalis 
Daption capensis ... 
Dascyllus fasciatus 
Davidsonia prurens 
Delinius Essingtoni 
Delphinula discoidea 
laciniata 
muricata 
varicosa 
Deltocyathus Italicus 

rotaeformis 306 
viola 
Demiegretta asha... 
Greyi 
jugularis 
sacra 
Dendrobium fusiforme 
speciosum 
teretifolium 
tetragonum 
Dendrocygna Eytoni 
Gouldii 
vagans 
Dendrophis breviceps 

Darnleyensis 
fusca 

Katowensis 
olivacea 
Dentalium aunulosum 

bisexangulatum 
decemcostatum 
duodecemcostatum 
dispar 
hexagonum 
Katowense 
laeve . . . 
longitrorsum 
lubricatum 
octogonum 
politum 

pseudosexagonum 
quadricostatum 
robustum 
septemcostatum 
Diacopu;; tiea 

superbus 
Diadema setosum 
Diagramma multivittatum 
Dicaeum hirundinaceum... 
Didunculus strigirostris . . . 


PAGE 

270 
179 

179 
179 
203 
361 

284 

214 

24 

42 

25 

24 

306 

341 

306 

199 

199 

199 

199 

277 

277 

277 

277 

200 

200 

200 

37 

38 

38 

37 

220 

58 

57 

55 

56 

58 

57 

56 

59 

59 

370 

55 

58 

56 

57 

56 

57 

229 

228 

153 

349 

191 

140 


Diemeriia olivacea 


PAGE 

. 219 


Papuensis 


a , 


. 40 


psammophis . . . 


, , 


. 40 


Diodon maculatus 


. 366 


Diomedea brachyura 


. , 


. 202 


cauta ... 


. 202 


chlororhyncha 


. 202 


culminata 


. 202 


exulans 


.. 


. 202 


f uliginosa 


, , 


. 202 


melanophrys ... 


. 202 


Diplodactylus annulatus . 


, , 


. 97 


Diploprion bif aseiatum . . . 


. , 


. 346 


Dipsas fusca 


38, 


Dischidia nummularia 


. 280 


Timorensis 


. 280 


Dolabella ecandata 


. 


. 89 


Rumphii 


. , 


. 88 


scapula 


, , 


. 88 


Dolium costatum ... 


. 268 


Donacola castaneothorax 


187, 


pectoralis 


. 


. 187 


Drepane punctata... 


. 


. 353 


DriUia tricarinata... 


t 


265 


Dromaius irroratus 


. 196 


novae-Hollandiae 


196, 


Drymodes brunneopygia... 


. 


. 183 


superciliaris ... 


. 


. 183 


Dunocyathus parasiticus 


305, 34: 


Echeneis naucrates 


# 


. 234 


Ecliinanthus testudinarius 


. 


. 169 


tumidus 


. 


. 169 


Echinaractinus parma 


. 


. 171 


Echinocardium Australe 


148, 


Echinometra lacunter 


' 


.. 155 


Echinus angulosa ... 


, 


.. 342 


Darnleyensis 


147, 165 


magellanicus 


147, 165 


Edoliosoma schisticeps ... 


. 222 


Elanus auxillaris ... 


109, 


scriptus 


. 177 


Elapocephalus ornaticeps 


.. 221 


Elenchus exiguus 


. 260 


ocellatus 


. 259 


Eleotris compressus 


. 358 


Ellobium auris-Judae 


. 130 


inflammatum . . . 


. 129 


labrosum 


. 130 


semisculptum ... 


. 131 


subtile ... 


. 130 


Elops Capensis 


. 241 


machnata ... 


. 241 


purpurascens 


. 241 


INDEX. 


Vll. 


Flops saums 


HAUB 

241 


Eudynamis Flindersii 


1'AUB 

... 192 


Emarginula aspera 


• • • • • 


261 


Eudyptula minor ... 


... 201 


Australis 


.. 256. 


261 


undina 


... 201 


micans 


52 


Eugenia cormi flora 


... 278 


ossea 


■ • • ■ • 


261 


Eulabeornis castaneiventris 


... 199 


Emarginula radiata 


■ . . 


256 


griseoventris 


... 206 


rugosa 


• . • • ■ 


261 


Eumeces brunneus 


... 65 


variegata 


. . . . . 


52 


Eupatagus Valenciennesii 


... 173 


Emblema picta 


187 


Euphema aurantia 


... 194 


Endopachys Australia . 


'.'. 333, 


341 


Bourkii ... 


... 194 


Entada scandens ... 


. • . . • 


286 


chrysogaster . . . 


... 194 


Eutoinopliila albogularis . 


* . . 


190 


chrysostoma . . . 


... 194 


picata 


. 


190 


elegans ... 


... 194 


picta 


• ■ . . 


189 


petrophila 


... 196 


rufogularis . 


. Ill, 


190 


pulchella 


.. 194 


Entomyza albipennis 


. 190, 


273 


splendida 


.. 194 


cyanotus 


190 


venusta... 


... 194 


Eolophus roseicapilla 


. 


192 


Euphyllia glabrescens 


319 


Eopsaltria Australis 


. 183, 


206 


Eupodotis australis 


... 196 


capito ... 


. 


183 


Euprepis longicaudis 


... 68 


chrysorrhous . 


. 184, 


206 


simillimus 


... 69 


griseogularis . 


183 


submetallicus . . . 


.. 69 


gularis ... 


. . . 


183 


Eurostopodus albogularis 


... 178 


inornata 


• • • • 


183 


guttatus . . . 


178, 270 


leucogaster 


• • • • 


183 


Eurycles amboinensis 


... 282 


leucura 


• . . . . 


184 


Eurystomus pacificus 


... 179 


magnirostris . 


.. 183, 


206 


Eustrephus latifolius 


... 286 


nana ... 


• • • • 


372 


Eutrochus ... 


... 43 


Ephthianura albifrons . 


► . • • • 


186 


Eutropa variegata ... 


... 23 


aurifrons . 


. 


186 


Evichinus Australiae 


147, 167 


crocea 


186 


chloroticus 


... 176 


tricolor 


186 


Excalfatoria australis 


... 196 


Erismatura Australis 


. 


200 


Exidia auricola-Judae 


... 279 


Erythra cpiadristrigata . 


■ ... 


276 


Falco hypoleucus... 


... 177 


Erythranchena humeralis 


196, 


275 


longicauda ... 


... 205 


Erythrodryas rhodinogasl 


,er 


183 


lunulatus ... 


... 177 


rosea 


• . • 


183 


melanogenys 


... 177 


Erythrogonys cinctus 


197 


subniger 


... 177 


Esacus magnirostris... 


... 196, 


275 


Falcunculus frontatus 


... 181 


Estrilda annulosa ... 


186 


leucogaster . . . 


... 181 


bella 


• • • • 


186 


Faradaya splendida 


... 284 


Bichenovii 


186 


Fibula volva 


... 168 


castanotis 


187 


Fibularia australis 


... 168 


guttata ... 


. 


186 


Fissurella calyculata 


... 49 


modesta ... 


■ • ■ • 


186 


elongata 


... 50 


oculea 


. 


186 


gemmulata 


... 51 


Phaeton ... 


186 


Jukesii 


... 49 


ruficauda 


186 


minuta ... 


... 51 


temporalis 


. ... 


186 


ticaonica 


... 50 


Euchelus denigratus 


43 


Flabellum affine ... 


... 310 


Eudromias Australis 


127 


candeanum 


... 311 


veredus 


197 


distinctum 


... 311 


Eudynamis cyanocephala 


... 


192 


Duncani 


... 312 


Vlll. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 


PAGE 


Flabellum irregulare 


.. 31c 


;, 341 


Gobiosoma guttulatum . 


... 357 


gambierense . 


. . ■ • 


. 312 


Gobius albopunctatus 


357 


rubrum 


. . 


. 311 


giuris 


356 


spinosum 


. . 


. 310 


griniger ... 


356 


Victoriae 


• • • • 


. 312 


maxillaris.. 


357 


Fordonia lencobalia 


• • ■ . 


. 219 


orantus 


356 


Papuensis 


• . . . 


. 35 


Goniocidaris geranoides . 


152 


variabilis 


■ • • • 


. 219 


tubaria 


152 


Fulica Australis ... 


■ ■ • ■ 


. 199 


Graculus leucogaster 


203 


Fulmarus conspicillatus . 


- • • • 


. 202 


melanoleucus . 


203 


gelidus ... 


■ . • ■ 


. 202 


novae-Hollandiae ... 203 


giganteus 


. . 


. 202 


strictocephalus. 


203 


glacialoides 


. • 


. 203 


varius ... 


203 


Fusus proboscidiferus 


■ • . . 


. 368 


Grallina picata 


.. 180, 271 


Galerus pellucidus 


. . 


. 4 


Grammatophora jugularis 


i ... 104 


Gallinago Australis 


• . 


. 198 


Graucalus hypoleucus 


180 


Gallinula rubicrissa 


* ■ • • 


. 199 


lineatus 


180 


tenebrosa 


. . 


. 199 


melanops 


.. 180,271 


Gecko oceanicus ... 


»d . • 


. 100 


mentalis 


180 


Gehyra gularis 


• • 


. 100 


parvirostris . 


180 


oceanica ... 


»a • • 


. 100 


Swainsonii 


180 


Gelochelidon macrotarsa. 


• • * • 


. 201 


Guettarda speciosa 


285 


Gena lintricula 


» • • a 


. 48 


Gygis Candida 


201 


Geobasileus chrysorrhcea 


. . 


186 


Gymnorhina leuconota . 


180 


reguloides . 


. • 


. 185 


organicum . 


180 


Geodorum pictum... 


• . 


. 282 


tibicen 


180 


Geopelia cuneata . 


. . 


. 196 


Gypoictinia melanosternum ... 177 


placida ... 


. 19€ 


>, 275 


Habronestes ornatus 


119 


tranquilla 


. ■ 


. 196 


Haematopus fuliginosus . 


197 


Geophaps scripta ... 


.. 


. 195 


longirostris 


... 197 


Smithii... 


.. 19£ 


>, 275 


ophthalmicus ... 197 


Geronticus spinicollis 


. 


. 198 


unicolor 


197 


Gerreosoma papuense 


. 


. 115 


Haleyon Macleayi 


... 179 


Gerres profundus ... 


. 


. 350 


pyrrhopygius . 


... 179 


punctatus ... 


. 


. 350 


sacra 


179 


Gerygone albogularis 


54, 182 


!, 205 


sanctus ... 


... 179 


chloronota 


. 183 


, 272 


sordidus... 


... 179 


culicivora 


. 183 


Haliaetus leucogaster 


... 177 


flavida ... 


'. 53 


, 183 


Haliastur Indus ... 


177 


fusca 


■ • • 


. 183 


leucosternus . 


... 269 


laevigaster 


• • • 


. 183 


sphenurus 


. 177, 269 


magnirostris . 


• • • 


. 183 


Haliotis asinina ... 


... 49 


personata 


* • 


. 183 


astricta ... 


... 49 


simplex... 


. . 


. 183 


Australis 


... 203 


Glareola grallaria... 


. 19S 


, 275 


canaliculata 


... 142 


orientalis 


. ■ . 


. 198 


crispata ... 


... 253 


Glottis glottoides ... 


. . . 


. 198 


ovina 


... 48 


Glyciphila albifrons 


. . . 


. 188 


parva 


... 369 


f asciata 


. 188 


, 273 


stomatiae-formis 


... 253 


fulvifrons 


. 


. 188 


vana 


... 48 


pectoralis 


. . . 


. 188 


viridis 


... 48 


subfasciata . . 


• • • 


188 


ziczac 


... 253 


Glyphidodon coelestinus.. 


. 


361 


Haminea ambigua 


... 84 


/ 


INDEX. 


Haminea decora ... 


I'AOE 

... 83 


Hieracidea orientalis 


PAUB 

... 177 


papyrus 


... 83 


Himantopus leucocephalus 198, 275 


vitrea 


... 84 


Hinulia atrocostata 


... 62 


Harpalus interstitialis 


... 217 


naevia 


... 62 


Harpullia alata 


... 283 


Papuensis 


... 62 


Wadworthii . . . 


... 283 


pardalis ... 


... 63 


Hedera Australiana 


... 291 


Spaldingi 


... 63 


Helix arenicola 


... 291 


Hipponoe variegata 


US, 166 


auris- Judae 


. 130 


Hipponyx barbata 


... 369 


Broadbenti ... 


... 25 


Hirundo fretensis... 


... 179 


Brumeriensis 


... 122 


frontalis ... 


... 179 


Diomedes ... 


... 121 


Herneola polytricha 


... 279 


Etheridgei ... 


... 25 


Holocanthus Dubonlayi . 


... 352 


Hixsoni 


... 120 


sexstriatus . 


... 352 


induta 


... 290 


Holocentrum rubrum 


... 354 


Lincolnienis 


... 290 


Holopneustes inflatus 


... 164 


microsmos ... 


... 291 


porosissimus ... 164 


naevia 


... 76 


purpurascens ... 164 


penolensis ... 


... 291 


Homophyllia Australis . 


... 321 


pictilis ... ' 


... 290 


Humata pedata ... 


... 283 


rupestris 


... 291 


Hyalcea longirostris 


... 144 


Helotes sexlineatus 


... 348 


quadridentata . 


... 144 


Hemidactylus ovalensis ... 


... 100 


Hydrochelidon fiuviatilis 


... 201 


Hemiramphus amblyurus 


... 364 


hybrida . 


... 201 


breviceps... 


... 240 


leucoptera 


... 201 


melanochir 


... 240 


Hydnophytum fornicarum . . . 279 


Henicopernis longicauda . . 


... 205 


Hydrosaurus prasinus 


... 61 


Heniochus macrolepidotus 


... 352 


Hyla cyanea 


... 138 


Heritiera littoralis 


... 285 


Hylacola cauta 


... 185 


Herodias alba 


... 199 


pyrrhopygia .. 


. 108, 185 


garzetta 


... 199 


Hylarana erythraea 


... 137 


immaculata 


... 199 


nebulosa 


... 137 


intermedia 


... 199 


Hylochelidon nigricans . 


... 179 


melanopus 


L99, 276 


Hylophorbus rufescens . 


... 136 


picata ... ... '. 


L99, 276 


Hypotaenidia Australis . 


... 209 


plumif era 


... 199 


brachijras . 


... 199 


Heterocentrotus mammillatus 


150, 155 


Phillippensis ... 199 


trigonarius 


L55, 343 


Ianthaenas metallicus .. 


... 248 


Heteronota Binoei 


... 101 


pallidiceps . 


... 248 


Eboracensis ... 


... 101 


Ibis f alcinellus 


... 198 


f asciata 


... 100 


Ichthyocampus annulatus 


... 364 


marmorata . . . 


... 100 


Ianthaenas vitiensis 


... 140 


Heteropsammia elliptica... c 


139, 341 


Katophis plumbea 


... 36 


Michelini 


... 339 


Kellia balaustina ... 


... 260 


Heteropus bicarinatus 


... 68 


Kurtus Gulliveri ... 


... 233 


Cheverti 


... 67 


Indicus 


... 234 


fuscus ... 


... 68 


Labiodectus formidabilis 


... 118 


longipes 


... 66 


nialmignattus ... 118 


quinquecarinatus 


... 67 


perfidus 


... 118 


sexdentatus . . . 


... 67 


scelio 


... 117 


variegatus 


... 66 


variolus 


... 118 


Hieracidea beregora 


... 177 


Laganum Bonami ... 


... 170 


occidentalis ... 


... 177 


depressum 


... 170 


X. 


INDEX. 


Lagenoplastes ariel 
Laimodonta Browni 
Lamprococcyx basalis 

modesta .. 
Lanius Karu 

Larus Gouldii 

longirostris 
novae-Hollandiae . . 
pacificus 
Laschia Thwaitesii 
Lates Darwiniensis 
Lathamus discolor 
Leipoa ocellata 
Lentinus descendens 
Lepton concentricum 
Leptornis Samoaensis 
Lethrinus fusciceps 

punctulatus . . 
Leucosarcia picata 
Lialis bicatenata ... 
Burtonii 
punctulata ... 
Liasis Ametliystinus 
Licmetus nasica ... 
pastinator 
tenuirostris 
Limax marina 
Limosa melanuroides 

iiropygialis 
Linthia australis ... 
Liotia discoidea ... 
muricata ... 
varicosa 
Litoria dorsalis 
guttata 
Littorina monodonta 
Lobivanellus lobatus 
miles 

personatus . . 
Lophognathus Gilberti .. 
lateralis .. 
Lophoietinia isura 
Lopholaimus antarcticus . , 
Lophophaps ferrugimea . 
leucogaster ., 
plumif era . . 
Lophoseris cristata 

f rondif era 
Lavenia elongata ... 
Lucapina calyculata 
elongata 
Jukesii ... 
minuta ... 


148, 


PAGE 

179 


Lucapina Ticaonica 


PAGE 
50 


132 


Lycodon Darnleyensis ... 


. . . 


38 


205 


Lygosoma Bougainvillei . . . 


. * . 


64 


205 


fragile ... 


... 


64 


141 


melanopogon ... 


. . . 


62 


201 


ornatum 


... 


64 


201 


Mabouia irrorata ... 


... 


66 


201 


marmorata 


65 


201 


unif ormis 


65 


279 


Machaerirhynchus flaviventer 


182 


345 


Macrochisma compressa ... 


51 


194 


Macroglossus minimus ... 


10 


196 


Macropus assimilis 


. . . 


11 


279 


Macropygia Mackinlayi 286. 


287, 


288 


260 


phasianella ... 


196 


141 


ruf a ... 


287, 


288 


350 


Mainophis robusta 


■ • • 


36 


351 


Malacorhynchus membranaceus. . . 


200 


195 


Malurus amabilis 


184, 


207 


62 


Brownii ... 


184 


62 


callainus... 


184, 


206 


62 


coronatus 


• • ■ 


184 


34 


cruentatus 


184, 


272 


193 


cyaneus ... 


184 


193 


elegans ... 


. . . 


184 


193 


hypoleucus 


184, 


207 


88 


Malurus Lamberti 


184, 


207 


198 


leucopterus 


• • * 


184 


198 


leuconotus 


• • • 


184 


175 


longicaudus 


• • • 


184 


24 


melanotus 


* • • 


184 


25 


melanocephalus . . . 


184 


24 


pulcherrimus 


184 


138 


splendens 


. . . 


184 


137 


Manorhina melanophrys . . . 


. . . 


191 


264 


Manucodia Gouldii 


• • ■ 


182 


197 


Maretia planulata... 


. • . 


173 


197 


Megalops cyprinoides 


364 


197 


Megaloprepia assimilis ... 


195 


104 


magnifica ... 


• • • 


195 


103 


Megapodius assimilis 


196 


177 


Cuvieri 


• • * 


112 


195 


tumulus 


196, 


275 


195 


Meliphaga phrygia 


• . • 


189 


195 


Meliornis Australasiana . . . 


> ■ > 


188 


195 


longirostris 


• • • 


188 


331 


mystacalis 


• • • 


188 


331 


Novoe-Hollandiae 


188 


173 


sericea ... 


. . . 


188 


49 


Melampus Adamsianus ... 


132 


50 


Australis 


• • • 


134 


49 


Bronni ... 


• • • 


132 


51 


cristatus 


• • ■ 


133 


INDEX. 


XI. 


PAGE 


PAGK 


Laganum Montrouzieri ... 


134 


Monacanthus yagoi 


... 245 


pulchellus 


133 


Monarcba albiventris 


... 182 


Sandwichiensis 


• . * 


132 


carinata 


... 182 


Sandwicenis . . . 


132 


Gouldii 


... 182 


Stutchburyi . . . 


134 


leucotis 


... 182 


sulcatus 


... 


134 


trivirgata 


... 182 


variabilis 


133 


Monilea apicina ... 


... 259 


Melanodryas cuculata 


183 


Australia 


.. 259 


picata 


183 


corrugata 


... 45 


Melithreptus albogularis... 


190, 


274 


lentiginosa 


... 45 


brevirostris 


... 


190 


Monitor chlorostigma 


... 60 


chloropsis . . . 


190 


prasinus ... 


... 60 


gularis 


• • • 


190 


tristis 


... 60 


lunnlatus . . . 


... 


190 


Monodonta Australis 


93, 94 


laetior 


• • • 


191 


labio ... 


... 43 


melanocephalus 


• • • 


190 


multicarinata 


... 91 


validirostris 


190 


Morelia variegata 34, 


219, 222 


Melopsittacus undulatus... 


... 


194 


Mugil dobula 


... 360 


Menura Alberti ... 


* • • 


184 


Peronii 


... 360 


superba ... 


1S4 


waigiensis ... 


... 359 


Victoria ... 


, . , 


184 


Munia flaviprymna 


... 187 


Merops ornatus ... 


179 


Murex Bednalli ... 


... 6 


Mespilia globulus... 


148, 


162 


eurypteron 


... 7 


Mesocalius palliolatus ... 


192 


expansus ... 


... 7 


Mesoprion carponotatus . . . 


. • * 


347 


Muroena cinerea ... 


... 244 


Johnii ... 


... 


347 


Muroenesox bagio 


... 244 


Metalia maculosa ... 


175 


cinereus 


... 244 


sternalis ... 


148, 


175 


Mus echimyoides ... 


... 15 


Micraeca assimilis... 


... 


182 


musavora 


... 16 


f ascinans 


... 


182 


Musicapa Australis 


... 206 


flavigaster 


182, 


272 


Mycteria Australis 


... 198 


Micromerys gracilis 


. . . 


119 


Myiagra concinna 


182, 272 


Microcypnus maculatus . . . 


160 


latirostris 


.. 182 


zigzag 


• • • 


161 


nitida 


... 182 


Microglossus aterrimum .. 


... 


193 


plumbea 


... 182 


goliath 


... 


193 


rubecula ... 


... 182 


Milvus affinis 


. . . 


177 


Myriodon waigiensis 


... 347 


striatus 


• . ■ 


205 


Myristicivora spilorrhoa 


... 274 


Mimeta affinis 


• ■ • 


188 


Myzantha flavigula 


... 191 


flavocincta 


188, 


273 


garrula 


... 191 


viridis 


188 


273 


lutea ... 


... 191 


Mirafra Horsfieldii 


186 


obscura... 


... 191 


Minestia bizona ... 


• • • 


81 


Myzomela chermesina 


... 107 


granosa ... 


... 


81 


coccinea 


... 106 


Mocoa nigricaudus 


... 


63 


erythina 


... 107 


Modiolaria varicosa 


... 


261 


erythroceplialus 


190, 273 


Moiiacanthus Cheverti ... 


69, 


nigra ... 


... 190 


Chinensis . . . 


365 


nigriventris . . . 


... 190 


margaritifer 


... 


247 


obscura 


190, 273 


obscurus . . . 


. . . 


247 


pectoralis : . . 


... 190 


Peronii 


... 


247 


sanguineolenta 


... 190 


Santi Joanni 


... 


246 


Nardoa Gilberti ... 


... 219 


Variabilis . . . 


245 


Narica clarthata 


... 5 


Xll. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 


PAGE 


Narica Deshayssiana 


5 


Numenius cyanopus 


... 198 


Nasiterna pusilla . . . 


104 


minor ... 


. 198, 275 


pusio . . . 


104 


uropygialis 


. 198, 275 


Nassa Grayi 


257 


Nyctieorax caledonicus . . 


. 199, 276 


labecula 


258 


Nyroca australis ... 


... 200 


optata 


257 


Ochthodromus inornatus.. 


... 275 


pauperata . . . 


257 


Ocyphaps lophotes 


... 195 


reposta 


257 


Odatria ocellata ... 


... 60 


rufocincta ... 


258 


punctata ... 


... 60 


Tasmauica ... 


257 


Oedicnemus grallarius .. 


. 196, 275 


Nassaria carduus ... 


257 


Onustus exutus ... 


... 3 


curta 


257 


Onychoprion panayensis . . 


... 201 


Natica subcostata... 


263 


Ophicardelus sulcata 


... 134 


Nautilus ambiguns 


143 


Ophichthys episcopus 


... 244 


pompilius 


143 


Ophisurus alternans 


... 245 


stenomphalus 


144 


rostratus 


... 244 


Neaera cuspidata ... 


124 


Opisthognathus Darwiniensis . . . 355 


fragilis 


123 


Oreocincla Heinii ... 


... 187 


latesulcata... 


123 


iodura ... 


... 187 


rugata 


123 


lunulata 


... 187 


Nectarina australis 


191 


Oreoica cristata ... 


... 182 


Nelumbo coerulea... 


282 


Orignia rubricata ... 


... 186 


gigantea 


281 


Orthonyx Spaldingi 


... 191 


lotus 


281 


spinicaudus 


... 191 


nucifera 


281 


Ortygometra quadristrigata 


Neosilurus australis 


239 


Ossif raga gigantea 


... 122 


Nerita albicilla 


20 


Ostracion cubicus... 


... 365 


antiquata ... 


20 


Pachycephala falcata __ 181, 224, 271 


cancellata . . . 


5 


Gilbertii . . 


... 181 


f uniculata ... 


20 


glaucura . . 


... 181 


mertoniana 


21 


gutturalis . . 


181, 212 


rumphii 


20 


lanoides . . 


... 181 


Neritina crepidularia 


22 


melanura .. 


... 181 


gagates . . . 


21 


occidentalis 


181, 212 


mertouiana 


21 


olivacea . . 


... 181 


mormorata 


22 


pallida 


181, 224 


pulcherrima 


21 


robusta 


... 181 


rangiana . . . 


21 


rufiventris 


... 181 


siquijorensis 


22 


rufogularis 


... 181 


turrita . . . 


20, 21 


simplex . . 


181, 271 


Nettapus albipennis 


200 


Pachypoma rhodostoma . . 


... 24 


pulchellus 


.. 200, 276 


Palaeoseris Woodsi 


... 330 


Minox boobook . . . 


178 


Paludestrina saleana 


... 254 


connivens ... 


.. 178 


Paludina acuta 


... 254 


maculata . . . 


178 


Pandion leucocephalus . . 


178, 269 


marmoratus 


178 


Panopaea Australis 


... 371 


novse-Britanniae 


105 


Pappophis flavigastra 


... 40 


ocellata 


178 


laticeps 


... 39 


ruf a 


178 


Parasalenia gratiosa 


... 156 


strenua 


178 


Pardalotus amnis 


111, 180 


variegata ... 


106 


assimili8 


... 180 


Noctua variegata . . . 


106 


melanocephalu 


g 110, 180 


Notograptus guttatus 


357 


punctatus 1 . 


L0, 179, 270 


INDEX. 


Xlll. 


PAOK 

Pardalotus quadragintus 111, 180 

rubricatus ... 110, 180 
striatus ... Ill, 180 

uropygialis 110, 180, 270 
xanthopygius 111, 180 

Parmophorus corrugatus 53 

Parra gallinacea ... ... 199,275 

Pataecus maculatus ... ... 231 

Patella cinnamonea ... ... 253 

galathea 253 

saccharina ... ... 59 

Pecten asper ... ... ... 267 

bifrons _ 268 

novae Guiuae ... ... 268 

pallium ... ... ... 268 

radula ... 268 

Pedionomus torquatus ... ... 196 

Pelecanoides urinatrix ... ... 203 

Pelecanus conspicillatus ... ... 203 

Pelodryas coeruleus . . 30, 138 

militarius 28, 29, 30, 138 

Perameles Cockerellii ... ... 15 

macroura ... 12, 13, 14 
moresbeyensis 14, 15 

nasuta ... ... ... 13 

obesula ... ... 15 

torosus ... ... 12 

Periopthalmus Koelreuteri 231, 35S 
Peripia brevicaudis ... ... 99 

dubia ... ... ... 98 

longicaudis ... ... 98 

marmorata ... ... 99 

ornata ... ... ... 98 

papuensis ... ... 97 

Peromelia decagonalis ... 126, 171 

orbicularis 171 

Peronii ... ... ... 171 

Petroeca Goodenovii ... ... 183 

multicolor 183 

Phoenicea ... ... 183 

Petrogalea assimilis ... ... 11 

Petrophassa albipennis 196 

Pezoporus formosus ... ... 194 

occidentalis ... ... 194 

Phaeton oethereus . . . 142, 203 

Phoenicurus ... ... 203 

rubricauda ... ... 203 

Phaius grandif olius ... ... 282 

Phaps chalcoptera . . . 195, 275 

eleffans ... ... ... 195 

histrionica . . . ... ... 195 

Phalacrocorax melanoleucus . . . 276 
stictocephalus ... 276 


PAGE 

Phalangista nudicaudata ... 12 

pinnata ... ... 12 

Phasianella variegata ... ... 23 

Philemon argenticeps ... ... 190 

buceroides ... ... 190 

citreogularis ... ... 190 

corniculatus ... ... 190 

sordidus ... ... 190 

Philine angasi 88 

Schroeteri 88 

Phlegaenus Stairii 140 

Phorus exutus ... ... ... 3 

solarioides ... ... 3 

Phyllacanthus annulifera ... 151 

dubia ... .. 151 

imperialis 148, 151 

verticillata ... 151 

Piezorhynchus nitidus ... 182,272 

Pitta Iris 187, 273 

macklotii 187 

similima 187 

strepitans ... ... ... 187 

Pittosporum rubiginosum . . . 278 

Placotrochus candeanus ... ... 314 

deltoideus ... ... 315 

elegans ... ... 315 

elongatus ... ... 314 

Plagusia guttata 362 

Platalea flavipes 198 

melanorhyncha 198 

regia 198 

Platax orbicularis 353 

vespertilio 235 

Platurus scutatus... ... ... 41 

Platycephalus inops ... ... 356 

nematophthalmus . 356 

Platycercus adelaidensis 193 

amathusise ... ... 194 

Barnardi ... ... 193 

Brownii ... ... 194 

cyanogenys 194 

eximius ... ... 194 

flaveolus 193 

flaviventris 193 

icterotis 194 

ignitus 194 

mastersianus 27, 194 

pallidiceps 139 

Pennantii ... ... 139 

semitorquatus ... 139 
splendidus ... ... 194 

spuriua ... ... 194 

venustus ... 194, 274 


XIV. 


INDEX. 


Platycercus zonarius 
Platycerium alcicorne 
Platyglossus dussumieri ... 
immaculatus 
Plecotrema lirata ... 

monilif era 
Plectorhyncha lanceolata 
Plesiastra3a Peronii 
Urvillii 
Pleurotoma crispa 

marmorata . . . 
spectablis 
tigrini 
Plictolophus galerita 
goffinii 
gymnopis . . . 
Leadbeateri 
roseacapilla... 
sanguineus ... 
Plotosus anguillaris 
elongatus 
Plotus novse-Hollandise ... 
Podargus brachypterus . . . 
Cuvieri ... 
Gouldii ... 
marmoratus 
megacephalus ... 
papuensis 
phalsenoides . . . 
plumif erus 
strigoides 
Podiceps australis ... 
cristatus 
gularis ... 
nestor ... 
novae-Hollandise 
Poeciiodryas cerviniventris 
cinerifrons ... 
superciliosa 
Poephila acuticauda 
armitiana 
atropygialis 
cincta 
Gouldiee. 
leucotis . 
mirabilis . . . 
personata 
Polodonta maculata 
Polynemus coecus... 
Polyporus fruticum 

lucidus 
Polytelis alexandrse 
barrabandi 


PAGE 

... 193 

... 278 

... 362 

... 362 

... 131 

... 132 

... 189 

... 324 

... 323 

... 368 

... 368 

... 368 

... 368 

... 192 

... 192 

... 192 

... 192 

... 192 

... 192 

... 363 

237 

203, 276 

... 178 

... 178 

178, 270 

... 178 

178, 208 

... 178 

... 178 

... 178 

... 178 

... 200 

... 200 

... 200 

... 200 

... 200 

... 183 

... 183 

... 183 

187, 272 

72, 187 

111, 187 

... 187 

70,71,72,187,272 

... Ill, 187 

70,71,72,73,187 

111, 187, 272 

42 

354 

279 

278 

193 

193 


Polytelis melanura 
Pomacentrus bankanensis 
littoralis 
scolopsis 
Pomatostomus rubeculus . . . 
ruficeps . . . 
superciliosus 
temporalis 
Porphyrio bellus . . . 

melanotus 
Porzana cinereus ... 
fluminea ... 
palustris ... 
quadristrigata 
tabuensis... 
Pothos rhaphidophora 
Prion ariel 

Banksii 
turtur . . '. 

vittata 
Prionurus microlepedotus 
Pristipoma hasta . . . 
Procellaria fregata 
grallaria 
melanogaster.. 
nereis . . . 
oceanica 
Psammobia Florida 

vespertina 
Psephotus chrysopterygius 
haematogaster 
haematonotus 
multicolor 
pulcherrimus 
xanthorrhous... 
Psettu s argenteu s . . . 
Pseudechis Australis 

Darwiniensis 

porphyriacus 

scutellatus 

Pseudolates cavifrons 

Pseudonaja affinis 

nuchalis 
Prophodes crepitans 

nigrogularis 
Pseudorhombus Russellii 
Ptenoedus rufescens 
Pterodroma atlantica 
cserulea 
Cookii 
Lessoni 
leucocephala 
leucoptera 


PAGE 

193 
361 
361 
361 

188, 273 
188 
188 
188 
199 
199 
200 
199 
200 
200 

142, 200 
285 
203 
203 
203 
203 
54 
348 
203 
203 
203 
203 
203 
255 
255 
194 
194 
195 
194 
194 
194 

235, 353 
221 
220 
221 
221 
345 
219 
219 
184 
184 
362 

186, 272 
202 
202 
202 
202 
202 
202 


220, 


INDEX. 


XV. 


Pterodromama croptera . . . 


PAGE 

.. 202 


Puffinus carneipes 


PAGE 

... 202 


mollis 


.. 202 


nugax 


... 202 


Solandri 


.. 202 


sphenurus 


... 203 


Pteropodocys phasianella 


.. 181 


Purpureicephalus pileatus 


... 194 


Pteropus alboscapulatus . . . 


.. 17 


Pycnoptilus fioccosus 


... 185 


conspicillatus . . . 


.. 7 


Pyrrholoemus brunneus . . . 


... 186 


epularius 


.. 8 


Pythia imperforata 


... 128 


funereus 


.. 8 


insularis ... 


... 128 


minimus 


.. 10 


Python amethystinus 


... 35 


molossinus 


.. 10 


Rallina tricolor ... 


... 199 


rostratus 


.. 10 


Rana coerulea 


... 138 


Ptilinopus Ewingii 


1£ 


>5, 274 


Ranaster convexiusculus . . . 


... 136 


f asciatus 


.. 140 


Raulinia badia 


... 264 


Mariae... 


.. 140 


Recurvirostris rubricollis 


.. 198 


porphyraceus 


.. 140 


Rhinobatus granulatus . . . 


... 366 


porphyrosticus 


IS 


5, 208 


Rhipidura albiscapa 


... 182 


superbus 


U 


>5, 208 


dryas ... 


182, 271 


Swains onii 


.. 195 


episcopalis 


... 371 


Whitmeei 


.. 141 


isura ... 


182, 272 


Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus 


i 


.. 187 


preissi ... 


... 182 


Rawnsleyi 


.. 187 


rufifrons 


... 182 


violaceus 


.. 187 


setosa 


... 182 


Ptiloris paradisea ... 


.. 191 


superciliosa . . . 


... 182 


Victoriae 


.. 191 


Rhodoseoma bidentata ... 


... 129 


Ptilosclera versicolor 


ii 


15, 274 


coffea 


... 130 


Ptilotis auricomus 


.. 189 


Rhyncliarachne dromedaria 


... 115 


cassidix ... 


.. 189 


Rimula exquisita ... 


... 52 


chrysops ... 


.. 189 


Ringicula abyssicola 


... 78 


Cockerelli 


.. 189 


Angasi ... 


... 78 


cratitia ... 


.. 189 


arctata ... 


... 78 


f asiogularis 


... 189 


Australis 


... 78 


filigera ... 


.. 189 


caron ... 


... 77 


flava 


... 189 


denticulata 


... 256 


flavescens 


.. 189 


grandinosa 


... 78 


flavicollis 


.. 189 


Rissoina cretacea ... 


... 265 


flavigula ... 


... 189 


cylindracea 


... 266 


f renata ... 


... 189 


flexuosa ... 


... 258 


fusca 


... 189 


nivea 


... 265 


gracilis ... 


u 


59, 207 


Rotella lineolata ... 


... 41 


leucotis ... 


.. 189 


Rynchaea Australis 


... 198 


Lewinii ... 


.. 189 


Rynchosia Cunninghamii 


... 284 


Macleayi ... 


... 189 


Salarias Spaldingi 


... 358 


notata 


lc 


$9, 207 


Salmacis bicolor ... 


... 344 


occidentalis 


... 189 


globator 


... 161 


ornata 


.. 189 


rarispina 


... 161 


penicillata 


.. 189 


sulcata... 


... 161 


plumula ... 


... 189 


Sarciophorus pectoralis ... 


... 197 


similis 


... 207 


Sarcochilus phyllorrhizus 


... 280 


versicolor 


.. 189 


Sauloprocta motacilloides 


... 182 


vittata 


... 189 


picata 


182, 272 


Ptistes coccineopterus 


H 


)3, 274 


Scaphander multistriata . . . 


... 84 


Puffinus assimilis... 


... 202 


Scarabus imperforatus ... 


... 128 


brevicaudis 


.. 202 


insularis 


... 128 


XVI 


INDEX. 


Scatophagus argus 

multifasciatus 
tetracanthus 
Scenopseus dentirostris 
Schizaster ventricosus 
Schizochiton elongatus 
Scincus arenarius 
aurens 
Burtonii ... 
f ureatus . . . 
plagiocephalus 
Scicena aquila 
Scoevola Kaenigii 
Scolopsis longulus 

personatus 
Scorpsena bynoensis 

diabolus 
Scutella crenulata 
Scutellina crenulata 
Scutus corrugatus 
Scy Ilium maculatum 
Scythrops Novae Hollandiae 
Seisura inquieta ... 

nana 
Selaginella flabellata 
Selliguea potliifolia 
Senectus crassus . . . 
chrysostoma 
gemmetus 
nivosus... 
squamosus 
Sericornis citreogularis 
frontalis 
humilis 
lsevigaster 
maculatus 
magnirostris 
minimus 
osculans 
Sericules melmus . . . 
Serranus corallicola 
crapao . . . 
fuscoguttatus 
merra . . . 
pachycentrum 
Sigaretus cancellatus 
Siliquaria australis 
Siliquarus scalariformis 
Sillago burrus 

bassinus . . . 
maculata . . . 
punctata . . . 
terrze reginae 


235, 


182 


PAGE 

234 

353 

353 

188 

343 

75 

61 

61 

61 

61 

61 

232 

285 

349 

349 

353 

353 

59 

59 

53 

366 

192 

182 

272 

283 

285 

23 

23 

24 

24 

23 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

185 

188 

346 

346 

346 

346 

346 

5 

2 

3 

232 

232 

232 

232 

232 


Sinusigera microscopica 
Siphonaria atra . . . 
sipho . . . 
siquijorensis 
Siphonium carinatum 
Sittella albata 

chrpsoptera 
leucocephala 
leucoptera 
pileata 
striata 
tenuirostris 
Smicornis brevirostris 

flavescens 
Smilotrochus vacuus 
Solidula affinis 
glabra 
nitidula 
solidula 
suturalis 
Soluta solidula 
Spatula clypeata 
rynchotis 
Sphserechinus australias 
Sphecotheres flaviventris 

maxillaris 
Sphenaeacus galactotes 
gramineus 
Sphenostoma cristata 
Sphenotrochus australis 
excavatus 
variolaris 
Sphenura brachyptera . 
Broadbentii 
longirostris 
Sphyrsena langsar... 
Spiloglaux boobook 
Stenochlcena scandens . 
Stephanocidaris bispinosa 
Stercorarius antarcticus 
Sterna ansestheta 
anglica 
bergii 
caspia 
Dougalli 
frontalis 
fuliginosa 
gracilis 
media 

melanauchen 
melanorhyncha 
nigrifrons ... 
Sternula inconspicua 


18 


FAGE 

144 
134 
135 
135 
1 
192 
191 
192 
192, 274 
192 
192 
191 
183 
272 
308 
77 
76 
77 
76 
77 
76 
200 
200 
158 
188 
188 
272 
186 
184 
307 
340 
307 
184 
185 
185 
359 
269 
285 
152 
201 
201 
201 
201 
201 
201, 210 
201 
201 
201, 210 
201 
201 
201 
201 
201 


186, 


308, 


INDEX. 


XV11. 


181), 
189, 


189, 


178, 


Sternula nereis 

placens ... 
sinensis ... 
Stictonetta naevosa 
Stigmatops ocularis 

subocularis . . . 
Stipiturus malachurus . . . 
Stomatella maculata 
orbiculata 
ornata ... 
picata ... 
stellata 
sulcifera 
Stomatia angulata 
decusata 
Stomiopera unicolor 
Stomopneustes variolaris 
Strepera anaphonensis 
arguta 
f uliginosa 
graculina 
Strix Candida 
castanops 
delicatula 
flammea 

Novse Hollandise ... 
tenebricosa ... 
Strombus Novae Hollandiae 
Strongylocentrotus armiger 

eurythro 
gammus 
tuberculatus.. 

Struthidea cinerea 

Struthiolaria microscopica 

Stylaster gracilis 

granulosus 
sanguineus 
Sula cyanops 
fiber ... 
piscator 
serrator 
Syma flayirostris ... 
Synaptura sclerolepis 
Synoicus Australis 
cervinus... 
diemenensis 
sordidus... 
Tacca pinnatifida ... 
Tachyglossus Bruijnii 
Lawesii 
Tadorna radjah ... 
Talegallus Lathami 
Tangadus Australis 


PAGE 

201 

201 

201 

200 

, 273 

273 

184 

46 

47 

47 

47 

47 

46 

48 

47 

273 

156 

180 

180 

180 

180 

178 

178 

178 

178 

269 

178 

268 

157 

148 

157 

157 

188 

144 

317 

317 

317 

203 

203 

203 

203 

179 

363 

196 

196 

196 

275 

282 

... 31 

32 

200, 276 

... 196 

... 2 


196, 


Tanysiptera sylvia 


PAGE 

... 179 


Taphozous Australis 


... 10 


Tectus fenestratu* 


... 42 


pyramus ... 


... 42 


Teinotus asinina ... 


... 49 


Tellina perna 


... 142 


Temnechinus globosus . . . 


... 127 


lineata 


... 126 


Macleayana 


... 127 


Temnopleurus toruernaticus 


159, 342 


Tenogada anguina 


... 3 


Terebra Brazieri ... 


... 262 


Lauretamv 


... 262 


Tetrodon Bibroni ... 


... 247 


f asciatus 


... 365 


hispidus 


... 248 


patoca 


... 365 


Staigeri... 


... 248 


virgatus 


... 365 


Teuthis notostictus 


... 353 


Thalasseus Bengalensis . . . 


... 201 


Torresii 


... 201 


Thalotia crenellif em 


... 43 


maculata 


... 44 


Thelephora lamellata 


... 279 


Theora f ragilis 


... 124 


Therapon Cuvieri 


... 348 


caudovittatus 


... 348 


f asciatus 


... 228 


Hillii 


... 226 


servus ... 


... 348 


terrae reginae . . . 


... 227 


Theridium dubium 


... 116 


mundulum 


... 116 


Thracia cultrata ... 


... 260 


Threskiornis strictipennis 


... 198 


Tiaris Longii 


... 103 


megapogon 


... 102 


papuensis ... 


... 101 


Teliqua Buchananii 


... 61 


Tinnunculus cenchroides... 


... 177 


Todiramphus pyrrhopygius 


... 270 


sordidus . . . 


... 270 


Tonicia picta 


... 74 


TornateUa bullata 


... 82 


flammea 


... 76 


glabra ... 


... 76 


nitidula 


... 77 


solidula 


... 76 


suturalis 


... 77 


Tornatina apicina 


... 256 


biplex ... 


... 82 


Brenleyii 


... 256 


XVIII. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 


PAGE 


Tornatina fusiformis 


82, 256 


Trochus maculatus 


... 42 


gracilis 


... 82 


multicarinata . . 


... 91 


voluta ... 


... 82 


niloticus ... 


... 42 


Totanus brevipes ... 


... 197 


oblescus ... 


... 42 


griseopygius 


... 197 


pyramis ... 


... 42 


stagnatilis 


... 197 


rhodostomus 


... 42 


Tournefortia argentea 


... 285 


sirius 


... 254 


Triacanthus biaculeatus 


... 245 


stellarius 


... 254 


Tribonyx mortieri 


. . 


199, 209 


striolatus 


... 93 


ventralis 


. . 


... 199 


tceniatus .. 


... 90 


Trichiurus savala . . . 


. . 


... 354 


vestiarius 


... 41 


Trichoglossus chlorolepidotus ... 195 


Tropidonotus picturatus . . . 


... 219 


concinnus ... 


195, 206 


Trygon pastinaca ... 


... 366 


multicolor 


... 194 


uarnak 


... 366 


novae Hollandiae 194 


Tugalea Tenisoni ... 


... 261 


porphyrocephalus 195 


Turbinolia Fredericiana . . 


... 302 


pusillus 


... 195 


Turbo crassus 


... 23 


rubitorquis 


195, 274 


chrysostomus 


... 23 


Verreuxi . . . 


... 206 


delphinus ... 


... 42 


versicolor ... 


... 195 


f oliaceus 


... 24 


Trichomanes peltatum . . . 


... 285 


gemmatus ... 


... 24 


Trichonotes Setigerus 


... 359 


laminifera ... 


... 23 


Triglyphodon flavescens ... 


... 38 


nivosus 


... 24 


Trigonia acuticostata 


... 125 


petholatus ... 


... 23 


Howitti ... 


... 125 


squamosus ... 


... 23 


Jukesii ... 


... 125 


Turdus gutturalis ... 


... 212 


Lamarckii 


... 125 


Turnix castanotus 


... 196 


margaritacea 


... 125 


melanogaster 


... 196 


pectinata 


... 125 


melanotus... 


... 196 


semiundulata . . . 


... 125 


pyrrhothorax 


... 196 


Strangeii... 


... 125 


scintillans... 


... 196 


uniophora 


... 125 


varius 


... 196 


Tringa acuminata 


... 198 


velox 


... 196 


albescens .. 


... 198 


Turritella cingulif era 


1 


canutus 


197, 210 


incisa ... 


... 262 


cinerea 


... 198 


sinuata ... 


... 263 


subarquata 


... 198 


Umbonium vestiarum 


... 41 


tenuirostris 


... 197 


Upeneoides tragula 


... 350 


Trochita pellucida 


... 4 


Vanikoro cancellata 


... 5 


Trochocochlea australis ... 


... 89 


clathrata 


... 5 


concamerata 


... 93 


deshayesiana . . . 


... 5 


constricta . . . 


... 89 


Gaimardi 


... 6 


porcata 


... 95 


semisoluta 


... 6 


striolata 


... 89 


Voluta auris Judas 


... 130 


tceniata 


... 89 


coffea 


... 129 


Trochocyathus hexagonalis 


... 303 


flammea ... 


... 75 


mantelli ... 


... 303 


flavicans ... 


... 288 


meridionalis 


... 303 


solidula 


... 76 


Victoria3 . . . 


294, 304 


Turneri 


... 288 


Trochus acutus 


... 42 


Volvula angustata 


... 83 


corrugatus 


... 45 


Weinmannia biagiana 


... 284 


fenestratus 


... 42 


Wormia alata 


. 279, 285 


labio 


43, 95 


Xanthostemon chrysantha 


... 284 


INDEX. 


XIX 


PAGE 


PAGE 


Xema Jamesonii 


... 201 


Ziziphinus similaris 


44 


Xenophora solarioides 


... 3 


Zosterops 


; ccerulescens 


... 191 


Xerophila leucopsis 


... 186 


flavogularis 


... 191 


pectoralis 


... 186 


Gouldii ... 


... 191 


Ziziphinus, nobilis ... 


... 44 


Gulliveri 


... 191 


poly chroma ... 


... 45 


luteus ... 


. 191, 274 


scobinatus 


... 44 


Ramsayi 


... 191 


A. R.P del* 


Echidna ( f%zcAt 

NAT. 


r Jod<la*j ) 1 


awesn 


;ize 


Printed by ST Leigh fcC? Sydney. 


O o 0'r," C 


(\ «0<J o. 


/h? '■' 


J 


1\ 


1 


erf 


■ r— i 

- I — I 


■5 


■ 


tetf I 


4 


S>.5 

■ r-l ^ 

• r-l 

CO 
- I — I 

ffl 


-/& 


/£\ 


vM. fc , 


h\ 


■ f • 


I 


V 


V 


- 


'■//ft 


Fig.l.A. 


Fi^- 


4- 


IS/,,-;, O 0\, 


B. 


»■£. o 3 "0- 


SSS^ 


*3«S^ 


c. 


Fi£.3 


= .'V 


A 


< , ( 


1 Weeds 


■i 


~3 


bi^.l.C 


Fi§ 


v Cv? 


<5\ T.LeujTv t. 


7 


1. Sphenotroahus excavatus, A Calice.B- Septi nri, Coral 
itn lrre^ulare ( Ti8 + .jui»&] 
Gylicia rnafpa, A and 3. Corals (natural size) l Mil ir^ed 


4. Balanophyllia buccma i on 


e sysH em e ^ea) 


B. 


. \ 

H 


\ 


V 


I 


• 


lV? 


<^i^ 


P1.5 


*. A. *\ • 


.v ' r 

y n -•' 


7?- 


"\ ^.{ J v t- 


aS 


yffil/ 


K 


■r. - • • 

2 - - 


jd.s. 


O- 


' 


TTI- n i 


I 


<^= 


<J 


v 


. • i .' ; tt/. 


Conocyathus compressus, A. ; ■ i u lies .both e] v. 

Deltocyafctius potgefonnis A. Coral, B.Caiice, both enlarged 
Gylicia quinai=ia ; A.Cors('l,3.G E S-l<- 

Dunocyathus parasiticus, A Calice (enlarged B.Luirulite (enlarged J 
B'e. 5. Balanophyllia fruccina/A. and B. Twc Copals , C audi). Front &side 


Fi&.Z. 

Kf.S 

Fi&4 


^\vw//&y/jvvv 


* » ^/-V. 


Eg. 2 


Fig. 1 c 


. 


3 ^ 


■ 

■.-. 


RC2 


big. 


9 "b 


T*z 


Y 


^Ulll ; 


'Venison Woods, DeLt. 


Fi|.S b 


.. 


Fi£.3 : 


Era^i & CJZift. 


R|l. Endopachys Australia ; a. and b. Cora] (natural size; c.Calice magnified 

Pig. 2 Gnspatotrochu s mornatus, a Coral [slifhtly enlarged) . b. Calice, c . Gostas ; (both 

much enlarged; . 
Fi<|.5. Keteropsammia elliptic a, a. Coral, (natural size; b.Galice. (enlarged . 


Lin. Soc, Vol. 2 


Pl. 7 


LIN. Soc, VOL. 2 


PL 8 


Lin. Soc Vol. 2 


Pi 9 


k ■ \ >-■"■ VC ^^:---i^ ■ 


Lin. Soc. Vol. 2 


PL. 10 


%m.% 


in 

fc> 

o 


ST® W 


_ J-' 


\^L_ 7T-w ^fc\» ' JB> J* ■* 


^p>>^ :>' 


\> :s>7CSB*3> :*> >»>> 


S> >>. 


J>^> 


>» 


K>3-]DiB 


> 


'->3M>>> 3>5> 


»^ 


» 


> ^3>>"3P 


> 


>*> 


> *'■ 


1 * » > 


HT 


,v / > > > 

^ >> > > > 

> ■> > ■> > 


P>; J)^ . ,5 v^T> . •• 


^1^ 


^M?«J3. 


^3 


»Tt»> 


I3^»0^> 


: 3S> JE» ,^1>-fc > 


^Y) ^ 


3*> ^U> 


» i«B» JB> »J> 


n fc> 


31 


►/Vt/'j 


■ 

H 

nVif 


M'iixm 


m 


\^ 


%